ijskumfost t stand dauffiq r Gronxj 1OTT11 For Murrays Handbook. Kamrnei' Norwegian Miles Kilometres bv steamer Brvilways .even ger antes. Havn ickholra &c Orkedal-t mfarienbt S elbo Christians Tustru iistii/t Store. \)1I tan stail OJdol ytjyundal- JbvJutmso^. jLfspao-Q Ajistbjertj Sandal Ifaenqs EOJruj&jo 16090 hemi > >Fiadmurk Trol ri under J ' S6C^=^ ZSS^Taijo bDrivstnen Sneheptten Slnttl. i .Jerkin Irstenvik J,) Mi >1 men loperstad t.efjord Gudvaugen tr S t alii .e im '• LilLehanmui' Mai'i.stuen OrtneviJc L^ernaes Sv/fU/ ee/und Bortruc.? Ervdenkmd VKGraydal Fooske Mate* Iverum _ \v FjeldheijpS kv* Sandna .6 vetrujee loram Tufte um.ee Spirillen Ootenso 'ulsvik Kroderen d>andx‘. "P jJfUHens' S trandebarm ■ tonne Longsvin^ei* lanxds orn.ee r pyPj jp/9 d undvo hlen j) 1 \X Billedirdrr, HumTkhih^C H RI ST I AN IA Viker/Turu Strandi' A. Uu} &11 y -Fnjiikan Fos & Cans to, ~ 6180 n Tmnoset Chariotptnbuj'ci Skaarej To i Stockholm &i- aJo *«JJotten( Bre l fa Roldalsvai Brathmds foiiasti/idl Hotfm Skmievik Sonde irammeii ;ONGSBER< 'Seat dtanaen lotodden Bredvik Wkedal Ritteedads S . Vand ?JGrkebi ist'sEut' BykLe or Bykluni JSTond \\$o 'ajpsbqrg I orneratr^ Fleidelano tifissee \ Wand \ Skude: StalheJlc Komso \Sfj-omMi 'iksvaern 'Fos SOTO Gotebt us oe Ct tddsmedmo m WSvff lands ti o rc Aaseral %Sornne.^^ jV 3 e jin hi Hotel /A Jr? I Faret fcr < ’ve destrand. i yrvpon TJddevaLLa irmiistai Mushy .0sleLo £TI ANSAI Lesalid tyngdal CH Longitude East 8 of Greenwich. The E'iniburgii Geographic il Institute Jobn B aniiolamew & Co London. John Mnrray; Albemarle- Street MURRAY'S FOREIGN HANDBOOKS. HANDBOOK—HOLLAND AND BELGIUM.—Map and Plans. Post 8vo. 6s. HANDBOOK — THE RHINE AND NORTH GERMANY, The Black Forest, The Hartz, ThUringerwald, Saxon Switzerland, RUgen, The Giant Mountains, Taunus, Odenwald, Elsass, and Lothringkn. Maps and Plans. Post 8vo. 10s. HANDBOOK— SOUTH GERMANY, WLrtemberg, Bayaria, Tyrol, Salzburg, Styria, Hungary, and The Danube, from Ulm to the Black Sea. In 2 Parts. Maps and Plans. Post 8vo. Part I. 7s. 6d., Part II. 6s. HANDBOOK— SWITZERLAND, The Alps of Savoy and Piedmont. The Italian Lakes and Part of DauphinA Edited by W. A. B. Coolidge, M.A. Maps and Plans. 2 Parts. Post 8vo. 6s. each Part. HANDBOOK— FRANCE, Part 1.: Normandy, Brittany, The Seine and Loire, Touraine, Bordeaux, The Garonne, Limousin, The Pyrenees, &c. Maps and Plans. Post 8vo. HANDBOOK— FRANCE, Part II.: Central France, Auvergne, The Ce- vfnnes Burgundy, The Rhone and Saone, Provence, Les Causses, Isimes, Arles^ * Marseilles The French Alps, Alsace, Lorraine, Champagne, &, >> No. 2 J 9. Plan of Trondhjem ..... 10. Map of the Vefsen Estate .... 11. ,, Norway, North of Trondhjem, No. 1 - ( Northern Norway . in pocket at the beginning . . to face page 14 70 • • » n H „ 122 i 12 . 13. ,, „ No. 2 Lofoten Islands and Vesteraalen Islands t >1 M 132 152 158 169 176 188 A HANDBOOK FOR TRAVELLERS IN NORWAY. INTRODUCTION. 1VAGK j I. Historical Notice . . [11] II. Government, Ac. . . [20] III. Geography, Geology, Mineralogy, Climate, Botany, Zoology . [27] IV. Statistics . . . [45] V. Language, Literature, and Art . . . [50] VI. Measures, Weights, and Coins, compared with British . . . [53] VII. Mails A Postages; Tele¬ graph and Telephone . [55] i PAGK VIII. Sport: Angling and Shooting . . . [56] IX. Seasons for Travel . [82] X. Modes of Travelling: Steamship and Bail¬ way Pares, Land and Water Posting, Yacht¬ ing, Ac. . . . [84] XI. Hints to Travellers : Hotels, Inns, Cloth¬ ing, Bequisites, Ac. . [93] XII. Skeleton Boutes and Access to Norway . [97] [A Sketch of the Nonvegian Grammar and a Vocabulary are loosely attached at the end of this book, for use when driving, <£c .; also a separata Guide for Cyclists.] I. Historical Notice. The early history of Norway is enveloped in darkness, and rests on traditions embodied in the Icelandic sagas and the famous Chronicle of Snorro Sturleson, which date from the eleventh and twelfth cen¬ turies. The aborigines were probably a few Lapps scattered in families all over the country till they were driven northwards, and confined to their present abodes by the influx of the forefathers of the modern Norwegians, Danes, and Swedes, descendants of a branch of the great Gothic stock, whose memory is preserved in numerous local names in Scandinavia. These three nations form the northern or Scandinavian division of the Germanic or Teutonic race ; whilst the Germans, the Dutch, and the Flemish form the southern or German division, to which also the Anglo-Saxons belonged. The exact date of the arrival in Scandinavia of the Gothic tribes is not known, but it probably was not long anterior to the Christian era. Traditions and the results of archaeological research point to the conclusion that the Gothic inhabi¬ tants of Scandinavia came from Asia, and, after wandering through Historical Notice. [ 12 ] the eastern and middle parts of Europe, where kindred tribes remained occupied Denmark first, and thence, crossing the Baltic, southern Sweden and Norway. It is from about the early part of the eighth century that the Scandinavians appear for the first time on the stage of universal history. Then began those far-reaching Viking expedi¬ tions that made the name of “ Northmen ” known and dreaded on the most distant coasts of Europe, and which, amongst other great results, laid the foundations of the present Russian Empire, first at Novgorod, then at Kief. The settlers in Norway formed during a long period numerous small communities, which waged continual war upon each other until Harald Haarfager (the Fair-Haired) at the battle of Hafurdsfjord, in 872, completed the conquest of the country, and suc¬ ceeded in fusing the numerous small earldoms into one realm. Having been told at the commencement of his career of the charms of Gyda, daughter of the King of Hordaland, Harald sent messengers to her with the offer, not of his hand, but of his heart. Her proud reply is stated to have been that, so far from being the mistress, she would not even be the wife of a chief whose territories consisted of a few insigni¬ ficant provinces, and that she would never marry any one who did not hold absolute sway over the whole country. Admiring her ambition, he vowed to the gods that he would neither cut nor comb his hair until he had subdued all Norway, and that he would do so or perish in the attempt. After he had attained the object of that vow Gyda be¬ came his wife, although, according to the custom of the age, she shared that honour with eight others. Between the completion of Harald’s conquest of the country (about 885) and the middle of the thirteenth century, occurred the heroic period of Norwegian history, replete with tales of the grandest warlike exploits. But although great riches were brought home to Norway (as well as to Sweden and Denmark) by Vikings the elements of a healthy de¬ velopment of the country were wanting, and the strength of the people was gradually exhausted by foreign expeditions and internal feuds. The union of Norway into one kingdom by Harald Haarfager in¬ duced many of the petty chieftains to emigrate, and the same causes produced contemporaneously a similar effect in Denmark and Sweden. The Scandinavian maritime expeditions above mentioned gradually assumed much larger proportions, and the object of the Vikings became principally to find new homes on other shores. Whilst the Danes settled on parts of the coast of England and in Normandy, the Norwe¬ gians established themselves principally in Scotland and Ireland. The multitude of local names, Scandinavian in origin, in the British islands bears witness to the numbers of the settlers. According to later traditions, Rollo (Rolf), the first Duke of Normandy, was an exiled Nor¬ wegian chieftain ; and some writers have fixed his home in Norway in Sondmore. But contemporaneous chroniclers state that he and his fol¬ lowers were Danes, and many of their descendants there are still sur- named “le Danois.” Danes and Norwegians alike were called North- 1 Literally, men of the Viks (Wicks) or creeks, from which they sallied in boats on marauding expeditions or pounced upon passing seafaring traders. Tiie suffix king is therefore misleading to an English ear. Historical Notice. [ 13 ] men. The whole seaboard of Europe was visited by Vikings, and many, notably Norwegians, reached Constantinople (in the ancient Scandina¬ vian tongue called Miklagaard, “ The great Court ”), where they formed the bodyguard of the emperors. The Scandinavians reached Constan¬ tinople also through Russia, where the Vikings were called Varangians. “ Westmanna ” is another name by which they were known. One of the most interesting exploits of the Norwegians was their occupation of Iceland in the tenth century, from whence the discovery of America is said to have taken place by the drifting away in a storm of a Scan¬ dinavian vessel between Iceland and Greenland. Harald Haarfager died in 933. His son, Haakon the Good, was brought up in England at the court of Athelstane, and was the first king who endeavoured to establish Christianity in Norway; but Paganism was not finally eradicated until the twelfth century. There is a curious story told in the saga which bears his name with refer¬ ence to the introduction of Christianity. The king was suspected of being a waverer from the old religion, and his nobles insisted on his attending a banquet held to Odin, and drinking the horse-broth in his honour : to which the king was obliged to consent, but with very bad grace. This seems to have been the test applied by the worshippers of Odin to all whom they suspected of Christianity. And certainly there was nothing which the monks and early missionaries to Scandi¬ navia denounced more warmly than eating horse-flesh, as savouring of the ancient worship. The repugnance to eating horse-flesh, still felt by all nations of the Germanic family, as well as by Russians who are not Tartars, perhaps has its origin from .this. The city of Trondhjem was founded a.d. 997, by King Olaf Trygg- vasson. Among all the sovereigns of Norway, the adventures of this king are the most romantic. Born a prince, his mother saved his life from the usurper of liis rights only by quitting the country ; they were taken by pirates, separated, and sold as slaves. At an early age he was discovered and redeemed by a relative, became a distinguished leader of piratical expeditions, married an Irish princess, embraced Christi¬ anity, and ultimately fought his way to the throne of Norway in 995. He then became a most zealous missionary, propagating the faith by his sword: death or Christianity was the only alternative he allowed to his subjects. He destroyed the celebrated Temple of Thor and Odin, near Trondhjem, with the idols of those gods, which were held in the highest veneration. He was killed a.d. 1000 in a sea-fight on the coast of Pomerania. In 1016 Olaf (Olave) the Second, also a descendant of Harald Haarfager, ascended the throne of Norway. He is more usually known as Olaf the Holy, or St. Olaf. After pledging himself to respect the rights of the native chiefs, he not only destroyed the heathen temples, but propagated the Christian faith with fire and sword. It was, how¬ ever, chiefly his severity towards the under-kings and the turbulent aristocracy of the country that produced his downfall and compelled him to take refuge at the Court of the Grand Duke Yaroslaf at Kief. Thereupon, Canute the Great, King of England and Denmark, landed in Norway and was elected king. Olaf subsequently invaded the country with a view r of recovering the throne, and a desperate battle Historical Notice. [ 14 ]' was fought at Stiklestad, N. of Trondhjem, in which he was slain, July 29, 1080, together with most of his followers. A few years after¬ wards, his remains having been found in an incorrupt state, a miracle was proclaimed and he was declared a saint, the body being removed to Trondhjem and buried there. A chapel, erected over it, was the origin of the present Cathedral. Pilgrimages were made to the shrine of St. Olaf up to the time of the Reformation. He is the Lamb of the Calendar, and, besides three other churches in London dedicated to him, St. Olave’s of Tooley Street, Southwark, still gives its name to a parish on the south side of London Bridge. Modern historians have rehabilitated the character of St. Olaf as that of a king who held a higher place than any other Norwegian ruler in the veneration and gratitude of the people. He established Christianity in Norway, and was the first to found a Norwegian State in the Middle Ages. The Norwegian Order of Knighthood, founded by King Oscar I., in 1847, bears his name. Svejn, the son of Canute, was deputed by the latter to govern Norway, with a regal title ; but upon the death of Canute, in 1035, Svejn was driven from the throne, and Magnus “ The Good,” illegitimate son of St. Olaf, obtained possession of it. He died in 1047, and was suc¬ ceeded by his uncle, Harald III. (Sigurdsson Haardraade), one of the greatest warriors of his age, and the founder of Oslo, now the city of Christiania. This king was renowned for his expedition to “ Mikla- gaard,” where the Byzantine Emperor made him chief of his body¬ guard as a reward for his brave exploits. At the instigation of Tostig, brother of Harald II. of England, he invaded that country, but in the battle fought at Stamford in England, in 1066, both Harald of Norway and Tostig were slain. The son of Harald (Olaf III.—Kyrre — of Norway), with the whole of the Norwegian fleet, fell into the hands of Harald of England, who generously allowed Olaf to depart with twenty ships. Harald himself perished, wdthin three weeks afterwards, on the field of Hastings. Magnus II., surnamed Barfod (Bare-foot), was the successor to his father, Olaf III. (Kyrre), and became one of the most warlike and heroic monarchs of Norway. In 1098 he conquered the Isle of Man, the Shet- lands, Orkneys, and Hebrides. He afterwards invaded Ireland, where he was surprised and slain, in 1103, after a gallant resistance. After the short reigns of Olaf and Oystejn (1103-1122), Sigurd I., a- third son of Magnus, succeeded. He acquired the surname of “ Jor- salafarer,” i.e. Traveller to Jerusalem. He is celebrated in the annals of Norway for his pilgrimage to Jerusalem and his exploits during the voyage. Sailing in 1107, with a fleet of sixty ships, he was four years absent. His first winter was passed in England, where he was hospit¬ ably entertained by Henry I. Continuing his voyage, he fought several battles afterwards with the Moors in Portugal, and at sea. Landing in Sicily, he was magnificently entertained there by Roger, the Norman sovereign of that island. Pie then proceeded to Jerusalem, where the offer of his sword was very acceptable to Baldwin. His last exploit in the Holy Land was that of joining in the siege of Sidon, and when the city was taken half the booty became his. He returned home by way of "Constantinople and Germany. Historical Notice. [ 15 ] Before leaving Constantinople, Sigurd placed the figurehead of his own ship, a gilt “ dragon,” 12 feet long, on the Church of St. Sophia; but in 1204, after the capture of the city by the Crusaders, the new Emperor, Baldwin of Flanders, sent it as a present to the city of Bruges, whence it was carried away in 1382 to Ghent. Dissension and civil war followed upon the death of Sigurd (1130), which for a time were checked, in 1152, by the good offices of the Papal Legate, Nicholas Breakspear, an Englishman, who afterwards ascended the pontifical throne as Adrian IV. He succeeded in getting a metro¬ politan see established at Trondhjem, with a jurisdiction not only over Norway, but also over Iceland, Greenland, the Faro Islands, Shetlands, Orkneys, Hebrides, and Man. These two last were called the “ Syderoer,” or Southern Islands, in contradistinction to Orkney and Shetland. This word is the origin of the name “ Sodor." The period between 1130 and 1240 (occupied by twelve reigns) is memorable as one of incessant internecine strife. Foremost among the contending insurrectionary bodies were the Birhebtner (“ birch- legs ”), so called from their having worn sandals of birch bark, like the Russian peasants of the present day. They were powerful enough to establish Sverre Sigurdsson asking (1177-1202). Prosperity revived in Norway during his reign. The question of privileges previously granted to the Church was prominent in the dissensions of those times, which ceased only in 1240. Haakon IV. (Haakonsson), a grandson of Sverre, made war upon Scotland for the recognition of his claim to the Hebrides (disputed by Alexander III. of Scotland), and died during the expedition, in 1263. His supremacy had been acknowledged in Iceland ; and Greenland, occupied by Icelanders in the tenth century, was annexed by him in 1261. From this time commenced again a decline of the national prosperity of Norway, owing to frequent foreign and civil wars, which thinned the population ; and also to the monopoly of trade established by the Hanse towns, which crushed the national industry, and shackled the trade of the country. Another great blow to the prosper^ of Norway was the plague (called the Black Death), brought in 1349 by an English ship which had been driven into Bergen, the crew having previously perished. In Trondhjem the archbishop and the whole of the chapter died, with the exception of one canon. Solomon, Bishop of Oslo, was the only bishop who survived. Several densely populated valleys lost all their inhabitants; the domestic animals also were smitten with the plague. The peasantry, for want of cattle and of strength to labour, could not cultivate the land, and the famine which succeeded completed what the plague had begun : many districts became waste, and forests sprang up where cultivated fields had previously existed. Haakon VI. (Magnusson) married the daughter of Valdemar IV. of Denmark, and died in 1380, when the Norwegian crown descended to his infant son, then Olaf III. of Denmark, from which period, down to 1814, the two countries remained united under one sceptre. Olaf III. of Denmark and V. of Norway died young, and was succeeded bv his mother, the famous Margaret, known as “ the Semiramis of the North.” Victorious over the King of Sweden, she subsequently united Historical Notice. tie] his country to her dominions, and in 1397 succeeded in obtaining the signatures of the chief nobles and prelates of the three kingdoms to the celebrated act known as the Union of Calmar, the chief object of which was to unite the three crowns; and, with that view, it was stipulated that a perpetual peace should reign between the three countries, the subjects of each to have equal rights at the election of their sovereign, each kingdom to be governed by its own laws, and all to unite in the common defence. But the successors of Margaret, German princes distantly related to the old royal family of Denmark, had not the energy and ability to carry out her great work. Christian I. of Denmark mortgaged the Shetland and Orkney Islands for a portion of his daughter’s dowry on her marriage with James III. of Scotland: the debt was never cleared, and therefore those islands remained permanently subject to the crown of Scotland. In 1523, the Swedes—who had never cordially accepted the Scandi¬ navian union, and who were exasperated at the cruel measures of King Christian II.—finally re-established their independence under Gustav Vasa, and, soon after, the political relation of Norway to Denmark was materially altered. In the same year in which Christian II. lost the crown of Sweden, the nobility in Denmark rebelled against him, and elected his uncle Frederick I. in his stead. Civil war ensued, for the lower and middle classes favoured Christian II. as much as the nobles hated him. He sought assistance abroad, and landed in Norway in 1531, where he found many adherents, but was finally compelled to enter into negotiations, and was made a prisoner for life. At the death of Frederick I., in 1533, the friends of Christian II. rose again, and Copenhagen declared for him ; but the armies of Christian III. were victorious, and the capital succumbed after a twelvemonth’s siege. Norway was punished by the victorious party for her adherence to Christian II. by the loss of her independence ; she was deprived of her parliament and reduced to a mere province of Denmark, instead of being a free elective kingdom—a hard measure to which she w r as too weak to offer even a show of resistance. In 1536, under Christian III., the Reformation was introduced, and gradually and peacefully carried through. Amongst the next Kings of Denmark none w r as more popular than Christian IV., who often visited the country, and founded the towns of Christiania (on the ruins of ancient Oslo) and Christiansand. In his reign the rich silver-mines at Kongsberg, and the copper-mines of Roros, once the most produc¬ tive in Norway, were discovered and worked. He also greatly im¬ proved the laws and administration of the country. His reign is interesting to British travellers in connection with the so-called “ Scot¬ tish Expedition ” in 1612, of which an account will be given in our description of Romsdalen. The marriage, in 1589, of James VI. of Scotland with Anne, sister of Christian IV., will be noticed in the description of Christiania. During the hrst two centuries after the separation of Sweden from Denmark and Norway, frequent wars occurred between the tw T o Scandinavian Powers, in which the Nor¬ wegians took a conspicuous part. Tordenskjold, the most popular hero of the Danish navy, was a Norwegian, and it was in Norway, at the Historical Notice . [i-] siege of Frederikshald, that Charles XII. of Sweden met his death. Already, in those days, Norwegians took a considerable part in the literary and scientific life of Scandinavia. Ludvig Holberg, the father of modern Danish literature, Weasel, and some other highly esteemed authors were Norwegians. Copenhagen and its University, of course, formed the intellectual centre of the Dano-Norwegian nation, although a Norwegian Scientific Society had its seat at Trondhjem. In this respect, a change would in any case have resulted from the establish¬ ment of a University at Christiania in 1811, under Frederick VI., but the two countries were violently separated, after having been united for more than 400 years. In 1810, the Emperor Alexander I. of Russia guaranteed Norway to Sweden in exchange for Finland, on condition that the Crown Prince Regent of Sweden (Bernadotte) should join the allied sovereigns. The Crown Prince accepted that arrangement, which was confirmed by the gre it Powers, and, after the battle of Leipsic, he marched into Holstein w it i a considerable force and compelled Frederick VI., under the terms of the treaty of Kiel, to cede Norway to Sweden. Many Norwegians were at that time prisoners of war in England, and had been offered their liberty upon giving their parole not to bear arms during the continuance of the struggle their country was making. To a man they refused those terms, and remained in prison till the war was over. When the treaty of Kiel became known, the Norwegians were in¬ dignant at being thus transferred from Denmark to Sweden without their consent, and resolved to resist it and to declare their independ¬ ence. Prince Christian (afterwards the eighth king of that name in Denmark) was then Danish Governor-General of Norway and resident there. He convoked a national diet, which, composed of 113 represent¬ atives of all classes of the people, met at Eidsvold, near Christiania, on April 11, 1814. A Constitution ( Grund-lov ) was drawn up by it. On May 17 following, Prince Christian was elected King of Norway, and the diet thenceforth took the name of “ Storthing.” The Swedes, led by Bernadotte, invaded Norway by way of Frederikshald, and the allies blockaded the coast. Longer resistance became a useless waste of life and property, and therefore, on August 14, favourable terms having been offered to the Noiwegians, an armistice and convention were agreed to between the belligerents. Christian abdicated the throne ol Norway, and Charles XIII. of Sweden was elected in his place as King of Norway. On November 4, 1814, he accepted the Constitution, on which day it is therefore dated. It comprises 112 articles, the first of which declares that “ Norway shall be a free, independent, indivisible, and inalienable State, united to Sweden under one king.” (See “Government, &c.”) On the death of Charles XIII., in 1818, Bernadotte ascended the throne of Norway as Charles John XIV. On his death, in 1844, his son, Oscar I., was proclaimed. Soon after his accession, that sovereign gave the Norwegians a separate national flag, on which, however, was to be displayed a symbol of the union of Sweden, just as the Swedish colours bear to this day the Nor¬ wegian “ union,” as a corresponding acknowledgment. He also decreed that, in all acts and public documents relating to Norway, he should [Ncrrwai/ —1897.1 a Historical Notice . [ 13 ] be styled King of Norway and Sweden, instead of Sweden and Nor¬ way, as heretofore. These and many other judicious arrangements, combined with his liberal and enlightened views, his scientific acquirements, and untiring industry in the duties of his high office, endeared him to his Norwegian subjects, with whom he was very popular. In September 1857 King Oscar I. was attacked by a malady which incapacitated him from holding the reins of government. Prince Carl Louis Eugene was appointed Regent during the illness of his father, on whose death, in 1859, he succeeded to the throne under the title of Charles XV. He was born on May 3, 1826, and married, in 1850, the Princess Louise, daughter of Prince William Frederic, a brother of the King of Holland. He died September 18, 1872, and his brother, Oscar II. (born January 21, 1829), and his consort, Sophie of Nassau, were crowned at Trondhjem, July 18, 1873. The Crown Prince, Oscar Gustav Adolf, born June 16, 1858, was married in 1881 to Princess Victoria, daughter of the Grand Duke of Baden. The reigning sovereign succeeded to relatively troublous times in Norway. Under one of the most liberal constitutions in Europe—a substantial product of the great French Kevolution—the country had been peacefully and happily governed s nee 1814. Education, more especially, had made great progress, and in its wake came a natural desire for corresponding material improvement in the old rough, patriarchal mode of life. Every career and the highest offices in the State became practically open to those who passed, at little expense to themselves individually, through the higher schools or graduated at the University of Christiania almost in forma pauperis. The plough began at last to feel the competition of learned professions and public or mercantile employments, and the dairy that of finer needlework, modern garments, and harmonious instruments. It was no longer by bread (or rather porridge) alone by which the people desired to live as they threw off their old home life, under which the family produced all it required for its own consumption, excepting spirits, tobacco, coffee, and sugar. It was only these articles which (apart from the communal assessments for poor relief, education, roads, &c.) necessitated either the expenditure of hard cash (raised from surplus produce or from the products of forestry) or a recourse to credit at neighbouring store¬ keepers—the middlemen of Ireland and Russia to the present day Increasing wants in these respects could no longer be satisfied out of the produce of the land held in freehold by “ the freest and finest peasantry in the world ” In these circumstances they began to feel heavily the strain of debt gradually incurred under the peculiar Nor¬ wegian law of inheritance, which gives to every son and daughter an equal share in the parental estate, as well as by the need of ready money for the amelioration of the condition of life, seldom for that of the soil. To this day every new partition of property (under which the eldest son has the right of buying out his co-heirs) increases the existing encumbrances, and which may be estimated at not less than 50 per cent, on the value of almost every house or parcel of land throughout the country. The spirit of Conservatism, theoretically inherent to the ownership Historical Notice . [ 19 ] of real property, soon began to evaporate, especially after the forests had been tliinned and converted into ready money. Norway then became ripe to receive the seeds of radical and socialistic doctrines which were broadly sown by agitators and place-hunters. The peasantry secured an overwhelming “Liberal” majority in the representation of the rural districts, the towns alone (and in this case also against- established theories) remaining true to the principles and forms under which the country had so far been well and successfully administered. Political strife culminated in a denial on the part of that majority of the right of the King to exercise an absolute veto in matters affecting the Constitution, His Majesty’s privilege being well defined in the Constitution in regard to the sanction of all other laws. The veto in respect of ordinary legislation is suspensive only pending sessions of three successive Storthings or Parliaments, which, by passing such laws without amendment, can dispense with the royal sanction. Several years before the decisive battle over the veto was fought, the King spontaneously proposed that the Constitution should be amended in the direction of admitting his Ministers to participation in the de¬ bates of the Storthing, but under guarantees that would obviate as far as possible a frequent and factious dismissal of the chief servants of the Crown. The King insisted, more especially, upon the introduction of a general “ Pension Law,” the existing system in that respect giving power to the Storthing to refuse a pension to any person obnoxious to the majority, or to modify it at pleasure in every individual case. It appeared necessary to have some check in that respect with the view of economising the national expenditure, and in order to prevent as much as possible the rapid passing of numerous “bread-politicians” through the office of “State Councillor ” or Minister. But a majority of about three-fourths having been secured by the agitators under the leadership of Mr. J. Sverdrup, whose name became the watchword—“ Confidence in Sverdrup ”—at the general election to which this question refers, the King’s Ministers were impeached before a “High Court of the Realm,” composed exclusively of their political enemies and of a few Judges of the High Court of Justice, for advising his Majesty that the royal veto was absolute in questions affecting the Constitution, which had not provided for the presence of Ministers in Parliament. They had argued that, if no such veto were recognised, the Constitution, which was virtually a compact between the ruler and thef nation, might lose its monarchical form and enable an impetuous majority to vote a Republic or a Commune. A coup d'etat being out of the question, the King had to submit to the condemnation of his Ministers, who were declared (by secret voting) unfit to hold office and sentenced to lines which, happily for them, as impecunious officials, w T ere at once paid by a sympathising, loyal public. The King attempted to resist awhile by appointing a Cabinet devoted to the original princi¬ ples of the Constitution, but less fossilised in the Civil Service and some¬ what more in touch with the people. Under the prospect of another “ High Court of the Realm ” and of sentences of imprisonment, that Ministry resigned within a very short time, and the King, in his wisdom and far-sightedness, called upon Mr. Johan Sverdrup to form a Cabinet, while reserving solemnly his right to exercise the veto that a 2 [20] Government, &c. had been in dispute. Soon after, the new Prime Minister received the Grand Cross of St. Olaf, and acquired the confidence of the Sovereign. But dissensions in the party and the Cabinet rapidly altered the situation. Mr. Sverdrup found it practically impossible to comply with the desires of the more advanced section of his party, especially in the direction of quarrelling with Sweden over the right it has always exercised of transacting the common diplomatic business of the United Kingdoms. A retrograde law imposing a serious disability on aliens in the matter of the purchase or lease of real property, which now cannot be effected in Norway without the King’s permission in each individual case, was passed during his tenure of office. He was forced to resign in 1889, after a debate in the Storthing of a bill relating to ecclesiastical matters, which obtained the support of only one vote. A new triennial election having improved somewhat the numerical position of the Conservative party and established the existence of a split in the Liberal ranks into two, if not three, sections (leaving the Loyalist party the only compact and the numerically superior body in the Storthing), the King had no other course open to him but that of entrusting the formation of a Cabinet to Mr. Emil Stang, who was joined by some of the ablest men in the kingdom. With the patriotic support of the moderate wing of the so-called Liberal party, the new Ministry was able to conduct the affairs of the country with acknow¬ ledged success and benefit. During the short previous Liberal tenure of office were introduced trial by jury in criminal cases, and a theo¬ retical and still practically incomplete re-organisation of the Norwegian army. The most salient act of policy on the part of the Conservative Government of Mr. Stang was a reduction of the duty on coffee, which was later supplemented by a corresponding boon in the matter of sugar—two articles of consumption in which Norwegian housewives are deeply interested. A general election, in 1891, resulted in the triumph of the Radicals : the advocates of the introduction of universal suffrage and an equal participation with Sweden in the management of diplomatic affairs, involving apparently the appointment of Norwegian consular (if not also diplomatic) officers, side by side with those accredited by Sweden, and the formation of a separate Norwegian Foreign Office, under a Minister responsible to the Storthing. These measures were not realized, and a new election being still unfavourable to a Con¬ servative Government, the King, on the resignation of Mr. Stang, appointed a Unionist Cabinet, with Mr. Hagerup at the head of it. II. Government, &c. 1. Government.— Norway is an hereditary constitutional monarchy united with that of Sweden ; the mutual rights of the Crown and of the people being clearly defined by the Constitution of 1814, subsequently guaranteed by the Allied Powers, and which instituted a Parliament of only one chamber—the Storthing. This is elected for three years, and assembles annually. The duration of the session is three months, or, with the sanction of the King, until the whole of the business is dis¬ patched. The King has not the power to dissolve it within the fixed term of a session. Each Storthin" settles the taxes for the ensuing Government, &e. [21] financial year (which begins on July 1), enacts, repeals, or alters the laws, grants the sums which have been estimated for the different branches of expenditure, revises the pay and pension lists, and makes such alterations as it deems proper in any provisional grants made by the King during the recess. It also appoints auditors to examine all the Government accounts. The reports of the public departments, as well as copies of all treaties, are laid before it. The Odelsthing can impeach and try before a “High Court of the Kealrn,” composed of the Lagthing (a division of its own body) and of members of the High Court of Justice, Ministers and judges (for breach of official duty), as well as its own members (for crime). Besides these important con¬ trolling powers, secured to it by the Constitution, sworn to by the representatives of the nation at Eidsvold on May 17, and accepted by the King on November 4, 1814, the Storthing receives the oath of the King on coming of age or ascending the throne; and, in case of a failure of the royal line, it can, in conjunction with Sweden, elect a new dynasty. The first step taken by the Storthing, after it has been duly con¬ stituted, is to elect the Lagthing. This is done by choosing from among the members of the entire bodv one-fourth of their number. The functions of this section are deliberative, and judicial in cases of impeachment. The other three-fourths constitute the Odelsthing : all enactments must be initiated in this section either by the Government or a member of the Odelsthing. After a bill has been passed in the Odels¬ thing, it is sent to the Lagthing, where it is deliberated upon, passed, rejected, or sent back with amendments to the Odelsthing. After being agreed to, it requires the sanction of the King before it can acquire the force of a legal enactment. But if (except in cases affecting the Constitution, as shown under “ History ”) a bill passes through both divisions in three successive Storthings, it becomes on the third occasion the law of the land without the royal assent. The law for the abolition of hereditary nobility was passed by the exercise of that right in 1821. Only one count and four or five barons survive, and within a few years no titles of nobility will remain in existence. Since 1884 the political franchise has been bestowed in a demo¬ cratic direction on every native Norwegian, twenty-five years of age, who has for five years been and still is domiciled in the country, or (a) who is or has been a public official; or (b) who owns or for more than five years has rented a registered parcel of land, or who has during five consecutive years been or still is in the enjoyment of such land; or (c) who has for five years and still is, in Finmarken, a voter in virtue of certain contributions regulated by law; or ( d ) who is a burgess or rents in a town or shipping (loading) station a house or land of the value of at least 33?. 6s. 8d. ; or (e) who has during the preceding year paid direct taxes (not yet existing) to the State or to a commune on an assumed income of at least 27 1. 15s. 6d. in nual districts, or at least 44?. 9 s. in towns and at shipping stations, and who shall have been domiciled for one year in the district in which the election takes place, without belonging to another household. Mariners are now permitted to send their votes if absent at sea. An oath of fidelity to the Constitution must be taken before the franchise can be exercised. For the purpose of electing deputies to the Storthing the kingdom [22] Government, &c . is divided into forty-four electoral districts, each Amt (prefecture or county ’), eighteen in number, forming a separate district, the re¬ mainder (twenty-six) being composed of towns in groups of one to three. When the period arrives, those possessed of the franchise proceed to choose electors, in such proportion that in towns one is chosen for every fifty voters, and in the rural districts one for 100, two for 100 -200, and so on, in the same proportions. After these are chosen they assemble and elect from among themselves or from among any other qualified voters in the district one or more represen¬ tatives, being not younger than thirty years and domiciled for ten years in the kingdom. Former Ministers of the Crown, provided they are otherwise eligible, can be thus elected, but no district can elect more than one representative outside its own body of qualified voters. Minis¬ ters in office, Government clerks, and Court officials are not eligible. Out of the total number of representatives, seventy-six (two-thirds) are returned by rural districts, the remaining thirty-eight by towns; and the Constitution requires that proportion to be permanently main¬ tained. The total number of representatives is now 114. They are chiefly peasant farmers {Bonder), with a few clergymen, medical men, lawyers, and traders. The pay is 18s. 4 d. per day in addition to travelling and medical expenses. The Storthing generally meets every year on the first weekday in February. All the meetings of the ordinary Storthings take place suo jure, by the terms of the Constitu¬ tion, not under any writ or proclamation from the King. An extra¬ ordinary Storthing, consisting of the members of the previous Storthing, may be convened by royal authority, but it can only pass provisional Acts until the next ordinary Storthing. The election and meeting of the regular body cannot be postponed or controlled in any way by the executive power, and do not depend on its co-operation. As explained in the Historical Notice, the King’s Ministers now take part in the deliberations of the Storthing, but without a vote. 2. Administration and Civil Government.—The Central Administra¬ tion is conducted under the superior guidance of the Sovereign by the Boyal Norwegian Government, seated at Christiania, composed of one Minister of State {Statsminister) and six Ministers ( Statsraader), who have the charge of seven departments—Church and Education, Justice and Police, Interior (with a Consular Branch, in close con¬ nection with the Swedish Foreign Office), Public Works, Finance and Customs, Defence (Military and Naval), and Audit. A second Minister of State and two of the Ministers (who succeed each other yearly in rotation) reside as a delegation at Stockholm, and return to Norway when the King visits Christiania. For the purposes of Civil Government the kingdom is divided into twenty Prefectures (Amt), each under a Prefect {Amtmand), who has considerable authority over the lower local officials and exercises a control over the communal administration. At Christiania, Bergen, and in the Prefectures of Hedemarken, Lister and Mandal, Trond- hjem, and Tromso, they have the title of Stiftamtmand, and, 1 The use of our word “ county ” is scarcely appropriate. “ Prefecture” is closer to the original. Government , Jcc, [28] together with the Bishops of those Dioceses (Stiff), form the Stiffs - direction , the superior authority in each Stiff, or ecclesiastical pro¬ vince. The Prefectures are subdivided into fifty-six Bailiwicks (Fogderier), in each of which is a Foged (Baillie), who sees to the collection of taxes, and watches, as Policemaster, over the public safety, acts as paymaster under the orders of the Prefect or a public department, carries out sentences, &c. Under him, in each Tinglag (judicial dis¬ trict) is a Lensmand (Rural Mayor), who acts as a police official and assists generally the Foged , looks after the roads, holds auctions, enforces small claims, &c. In towns the corresponding functions appertain to a Burgomaster, who at Christiania and Bergen is assisted by two Councillors and a special Policemaster. In the smaller towns the magisterial duties are generally combined with those of the Foged. The thirty-eight towms and the twenty not yet incorporated “ loading stations ” constitute together fifty-eight Urban Communes, while the fifty-six Bailiwicks are divided into 494 Rural Communes or Cantons (Herred). A Council (Formandskcib) consisting of three to nine mem¬ bers in the rural districts, and of four to twelve in towns (Christiania alone having fifteen), is elected annually in each Commune by qualified voters, together with a Representative Body ( Repreesentantskab ), with three times the number of members on the Council. These deal w T ith all local, financial, and economic matters. There is, moreover, in each Prefecture a Prefectoral Council (Amtsting), that meets every year, in summer, for not more than ten days, to discuss and settle local affairs relating to the entire district. It is composed of the chairman or vice- chairman of each Herred , as well as of the Baillies and the Prefect. In educational matters the Director of the District Schools attends. This body audits the accounts of the Prefecture and transacts much other business previously reported upon by special committees. 3. The Religion of Norway is Episcopal Lutheran. It remains in exactly the same state as that in which it was originally moulded after the subversion of Roman Catholicism ; but within the last few years a new liturgy has been introduced. Its optional adoption by congrega¬ tions is not conducive to uniformity in worship. No places of worship belonging to other creeds were permitted to exist until 1845, when an Act of general toleration was passed, giving religious liberty to all Christians, but stigmatising as “Dissenters” all persons belonging to any other Church, creed, or belief than the Established Church of Norway. Even members of the Church of England, which, when Roman Catholic, was the first to bring Christianity to Norway, are “ Dissenters ” as much as Baptists, Plymouth Brethren, Jews, and “ infidels ” generally. Another Act (1851) admitted Jews to the country on conditions of equality with Christians. There are small Roman Catholic congregations at Christiania, Bergen, and Hammer- fest, but they do not make many proselytes. Dissent from the Estab¬ lished Church is gaining much ground from causes similar to those in England, until the activity and the spirit of the clergy of the Church of England began to pass through a happy reformation. Almost every dissenting sect is represented in Norway, including even the Mormons, who are, however, not allowed to practise polygamy in the country. [24] Government , &e . and therefore emigrate in small contingents to North America. After the lapse of eight centuries since the building of a church and monas¬ tery on an island close to Christiania, by Cistercian monks from Kirk- stead, in Lincoln, the Anglican Church once more rears her head in Norway. 1 2 The clergy, speaking generally, are a well-educated class of men, many of them being acquainted w r ith the literature of Europe and familiar with standard works in the German and English languages. A few can still converse in Latin, but this classical qualification has for some time been strongly on the decline. Taking into account the value of money in the country, their incomes are good, the average of the livings being 185Z. to 180C per annum, with a good house and some land. Norway is divided into sixteen Bishoprics ( Stift ), and more than 400 parishes, some of which are very extensive. The ecclesiastical patronage is vested in the Crown, subject to the recommendations of the State Council. 4. Public Instruction.—In this respect Norway is in the foremost rank among the nations of Europe ; nearly every Norwegian, male or female, can read, and the greater part can also write. A desire to acquire further instruction is steadily on the increase. In 1889 a law was passed making it compulsory to send all children (not receiving elsewhere education at least equivalent) to the National Schools. In rural districts the ages for such instruction are from seven years (complete) to fifteen years, and in towns from six and a-half to fifteen. For seven years no school fees are payable. Fines are imposed for non-attendance, unless sufficient, reason be given. The object of the National Schools ^established in sufficient numbers) is “ to co-operate in the Christian education of children and to impart to them such general instruction as shall be common to all classes of society.” Each Herred (Canton) is divided into “ school districts,” each with a National School, consisting of two divisions, one for children between seven and ten, and the other for those who are ten to fourteen years old. 1 In each class instruction must be given during twelve weeks in the year, and the local educational authorities may increase the number of weeks to fifteen. They are also empowered to establish one or more Continuation Schools (in combination, if necessary, wdth neighbouring Cantons). The course of instruction in such schools lasts one to six months, and is attended by youths of fourteen to eighteen. As a rule, special buildings are erected or rented for such purposes, but ambulatory arrangements are frequently made in the case of schools for the smaller children, and sometimes for those of the second division. The School Board established in each Canton is composed of the Dean or resident Chaplain (according to the pleasure of the diocesan), the chairman of the Local Council, of an elected male or female teacher in the National Schools, and of as many other members as the 1 See “ Christiania ” for St. Edmund’s Church. 2 In towns there are three divisions, and the total of the vacations is twelve weeks. Government, &c. [25] Cantonal Council may deem requisite. The post of teacher is open to either sex, after examination, and on condition of the candidate belonging to the State Church. Although the National Schools are supported generally out of cantonal funds, yet they receive in each case a subvention from the State. Funds are also contributed by the several Prefectures for the building of schools, for additional pay to teachers, and towards the sup¬ port of Continuation Schools, Handicrafts Schools, &c. In 1887 the total number of children subject to compulsory educa¬ tion at school was 294,064, of whom 221,444 belonged to rural districts, in which the school districts numbered 5,290. The total expenditure for the lower National Schools amounted in the rural districts to about 172,000Z. (of which 28 per cent, was contributed out of public funds), and that in towns to about 72.000Z. The cost per pupil was severally 15s. 6 d. and 84s. 6d. per annum. In 1889 there were thirty-seven higher schools of various descrip¬ tions, in addition to private schools, with a corresponding standard of instruction ; and seventeen public State-supported establishments for University candidates. The University will be further mentioned under “ Christiania.” Great importance is attached to the ceremony of Confirmation m Norway, prior to which the applicants undergo a long and careful course of religious instruction, and are subjected to rigid examination, both public and private, by the clergy of their respective parishes. Confirmation by a priest (not by a bishop) is an essential preliminary to holding situations, not only in the Civil Service, but also in offices, shops, &c. 5. Justice.— Civil suits are in the first instance brought before the Lower Courts ( Undcrretterne ), of which there are thirty-seven in towns and eighty-one in the rural districts. In the former, the judge is the Mayor or “ Baillie ” (. Byfoged ), who is frequently also Police- master; and in the rural districts the Sorenskriver (Cantonal Judge). They decide all cases personally, except those relating to Odelsret (Allodial Law), and to disputes about property. They are assisted by the presence of four jurymen ( Meddomsmcencl ), who do not, however, take part in the proceedings or in pronouncing judgment. The eighty- one Cantonal Law Circuits ( S orens i: riverier) are divided into 427 Ting lag (Courts of Assize), in which assizes are held two or three times during the year. An assize is, moreover, held as a rule once a month for the entire Cantonal Circuit. In towns, the Bytingene are held weekly. An appeal lies from these Courts to the Superior Courts ( Overret ) at Christiania, Bergen, and Trondhjem, each of which is composed of a President and two assessors. At Christiania there is also a Byret (City Court), with a President and eleven assessors; and although its functions are those of a Court of First Instance, yet an appeal lies direct from it to the High Court of Justice (. Hoiesteret ) at Christiania, the third and last Court of Appeal, composed of a Justitiarius and eight assessors. Before any civil cause can be brought for trial there must be an attempt at arrangement before a Commission of Conciliation, estab¬ lished in almost every Commune, and which also has in minor cases [26] Government, &c. of debt, &c., to give judgment. When the attempt fails (as it gener¬ ally does, owing to the litigious character of the people *) the plaintitf applies to a Court of Law, in which the proceedings are not oral, but in writing, and last a considerable time, both parties having an almost indefinite leisure for refuting each other’s statements. At last the case is declared ripe for judgment, which must be given within the subsequent six weeks. There are, however, exceptions to this mode of procedure, in the matter of bills, shipping cases, masters and servants, &c. In the High Court of Justice the proceedings are generally oral, and every person can conduct his own case before that tribunal, as well as before the Low T er Courts. Advocates and solicitors are, how¬ ever, generally employed. The legal profession is a very flourishing one. Since 1890, the jury system has been introduced in criminal cases . These are subject to the following tribunals : (a) Court of Interro¬ gatory (the French Instruction ), composed of one inferior judge (at Christiania, of a member of the City Court, and at Bergen and Trondhjem. of special criminal judges), whose duty is to prepare the case by collecting information, examining witnesses, otted ) ; in summer-time, the fieldfare and redwing, which nest in colonies; the crested titmouse (Parus cristatus); and, far rarer, the magnificent eagle-owl, the nutcracker crow (Nucifraga caryocatactes), the pine bullfinch (Pyrrhula enucleator), the blue¬ breasted robin (Sylvia svecica), and the Bohemian wax-wing (Ampelis garrulus)— all the latter birds being peculiarly characteristic of the Northland, particularly of those parts of it which are within the Arctic Circle, and where they are seldom seen except by the wandering naturalist. The highlands, or fjeld districts, are tenanted during the summer and early autumn by a variety of waders, such as the golden plover, dotterel, whimbrel, ruff, double and common snipe, which nest in the vicinity of the high-level marshes, and migrate thence before the winter. In the innumerable tarns and lakes are found at the same season various species of the duck tribe, including the mallard, widgeon, teal, pintail, golden-eye, shoveller, velvet and common scoter, and scaup, and two divers (Lorn), the black-throated and the red-throated (the most common), as well as the merganser and, occasionally, the grebe. The great northern diver is much rarer, and even in the far North is seldom seen in summer. It is a late autumn and winter visitor to Norway. The same regions are inhabited by such birds of prey as the eagle (golden and white tailed), the osprey , the ger-falcon, and the gos¬ hawk, the rough-legged buzzard, the snowy owl, and the Lapland or cat owl, most of which are also found in the forest region, and occa¬ sionally descend to the lowlands. The most remarkable of the indigenous mammalia in these lofty regions are the wild reindeer, now found almost exclusively on the high ridges S. of Nordland (Hardanger-vidden, Jotunfjeld, Dovre, and tracts round the Rondane and the Tryssil fjelds), and estimated to number at present between 10,000 and ‘20,000 head. Here also is found the glutton or wolverine (Gulo borealis), the deadly enemy of the [ 44 ] Geography, Geology, Mineralogy, &c. reindeer, most common in Fimnarken and Nordland, bnt at the same time distributed over the country even to the verge of the southern lowlands near the Christiania fjord, and the rare blue or silver fox (the fur of which is so valuable), as well as the also rare crossed species. Of the smaller quadrupeds of Norway, one may be briefly noticed on account of its singular habits and local interest, and this is the Lemming (Myodes le?nmus). These small creatures, which are some¬ what smaller than a water-rat, and resemble a diminutive guinea-pig, being beautifully coloured with black, orange, and brown, have their home in the high mtn. plateaux of Norway, but migrate at irregular periods, in countless numbers, to the lowlands, always marching first down the slopes and then along the bottoms of valleys. Nothing stops them when once on the march—whether river, lake, or fjord. They are reported to have once invaded by millions the streets of Trondhjem. If, while migrating, they reach the open sea, they swim straight out and, fortunately for mankind, perish in the waters. They are also drowned in great numbers when crossing lakes and rivers, and the de¬ composition of their bodies in lakes, &e., from which drinking-water is taken, frequently produces an epidemic locally known as “ Lemming Fever.” They never return to the mtns. In their periodical halts they will infest the same region for one or two years, but seldom, if ever, longer. They do great damage to the crops and herbage in those districts which they select; so great indeed was the mischief caused by them in old times that they were solemnly exorcised by the priests, and a Lemming Litany was appointed with that object. They are always followed by a great number of the smaller hawks and owls, especially the snowy owl. The reindeer are said to feed on them at times. To the sportsman who happens to be hunting the district in which they are temporarily settled they are a great nuisance, for even the steadiest dogs get so excited over their capture as to neglect their sporting duties altogether. The lemming scorns to seek safety, as a rule, by hasty flight, for such is the courage contained in its diminu¬ tive body that it is ready to dispute the way with an elephant. It is amusing to watch one of these little creatures snapping and barking at the intruder on its haunts, and retreating with its face to the foe. The waters of many of the innumerable mtn.-lakes abound in trout and char, which fatten on the clouds of insects—including the dreaded mosquito—that fill the air in many localities, especially in the nterior of Fimnarken. Immense flocks of geese (chiefly the grey-leg and bean-goose , but also the 'white-fronted and brent), of duchs, and other aquatic birds which have been bred to a great extent in the waters of the interior, as well as on the distant shores of Greenland and Spitzbergen, collect towards autumn on the W. and N.W. coasts of Norway. The “ bird- mtns.,” or precipitous island cliffs, on which the sea-fowl congre¬ gate, will be noticed in the section that deals with Routes in N. Norway. The eider-duck, is strictly preserved from the Trondhjem fjord northwards, and in some districts farther S. The mammalia of the coast-line are represented by otters (found also inland), and by several species of seals and whales. Amongst the fishes, mention must be Statistics . [ 45 ] specially made of the swarms of herrings , cod, pollock, and coal-fisli (Sei), the capture of which gives employment to thousands of fisher¬ men, and constitutes a national industry. Halibut and ling of great size, two or three species of small sha rk (caught for the sake of their oil), the ivolf-fish, and ordinary sea-fish, such as mackerel, haddock, whiting, flounder, and the like, abound, besides several species of wrask and sea-bream, not so familiar to the English market. Lobsters (exported), crabs, and oysters (the latter partially cultivated, but not numerous) are an important source of income on the W. coast. IV. Statistics. 1. Population.—In 1891 this was returned by a census at about two millions (including seamen abroad), the rural and urban proportions being severally 76 and 24 per cent., and has remained at, approxi¬ mately, that figure. It is kept down by emigration, the rate of which has occasionally been as high as that from Ireland in the worst times. From 4000 in 1865, 1875, and 1876, the number of emigrants rose to over 28,000 in 1882 (about one-sixtietli of the popu¬ lation), but fell again in 1888, on an improvement in trade, to 21,500 (1-8 per cent.) In 1889, again, it sank to 12,478. Emigration is directed principally towards the U.S. of America (Wisconsin, Minnesota, Iowa, and Illinois), where the Norwegian population is now over half a million, in a form more or less concrete, preserving to a great extent its own language and maintaining its national priesthood, recruited from home. A smaller contingent repairs to Canada, New Holland, New Zealand, Natal, and parts of S. America. On the other hand, the immigration of aliens (notably of Finlanders into Finmarken and of Swedes into the prefectures of Smaalenene, Jarlsberg, and Laurvig) is inconsiderable. In the inland rural districts the population is almost stationary, the small annual increase (0'65 per cent.) being referable chiefly to the sea-board and to towns, where trade and navigation sup¬ plement the small gains of husbandry. The most populous towns are Christiania, Bergen, Trondhjem, Stavanger, and Drammen. (See de¬ scriptions.) As in the other two Scandinavian countries, in Norway the popula¬ tion is very homogeneous, even the Lapps and Finlanders forming less than 2 per cent, of it. The origin of the Norwegians has been dealt with in the “ Historical Notice.” They are, as a rule, well-grown and strong, although the state¬ ment so frequently made that an average Briton looks small in a Nor¬ wegian crowd is fabulous. In a country where the conditions of climate and life are so hard, the fittest are necessarily strong. A Nor¬ wegian is of a serious turn of mind, sensible and calm when not excited by agitation or drink, and not combative, although given to litigation. His obstinacy and a certain slowness in mind and body are possibly legacies of the Finnish races which he superseded, the same quali¬ ties being observable to the present day among the Finns of Russia, and the Bulgarians of the S. of Europe. The Norwegians have in common with Scotland and Finland the characteristic proverb : “ Hurry not, except when catching fleas.” Statistics. [ 46 ] Self-consciousness and national vanity, and a love of liberty that tends somewhat to an extreme devolution, are likewise features of character as noticeable as the primitive virtue of hospitality. Of their Religion we have treated under “Government and Ad¬ ministration.” Morality , except in the sense of honesty, leaves much to be desired, in the rural districts more especially. The dangerous system of long engagements, restricting but little the intercourse of the sexes, is productive of evil, akin to that which exists in our own “ Black Country,” amongst our mining population, and in some parts of Scotland. The household arrangements in towns and the relegation of peasant girls to seeders (chalets) for the summer months, in charge of cows and goats, are among the principal causes of a state of morality represented (according to a Norwegian official statistician 1 ) by a very considerable amount of illegitimacy. He states that out of one hundred couples, thirteen have children during the three first months after marriage, twelve in the following three months, and eight in the two next months, making a total of 38 per cent, of births eight months after marriage. If, however, he continues, we take into account children born previously to wedlock, it w ill be found that, out of every hundred of couples of the peasant-proprietor class or of persons in easy circumstances in the rural districts, thirty-four children accrue to them before marriage or within eight months after, while amongst the liusmcend (agricultural tenants) and workmen the corresponding proportion is not less than 50 per cent., and in some localities even 65 per cent. It is not only permissible to legitimitise bastards by marriage, but they may, by customary law, be sworn in case of doubt to several fathers (up to four or five), each of whom can be bound to contribute a proportionate share for the maintenance of such off¬ spring up to the age of fifteen. Among the rude fishermen in the Lofoten islands a half share in such a responsibility is not uncommon. The law, or rather custom, is also remarkably lenient in respect of the right of every woman to receive her “ betrothed ” in her master’s house, and no contract in derogation of that right is valid. Drunkenness is certainly on the decrease; in rural districts cases of it are rarely seen out of doors, while in the towns the police vigi¬ lantly exercise their duty of taking up any person “ apparently intoxi¬ cated.” Teetotalism and the “ blue ribbon” have contributed towards this satisfactory result; but to attribute it solely to a total-abstinence movement and to the adoption of a modified “ Gothenburg system ” of local option for the sale of spirituous liquor is to deny the effect of more careful and practical religious training, of education, and of improve¬ ment in the dwellings and in the mode of life of the lower classes. Nor should it be forgotten that, as in our own country, the “drink bill ” is much influenced by the earnings of the population. The boride (peasant-proprietor) has many other calls nowadays on his resources in ready money. 2. Occupations of the People.— (a) Agriculture. —More than one half of the population is engaged in tilling the soil and in its accompanying occupations of rearing cattle and cutting timber, although only 2 per 1 Le Royaume de Norvdgc. Dr. 0. I. Broch. Christiania, 1878. Statistics . [ 47 ] cent, of the total area of the country has so far lent itself to cultivation. Of that small area only ‘84 per cent, consists of arable land, the re¬ mainder being artificial meadows, &c. In the northernmost bailiwicks agriculture is limited to the raising of an inconsiderable quantity of potatoes. Except on the larger estates, having the benefit of modern implements and machinery, agriculture is pursued in an antiquated manner, with rough appliances. The smallness and frequently the chequered distribution of holdings, are conditions unfavourable to im¬ provement. In several prefectures the minute subdivision of land is a condition that renders impossible the sustenance of a family, to which therefore proprietorship or tenancy is only a subsidiary source of in¬ come. In these circumstances about 36 per cent, of the corn con¬ sumed in Norway is imported from Russia, Denmark, and Germany. There is, however, a small exportation of oats, as well as of barley in the ultimate form of excellent ale, largely consumed also in the country. Cattle-rearing is relatively of greater importance, and not only suffices (with the adjunct of American pork) to supply the home demand, but also admits of the exportation of sheep from the W. coast to Great Britain. In 1891, when the last census w r as taken, the animal stock was— horses 150,740; horned cattle about 1,004.000; sheep 1,407,500; goats 271,500; swine 121,300, and reindeer 167,600 approximately. (b) Fishing. —This was in ancient days the most important occupa¬ tion of the Norwegian people, and even now is one of the principal means of existence, leaving a considerable surplus of fish for exportation. The fisheries may be classified as the great deep-sea fisheries ( cod and herring) on the Yesten- and Norden-fjeldske coasts, and the minor fisheries ( mackerel , around Lindesnaes and on the Jarlsberg and Laurvig coast), coal-fish , ling , salmon , sea-trout , lobsters, &c. Whaling is pursued chiefly off the coasts of Finmarken and Tromso, but in 1890-91 the take was considerable in the Skagerak, almost in the Christiania fjord. Bottle-nose whales and seals are taken by Nor¬ wegian vessels (sailing and steam) in large quantities off .Tan Mayen, Spitzbergen, Greenland, &c. Between 1882-88 the annual value of the coast fisheries, deducting the fish for home consumption, was more than a million sterling, and that of the fish after processes of curing, &c. (for exportation) 2*3 millions. In 1888 the Lofoten cod fisheries alone gave employment to 32,000 men, the total number of men thus employed each season on the Norwegian sea-board being 81,400, in 20,000 boats, large and small. Salted cod is exported chiefly to Spain and Portugal (70 per cent, of total export), and dried cod to Italy, Austria (40 per cent.), Holland, &c. The average annual value of the catch of herrings is about 280.000k Much progress has been made during the last century in the development of the fisheries, by aid and supervision both of the State and of local fishery boards or asso¬ ciations. (c) Mining gives employment to only about 2500 men, the industry having fallen off since the beginning of the present century, when the production of iron (now almost ceased) began to decline. (See “ Mineralogy.”) Statistics. [ 43 ] (d) Manufacturing industry .—This affords a livelihood to about 50,000 men. Notwithstanding a low customs tariff (almost the only revenue of the State), it has made, and continues to make, very satis¬ factory progress with duty-free coal (from Great Britain), raw material only nominally taxed, and water-power of great magnitude and abun¬ dance. Some branches of it contribute substantially towards the ex¬ ports of the country : icood pulp (about 500,000/.), matches (about 100,000/.), horseshoe and other nails (about 150,000/.), woollens (about 130,000/.) In 1889 the value of the exports of Norwegian manufac¬ tures (not including planed timber and fish oil) amounted to 1,700,000/., out of an aggregate export value of nearly seven and a-half millions. (e) Shipping. —From the age of the Vikings, the Norwegians have lived principally by navigation. In proportion to the population, the shipping tonnage owned in Norway is now higher than that of any other country in the world, being eighty register tons per hundred inhabitants. In 1889 the Norwegian mercantile marine consisted of 7285 vessels of 1,611,000 tons in the aggregate, and employing nearly 50,000 men. In this respect Norway comes only after Great Britain and the U.S. of America; but a large proportion being sailing ships (including many “floating coffins”), Norway stands lower than Ger¬ many and France on the list of steam tonnage, which was 137,500 register tons in 1889, or only 9 per cent, of the total tonnage. The steamship tonnage is much on the increase, especially at Bergen. In 1888 the gross earnings of the mercantile fleet engaged in the foreign trade were estimated at more than five millions sterling, out of which about one-half was expended in foreign ports. (/) Trade. —In 1895 the imports were officially estimated at about 12,000,000/., and the exports at 7,630,000/., the share of Great Britain being severally 3,500,000/. and 2’7 million pounds, while Germany supplied 3,250,000/. of the total value of the imports and took only about 955,000/. of that of the exports. The corresponding proportions for France were 3 and 2^ per cent. In their order of value, the imports consisted of corn and flour, textiles, &c., coffee, sugar, tobacco, &c.; while the total of the value of the exports represented timber, wood pulp, &c., products of the fisheries, and other Norwegian productions and foreign goods re-exported. 3. Army and Navy.— (a) Army. —Military service is compulsory on all classes of the community, and conscription therefore embraces every citizen, not physically incapacitated, who has reached his twenty- second year. Only the clergy, Civil servants, pilot aldermen, pilots on the establishment, and (as yet) the'inhabitants of Finmarken, are ex¬ empted. Substitutes cannot be provided. Even resident aliens,when not exempted by treaty, are subject to military service. Thus, British subjects domiciled (a very elastic term in Norway) in the country cannot prevent their sons from being converted into subjects of the King of Norway by compulsory enrolment. Those who contemplate settling even temporarily in Norway with sons approaching the age of liability to military conscription should keep this contingency clearly in view, together with the concurrent disability of not being able to acquire or Statistics . [ 49 ] rent, or to sell or devise to another alien, real property in any part of the kingdom, without special permission. Conscripts who are not thoroughly capacitated, or who are under a height of 5 ft. 3 in., are relegated to the train corps, the remainder being drafted into the line for a period of five years, after which they are attached for four years to the militia (Landvcernet), but only for home service. Lastly, they form part of the Landstorm, for local defence, diming a further period of four years. Nominally, the Norwegian army, as reorganised in 1885, is composed of about 54,000 men, including 880 officers and 3100 ser¬ geants and corporals. The theoretical strength of the line is 36,000, of whom not more than 18,000 can be placed on a war footing without the consent of the Storthing. About 2000 horses (artillery, cavalrv, and train) belong to the army. The conscripts are exercised yearly— the junior class in the infantry and in the fortress and mountain artil¬ lery for at least forty-two days, the engineer troops for fifty days, and the cavalry and horse artillery for seventy days. These are thefi Recruit School ” exercises ; for subsequent training the men of the line are called up for at least twenty-four days, and the militia for not less than twelve days each year. The infantry consists of H.M.’s Norwegian Guards, composed of two volunteer companies and of five brigades; the cavalry of three corps, or eight squadrons; the field artillery , also of three corps, of one battalion of three batteries, with six guns each. (b) Navy. —This is manned by seamen liable to service who have been at least twelve months on board foreign-going ships, and who are between the ages of twenty-two and thn^-five. These are more than 20,000 in number, but the contingent called out is subordinate to financial considerations. Marines and seamen for coast defence, as well as “ district sea-troops ” (in Nordland and Tromso), are raised under special regulations. The fleet , of which the stations are—Horten (chief), Fredriksvsern (equally in the Christiania fjord), Christiansand, Bergen, and Tron- dlijem—consisted in 1892 of 4 monitors (two guns each); gunboats ; 2 first class, 7 second class, 17 third class, and 4 of older type (mostly carrying one gun), and 9 torpedo-boats. In addition to these are 2 old steam frigates , 2 steam corvettes , 2 sailing corvettes , 1 tug , and 6 training and dockyard ships. Additions have since been made. The fortresses are all obsolete, excepting Oscarsborg on Kahohnen island, commanding at Drobak the approach to Christiania, which is gradually being strengthened by torpedo mines and batteries. The chief arsenal is at Christiania (Akerhus fortress) ; the small- arms factory is at Kongsberg, and the powder mills at Skar, near Christiania. The military and sea forces of the kingdom are under the superior command of the king. 4. Finances.— (a) State. —The public debt of the country, incurred chiefly in the construction of railways, of which more than 1,000 miles are open, amounted at the end of 1889 to a little less than six and a-half millions sterling, well covered by various assets of the State. In 1890-91 the revenue was estimated at about 2,700,000/., and the expenditure at [Norway —1897] c [50] Language , Literature , a?u? Ar£. about 2.650,000Z. Nearly 45 per cent, of the revenue is derived from customs under a moderate tariff, which, however, falls rather heavily on sugar, coffee, tea, and other colonial produce; 114 per cent, from the excise on spirits and malt, and the balance from stamps, succession duty, railways, Ivongsberg silver mines, and other sources. There is a small direct State tax on property or income. The expenditure includes the following groups : King’s Civil List, 26,800Z. (1 per cent.); Storth¬ ing, 24,400Z. (nearly 1 per cent.); State Council and Central Govern¬ ment, 64,300Z. (2-4 per cent.) ; Army, 418,000Z. (nearly 16 per cent.) ; Navy, 168.000Z. (6 per cent.); Public Works, 548,OOOZ. (20‘6 per cent.) ; Justice, 277,000Z. (104 per cent.); Interior Provincial Administration, Post and Telegraph Departments, Steamship subsidies, &c., 358.000Z. (18*5 per cent.); Finance Department (interest on debt, local adminis¬ tration, pensions, &c.), 464,000Z. (nearly 18 per cent.); Church, 263,400Z. (9-9 per cent.); and Diplomatic and Consular services 37,600Z. (1*4 per cent.) Kailway construction has been resumed and loans for that purpose raised. (,b) Communal Finance. —The communal debt amounted in 1887 to about 3,300,000Z. ; while in 1888 the taxation for local purposes (poor relief, schools, roads, Church, &c.) was little short of a million (965,000Z.), of which very little less than one-hall fell on the towns. In the rural districts it was equivalent to 7s., and in the towns to 19s. 10 o tf o ►4 ffl H 01 S-l :o m ® -H r-« C q; g> w. Sh o> £ 53 W3 03 •S c8 CO *"• .2 § ta -2 -H CO _ ^ cc ►■o ^ CD ss * - a *=1 O r-H* f—I •■—I JO M cl a5 1 a U PH - 03 0 ) a •2 2 in -a a :do H CC (MCD O CC Q rH Ci H H X (M CD O ID CD X 03 H TfH CO (N ZD O M X ID CD X H CO (M CD O a o n to io CO ‘ * O o r^J C /2 5 a 03 *rj co a s - O O rH rH rH H rH rH rH c4 c O rH rH rH 03 (M CD 03 CO ^ cd s x o rH rH rH rH c4 cdomno H « ^ ID S D H H X X O H (M X H Di O'} rH rH O ID CD SX O O CD CD CO 00 O 1 O H Ci CO a o w <1 rH a r£ o o o o o rH r-H *-h rH rH r-n rH rH rH rH N ^ Ci Ci ci S-l ” a> © ->-= to hh % D ID CO* CD S t>»* OHHC1X rH CD rH CD rH 00* CO* O) co’ o’ rH XHHiOCD CD H CD H CD O H H Oi* 04* rH rH rH i-H rH 2 Horses and Carriage 5 3 Adults kr. o. 1.69 CO CD O H X o x n o x c4 cs c4 co" co* rH tO CO CO CD s q x s o CO* Tfi Tji Hi id O ^ CO rH to ^ N. O xJJ t>- id to* CD CD* CD CO X CD O H O TtJ rH TJJ td td td oo’ co* 2 Horses and Trille 4 2 or 3 Adults kr. o. 1.50 o o o o o X H H N o rH c4 c4 c4 CO* o o o o o X CD co Ci tq X* xx d d o o o o o X H H N o lO* to* to’ CD o o o o o CO CD CO 04 to CD* CD* CD* S td Horse and Carriole, or spring Stolkjaerre 2 Adults kr. o. 1.23 S Ci CD H ID N . ^ ^ rH rH rH Oi O H D X X t>» CO rH TT* CD c- 00 o cs -H 04* 04* X* CO X SHHXtO to t>- CO o 04 x* x’ x* ^d ^d Horse and ordinary Stolkjaerre 2 Adults kr. o. 1.20 ^XCiCDO TjH ZD CO rH ^ rH rH rH c5 Tt( X Ci X o CD CO H X CD oi c4 x* x* x CO 04 CD O 00 o co to CO X* rti* rd rd rd HXCiCDO O 04 to O to to to to CD 1 Adult 3 kr. o. 0.83 C3 CD Cl C3 ID Q H X H CD <0 rH rH rH rH (M X ID H X X CTO rH x rH rH c4 c4 ^ H N HO CD 00 CO rH X 04 04 04* X* X l>» X O CD X Tji CD CO CO t-H CO CD CD co d -< “ Eh c a 5 £ CO o ^ a l - ' • f—< 03 ’rO 4 H +3 CO _ c3 bo cS a *3 o 3 £ 2 r^H ^ 4^ £5 O 03 o > r. C3 r-H 5 h §H o * 53 c3 o a cd Hh I 4H CO 03 'S ^ 5 <+H ^ o TO fco 9 5H £ 3 -H O M-l O Modes o f Travelling. [85*J Table for Water-Posting ( Vandskyds ). From 1 “slow” stations in the country From “ fast ” stations with ordinary tariff in the country, or “ slow ” sta¬ tions in towns From “fast ” stations with high-rate fares in the country, and “fast ” station in towns 2 men 3 men 4 men 2 men 3 men 4 men 2 men 3 men 4 men with with with with with with with with with Kil. 4-oared 6-oared 8-oared 4-oared 6-oared 8-oared 4-oared 6-oared 8-oared boat boat boat boat boat boat boat boat boat and sail and sail and sail and sail and sail and sail and sail and sail and sail kr. o. kr. o. kr. o. kr. o. kr. o. kr. o. kr. o kr. o. kr. o. 2 0.29 0.44 0.58 0.35 0.53 0.70 0.41 0.62 0.82 5 0.73 1.10 1.45 0.88 1.33 1.75 1.03 1.55 2.05 6 0.87 1.32 1.74 1.05 1.59 2.10 1.23 1.86 2.46 7 1.02 1.54 2.03 1.23 1.86 2.45 1.44 2.17 2.87 ‘ 8 1.16 1.76 2.32 1.40 2.12 2.80 1.64 2.48 3.28 9 1.31 1.98 2.61 1.58 2.39 3.15 1.85 2.79 3.69 10 1.45 2.20 2.90 1.75 2.65 3.50 2.05 3.10 4.10 11 1.60 2.42 3.19 1.93 2.92 3.85 2.26 3.41 4.51 12 1.74 2.64 3.48 2.10 3.18 4.20 2.46 3.72 4.92 18 1.89 2.86 3.77 2.28 3.45 4.55 2.67 4.03 5.33 14 2.03 3.08 4.06 2.45 3.71 4.90 2.87 4.34 5.74 15 2.18 3.30 4.35 2.63 3.98 5.25 3.08 4.65 6.15 16 2.32 3.52 4.64 2.80 4.24 5.60 3.28 4.96 6.56 17 2.47 3.74 4.93 2.98 4.51 5.95 3.49 5.27 6.97 18 2.61 3.96 5.22 3.15 4.77 6.30 3.69 5.58 7.38 19 2.76 4.18 5.51 3.33 5.04 6.65 3.90 5.89 7.79 20 2.90 4.40 5.80 3.50 5.30 7.00 4.10 6.20 8.20 21 8.05 4.62 6.09 3.68 5.57 7.35 4.31 6.51 8.61 22 3.19 4.84 6.38 3.85 5.83 7.70 4.51 6.82 9.02 23 3.34 5.06 6.67 1 4.03 6.10 8.05 4.72 7.13 9.43 24 3.48 5.28 6.96 4.20 6.36 8.40 4.92 7.44 9.84 25 3.63 5.50 7.25 4.38 6.63 8.75 5.13 1 7.75 10.25 Modes of Travelling . [85] generally large, powerful, and comfortably fitted. On board some of the smaller steamers the sleeping accommodation, however, is not always adequate, and in the height of the season the saloons of most of the packets are converted at night into sleeping apartments. Before starting on a long voyage along the coast it is advisable to make inquiries as to the accommodation offered, and to secure a good berth, either at the shipping office or immediately on embarkation. Most of the officers speak English, but the stewards rarely know any other language than their own, or perhaps German. But, with the aid of our vocabulary, or that of Norwegian fellow-passengers, there will be no difficulty in getting anything that may be required. The meals on board the national steamers (breakfast, dinner, and supper) are abundant and, as a rule, very good. A charge of 5-5£ kr. (5s. 7 d.-6s. 2 d.) per diem 1 covers all expenses for food excepting coffee after meals, and ale, wine, and spirits. Norwegian beer (about 5d. per bottle) is light and pure, and preferred by many to British ale; the wines on board (as throughout Norway) are not dear, and are certainly genuine. Champagne is generally sweet, but hock, both sparkling and still, good. Spirits are obtainable on board all the large coasting steamers; whiskey is, however, to be preferred to cognac, which cannot always be relied on. The charge for a bottle of whiskey is 4 kr. to 6 kr., and for a glass about Id. Old Norwegian Aquavit (flavoured with carraway- seeds) is an excellent and favourite “ dram,” generally taken before meals or while tasting the relishes that are served as a preliminary course; but it is not palatable with water. Fares are very moderate on board the Norwegian coasting steamers, the first-class fare being at the rate of 40 ore (about 5 d.) per naut. m., with considerable reductions for long distances; return tickets usually 1| fare, which is also generally charged to husband and wife, while bona fide family parties are, as a rule, entitled to a “ moderation.” On the special fjord and lake steamers the charges are somewhat higher. Fares will frequently be mentioned in the Boutes, but Bennett’s Time- Tables should be consulted. Under the head of “ Steamers ” prominent mention must be made of the so-called Tourist Yachts , that bring yearly more and more travellers to Norway. Their sailings are well advertised, and they are generally filled so rapidly that it is necessary to secure berths well in advance. During the “midnight sun” season they are more numerous, but one or two of the omnibus yachts extend their voyages to a late date in the autumn. The Norwegian tour, except in the excellent Wilson yachting steamer, is combined with a visit to Sweden, and often to the Gulf of Finland and St. Petersburg. One of the advantages of visiting Norway in a tourist yacht is that the cost (about 50 1. for a month, exclusive only of wine, &c.) is a fixed amount. Nor¬ wegian tourist steamers take passengers from Newcastle, and back again, in 14 days, after visiting Bergen, Trondhjem, the principal fjords, &c., for 13h or 14Z. a head, and for 13h if a cabin be shared by three or four persons. The food (5.50 kr. per diem) on board all the tourist steamers is excellent, and the attention to passengers so perfect 1 Separately, breakfast or supper 1 to kr.; dinner 2 to 2| kr [8G] Modes of Travelling. that a yachting voyage is fully realised, at comparatively small expense. Railways.—In 1890 the total mileage of the Norwegian railways in operation was 1562 kil. (971 m.) They are all State lines with the exception of the original Trunk Railway between Christiania and Eidsvold (68 kil.), which was built partly with British capital. They are admirably adapted to the requirements of tourists. Very few cuttings hide the surrounding country. The lines commonly run side by side with the old post-roads, following the courses of the larger rivers, rising with them towards their sources, and mounting con¬ siderable inclines, and in some instances crossing the great fjelds. Thus very little of the scenery is lost; some features are even better displayed than from the post-roads. This is especially the case where lateral valleys, branching into a main valley, are crossed by viaducts, or where the line is laid along a shelf blasted from a rock rising nearly perpendicularly above a roaring torrent. Being mostly narrow-gauged (l - 067 metres), with only second- and third-class carriages, they are gene¬ rally slow. Ordinary fast trains attain a speed of 22 to 24 m., but mixed trains only 15 to 20 m. per hour. The stoppages are tedious from their number. During the tourist season a train is run to Trondhjem (849 m.) in 17 hours, with both first- and second-class carriages, with sleep¬ ing accommodation. The railway service to Sweden, in connection with improvements in the Swedish and Danish railway systems, is being gradually accelerated. Luggage not taken into the carriage (in which no bulky bags or bundles are permitted) must be booked, and, if in excess of about 50 to 70 lbs., must be paid for. All the trains have smoking and ladies’ compartments. The fares and charges are moderate, and will be mentioned in the several Routes, together with the stations at which passengers can obtain refreshment. The food is simple, but good in character, and very reasonable (not more than 1.50 kr. for dinner or supper). Spirits are not obtainable, but wine and ale will be found wherever there is a restaurant. A time-table for the journey is generally supplied in each carriage. General time-tables can be purchased at the principal railway-stations, and happily the publication by Mr. Bennett (as well as by Mr. Beyer, of Bergen) of steam and railway time-tables in the English language obviates recourse to the hitherto indispensable “ Norges Communica- tioner.” For circular railway coupons apply to Mr. T. Bennett. Observation .—A railway constructed from Cliristiansand has opened fine tracts of country in the Saetersdal; but what tourists await with most impatience is the rail connection of Christiania with Bergen. This desire will probably be attained within three or four years. A line is being constructed from Hamar to Sell, in Gudbrandsdal. Posting.— 1 . Overland posting (Landskyds ').—The absence of stage¬ coaches and of diligences , except on two or three routes on which they 1 Pron. Land-.s/iyss. Modes of Travelling . [87] ■will be mentioned, is well compensated by the admirably organised posting arrangements of Norway, which admit of a maximum pro¬ gress. of 100 kil. per day. Every road upon which wheeled vehicles can run (and Norway has a greater mileage of good roads in proportion to its population than any other country) is provided with posting-stations (usually farm¬ houses) at from 6 to 15^- Eng. m. apart. The national carriole was indispensable to the country when its roads were little better than rough tracks, and before the few old regular roads were improved by modern engineering skill in regard to their gradients (now generally 1 in 20). The roads are maintained by the local landowners under communal supervision, for which purposes the parishes are divided into Roder (wards). Posts are placed along the road to indicate the name of the farm (with its registered number and that of its ward) that is bound to keep in order a specilied length of highway. Although in reality no longer absolutely necessary except on cross-roads in remote districts, and where vehicles have to be trans¬ ported across lakes or rivers, the carriole survives and is still associated in the mind of the tourist with travel in Norway. Its construction is light and simple, and so well known that we need not stay to describe it. Carrying only one person, and a postboy (or girl— Jente) on the box or small trunk behind (with a small bag, tisliing-basket, and rugs in front), it is a means of locomotion relatively expensive to the traveller, and certainly unsociable. Moreover, the forced supply of a horse for each traveller bent on carrioling is a very heavy tax on the peasant proprietor, whose sturdy little horse could well draw at the same regulation pace (about 7 Eng. m. per hour) two, or even three, travel¬ lers in a more capacious, almost equally light vehicle, and for a payment more remunerative than that which can be charged to a single person. The Stollijcerre or “chair-car,” which is becoming more and more general, holds two persons, their luggage, and the driver. When springless (as they usually are) neither of these vehicles can be called comfortable, especially on long journeys ; but travellers who wish to avoid “ roughing it ” have only to apply to Mr. Bennett, the tourist agent at Christiania, Bergen, and Trondhjem, for a carriole, a stolk- jserre, or a gig, with good springs, soft cushion, leather apron, &c. Mr. Bennett has sub-agents on all the great posting-routes. He also sup¬ plies an open four-wheeled vehicle called a Trille, which accommodates four persons (including the driver), but requires two horses. A landau, or caleche, a still more convenient carriage, and capable of holding, on a pinch, six persons (including the driver), is generally available, either from Mr. Bennett or from independent purveyors of vehicles. It is ^n advantage, in the case of large parties, to hire the more capacious vehicles, the individual proportion of posting expenses being thereby reduced. A novel departure in the matter of posting in Norway might with advantage be made by bringing out a strong but light English or American “trap” to suit a pony (14A hands high), which can be purchased in Norway for about 151., and resold at a small loss on departure. Nor would it be difficult on similar terms to find a pur¬ chaser for the trap when done with. [88] Modes of Travelling. The further advantage of hiring or purchasing a carriole or other vehicle, especially in the case of ladies, is that ic saves the trouble of shifting luggage at each station. The drawbacks are the difficulty and loss of finally disposing of it, the occasional necessity of abandoning it at some mountain-pass, and the trouble, delay, and expense of shipping and unshipping it in steamers and boats. Where a vehicle is hired for a particular journey, the difficulty of finally disposing of it is avoided, but the expense will be about four or five times greater than trusting to a station stolkjaerre or carriole picked up on the road. Those who are returning to Christiania, and only intend to remain a month or two in the country, will do well to hire instead of buying. In this case the bargain should be for a fixed sum per day or week, the purveyor to pay for any repairs necessitated by wear and tear : the party hiring to be liable only for repairs arising from accidental damage, and to have the option of purchasing at a fixed sum within a stated period. New harness should be provided for a long journey. Mr. Bennett’s average charges for a vehicle are : Carriole . Grig . Trille Landau (caliche) 16s. 8 d. to 22s. 3d. ' 33s. id. i For a journey not 44s. 6 d. exceeding ten days. 55s. 7 d. However attractive may appear the driving of a carriole or other vehicle drawn by a skyds horse, it should, as a rule, be avoided, especially by ladies, in order to allow the onus of damage to rest on the driver supplied by the owner of the vehicle. Accidents are con¬ tinually occurring, and some have had a fatal result. Although the ponies are generally docile and surefooted, they know the difference between an aboriginal and a foreign holder of the reins. They resent the impatience of the latter to move on (even when not protested against by the skydsgut), are apt to turn sharply round corners, to swerve at a tangent into familiar farmyards, and sometimes (among other known equine tricks) to shy at unexpected objects. Moreover, overdriving is often boisterously resented by the man or boy in charge of the horse, and a penalty attaches to it. In any case a horse must be driven very gently out of and into a station, walked up a hill, and allowed a free rein only at the end'of a descent. The acquisition of a whip should be avoided, as its use leads frequently to altercations. A Norwegian rarely carries or uses a whip, and never tugs at the reins. The horse is made to quicken its speed by a peculiar kissing sound of the mouth, and stopped at full speed by vibrating the lips so as to produce a sound like “ Ptrru,” as in the island of Skye and throughout Kussia. The following strict regulations should be borne in mind : When the traveller leaves the reins to the post-boy, no responsibility with regard to the horse rests on him ; but if he drives himself, and the horse be ill-used or driven beyond its strength, and should the post-boy complain, the posting-master at the next station (two other men being called in to confirm his views) is to ascertain the extent of the injury done to the horse ; Modes of Travelling . [ 39 ] and this the traveller is bound to pay. Until he does so, the posting-master is authorised to refuse to provide him with horses. This money is to be deposited with the posting-master for four weeks, so that the traveller can appeal against his decision and have the case more fully investigated. At the landing-places of steamers, more especially, the risk of get¬ ting a bad horse or a rickety vehicle is great, many of the owners not being subject to the posting regulations and its responsibilities. 1 The traveller should always personally inspect the wheels of a vehicle, see that they are greased (daily, if travelling in a hired conveyance), and that the luggage is properly secured with ropes or with straps (on which a good eye should be kept on changing vehicles). The rough harness, which frequently gives way in some part, also requires inspection. The rule of the road is the reverse of that in Great Britain—the left hand being given in Norway, as elsewhere on the Continent. It is against courtesy to attempt to drive past another vehicle without the consent of its driver. Posting regulations for roads ." 1 —All the principal roads are por¬ tioned out into stages varying from 10 to 25 kil. (6 to 15^ Eng. m.) The station (Skydsstation) is usually a farmhouse, adapted to the purposes of an inn, and the occupier of which, generally a respectable farmer, and often a landowner, undertakes, in consideration of freedom from certain taxes and of other privileges, to have in readiness horses and vehicles to convey a traveller to the next station. The stations are of two kinds : (a) Fast — i.e. fixed or permanent (on all the main roads), at which a certain number of horses have to be kept for posting 1 In this respect we cannot do better than endorse the advice given in Mr. Bennett’s Handbook for Norway , although it refers to a long journey. On a shorter one, say from Dalen in Telemarken to Odda in the Hardanger, a return vehicle can be taken with advantage, if the traveller is not in a hurry and desires to fish on the way. An arrangement to that effect is easily made at the ordinary posting-rate. Many of the so-called “ touters ” can produce books issued to them by local Tourist Associations and in which travellers enter their recommendations or the reverse. “ One of the few unpleasant features in travelling in Norway is the band of unauthorised private drivers who carry on a competition against the posting-stations by touting for hire at many of the starting-points on the posting-routes—for instance, at Odntes and Laudalsoren on the Valders (Fillefjeld) route, and at Nass and Lillehammer on the Gudbrandsdal (Romsdal) route. All the peasants of the district who own a conveyance and a couple of horses await the arrival of steamers, and vie with one another in securing cus¬ tomers. It is recommended to take no notice of these touters, who offer to drive the whole route through with their own horses. It is cruelty to drive 150 Eng. m. at one stretch with the same animals, especially if, as is often the case, they have just been driven a similar distance. The distressed condition of the ponies in such cases considerably mars the pleasure of the trip. Moreover, as the station-keepers are at the expense of keeping posting- horses, and have to provide accommodation for the convenience of travel¬ lers, it is but fair to support them by using their horses as well as their houses, even if one can find a return conveyance at a cheaper price than the posting- fare.” * The regulations for ivater-posting are given separately. [90] Modes of Travelling . purposes ; (b) Tilsigelse , or stations the holders of which are hound to procure horses from the local owners or occupiers of land, each in their turn. Travellers accurately designate these as “ slow,” for the horses have frequently to be brought from a distant field, wood, or farm. The station-master is entitled to 14 ore for fetching each horse ; a delay of a few hours is not unusual. It is therefore only on these stages that a traveller will occasionally resort to the use of a Forbad , or order for horses, sent a few hours (or even a day) before the time at which the supply is required, by a letter or post-card (on mail roads), by special messenger, or by a preceding traveller on the same road. The practice, once so common and neces¬ sary, is, however, seldom resorted to. In case of urgent necessity the traveller can always obtain the assistance of a native traveller or of a station-master. Printed forms for Forbud are, moreover, purchaseable in every town. 1 Money penalties and detention result from irregu¬ larities (when not involuntary) in keeping appointments thus made. On the other hand, a posting-master or horse-owner who detains a traveller more than 3 hrs. (except in case of unforeseen hindrance) is subject to a fine of 2 kr. for every additional hour. N.B.—The telephone is available between stations on some of the main routes. The posting-rates are very moderate, and, averaging only 2 %d. to 3 hd. per m., are not remunerative to those whom the law compels to supply horses (in reality a tax). [The Society in Bergen for the prevention of cruelty to animals requests the attention of travellers to the following rules: 1. To allow 1| hr. per 11 kil. (7 Eng. m.) when the road is ordinarily good : more along a hilly stage. 2. To drive slowly at first starting. 3. To stop a little while to rest the horse in the middle of a long stage.] With the assistance of the tariff and the information here given, the various charges for horses may be readily ascertained. The peasants are slow in calculating, but generally honest in their demands. When any difference arises as to payment, the next station-master should be applied to, and his decision acted upon. The fare is usually paid at the end of a stage, but, when made in advance, the attention of the Skyds-gut should be called to the fact before starting. Although not entitled to anything, it is customary to give the post-boy (or girl) a gratuity ( Drikke-penge ) of 25 ore to 1 kr. per stage, according to dis¬ tance and the number of horses driven. Where there are no posting-stations, a special agreement must be • 1 For the benefit of those who may be unexpectedly required to make out a Forbudseddel, or order, we give the following form : Paa Skydsstation (name) bestilles en Hest (or to, tre, &c., Heste) vied Karjol (pi. Karjoler , giving number) eller Stolkjcerre (pi. Stolkjcerrer) til (day of week, date, and hour— Forviiddagen or Eftermiddagen). Onsker ogsaa varm Frokost (or Middag) for 1 Person (or 2, &c., Personer). (Date and Place.) . (Signature.) . Modes of Travelling. [ 91 ] made with owners of horses; and in these cases the price charged is often high, especially if a mountain-pass has to be traversed. The ponies on the mountains are very surefooted, and pick their own way with perfect safety. It is not necessary to provide a pony for a guide, who is always a good pedestrian. (For coupons in payment of posting-charges, beds, and meals, see head of section.) Weight of luggage. — In a carriole or Stolkjaerre 32 kilos, (about 70 lbs.) may be carried by one person ; but two persons in a Stolkjaerre can only have with them 12 kilos, (about 25 lbs.) In a Trille, or any light, open four-wheeled vehicle drawn by two horses and seat¬ ing three travellers, 75 kilos, (about 165 lbs.) are allowed. Two persons travelling in a landau ( culeche ) may have 50 kilos, (about 110 lbs.), and three persons (who must always pay for three horses), 75 kilos. Although the law thus fixes the weight of luggage, yet, unless the traveller has imprudently encumbered himself with a very undue quantity, and attempts to overload the horse or vehicle, no question as to the exact weight is ever raised. The Journal (Dagbog ).—At every station a book is kept, in which the traveller enters his name, destination, the number of horses he uses, and the complaints he may have to make against the posting- master, post-boy, or others. These books are periodically inspected by the authorities, the complaints stated in them inquired into, and the accused parties, if found to have acted improperly, punished. Should the posting-master refuse to produce the book, he is liable to a fine of 2 kr. To it are always attached the posting regulations, a statement of the distances to adjoining stations, and the number of horses to be kept at the station. At every post-station the Gjcestgiver , or landlord, is bound to have, and to produce for inspection if required, a table of rates and charges of the different articles of food and liquors, as fixed by the authorities; but the charges are generally so moderate that few travellers appeal to that document. A bill is rarely, if ever, given, even if asked for; the total amount claimed being merely stated. We need only say that the usual charges at posting-stations are: Bed, 80 ore to 1 kr.; breakfast and supper, each 1 kr. ; and dinner, 1^ to 2 kr. The -waitress, or chambermaid ( Pige , Jente), is satisfied with 25 to 50 ore from each person. Good ale is always obtainable at 25 6re per bottle (half-flash), and claret or hock at 2 or 3 kr. In remote places the charges for bed and board are still smaller. Water-Posting (Baud- or Vand-Shyds ).—This is subject to simi¬ lar regulations as the overland posting, and the cost is about the same. Payment is divided into (a) boat-hire and (b) wage of row'ers, each working a pair of oars. A ready-reckoner of the water-posting rates is given at p. [85*]. The rates of boat-hire are the same at “fast” and “slow” stations—viz. 21, 4, 5, and 7^ ore per kil., severally for four-, six-, eight-, and ten-oared boats. These include the use of a sail, if wanted, but on “slow” stages the rates for the same boats, when without sails, are respectively 1^, 2, 2^, and 4 ore per kil. [ 92 ] Modes of Travelling. Rowers are entitled to the following payments : From “ fast ” stations in towns 9 ore 1 per kil. per man. From “ fast ” stations in the country 7£ ore per kil. per man. From “ slow ” stations in towns 9 ore per kil. per man. Irom “ slow” stations in the country 6 ore per kil. per man. At “ slow ” stations it is necessary to pay each rawer 7 ore extra for tilsigelse (ordering the boat), and a further sum of 7 ore when an eight- or ten-oared boat is ordered at country “ slow ” stations. The rates are determined, not by the number of persons conveyed, but by the class of the boat. If the party be large, the luggage heavy, or speed desirable, a six- or eight-oared boat should be engaged. A guide may take the place of a rower, thus saving the expense of a local oarsman. Two men are generally required even for a single passenger, although two passengers may be carried in the same boat, unless the distance be great. A boat with two rowers (four oars) is called a Firring, and is 12 to 15 ft. long; with three rowers (six oars) a Sexring (15 to 18 ft.); and with four rowers (eight oars) an Ottering (18 to 20 ft.) Boats of 20 ft. and more in length are paid for as ten-oared and requiring live rowers. Pedestrian Travelling. It is very usual to meet native gentlemen and ladies exploring their beautiful country, with perfect security, on foot. In this respect, our poet Moore may as well have sung of Norway as of Erin, for no son of Norway would offer harm of any kind to unprotected females. Parties of ladies (even in couples) are frequently met with, carrying a small knapsack, a waterproof (rolled up), and an umbrella against sun or rain; having, as a matter of course, sent relays of clothing to the principal points they desire to reach. A day’s march should be limited to 35 kil. A mile can easily be done in two hours on an ordinary road, but on rough or very hilly roads three hours are requisite. The novice in travelling on foot will train his powers on short stages, with more rest than a practised pedestrian will require. Needless to say, this is the cheapest and, in many respects, the most charming way of enjoying the lovely grandeur of the country, when not pressed for time. An equally cheap and attractive mode of travelling is cycling , an account of which will be found in pocket at end of book. Mountaineering is undertaken by comparatively so few travellers that it will suffice if we offer them some little aid and advice in the Routes on which “Alpine climbing” can be practised. Yachting. The Norwegian fjords offer unrivalled attractions to yachtsmen, the only occasional discomfort being that of crossing from our own coast in a vessel of small size. The yacht may, however, be sent to Christiania, Bergen, or Trondhjem, and followed in a mail steamer. 1 This rate is also occasionally charged in the country. Hints to Travellers . [ 93 ] The Hardange'r fjord and the Sogne fjord and their branches are favourite yachting localities, and Bergen, perhaps, the best starting- point. The exploration of those magnificent estuaries, and the grand valleys which open into all their branches, may occupy two or three weeks, or an entire summer, according to the thoroughness with which the trip is done. The means of crossing overland from one fjord to the other, and all other necessary information, will be found in the Boutes given in this Handbook. It is not obligatory on yachts to engage pilots, 1 but it is safer to do so when navigating within the Skerries ( Skjcergaard ) along the W. coast, and also when steaming or sailing up the Christiania fjord, which no yachting party should neglect, either on the way to or from the W. coast. The whole of the W. coast up to Hammerfest and the N. Cape may be explored almost entirety in smooth water, there being very few open spaces between the islands and rocks that protect the mainland from the waves of the ocean. Steam yachts are naturally more convenient for such a voyage. In the case of a sailing yacht, a tug is often engaged at Bergen, &c., to attend her in the long, sometimes calm, and often squally, fjords. XI. Hints to Travellers: Hotels and Inns, Clothing, Requisites, &c. Hotels and Inns.—Even ladies contemplating a visit to Norway must not be alarmed by what they read in old books concerning the physical hardships of Norwegian travel, very great changes having taken place and being still in progress. At Christiania, Trondhjem, Bergen, and the few other considerable towns there are excellent hotels, of which the proprietors and the servants speak English. In many country places— especially at the landing-stations of the most frequented fjords, where tourists most congregate—are good country inns, not so luxurious as the larger hotels in towns, but well provided with substantial comforts, scrupulously clean, and usually with a varied supply of genuine wine at moderate prices. The possibility of procuring good wine so far north surprises many tourists, but is easily explained. The Norwe¬ gians have extensive commercial transactions with the Catholic coun¬ tries of the Mediterranean, supplying them with the salt-fish required for fast-days, and taking shipments of wine as return freight. The rural inns of Norway are of a peculiar and exceptional character, mainly consequent on the fact that it is a country without villages, and therefore without anything corresponding to our public-house, to the French auberge, the German gasthaus , or the Italian osteria. The towns are so far apart, and the intervening population so scanty, that country hotels for native requirements are quite out of the question. Therefore none but “ bond fide travellers ” demand public entertain- 1 Yachtsmen should be careful in engaging a local, unlicensed pilot (Kjcendsmand). The advice and assistance of one of the numerous British Vice-Consuls should in such matters be sought. Hints to Travellers. [ 94 ] merit, and this is provided at the posting-stations, which, as already stated, are usually farmhouses on or near the roadside, and bound to provide not only horses and vehicles, but also food and lodging for travellers. When Norway was but little known to foreign tourists and sportsmen, these provisions were simply adapted to supply the wants of the hardy natives, who were satisfied with fladbrod and smor — that is, oat-cake and butter—and a straw bed with a sheepskin for coverlid. At the primitive stations of the little frequented byways little or no more than these is even now obtainable, but on all the highways largely visited by tourists great and most praiseworthy efforts have been made to learn the requirements of foreign visitors. At most of the stations on the great highways separate buildings have been erected for the accommodation of tourists, with every pos¬ sible effort in the direction of cleanliness, if not luxury. At the same time, certain necessary arrangements are often so rude, nauseous, and public as to shock even a male traveller. Sufficient attention has not yet been directed to this important point by those "who are anxious to improve the accommodation at hotels and inns in Norway. For the present, travellers must “ make the best of it.” Another defect, of which complaint is still made (although gradu¬ ally being remedied), is the shortness of the beds. By removing the wedge-shaped bolster, the inconvenience may generally be obviated. Blankets are becoming more common, and are' supplied when asked for, in lieu of the Dyne or down-coverlet, to which most travellers object, especially in summer. In regard to food, tinned meats, biscuits (English and Norwegian), and even white bread are commonly obtainable. Fresh beef and mutton are rarities in country inns ; trout and salmon are abundant and excellent, as well as ptarmigan and other game in the shooting season, and reindeer venison in certain districts, especially in Arctic Norway. The ham commonly found is excellent, especially when German. When required to be fried it should be intimated that raw, not boiled, ham should be so treated. Native bacon is obtainable in towns, but in country districts American bacon is in general use. Sausages, smoked salmon, and preserved delicatesses are found on every table. Yeal is the most abundant of fresh meat in central and southern Norway. Poultry and eggs are usually obtainable, except in the far north. Sweet dishes, pancakes, omelettes, and fruit jellies are usually provided. Vegetables are generally represented by potatoes. Milk and cream will be found good and abundant. Butter is plentiful and genuine. Cheese is served at every meal, Norwegians generally taking nothing else at breakfast, and particularly Myse-ost , or cheese made of w r hey or goat’s milk. Gamle-ost (“ Old cheese ”) is a variety wdiich, for good reason, will usually be found under a glass cover. English and Dutch cheese is, however, almost always obtainable. Coffee is good through¬ out Norway, but those who require tea should bring it with them and, at all events, superintend its decoction In fact, if travellers have now to complain of anything in the matters of food at inns it is the excessive use of butter , and the over - cooking of meat and game. They should give hints in these respects, and, if on a long inland trip, produce a folding gridiron, which they Hints to Travellers. [ 95 ] should bring with them, and on which they should desire their fish, steaks, and chops to be cooked. In some places, however, Norwegians are under the impression that Britishers eat only raw meat and game. As already stated, good ale is obtainable at the humblest stations, and wine at most. The tourist who requires spirits should carry his own flask and reserve. Clothing.—It should be borne in mind that even on a day’s journey a considerable variation in the temperature and in the character of the weather may be encountered; also (and especially by ladies) that travelling in a carriole, stolkjaerre, or gig, involves constant exposure to the w T eather. The clothing must, therefore, be light and warm, and protected when necessary against rain by waterproof coats or cloaks with hoods, umbrellas being somewhat unmanageable, although they may occasionally be found useful also in keeping off the rays of a hot sun. A couple of square yards of waterproof sheeting or oiled canvas should be carried, to keep the knees or the rugs and coats dry. Extra wraps are very essential on board steamers, especially on the N. Cape tour. An indiarubber cushion is a luxury frequently appreciated, but a rug or thick plaid will serve the same purpose, while being available as an extra blanket at night. The male attire should be of stout and strong tweed, supplemented not only by a macintosh, but also by an ulster or some other form of overcoat. For ladies the travelling-dress should be of a strong but light woollen fabric, and the waterproof cloak, already insisted upon, large enough to cover the dress entirely. Adust cloak and a wadded jacket or warm cloak should not be forgotten. Outer garments that confine the arms should be avoided. Ladies as well as gentlemen should wear stout boots or shoes. Warm woollen gloves should be available, and ladies’ gloves long enough (or with gauntlets) to protect the wrists from mosquitoes, which can to a certain extent be w arded off the face and neck by special veils. Such veils can be procured at Mr. Bennett’s tourist offices. On fishing expeditions in districts where mosquitoes abound in the middle of summer (and principally in the N.) a bell-shaped mosquito-net for suspension from the ceiling and over the bed will be a great comfort. Such netting must be procured and stitched together at home. Eucalyptus oil is now recommended as an ointment dreaded by mosquitoes. But as regards their presence in bedrooms, our experience in countries where the plague is general, not occasional as in Norwaj’, enables us to recommend the pastilles of Dr. Zampironi, royal chemist, Venice. One of them, when burnt in an ordinary-sized room (with closed doors and windows), effectually disposes of the mosquito. Requisites.—In these days of travel, particularly in a country now so well knowm as Norway, it is no longer necessary to instruct an Englishman or an American in the details of the pursuit to which he is so generally addicted. His almost only rival in the Norwegian field is the German, in whom the aboriginal instinct of peregrination is being strongly resuscitated and largely directed towards Norway. _ V e, therefore, eliminate from the present edition the long list of ordinary requisites previously given, and refer the rare novice to the tourist offices in Norway, at which everything essential is procurable. Hints to Travellers. [9C] Luggage.—It is even scarcely necessary to say that the impedi - menta should be limited as much as possible in number and bulk when an overland journey is in view. Some of the vehicles being, however, peculiar to the country, it may be useful to recommend that the dimensions of a box or solid portmanteau, on which a post-boy (some¬ times a heavy man) is destined to sit, should not exceed 34 in. in length by 15 in. in breadth and 12 in. in height. Special boxes for such a purpose are provided by Mr. Bennett, who also takes charge of, or forwards by steamer, any luggage that is temporarily dispensed with. Customs.— The examination of luggage on arrival in Norway is judiciously lenient. Travellers will not find it worth while to bring with them groceries, which are heavily taxed; and wines, spirits, and tobacco (especially cigars) are excellent, and relatively cheap, owing to the Norwegian Customs duties being lower than the British Excise rates. Provisions.— The larders to be found at posting-stations, &c., have already been described. On some routes, and on shooting or fishing expeditions, a supply of tinned meats, &c., biscuits, Liebig’s extract of meat, tea, sugar, coffee, and whiskey or brandy, should be carried. All these are purchaseable in Norwegian towns, from which stocks can be easily replenished by proper arrangement. Interpreters, Couriers, &c.—The employment of a Tolk (lit. inter¬ preter), or guide, is a luxury, not a necessity, when travelling on the main routes. The country people are now quite accustomed to deal with tourists, are always civil and honest, and are fast picking up a smattering of English. Nevertheless, when a party is large, a Tolk is undoubtedly useful in securing post-horses, engaging rooms, arranging for meals, and in performing all the other usual duties of a travelling servant. He should be engaged through the agency 7 of Mr. Bennett, who thus becomes responsible for his respectability. The usual pay¬ ment is 10 kr. per diem, the Tolk paying for his own board and lodging. The best class of Tolks are students, who are occasionally found (in Christiania) willing to occupy the summer vacation in travel¬ ling with English or American families. They must naturally be treated on a footing of equality. Young Norwegian ladies sometimes undertake the same office in the case of lady-travellers. The Norwegian Tourist Association should be supported by every traveller. The yearly subscription is 4 kr. The annual published by it, and supplied gratis to its members, contains many interesting com tributions (sometimes in English). The income of the Association is expended in improving access to waterfalls and views, in building mountain-huts, &c. Its badge, purchaseable for 1.50 kr. at Mr. Ben¬ nett’s (where subscriptions are also received), secures civility and a prior claim to accommodation at huts and other establishments sup¬ ported by the Association. Cost of Travel.— This may be reckoned at an average of 1?. per diem, the gross cost of posting being 20 ore per kil., and that of board and lodging at stations 4 kr. to 8 kr., exclusive of wine and beer. In the larger towns the corresponding charge at the best hotels will be at least 10 kr. Travellers wishing to reduce their expenditure to an average of 11. (18 kr.) per day must not linger in towns, but stop as Skeleton Routes and Access to Norway. [97] long as possible at cheap, but good “ stations.” Two or three persons travelling together and dividing the posting gratuities (which should be moderate) and other extras can reduce the expenses to an average of 17s. a day. Pedestrians and cyclists need not spend more than 10s. a head, and less if much travelling by steamer or railway be avoided. Passports.— These are not required, except sometimes for the identi¬ fication of persons claiming poste-restante letters. XII. Skeleton Routes and Access to Norway. I. Skeleton Routes. . - • < It is practically impossible within the compass of this book to give a sketch of all the tours that can be made in Norway. Their selection depends on conditions so various, with regard to disposable time and resources, points of embarkation, the choice of travel by steamer, rail, or carriage, &c., that out of a hundred travellers, perhaps only twenty- live would take exactly the same route. Travellers not experienced in making up a tour for themsblves, with the help of the routes that we give, supplemented by the newest local information in respect of the sailing of steamers, the departures of trains, &c., will do well to apply to one of Bennett’s Tourist Agencies, 1 the principal business of which is to draw up skeleton tours in conformity with the conditions to which we have alluded. In planning a tour, the traveller will to some extent be influenced by the following, general observations. The grandest scenery in Norway is connected with the great moun¬ tains that run from N.to S. almost throughout the whole length of the country. The best portions, as well as those most easily attainable, may be grouped as follows, according to the chief centres or head¬ quarters from which they can be explored : 1. Christiania and its fjord, the Tyri fjord, Ringerike, the Rands- fjord, Telemarken and the Hardanger; the routes over the Fille and Dovre fjelds, the rly. to Trondhjem, the grand Jotunheim region, &c. 2. Stavanger and the beautiful route now open to Odda (Har¬ danger). 3. Bergen , the starting-point for the most charming tours in Norway, to the N., S., and E. The Hardanger fjord on the S. and the Sogne tjord on the N. are the principal attractions from this point. 4. Molde. Beautiful in itself, this is the basis (or the terminus) of a drive through the magnificent Romsdal and Gudbrandsdal valleys, as well as a point of departure for an overland journey to Trondhjem via the Dovrefjeld. The scenery is more especially beautiful between Molde and the Hardanger fjord. 5. Trondhjem , reached by sea, or by rail from Christiania, through the grand valleys of the Glommen and the Gula. It is also the nearest 1 At Christiania, Bergen, Trondhjem, or Stavanger. No fees charged. Tourist agencies have also been established at Christiania and Bergen by Mr. Beyer. [Norway —1897.] / [98] Skeleton Routes and Access to Norway . Btarting-point for a peep at the midnight sun, and for the routes described in our section for N. Norway. Sportsmen will find guidance in our Notes on Angling and Shoot¬ ing, while cyclists will for the first time be supplied in this edition with the special information they require. The pedestrian or hardy tourist that can climb mountains and traverse mere bridle-paths, can extend and modify his routes in many ways. Reminding our readers once more of the necessity of consulting local time-tables (now published in English by Bennett’s Tourist Office), we subjoin a few Specimens of Skeleton Routes. 1. From Christiania. A. Grand Tour of Tioo or Two-and-a-half Months — London or Hull to Christiania .... Christiania. Christiania to Trondhjem, rid Mjosen and Dovre fjeld Christiania to Trondhjem, by rail.... Trondhjem and the Lerfos, &c. Trondhjem to Vadso, vid N. Cape, and back. Trondhjem to Molde, vid the Orkedal and Surendal Trondhjem to Molde, by steamer . . . . Molde to Noes and the Romsdal, and back . Naas to Aalesund, via Vestnaes and Soholt Ntes to Aalesund, by steamer .... Aalesund or Soholt to Merok (Geiranger fjord) Merok to Faleide (Nord fjord), vid Hellesylt Faleide to Vadheim (Sogne fjord), vid Utvik, Sande, &c Vadheim up Sogne fjord and Neero fjord to Gudvangen Gudvangen to Vossevangen. Vossevangen to Bergen, by rail .... Bergen. Bergen to and up Hardanger fjord to Odda . Odda to Roldal and over the Haukeli to Haukeli-sseter Haukeli-saeter to Dalen or Trisaet, Telemarken Trisaet to Ulefos, vid Bandak lake Ulefos to Kongsberg, vid Hitterdal, the Tinsjo, Rjukan fos, &c. Kongsberg to Christiania, by rail .... Kongsberg to Honefos, by rail, with excursions on Lake Kroderen and Spirillen, and the Randsfjord Randsfjord to Christiania, by rail , Christiania to Hull or London .... Extra stoppages, &c. . B. Tour of Six or Seven Weehs — London or Hull to Christiania Christiania .... Christiania to Skien Days. 2 — 3 11 - 2 0 — 0 1—0 1 — 2 16 - 18 0 — 4 1 — 0 3 — 3 0 — 2 1 — 0 1 — 1 1 — 2 H- 3 1 — 2 0 a 1 01 - 01 2 — 3 1—2 n - 2 2-2 1 — 1 3 — 4 o}— 0 0 2 45 7 4 1 3 -72 ■< - 7 52 —79 2 - 1 oi- 3 1 1 Skeleton Routes and Access to Norway. [99] Skien to Hitterdal and Rjukanfos, and back to Ulefos « 8 — 2 Ulefos to Trisect or Dalen . . , , , .1 — l Thence over Haukeli to Odde.3 — 4 Odde and Hardanger fjord . . . . . .2 — 4 Thence to Bergen.1 — l Bergen.2 — 2 Bergen to Vossevangen and Gudvangen . . .1 — 2 Gudvangen to Loerdalsoren and Vadheim (Sogne fjord) 1 — 2 Vadheim to Utvik and Faleide.3 — 3 Thence to Hellesylt and Merok (Geiranger fjord) . . 1 — 2 Thence to Molde, vid Sbholt, Ac.1$— 2 Molde..1 — 1 Molde to Nees.0^— 1 Thence up Romsdal and overDovre fjeld to Trondhjem 6 — 6 Trondhjem to N. Cape and back . . . . .8 — 8 Trondhjem.. . . .1 — 1 Trondhjem to Christiania.1 — 1 Christiania to Hull or London.2 — 3 411—51 C. Tour of Four or Five Weeks in S. and W . Norivay— London or Hull to Christiania. Christiania. Christiania to Odda (Hardanger fjord), vid Telemarken Odde to Bergen.. . . Bergen to Vossevangen, by rail. Vossevangen to Gudvangen. Gudvangen to Vadheim (Sogne fjord) . . . Vadheim to Utvik (Nord fjord). Utvik and Faleide to Merok (Geiranger fjord) Merok to Molde, vid Soholt, Ac. . , Molde .. Molde to Ntes. Nebs, up Romsdal and Gudbrandsdal, to Chris¬ tiania . Christiania to Hull or London ..... Extra stoppages, Ac. ..... 2 — 3 1 — 1 5 — 7 1 — 1 0 £— 1 — 1 2 2 . 1 — 3 1 — 1 01 — 1 5 — 6 2 — 3 26 — 33 * 4 — 4 30 — 37 ^ D. Tour of Three to Four-and^a-half Weeks — London or Hull to Christiania.2 — 3 Christiania . . ..1 — 1 Christiania to Honefos, by rail or carriage . . . 0£— 1 Honefos to Lasrdalsoren and Gudvangen, over the Fille fjeld.5 — 6 Gudvangen to Eide, Vik, Odda, Ac., and Bergen . . 4 — 6 Bergen. 1 — 1 Bergen to Molde, by sea, visiting Sogne fjord . . 1$— l£ Molde . . . . ..1 — 1 Molde to Trondhjem, by sea.1 — C Or, Molde to Christiania, vid Romsdal, Ac. . . .0 — 7 Skeleton Routes and Access to Norway Trondhjem ....... Trendhjom to Christiania, by rail. Christiania *. Christiania to London or Hull * » » « » (No allowance for extra stoppages, Ac.) Day?. 1 — 1 1 — 0 1 — 1 2—3 22 —32* E. Tour of about Three Weeks — London or Hull to Christiania .... Christiania ........ Christiania to Molde, vid Gudbraridsdal and Romsdal Molde . . . • . . . Molde to Bergen, vid Hellesylt and Vadheim . Bergen and Vossevangen. Bergen to Hull. . Extra stoppages, Ac. ... * 2 — 3 1 — 1 6 — 7 1 — 1 6 — 7 2 — 3 2 — 2 20 —24 3 — 1 23 —25 F. Another Tour of Three Weeks — London or Hull to Christiania Christiania . Christiania to Honefos, Kroderen . Kroderen to Laerdalsoren, vid Hallingdal Laerdalsdren to Vossevangen, vid Gudvangen Vossevangen to Bergen, vid Hardanger fjord Bergen ...... Bergen to Hull .... Extra stoppages, &c. G. Tour of about Two Weeks — 2 - 1 - If 3 - It ■*- n 3 1 2 4 2 3 m • • Z — 2 - - o 2 • « 9 • H- 20 - 1 21 - 21 London or Hull to .Christiania. Christiania. Christiania to Odda (Hardanger fjord), vid Haukeli Odda to Bergen, vid Eide.. Bergen. Bergen to Christiansand and England, by sea (direct to England, about two days) ...... Extra stoppages, &c. , . . « . 2 — 3 1 — 1 5—6 1 — 2 1 — 1 4 — 5 14 —18 1 — 0 15 —18 H. An Eleven Days' Trip — London or Hull to Christiania .... Rail to Eidsvold, steamer on Mjosen, and return . Excursion to Drammen, Kongsberg, Rjukanfos, &c. Return to Hull or London ; . . . 11 —11 Skeleton Routes and Access to Norway . I. Trip of One Week — London or Hull to Christiania .... Christiania and environs. Excursion to Sundvolden. Christiania to Hull or London .... 6|- 9 If the steamer on the Tinsjo is not available in time (which can be ascertained at Christiania), the excursion may be changed for one to Honefos and the Ringerike, by taking the Randsfjord line from Drammen instead of the Kongsberg rly. [ 101 ] Davs. 2 — 3 1 — 1 H- 2 2 — 3 2. From the West Coast of Norway. A. Grand Tour of Two or Two-and-a-half Months— Instead of starting from Christiania, the traveller would land at Trondhjem, proceed to the N. Cape and Vadso, and return to Trondhjem or Molde, whence the tour would be as in the grand tour from Christi¬ ania, but in a reverse order. The routes taken from Trondhjem south¬ wards can in both cases be varied in several directions. B. Tour of Five to Seven Weeks — Landing at Bergen, it is assumed that the traveller’s point of re¬ embarkation for England will be Christiania. To Bergen from Hull or Newcastle . Bergen. Bergen to Laerdalsoren,i;t... .!/ < /rv/m&Vb iistoniHo Ulttaiy, ScJu>of.\ Af“ V, Mi luiir y (> ffi r 'ail’VN^r r w: Sfasi Ln Plads j— Observ •mi j iso Works JSTedre - lower; owe - upper ; vestre - W ostre-E : Envn -Harbour : Elv = River (Jade -Street; Vei -Road. Scale. 4 o London.: John , Murray,Albemarle/ Street/. 8 Ed- d Weller. S*Jlurw For Murray’s Handbook, hoiu/en [J sA . Tramways B xxildings Tost Office D.4. Horde & Tel. of Norway E 4 Our Saviours Ox. D. 4.5 Picture Gallery C. 4 0 Id Akers Ox, ■ A.3 Tit m . C 4. S’to rthings Herns e- D.4 University D.3. Threatnd ] 4 4 Angluuln■ C}o. C 4 Johuji/U’s On. E. 4. Oslo Ov-. . £. 8 . CctthAblc L11 C 4 Methodist Oi Hotels. . 1 Scandiruxvie 15.2 Victoria / D. 5. 3 Britannia* E. 4.4 Aiujlcterre D.5 . 5 KoyaL D.4. 7 Grand, ).4.8 Martins ropole. A B C D E F Route 1 .— -Christiania. 15 [Or.s.—The numberless other medical and j charitable establishments, asylums, &c., will i be inquired for locally by travellers interested in them, and described by the respective officers in charge.] (tZ) The Steam-Kitchen (. Damp- kjokken), corner of Torv st. (run¬ ning out of that in which the Angli¬ can ch. is situated). This admirable institution should certainly be visited during the dinner-hours (12-3). Founded by a company in 1857, with capital subsequently enlarged to about 5200Z., its purpose is to supply per¬ sons of small means with a good, wholesome dinner at a low price — 33 6. (about 4 \d.) and 47 6. (a fraction over 6 d.), the latter rate in¬ cluding an extra dish. The food is so excellent and inviting that many a visitor takes his seat in one of the bright and roomy halls, among the labouring-men, cabdrivers, office- clerks, shop-girls, and governesses, who mingle at the scrupulously clean table in democratic equality. Fami¬ lies in poor circumstances send for their meals or “ portions,” the charge in such a case being only 28 and 42 6. (about 3%d.-5\d.) Between 1884- 1888, the daily number of meals supplied was 1856. In 1890, this had increased to 2260. One of the satisfactory, and almost exceptional, features of the institution is, that it now actually yields 6 per cent, to the shareholders, thanks to a sub¬ sidiary income derived from the sale, in a shop alongside, of forced meat, sausages, fruit syrups, &c. A boiler (25 h.p.) supplies the necessary steam for the kitchen and laundry, for the heating of the rooms, and the work¬ ing of the sausage-machines, &c. An annual report (in English) is sup¬ plied on application at the office. (e) Summary of other Public Buildings. The Post and Telegraph Offices form the corner of Carl Johan and Kirke sts. The Bazaar (princi¬ pally butchers’ shops) and the Fire- brigade stat. are almost opposite. ! At the end of Carl Johan st. is the Central (E.) Ely. Stat. for Sweden and Trondhjem, the Western Rly. Stat. being at the head of Pepervik bay, S. of the main thoroughfare. On the way to Akershus Castle is passed the old Theatre , to be replaced by one now in construction in the Studenter- lunden, off Carl Johan st. The Bank of Norway and the War Offices are in the vicinity of the castle and arsenal. At the back of the Storthing will be seen the imposing new Free¬ masons' Hall. In Dronningen st. is an old building in which the Finance and Customs Departments are lo¬ cated ; the Home Office , occupying a building in Carl Johan st., and the Public Works Department, and other administrative branches, flats on Victoria Terrace. The unpretending¬ looking Exchange and the Fish Market , are to the rt. of the quay at which the Hull strs. are moored. 9. Walks, Drives, &c. A. Travellers are always recom¬ mended to make St. Hanshaugen (St. John's Hill) the object of their first * walk, a distance of about 1| m. in a N.W. direction from the great market sq. This prettily laid-out eminence (280 ft. above the sea) is the site of the reservoir of the city waterworks (the water being supplied from the lake system of the neighbouring dis¬ trict of Nordmarken ), and affords a beautiful panoramic view of Christi¬ ania and its environs. [It may be included in a drive to Holmen- Jcollen and Frognersceter. See C.] B. Oscarshall and Bygdo ( Lade- gaardso) penin. If walking, the city is left by the Drammens-vei (road), skirting the palace park on the rt. and passing through part of the most fashionable, or W. end, quartier, adorned with many handsome houses and villas, having pretty gardens in front. Close to Skarpsno rly. stat. (less than 1 m. from the Grand Hotel) 16 Route 1 .—To Christiania by Sea. is a ferry across the Frognerkilm creek to Bygdd (about 7 m.: 10 6.) Nearly £ an hr. more would be con¬ sumed by keeping to the road and turning to the 1. along the tongue of land which prevents Bygdd from being called an island. [Obs .—Oscars hall may be reached more quickly by str. from Pipervik quay (hourly between 7 and 9 a.m., and from 1.30 to 9.30 p.m. ; 20 and 10 o. to Frederiksborg or Bygdd). The direct str. to Oscarshall (Bygdd) takes only 15 m., while from Fre¬ deriksborg (where there is a second-rate Tivoli) the walk, keeping to the rt., is about \ hr. Failing a convenient str., a boat can be engaged at the same quay for 2 kr. there and back. To those who prefer to drive the whole way and visit the places here described in a carriage, the expense will be about 6-8 kr. and the time occupied 2 to 3 hrs., if the round of the penin. be made.] History of Bygdo. —Anciently known as “Bygdey” (orthe “cultivated island”), the name first occurs in a charter of 1305, when j Haakon V. informed the bishops and nobility j of his kingdom assembled at Bergen that he j had received the dowry (3000 marks of fine silver) of his queen, Euphemia, daughter of Yitslaf, prince of Riigen (in the Baltic), and, with their concurrence, settled “ Bygdey, near Oslo,” upon her. She died in 1312, j before her husband, and the royal demesne ! was inherited by her daughter Ingeborg, I who mart ied, first, Duke Eric Magnusson of Sweden, and afterwards Knut Pors, a Danish baron, subsequently created Duke of Halland and Samsoe. Moved, however, by piety, she granted, in 1352, Bygdo and several islands near Oslo to the monastery of the Holy Virgin and St. Edmund on Hovedo (island), on condi¬ tion of the abbot saying masses, on a new altar to be then built for the commemoration of her¬ self and her relatives, the monks to be requited with a tub of ale and the altar enriched by a mark of silver and a wax-taper on each anni¬ versary of her death. All the possessions of the monastery (for the description of which see “ Excursions ”) having been confiscated at the Reformation, Bygdo reverted, with other monastic property, to the Crown, and was henceforth called “ Ladegaardsoen ,” after the Ladegaanl, or home-farm, at Oslo, that had equa'lv belonged to “the Holy Virgin and St. Edmund.” Oscarshall is a chdteau de plai- sance (not used as a dwelling), erected by King Oscar I. in 1852, after designs (English-Gothic) by Nebc- long. It occupies a commanding position (80 ft. above the sea), and the summit of its white polygon tower (1G0 ft.) affords a view of which the charm is recorded by every traveller who has had recourse to the printing-press. A visit to it is in reality indispensable. Admission on application to the gardener in a con¬ tiguous building (fee, £ to 1 kr.) Visitors are conducted first to the Gothic dining-room in a smaller semi¬ detached edifice. Its attraction con¬ sists in the 6 Norwegian landscapes by J. Frich (those of the Ravngiuv precipice in Telemarken, the Roms- dalshorn, and the Norangsfjord being the most striking), but chiefly in the 10 celebrated pictures by A. Tidemand, illustrating Norwegian peasant life “ from cradle to grave.” Being hung over the landscapes, immediately under the ceiling, they can be viewed with satisfaction only on a bright day. In the main building, the oak- panelled Drawing-room , on the ground floor, contains statues in zinc (on consoles) of the 4 greatest kings of ancient Norway, by Michelsen, a pupil of Thorwaldsen; while the uppermost frieze is de¬ corated with zinc medallions, in high relief, of the most remarkable war¬ riors, statesmen, and prelates of Nor¬ way in the middle ages (by Borch). A room on the first floor has 9 basreliefs of Fridthjof’s Saga, in marble [Borch), and 4 landscapes (localities connec¬ ted with the same saga) by Gude. The apartments above are diminu¬ tive museums of Norwegian art, in many of its varieties. In a small closet are shown the Coronation Robes, &c., of the reigning dynasty. A winding staircase (71 steps) lead3 to the roof of the tower, where visitors will long tarry, although the views from the crenellated battle¬ ments will have previously arrested their attention. Within 5 min. drive is a gateway of Scandinavian form (once the en¬ trance to an artists’ fair, at Chris¬ tiania). It leads to 5 buildings set up by King Oscar II. to perpetuate the peculiar features of ancient Nor¬ wegian architecture: 1 1 Will be opened by an attendant residing in the immediate vicinity. Small fee. Open on Sundays. Route 1 .—0 scar si call; Holmenkollen ; Frognersceter. 17 1. The Gol Church (Slav Jcirke , or ch. built of timbers raised on end, not laid horizontally). It stood at Gol, in Hallingdal, until 1884, when, being too small for modern require¬ ments, it was pulled down and re¬ moved to its present site at the cost of the king, who purchased it with the object of preserving so remarkable a specimen of 12th or 13th cent, eccles. architecture. The date is thus fixed from the beautiful carvings (partly restored) within the S. porch. In front of the altar is noticeable an ancient painting on panel, represent¬ ing the Saviour within an oval centre, and the 12 Apostles in groups of 3 on either side. Equally curious is the “Bride’s seat ” (fromHitterdal), with its interlaced ornamentation and its carvings of grotesque animals. 2. The Hovedstuen, or house of a peasant proprietor, built in 1738 and presented to the king in 1881, when it was removed from Lilleherred, in Telemarken, and furnished in con¬ temporaneous style. 3. The Stabur, or “ Store-house,” also comes from Telemarken, and, judging from an inscription on the hinges of the door, it is about 140 yrs. old. The carving of the door¬ way, traditionally ascribed to the original proprietor of the building, is in the best style of ancient Norwegian art. 4. The Rogstue, or “ Smoke-hut,” a rare and very ancient form of dwelling still found in parts of Russia as a survival of the primaeval hut or the tent of wandering tribes, with an opening in the roof for the egress of smoke and the ingress of light. This is from Sastersdalen. 5. The Loft, or “ Barn,” is from Gudbrandsdalen and of considerable 'age. This drive or walk should be continued to Bygclo Sobacl (sea¬ bathing establishment), at the S.W. extremity of the penin. A restaurant (and a band) close by. Special strs. to and from Christiania fre- jquent. Charge for a bath 25 o. Pretty woodland scenery and nume¬ rous villas will be seen on a drive i [Noway— 1897J round the penin. On a small emi¬ nence close to Oscarshall will be seen a granite pedestal holding the Bust of Count Herman Wedel-Jarlsberg, an eminent Norwegian statesman, who warmly advocated the union with Sweden. It was set up by King Carl Johan (Bernadotte). Close to the road, on the S.W. side of Bygdu, is another simple Monument in the form of an iron column, erected in 1814 by King Christian Frederick of Denmark and Norway to the memory of Prince Christian Augustus, who governed and defended Norway at the head of a special commission (1807-1809). A pretty little wooden Ch. will be passed at about the centre of the penin. Small strs. touch at Huh, its S. point. C. Holmenkollen and Frogner- seeter.—No traveller should fail to drive (or, if robust, to walk) to these delightful spots, N.W. of the city, and affording in clear weather a splendid prospect of the country and the fjord for many miles around, as well as a distant view of snow-capped mtns. ' Arrangements can, if time be an object, be made by telephone for luncheon or dinner at 1. Holmenkollen Sanatorium and Tourist Hotel, a drive of about 1^ hr f back. Carriage and pair, 10 kr. (12 kr. if by way of Frognersaster) ; 1 horse conveyance, 6 kr., or a car¬ riole (from Bennett) cheaper. Dil. service 3 times a day (1 kr. each). This extensive establishment, com¬ posed of several large wooden build¬ ings (including a “ Sport-house,” for cyclists in summer, and snow-shoe runners, skaters, and tobogganers in winter), all in Norwegian style with corresponding internal decorations and arrangements, stands nearly at the summit of a hill, about 1000 it. above the sea-level. The dining¬ room in the main structure is attrac¬ tive, not only on account of the ex¬ cellent viands provided (wine and ale, but no spirits) at a moderate charge (2 kr. for dinner—boarders, about 81. 7 s. per month), but also owing to 18 Route 1 .—To Christiania by Sea, the view from its windows, and the elegant, rustic, and national character of its adornments. In the upper floor are bed and sitting rooms, with balconies affording bewitching views. The walls of the drawing-room (below) have been decorated by Skramstad , the noted Norwegian landscape painter; and many objects of Scan¬ dinavian art are gradually being added to the other fascinations of this resort, which is as charming in winter as it is in summer. The large building beyond the hotel is the Sanatorium , open all the year round, under the superin¬ tendence of Dr. J. C. Holm , to whom is due much of the initiative in con¬ nection with the establishments at Holmenkollen. Its height above the sea gives it the advantage of a dry atmosphere, rendered still more healthy and invigorating by the ex¬ halations of thick pine-woods ; and usually, when the city is enveloped in fog (which in winter is assuming more and more a London character, from the increasing use of coal fuel), Holmenkollen basks in sunshine. Its hygienic properties are more es¬ pecially favourable in cases of con¬ valescence, nervousness, sleeplessness, colds, and their after-effects, bron¬ chitis, asthma, and heart-affections. (Further information obtainable from Dr. Holm, Christiania.) In a large separate building is the Cafe , where an hour can well be spent in enjoyment of the bracing and pure air and the landscape that opens through and over the forest in front. Coffee can also be taken at the Peisestue (“ Heartli-hut ”) erected in old Norwegian style at the head of a pretty artificial lake, not more than 10 min. walk from the hotel. Above the latter (15 to 20 min. walk) is also a wooden scaffolding, from the summit of which a fine extensive view is ob¬ tained. Another footpath leads to Y'oxenkollen (about 1 hr. walk), whence the mtns. mentioned below are discernible. This walk can be continued to 2. Frognersgeter, connected with Holmenkollen by a splendid road opened in 1890 by the king and the Emperor Wilhelm II., after the latter of whom it has been named. In 1889 this fine property, once the only show-place in the neighbour¬ hood of Christiania, was purchased by the municipality from the heirs of the late Mr. Thos. Heftye, the well-known banker, to whose memory a granite Obelisk was erected (1887) in the vicinity. The main Chalet is 1380 ft. above the sea-level, the ap¬ proximate distance to it from the city being 9^ kil. It has been con¬ verted into a museum, illustrative of old Norwegian domestic life and its surroundings. In one of the rustic bunks the late Prince Imperial of France passed a night. Additions being made year by year to the specimens of household utensils, furniture, Ac., visitors must consult the catalogue sold on the spot at 25 6. The view from the balcony is magnificent. Contiguous to the chalet are—a Peasant's cottage from Hallingdal, a Bogstue and a large new Peisestue, in which milk, coffee, tea, sandwiches, Ac., are served. About ^ an hr. walk will bring the visitor to the Tryvandshoidcn (1800 ft.), on which is a high, solid Tower of wooden framework. This affords a view superior in extent to that which has been made available at Holmenkollen, a considerable part of S. Norway being exposed to the eye and the field-glass. On the S.' the view extends to the Kattegat; on the E. towards the boundary of Sweden ; on the N. it ranges over the extensive forest tracts of Nord- marken (see description farther on) and its principal elevations, such as Opkuven and Kikut ; while to the W. stand out prominently the snow- tipped fjelds of Hallingdal (the Norc- fjeld, 4950 ft.) and of Telemarken (Gausta , 6170 ft.), about 128 kil. dis¬ tant. Scarcely less interesting is the glimpse of the city below, skirted by green fields and pine-woods, and of the I blue waters of the Christiania fjord* Route 1 Sundvolden. 19 dotted with innumerable, bright-look¬ ing islets. :<■■■■ Halfway between Holnienkollen and Frognersseter is another fine Hotel , from which a beautiful road branches off to the 1. to Voksenkollen (1500 ft.), whence from a staging is a magnificent view of S&rkedalen, Bogstadvand , the Norefjeld and Li- fjeld (Gausta ), &e., with a foreground of vast forests. D. Sundvolden ( Ringerike ). —- This drive may be the object of an excursion from Christiania by those who have a day or two to spare, or it may enter into the general plan of a journey to Bergen over the Fille- fjeld. Travellers who have not the leisure to go far afield should certainly take this drive, which is easily ac¬ complished in a day, the distance to Sundvolden and back being about 90 kil. A stay of some days is very enjoyable. Before other parts of Norway were more accessible, the Bingerike excursion was unavoidable, as affording with facility an excellent impression of the beauties of Nor¬ wegian lake and woodland scenery. A carriage and pair can be hired there and back for about 40 kr., and a carriole for 15 kr. ; or a vehicle (carriage, carriole, &c.) can be ordered by telephone to await a train at Sand- viken, 14 kil. from Christiania (see Bte. 4). From Sandviken rly. stat. the road branches off, with a gradual as¬ cent to the rt., from the Drammen highway along the Sandvik r., and attains an altitude of nearly 1100 ft., after whieh it runs through the Krokskog, a pine-forest of much beauty. The pretty rounded tops of Kolsaas (1250 ft.) rise to the rt. from a range of hills of porphyry. A glimpse of the lovely Holsfjord branch of the picturesque Tyrifjord is obtained before beginning the de¬ scent from the Krokskog plateau, the road running down in long curves until it joins the Svcirujstrands-vei (rd.), the highway from Drammen. Soon the Skaret, or “Gate,” hewn out of the rock, opens out a vist equal perhaps in beauty to that afforded by the “ Baidar Gate ” or “Pass of Phoros ” in the Crimea, lake scenery of a somewhat sombre character replacing the wide, blue expanse of the Black Sea. A seat with benches is provided—Princess (now Queen) Sophie’s view—as in the Crimea, for a 'quiet enjoyment of the scene. A short halt- will next be made at Humledal (10 kil. from Sandviken ; pay for 22 kil. if posting). Good dinner procurable at this comfortable stat., which lies high above the Holsfjord. Here also the panorama is most pleasing, one of the most striking features in it, on the N., being the summits of the Norefjeld , snow-clad in June, and sometimes in July. [Fishing.— There is no lack of large sal mo ! ferox in this part of the great lake, and a couple of days may well be spent by the I angler at Humledal in trying his luck in hot, but not too calm, weather, when the fish rise from their great depths. Minnow best.] Descending by a splendid road cut i in the face of the rock with numerous zigzags, the traveller is whirled down to the E. shore of the Tyrifjord , a lake (230 ft. above sea-level) of greater breadth than most of the other inland waters of Norway, for it is 13 kil. wide at its centre. The country around, especially on the N. and W., is rightly classed amongst the most charming and fruitful, and the best cultivated, regions in the kingdom. On the 1. the lake will be seen dotted with pretty islands ( Utoen, Gjeitden , Frognoen, and Storoen), and arrested in its broad expansion north¬ wards by the Holelandet penin., on the S. point of which stands tire old chapel of Bonsnces. The objec¬ tive point is then reached at Szind- volden (13 kil. ; if posting, pay for 15 kil. in reverse direction). [Fishing— Perch plentiful in immediate vicinity, as well as sik (gwiniad, or fresh-watc herring), which are persistently served to the uninitiated as “grayling;” These fish, ver\ gjod for the table, afford excellent sport in , hot weather, when they will rise to a wliite- 1 bodied fly • with red wings. Thy run to a size of 2 lbs. and more.] C 2 20 Route 1.— To Christiania by Sea . [Excursion (2| ties.) to Krok- KLEVEN AND THE “KING’S VlEW.”— Saddle-horses procurable (2.40 kr.), but visitors generally walk (1| hr.) by a rough but romantic path through a gorge, tirst (in § hr.) to Klevstue, at the top of the Krokkleven (cliff). Sleeping accommodation, if desired, and good dinner at an Inn, where guides are also procurable, although white crosses painted on the trees indicate sufficiently the path that leads (20-30 min.) to the Kongen's Uclsigt, or “King’s View” (1455 ft. above the sea and 1243 ft. above the fjord). In clear weather the panorama (somewhat of a bird’s-eye view) is superb. Water, fields, woods, and mtns. diversify the wondrous pro¬ spect, the background in the N.W. and W. being formed by the mtns. of Telemarken and Hallingdal. The Gausta, the Norefjeld, and some¬ times even the Hallingskarv (about 0400 ft.) are visible, as well as the Jonsknut (2978 ft.), near Kongsberg. Inferior in beauty is the view from the Dronningen's Udsigt , or “Queen’s View,” to which the visitor will be recommended at the Klevstue inn, on account of its proximity (5 min. descent).] Alternative Routes back to Christiania. 1. A str. plies between Sund- Volden and Skjserdalen rly. stat. on the Cliristiania-Drammenline (Rte.4). (Consult time-tables.) 2. Return vid Honefos. Time per¬ mitting, a drive to Honefos and back will be found very enjoyable, but it is frequently undertaken as a means of returning to the city by a different route. Carrioles, &c., have to be fetched from Vik stat. (3 kil. beyond Sundvolden ; pay for 17 kil.: 3.23 kr. per horse, with postboy). If re¬ turning to Sundvolden, engage the carriole for the whole way, without stopping at Vik. (Total of posting, 2.85 kr. per horse, &c.) Passing over the Kroksund by a long bridge connecting the Tyrifjord with the Stensfjord, the traveller is soon driven past Vik and the Stcn- gaard (farm), close to which are the ruins of an old chapel. To the rt. of the fiat road ( Stensgaden ) then taken will be seen the Half dans-hang en (tumulus) supposed to contain some of the remains of Halfdan the Black (king of a S. part of Norway, 9th cent.) A bye-road then branches off (1.) to Hole ch., soon after which Norderhov ch.and manse are passed. On application at the latter, travel¬ lers will be allowed to see the Sven - skestue (Swedes’ room), the fecene of the following episode : In 1716, whilst besieging Akershus Castle ('Christiania), Charles XII. sent 600 dragoons to plunderthe Kongsberg silver-mines, They took up their quarters at the manse and in adjacent buildings, and, the pastor being ill in bed, bis wife, Anna Kolbjbrnsen, received the Swedes, and, while supplying them with food and drink, contrived to send a message to an officer in command of a small Nor¬ wegian force not very far off, and which pro¬ ceeded to capture or kill the invaders almost to a man. The embalmed remains of Anna Kolbjornsen are preserved in the vault, which is shown. Honen farm and the “ Middle School” house of the Ringerike dis¬ trict will be next passed, the road diverging to the 1. under the Tanberg , affording a view of Lake Jueren and the Blefjeld (4494 ft.) The Stor-elv and the 3 branches of the Hone¬ fos (falls) being crossed, the traveller arrives at Honefos # (See Rte. 7.) E. Drive (or Walk) foEgebergHill, through Oslo. —Tramcars runfrom the Great Market-place in about | hr. to St. Halvard's Plads, in the suburb of Oslo, the original site of the city, and worthy on that account of cursoiy inspection. After reaching the large Prison , they turn to the rt., and, after crossing the small Akei'S r., pass through the Grbnland suburb, in which will be noticed the new Ch. and School-house. In a few minutes more the terminus of the cars is reached in St. Halvard’s Plads, on which stands the modern Episcopal Palace Route 1.— Oslo. 21 (Bispegaard ), of no architectural interest, although the remains of an old Dominican monastery were incor¬ porated with it (1883). [Carriages and pedestrians get to this point by bearing N. from the same market-place, and skirting the rly. stat. and the harbour quays until they get to Bispegade and the Epis¬ copal Palace.] Hence a street leads (S.) to the ancient Oslo (St. Mary's) ch., and to the remains of the original Episcopal Palace (Laclcgaard ), at the corner of Bispe si. In this residence James VI. of Scotland was married to Anne, sister of Christian IV. of Denmark. j the back of it again is the local | Luna,tic asylum. Haakon V. (1299- I 1319), who was the first to establish | the royal residence at Oslo, rebuilt the (11th cent.) ch. of St. Mary in the immediate vicinity, and made it a place of sepulture for the royal line. It fell into ruins after the De¬ formation. Prince William of Rfigen, the maternal grandfather of Euphe- mia, consort of Haakon, was buried in it (1302), and subsequently Haakon V. and Euphemia were both entombed there; also Haakon VI. (1380), and many other members of the old royal house. In the Cemetery opposite the edifices above described is buried Mr. Brad- The princess left Copenhagen (Sept, 5, 1589) for Scotland, with a convoy of 12 war¬ ships well equipped; but contrary winds, stormy weather, and the leaking of the royal flagship, compelled her, with 3 ships of the squadron, to make for the fjord tliat led to Oslo, then the capital of Norway, which was reached only on Oct. 25. Here she was accommodated, together with her numer¬ ous retinue, in the old Rom. Gath. Episco¬ pal Palace, the Earl Mareschal Keith, King James’ ambassador, being lodged in a neigh¬ bouring house. When on the point of re¬ turning to Denmark, after a stay of 6 days, Princess Anne received the gratifying intel¬ ligence that King James, in his anxiety and gallant impatience, had sailed over to Nor¬ way with a fleet of 5 vessels, from which he landed at Tonsberg, whence he travelled over¬ land to Oslo, arriving there Nov. 19. The marriage was celebrated Nov. 23, in the principal room of the old Bispegaard, decor¬ ated for the purpose with costly tapestry, 2 chairs of state, covered with crimson damask, being placed at the upper end of it, on a red carpet, for the royal pair. Nor¬ wegian annals describe - the king as being tall, but thin, and dressed in a red velvet doublet, studded with gold coins, and a black velvet mantlet lined with sable. His chap¬ lain, David Lindsay, performed the ceremony, which included an oration in French, and lasted an hour. After a stay of about a month at Oslo, the king and queen left in sledges, by way of Sweden, for Denmark, where they passed the winter, reaching Leith only on Mayl, 159'J. Oslo Church , next to this interest¬ ing building, has been much modern¬ ised. Connected architecturally with it since the Reformation is an Asylum for aged people , some parts of which exhibit traces of the old Franciscan monastery, which it absorbed. At shaiu, the founder of the Railway Guide. Continuing the drive or walk past Oslo ch., the new road to Egeberg Hill is soon reached, and a pretty glimpse at once obtained over the entire city. At the first bend, the view becomes charming, the fjord, the city, and its pleasant environs being opened out. Beyond, it rises in gentle curves through woodland of bewitching effect, past a small fenced-in basin, erected by the municipality at the [ junction of the old road to Carlsborg. i Views of the fjord, only occasionally obstructed by trees, are again ob¬ tained, and at last, on reaching the parallel of Biekkelaget rly. stat. (on the Liabro rd.— see Rte. 2) below, the panorama of the fjord and of. the western part of Christiania becomes so grand and entrancing that travel- ! lers must not, without later regret, | fail to take the trouble of observing it. Here end the Jonifrubraaten woods, and the top of the Egeberg ; Hill is reached at an altitude of about 450 ft. The new road terminates at I Bernhus, a few hundred yards N. of | a private residence named Ccistellet, I whence Nordstrand rly. stat. and hotel (Rte. 2) can be reached on foot in 10 or 12 min., the distance to Bcekkelaget stat., nearer to the city, being, however, only a few min. far¬ ther if sought from the beginning of the plateau. 92 Route 1.— To Christiania by Sea. [Small strs. ply to these stats, from the Custom - house floating piers, close to the Central rly. stat.] F. Drive to Sarabraaten (11 kil.) — This will occupy 4 hrs. and is well worth undertaking, although many other good views are obtainable E. of the city—from Ostre Aker's ch., and from the old Trondhjem rd. by which Sinsen , the mansion of the Schou family, and a large farm called Lin¬ der ud, are reached. From the ch. just mentioned the road turns to the 1. to Bryn rly. stat. (frequent trains), and thence through a wood and over a brook until the small Ostensjovand (lake) is reached. After some gentle ascents and descents, partly through woods, a bridge spans the Noklevand (lake), and the road winds up to Sarabraaten, where milk and lemon¬ ade can be obtained at a farm. The view is still more splendid from Haukaasen (nearly 1100 ft.), about ^ hr. walk. The snow-capped Gaitsta in Telemarken is visible. A short distance N.E. of the Trondhjem rd. are the Botanical Gardens, tastefully laid out and affording a tine view. The collection of indigenous plants is very good. Open daily. G. Drive or Walk to Gref&en Bad (Hydropathic Sanatorium), 5 kil. N. of city. [Dil . run frequently from the prin¬ cipal market place.] This establishment was founded in 1858 and continues to be fashionably frequented. It lies 560 ft. above sea- level, at the foot of Grefsen-aas (bluff), 1195 ft. high, which shelters it' against N. winds. A beautiful view is obtained here of the fertile Christiania valley and of the pleasant' green islands by which this city is encompassed on the W. A beauti¬ fully laid-out park of pine-forest is one of the great attractions of the place, from which many pleasant and ro¬ mantic excursions may also be made. Nervous complaints, rheumatism, chronic catarrhs, sleeplessness, Ac. are successfully treated. {Season from June 1 to Aug. 31. Rooms, 1 to 3 kr. ; board, 2.20 kr., or 15 kr. per week. Reduction for families. Medical and other charges from 22 kr. to 16 kr. per week, according to length of stay. Highly recommended for a fortnight’s repose, or for a period of convalescence. H. Walk through Nordmarken.— Inveterate pedestrians and lovers of wild, sylvan, and mountainous scenery (peaks 2000 to 8000 ft.) will be delighted with the exploration of this charming tract of country, so close to the city, and SO kil. in length by 20 to 40 kil. in breadth, with numerous small lakes at an elevation of 1150 to 1800 ft. It is approach¬ able from 2 sides : on the E. from, the Maridalsvand, a lake (500 ft.) N. of Christiania, which draws its water- supply from it; and on the W. from Bogstad and Sorkedal. No roads in¬ tersect it, and the explorer has there¬ fore to find his way by footpaths, with the aid of a detailed map or of a local guide. At 2 or 3 farms a night’s lodging may be obtained, the few remaining habitations being occupied by lumbermen and other labourers. Maridalen is about 8 kil. N.E. of the city by an excellent road. Carriages cannot proceed farther than the farm of Maridalshammer (13 kil.), where the Aker river takes its rise. At Kirkeby, to the rt., are seen the ruins of the old St. Mary's ch. Skars poivder-mills are in the vicinity. The first lake reached in Nordmarken is the Skjcersjden, which is ruthlessly pobched for trout by mill-hands from the factories in the Aker valley. Kamphaug gaarcl, on a considerable eminence, will be reached thence by following the tele¬ phone-wire. A path leads N. of the farm to Bjornholt, and to a dam from which the long Bjdmso lake is visible, with Kikut mtn. (1025 ft.) in the background. From Bonnet farm below (to be reached also by boat from the Bjornso dam) the mtn. can be ascended. A walk of about 1 ^ hr. due W. from Bonna will bring the tourist to Fyllingen lake, whence a pretty path leads in about 23 Route 1 .—Nordmarken ; Hovedoen. 3 hrs. to Svartorsmter. Thence, walk¬ ing becomes again difficult as far as Aaniot, whence, after crossing a stream, the Saerkedals rd. (1 hr. walk from Bogstad) is gained on the way back to Christiania. Hakloci (22 kil. from the city) is another lake, a little more than 1 hr. walk, with a Farm connected by telephone with the capital. A ditour may be made hence to Sandangm lake (about 7 hrs. walk either from Bonna or from Maridalshammer). The farmhouses on these 2 lakes are specially recom¬ mended for good quarters. Permis¬ sion to fish (trout) and to shoot, over a dog may be procured as a favour from Baron H. Wedel-Jarlsberg, through a banker or friend. The proprietor re¬ serves the best lakes for members of his family. The other approach, from Bogstad , involves a drive of nearly 2 hrs., after which the forest is entered and the track above sketched taken in a reverse direction. [More detailed information respect¬ ing walking tours through Nord- marken and adjacent districts will be found in Dr. Yngvar Nielsen’s “ Reisehaandbog over Norge.” A day and night can well be spent on this excursion.] I. Excursions by Water. — In¬ numerable small strs. ply between the city and adjacent islands on the fjord. These will, however, not be visited except for the purpose of ' seeing friends in summer, when even the least affluent residents whose busi¬ ness occupations prevent them from • seeking health and recreation in higher and more distant resorts, repair to sea¬ side villas and watering-places, such as Hanko (Rte. 2), Hohnestrand (Rte. 4), Sande/jord and Laurvik, &c. (Rte. 4). But even without the object of visiting these, pleasurable trips can be taken up the Bundefjord, from the head of which is a pleasant drive to Drdbak (Rte. 1), whence there are frequent opportunities for reaching Christiania. Part of a day can agreeably be spent in taking the str. that runs from Peperviken quay to Sandviken and Slebcende, whence frequent trains to the city (see Rte. 4). But the prettiest ex¬ cursion from Christiania is made by the Str. Nordstrand from Peperviken quay (daily, except Sun., at 11 a.m. and 4 p.m.). Travellers interested in Yacht and Rowing clubs will be pleased with the progress made in that direction by visiting the estab¬ lishments close to the Western rly. stat. Sailing boats are available at the Custom-house quay, and par¬ ticularly at the head of Peperviken bay, for the purpose either of sea¬ fishing, or of visiting Oscarshall or some of the islands in the fjord. British travellers should make a 1 point of rowing or sailing out to Hovedoen, an island a short dis¬ tance S. of Akershus castle, after getting permission to that effect from the Master of the Ordnance (imme¬ diately obtained in the castle). Its : interest consists in the ruins of a Monastery, built by Cistercian monks i from Kirkstead, Lincoln, in 1147, ; and dedicated by them to the Virgin j Mary and St. Edmund, the king of E. Anglia, whom the “ Danes ” put to death by arrows for refusing to abjure the Christian faith. Those monks were the first to plant Chris¬ tianity in the S. of Norway; and, as a matter of fact, the whole of Norway was first Christianised by English bishops and priests. The Anglican 1 ch. at Christiania has been named after the martyred saint in comme- ; moration of this origin of Christianity in the land of the Vikings. At the Reformation the monastery became secularised, and, falling into decay, its materials were used to repair the castle, which faces it from the main¬ land. The ruins have been careful! excavated and preserved, and give an excellent idea of the imposing cha¬ racter of the building. J. Excursions by Bail.— Sand¬ viken, Asker, Drammen, Kongsberg , Tonsberg, Sandefjord, Laurvik, and i many other places within easy reach, 24 Route 2 .—To Christiania from Copenhagen. can be visited by the Western line, | while trips can be made to Moss, Sarpsborg (the Falls of the Glovi- men), Frederikshald , and other in¬ teresting places by the rly. that runs ! to Sweden. (For description and particulars, consult some of the Routes immedi¬ ately following.) ROUTE 2, TO CHRISTIANIA FROM COPENHAGEN OR GOTHENBURG, vid FEEDER IKSHAED AND SARPSBORG. (By rail.) Dis- Fare fcance(lstcl.) Hrs. Xil. Xr. Copenhagen to Christiania 650 52.10 22 Gothenburg to Christiania 357 21.00 12 [Frequent strs. between Copenhagen, Goth¬ enburg, and Christiania. Time, in snmmer, approximately, 23-25 anil 13-15 hrs. Fares re¬ spectively 28 kr. and 16-18 kr. N.B.—See also Introduction .] The train enters Norwegian terri¬ tory at Kornsjo stat. Travellers are subjected to Customs examination 1 (no passports), 32 kil. farther, at Frederikshald # (136 kil. from Christiania). Buff. Pop. 12,000. Brit. Vice-Consul. History.— The town lies prettily on both sides of the Tista river, at its mouth in the 1 On the reverse way, luggage is examined at Mon stat., fifth from Frederikshald. Tra¬ vellers proceeding through the night to Christiania can elect to have their luggage searched on arrival. Swedish time, 18 min. in advance of Norwegian, is kept from Mon, on the way to Gothenburg or Copenhagen. ( N.B.—Best view from 1. side of carriage from Frederikshald.) Idefjord. Originally a small shipping place known as Hahlen, it obtained under Frederick III. municipal and other privileges, as well as its present name, as a reward for the sturdy stand made by its citizens (1658-60) against the Swedes. During the reign of that monarch (1648-70), after the cession of Bohns to Sweden, the frontier-fortress of Frederiks- sten, with its detached forts, Gyldenldve, Over- bjerget, and Stortaarnet, was raised (1661-86) on a contiguous perpendicular rock (375 ft .) It is celebrated not only for the numerous sieges it has stood, but as the place where Charles XII. of Sweden was killed. Haring failed in carrying Frederikshald when he marched upon Christiania, in 1716, he devoted nearly 2 yrs. to raising another army for the conquest of Norway. General Armfelt, with a division of 7000 men, in Sept. 1718, marched through the mtus. to attack Trondhjena, hut abandoned the attempt, and on the re¬ treat nearly his whole force perished in a snowstorm, which literally overwhelmed it. Charles himself moved upon Frederikshald, and directed the operations of the siege. Topography. — Many disastrous fires resulted in the reconstruction of the town, partly in brick, and a considerable manufacturing industry has since been developed in it, as well as a trade in timber and paving- stones. The best buildings are those of the Public schools. There are 2 Public gardens, in one of which is a bust of Peder Colbjornsen, who, with hisiirother Hans,repelled the Swedish attack in 1716. A granite Obelisk to the brothers and their coadjutor, Peder Normand, standsin the market¬ place, close to the harbour. The chief attraction is the Fortress , although no longer of military importance. No permission is required for inspecting it, which can be done in an hour, there and back. Near the spot (a trench since levelled) where Charles XII. fell (1718) the Swedish army raised in 1860 a handsome pyramidal Monument, of Gothic style, in cast- iron. The inscription on it is to the effect that “ both in adversity and prosperity he ruled his own destiny, and, unable to flinch, could only fall.” Modern Scandinavian historians deny that he was treacherously shot, although there exists an apparently well-authenticated story of a French¬ man, secretary to Charles XII., having fled to one of the Russian Baltic pro¬ vinces, and of his dying there in great Route 2 .— Fredcrikshald, 25 remorse, after confessing that he had shot his royal master in the trenches with a rifled musket, still preserved in a German baronial mansion. The exact spot where Charles XII. fell was discovered in 1892, and is marked by a large Granite ball , placed by Gen. Reeder on the old foundations of a marble monument set up by the Danes in lieu of a cross which origi¬ nally stood there. The marble monu¬ ment was removed in deference to the susceptibilities of the King of Sweden, and remnants of it will be seen walled in over the arches of the gateways of the fortress. A pleasant view of the town and shipping, Ac., will be ob¬ tained from the Battery (with a flag¬ staff) to the 1., after passing through the entrance-gate. The forts above mentioned lie to the S. and S.E. The Commandant's park and the monu¬ ment are reached by turning to the 1. after issuing by the E. gate. It is best, however, to combine a view of this historical fastness with a drive up the pretty Tistcdal valley, a couple of hours being more than sufficient for the purpose. The drive should extend to Veden Gaard , an old country seat situated on an eminence between Tistedalen and Femsjoen, a pretty lake (275 ft.) about 4 m. long. It is connected with the Aspern and several other elevated lakes by canals, which bring down the masses of timber that will be seen floating in rafts on the deep blue waters of the Femsjo. At the foot of the eminence in question are grouped several large Saw and Cotton mills, Ironworks, Wood-pulp fac¬ tories, Ac., worked by the abundant water-power of the falls which give rise to the Tista river, the pretty, fertile scenery of which (and especially the picturesque waterfalls) the traveller will have admired on his way up. The S. bank of the river should be taken on the way back, by way of Frederiks- sten. A very enjoyable drive may also be taken (in 1^ hr.) past Berg rly. stat., and round the large farm of Torpum. The historical mansion of I Bod, on the W. side of the town, in ; a fine park open to the public, is worth visiting. Its original owner, at the beginning of the present cent., was a wealthy merchant, Statsraad (cabinet minister) C. Tanck, who took an important part in the private deliberations that preceded the union of Norway with Sweden. It now belongs to the ancient Anker family. Prince Christian August took leave of the Frederikshald citizens in this mansion when, as elected Crown Prince of Sweden, he j repaired to Stockholm. The words ! he wrote on the face of a rock in the j park have since been cut in : “ C. A. The friend of Norway.” Id Church is also worthy of being the object of a drive (6 kil.) The road passes over the Store (great) Ide- slette (plain), which is thickly dotted with prosperous-looking farms. Before the rly. was built, travellers in this part of the country made use, on a journey into Sweden, of the Frederikshald Canal, the longest in Norway, and offering picturesque views of woodland, streams, and lakes. Numerous locks, alongside of water¬ falls, also render the tour almost as enchanting as that along the Goteborg canal, minus the Trollhattan, which no traveller from Gothenburg will fail to visit (s ee Handbook for Siveden). A small str. ascends and descends the Frederikshald canal 3 times a week from Tistedal rly. stat. to Skulcrud. If it be desired to return to Frederiks¬ hald, or to proceed to Christiania by rail, the canal can be left at Orje or some other neighbouring stopping- place, where a night’s lodging is procurable, and the chanssie taken (18 kil.) to My sen stat., on the E. side of the loop or parallel line of the Smaalens rly. Travellers con¬ tinuing the canal route to Rodences ch. or Skulerud can reach Oieren lake by a good road and take the str. from Sandstangen to TAllestrbm, whence the run by rail to Christiania is short. This excursion can be much, and pleasurably, varied ; but the com¬ paratively small number of travellers 26 Route 2 .—To Christiania from Copenhagen. wlio will undertake it must be re¬ ferred to local help and information. The district is but little known to tourists, and is well worth exploring. There are opportunities several times a week from Frederikshald (and daily from Christiania) for visiting by str. the pretty wooded Hvaloerne archipelago, washed on the S. by the waters of the Skagerak. Excellent sea-fishing to be obtained and tolerable lodgings. [Strs. ply daily (7-10 hrs.) between Frederikshald and Christiania.] Beyond Frederikshald the train ascends from the level of the fjord and passes through short tunnels and a smiling landscape. Before reaching Skjeberg stat. a level run opens out a glimpse of the head of the Singlefjord , and on the 1. will be seen Ingedal church. Then, leaving Skjeberg church to the rt., the train crosses a bridge over the Sarpsfos (Falls of the Glommen river) and runs into Sarpsborg* (109 kil.) Buff. On rt. bank of Glommen; junction of loop line. History, &c. —The town (pop. 2975) dates from the 11th cent., its ancient fortifi¬ cations— St. Olafs Void, or Wall, being still plainly traceable. Destroyed by the Swedes 1587, it was' rebuilt 1839, after the site had been purchased with the Borregaard estate by Sir J. H. Pelly, Bart., Governor of the Bank of England, the Storthing having given permission to that effect. The estate was -subsequently long in the hands of Messrs. Sewell Bros, and Percy Godman, but is now owned, together with Borregaard house, a fine old structure close to the town, by the English “ Partington Paper-mill Co.” In 1702 the more ancient outbuildings of Borregaard were undermined by the Glommen, into which they sank, together with 14 of the inmates ami about 200 head of cattle. Another Eng¬ lish company has had a similar experience, while completing the construction of a huge milk-condensing factory, a little farther down the river, and now removed to a more solid foundation. A short line (2£ kil.) runs to Borregaard. The trade of the place in timber (still shipped at Sandesund, 2 kil. lower down) has been in great part absorbed by the merchants of Frede- rikstad, and the only interest to tra¬ vellers now consists in the Sarpsfos. The finest views of this splendid- fall, about 1 m. above the town, are from a pavilion attached to the now decayed mansion of Hafslund. Its height is about 65 ft. The principal of the 2 branches of the majestic Glommen is much con- | tracted immediately before it arrives at the fall. On the brink a project- | ing mass of granite divides the stream, which falls almost vertically and unbroken. The body of water is very great when the river is full, and , there are large masses of granite through and over which the foaming water rushes for a short distance, and then flows gently onwards to the sea. ! The numerous saw-mills and build¬ ings close to the fall on both sides detract from the picturesque grandeur of this Schaffhausen of the North. | The volume of water may be judged from the fact that in summer, upon the brink of the fall, the stream measures nearly 120 ft. in width, the deepest part being over 25 ft. ; while in spring, after the melting of the snow, the breadth is increased by as much as 30 ft. The Glommen is the largest river in Scandinavia. It rises in the Vigelnip tarn in the prefect, of S. Trondhjem, S. of Roros (see Rte. 14). It receives the waters of many minor rivers and attains a total length of nearly 600 kil. Leaving Sarpsborg, the train passes the Glengshol, a bend of the Glom¬ men, the old Ch. of Tune (rt.), and the port of Sandesund, the highest point to which the river is navi¬ gable by large vessels. Beyond Greaaker stat., a thickly populated district is passed while still skirting the river bank, until the train reaches Frederikstad * (94 kil.) Buff. Brit. Vice-Consul. Pop. 12,500. Originally a place of trade, and later a fortress at the E. mouth of the Glommen, the town was founded by Frederick II., 1570, in the place of Sarpsborg,destroyed during the Seven Years’ War. The river, crossed by a steam-ferry, divides it into E. Frede- Route 2.—Frederihstad ; Moss. 27 rikstad, which includes the fortifica- f tions (the outlying forts having no i longer any military importance), and W.Frederikstad, on RolfsSen (island). 1 It is now an important timber- j shipping place, with a considerable mercantile fleet belonging to it, and many steam Saw and Planing mills , Brick-works, Ac. A trip up the river j is recommended for a view of the in¬ dustrial activity of the town. The Theatre, Ely. Stat., Art Association, Park, Ac., are on the W. side of the river. [Daily communication by local str., not only with Christiania (about 7 hrs.), but also with the neighbouring Hanko Baths if . (About 1 hr.), a much frequented and very . healthful resort in summer.] After passing W. Frederihstad and Glemminge chs., the train enters a i tunnel, after which views open of the W. embouchure of the Glommen, with large Planing-mills on its banks. The Kjolberg-elv, spanned by a bridge, is crossed after leaving the Rolf so lake. To the rt., near the river bank, stands the old Kjolberg mansion. The bridge of the same name is celebrated in the annals of the war of 1814. Onso (87 kih), and 3 other small stats, are not stopped at by the express train, which continues to run through scenery alternately hilly, flat, and wooded, until it draws up at Moss # (60 kil.) Buff. Brit. Vice- Consul. Pop. 8000. It was here that (Aug. 14, 1814) Prince Christian Fred¬ erick signed the Convention which led to the union of Norway with Sweden on Nov. 4 following. Of ancient origin as a mart, and situated at the mouth of the Mosse-elv (rising in the Vansjo), in the Mossesund, the town has con¬ siderable water-power for driving the large Flour and Wood-pulp mills and the machinery of other industrial establishments that will be seen. The meats, game, fish, Ac., of the “Moss Preserving Co.” are of great excel¬ lence and repute. There is also a considerable trade in timber, corn, Ac. Local strs. pass through a canal on their way S. or vice versa. [Daily strs. to Christiania and across the fjord to Horten naval stat., &c.] Crossing the Mosse-elv, the train soon has, on the 1., the Mossesund, an arm of the vast Christiania fjord, here visible. The landscape assumes a tame character, which is preserved until the vicinity of the capital is reached. Vestby stat. (39 kil.) is next arrived at. N. of it is a Ch. and Manse of that name, and a small lake on the 1. Through an undulating country the express proceeds (without stopping) to Aas stat. (32 kil.) Not far from it, on the road to Drobak (13 kil.; see Rte. 1), is a large Government Agricultural school and Model farm, with Aas ch. close by, but not visible from the rly. The loop line of which mention has been made unites at Ski stat. (24 kil.) Buff. Only a few farms break the monotony of the forest from this point until a splendid viaduct over the Lionja-dal gives a charming view both of the valley below and of the Bundefjorcl in the distance. Oppegaard(18kil.) and Ljan (8 kil.) having been passed, attention is drawn to the stat. at Baekkelaget (4 kil.), where, how¬ ever, the express does not stop. Numerous pretty villas will be seen on the mainland as well as on the islands opposite, one of which— Ormb —is connected by a bridge. Above, on the rt., is the Egeberg Hill (see Rte. 1, “ Drives,” Ac.) Below are numerous bathing-houses and the landing-stages of the Christiania strs. plying to the islands and to places in the Bunde- fjord (6 kil. long), an off shoot of the Christiania fjord. This is also the stat. for the Nordstrand Sea-bathing Establishment and Restaurant, to which an enjoyable trip can be made | later from the city, either by rail or str. In a very few minutes the charm¬ ingly situated capital of Norway, with its busy harbour, well-grouped build¬ ings, and its semicircular background i of lofty wood-clad hills, opens to the 28 Route 3 .—Stockholm to Christiania, view as the train runs along the road that has been cut for it in the face of the rocky base of Egeberg Hill, and soon deposits its passengers at CHRISTIANIA. # (See Rte. 1.) BOUTE 3. STOCKHOLM TO CHRISTIANIA, vid CHAR¬ LOTTENBERG AND KONGSVINGER. (By rail.) [Distance, 575 kil.; fare (1st cl.), 48.50 kr,; time, about 25 hrs. Express through trains in summer in 174 hrs. In winter the train stops at night for 4 hrs. at Charlottenberg when going S. and at Laxo in the reverse di¬ rection. (Consult time-tables.) 8tr. once a week in about 4 days; fare, 40 kr.] After leaving Charlottenberg- (432 kil. from Stockholm), where carriages are changed (Buff,), the Norwegian frontier is crossed near Magnor stat. (133 kil. from Christiania). [Luggage examined at Kongsvinger or Christi¬ ania.] One of the stone heaps mark¬ ing the boundary with Sweden will be seen to the 1. of the line, a short distance from Charlottenberg. The next stats, are Skotterud (127 kil.) Eidskogen (122 kil.) Aabogen (112 kil.) Following the bank of the Glom- men, part of the waters of which find their way hence into Sweden by the valleys of the Vrangs-elv, the train next runs along the bank of the great Vingcrsjom, or basin, regulating the floods of the Glommen, the valley of which is then left until the train | draws up at Kongsvinger (100 kil.) Buff. Tliis small town (pop. 1300), situated on tlie Glommen, received municipal privileges in 1854, and has a Custom-house on account of its proximity to the Swedish frontier, over which Norwegian goods (and vice verm) pass under a special inter-state tariff. It is con¬ nected by a long bridge with the stat. The Fortress on the height (800 ft.) was built in the middle of the 17th cent, and once formed an important link in the chain of fortifications by which the passage of the river was defended before the union with Sweden. It remains in charge of a com¬ mandant. There is a fine view from it. In the neighbourhood, at Vinger, and in N. and S. Odalen, are Saw, Planing, and Flour mills, and several other industrial establishments. [A rly. (Soliir line) is constructed north¬ wards to Floberg, on the Flissa river.] From Kongsvinger the line turns off to the N.W., and soon passes 2 small stats., over bridges thrown across the Glommen. It takes an almost direct southerly direction at Skarnes stat. (79 kil.), in Hede- marken prefect., and then makes a further southerly decline towards Saeterstoen stat. (67 kil.) Still with the Glommen on the rt., the train generally draws up at Aarnes stat. (58 kil.) Buff. The stat. beyond is Haga (49 kil.). After Blaker stat. (42 kil.), near which is a now abandoned earthwork, thrown up in 1683, the train passes over an iron bridge (1510 ft.) that spans the Glommen, which, a little beyond Fetsund stat. (29 kil.), falls into the long (94 kil.) Oieren lake before continuing its course again as a river to Sarpsborg (see Rte. 2). Turning N.W. from the head of that lake, the train runs on to Lillestrom (21 kil.) Buff. Junction with the Trunk rly. between Chris¬ tiania and Trondhjem. See Rte. 14 for description and remainder of journey to CHRISTIANIA. * (See Rte. 1.) Route 4 .—Christiania to Skien. 29 I ROUTE 4. CHRISTIANIA TO SKIEN, vid DRAMMEN, HOLMESTRAND, TONSBERG, SANDE- FJORD, LARVIK, AN I) PORSGRUND, WITH BRANCH TO HORTEN. (By rail.) Dis- Fare u . tance 2nd cl. 1 j Kil. Kr. Christiania to Drammen . 53 2.90 2 „ Holmestrand 86 4.40 3 ,, „ Tonsberg . 115 5.70 4 „ „ Sandetjord . 139 6.80 5 „ ,, Larvik . 158 7.60 5J „ „ Porsgrund . 195 9.30 74 ,, „ Skien . . 204 9.70 7| „ „ Horten . 107 5.30 4 [Nightly mail steamship service to Larvik j in 74 hrs.—fare, 6.80 kr. (see Rte. 15)—and several other strs. run to the places above- mentioned. (Consult time-tables and hotel porter.) The journey to Skien will be under- j taken by travellers who intend to visit j Telemarken, or to proceed towards j fjords on the W. coast. The trains j start from the Western rly. (Vest \ Jernbane ) stat., at the head of Pipervik bay. Owing to the narrow¬ ness of the gauge, the carriages are small and “ stuffy ” : in summer from the heat, and in winter from the ob¬ jections made by native passengers | to the opening of a window. A re¬ latively commodious saloon carriage is, however, attached to the train and seats (1. hand) should be secured in it. Soon emerging on the Frogner- \ kilen (inlet of the fjord), which it skirts, affording a fine view of Oscars- hall and the Bygdo penin. across j the water, the train reaches I 1 No 1st c’ass on this line. / 3 By express, approximately. • Bygdo (3 kil.) This is the stat. at which passengers alight for a walk over the penin. (see Ete. 1, “Drives,” &c.) Pretty landscape to Lysaker stat. (G kil.), approached by a bridge over a small river of the same name. Several Factories here. Two stats, beyond is Sandviken (13 kil.) Buff.; but ex¬ press does not stop. This is a favour¬ ite place for an excursion in summer or winter, either driving or by rail. An excellent Restaurant close to the stat. Carriages and posting-horses procurable for the “ Drive to Sund- volden ” (Ete. 1). Crossing an iron bridge over a river with wooded banks (strictly preserved for trout), the train ascends through pretty scenery (including a peep, at Steepen - den, of the charmingly situated Jus- istad House and Park , well adapted for the residence of an English family), and, passing several cuttings and a short tunnel, draws up, in about 40 min. from the city, at Hvalstad stat. (20 kil.), 220 ft., whence a charming view of Chris* tiania in the distance will be obtained. Within 5 min. walk is a large Sana- torium and Hotel , on an eminence between the stat. and Skougumgaard , about 330 ft. above sea-level. Sur¬ rounded by pine-woods, it neverthe¬ less offers an enchanting view of the Christiania fjord and its islands, as far as Drobak. The situation is highly salubrious, and the sanator¬ ium so well managed that travellers in search of health and repose can advantageously pass some time there at very moderate expense. The bluff ( Skougumsaascn) that frowns down upon the sanatorium is about 1150 ft. high, and therefore affords a more splendid prospect than the one just mentioned. It can be ascended (in 3 or 4 hrs. both ways), with some scrambling, from the E., and is often the object of an excursion from Christiania and Sand¬ viken. From the latter point, a road leads close by the old Ch. of Tanum. The more enticing ascent is, however, from Skougumgaard, equally access- 30 Route 4 .—Christiania to Slcien._ ible either from Hvalstad or from the next stat. of Asker (23 kil.), 340 ft. On the rt. will be seen Varclekollen , a granitic mass rising to about 1150 ft. Many small roads lead hence to romantic spots. The one leading to Kong- lungen affords the possibility of reach¬ ing Christiania or Drobak by a local str. An altitude of 380 ft. is attained at Roken stat. (34 kil.), but the highest point of the line is reached at Spikkestad stat. (37 kil.), 462 ft. On emerging from the second tunnel after the stat. a picturesque panorama of the Lier-dal is obtained, and soon after, when winding along the pre¬ cipitous hillside, the Fjord of Dram- men, the town itself, and a wide ex¬ panse of fertile, well-cultivated land burst into view, to the 1. By the time the train has reached Dier stat. (46 kil.) the altitude has fallen to 75 ft. above sea-level. The train then runs along the bottom of the Lier valley, and passes through Brageroen stat. (51 kil.) in an out¬ lying part of Drammen. Crossing by a wooden bridge a broad branch of the Drammen river, to the island of Holmen (only a place of execution in olden days), through its busy timber- yards, and thence curving by another bridge over a parallel branch of the river, and affording to the traveller striking panoramic views of the fjord, the river (about 3300 ft. broad where crossed by the rly.) and the town, the train draws up at Drammen# (53 kil.) Good Buff. Time for light refreshments. Brit. Vice-Consul. [Junction with rlys. to Kongsberg , llone- fos (Itingerike), and liandsfjord. (See Rtes. 6 and 7.)] [Strs. daily to Christiania, Svelvig, Holme- strand, and Horten ; weekly to Grangemouth ; and occasionally to London and Hull. Also a posting-road (33 kil.) to the shore of the Christiania fjord, opposite Drdbak, reached in a ferry-boat.] HISTORY. —Drammen has no ancient his¬ tory, for even the date and th circumstances of the peopling of the mouth of the great Drammen river are unknown. In the middle of the 16th cent., however, it was the most frequented harbour in Norway, having been annually visited then by more than 50 vessels from Holland, N. Germany, and Ham¬ burg. The first ch. was built in 1620 at Bragernces , the citizens of which were in¬ scribed as burghers of Christiania, after the foundation of that city in 1624. In 1632 and 1636 those burghers were ordered to remove to the city within a period of 3 months, with a view to its being peopled. Nevertheless, the edict being much opposed and evaded, Bragernees became already in 1656 a celebrated port of shipment. Its incorporation with Christiania was replaced in 1800 by indepen¬ dent municipal privileges, extended to the 2 previously distinct communes of Bragernaes and Stromso, and Tangen. The Swedes were in occupation of the port in 1716, which then began to .be called Drammen, and its trade (principally in timber) and its ship¬ ping suffered much from the invasion of Charles XII. (1716 and 1718) and from Swedish privateers. From such small and precarious beginnings the port (now open in the coldest weather, thanks to an ice-breaking str.) exported in 1890 nearly 200,000 tons of goods (more than half timber, the re¬ mainder consisting of wood-pulp, ice, Ac.), shipped in 764 vessels (aggregate tonnage 251,326). The imports , on the other hand, were only 38,340 tons of coal and a small quantity of iron and machinery. The ship¬ ping belonging to the port rivals that of Christiania and Arendal. This is also a place of considerable industrial activity, especially on the banks of the river, above the town. Topography.— This thriving town of 21,000 inhabitants (almost entirely j rebuilt after fires in 1866 and 1870) | is beautifully and even grandly situ¬ ated between the wooded heights of ! Bragerncesaasen and the estuary of the noble Drammen river, at its junc¬ tion with a fjord connected with that of Christiania. It is composed of the 3 ancient settlements of Bragernces , lining the N.E., and Stromso and ! Tangen the S.W. bank of the river. A long bridge close to the lly. stat. connects the Stromso quarter with that of Bragermes. It is the favourite promenade of the citizens, who there enjoy not only the ccol breeze that comes down the valley, but also a view of the Blefjeld (4494 ft.) in Telemarken. Brager- mes is the most important part of the city, and where its principal buildings ; are grouped. In a handsome wide : square is the Bragerncestorv (market place). On the rt. of this is the Ex- 31 Route 4 .—Drammen ; Holmestrand ; Horten . • change , and at the upper end the Town hall and Court house. Beyond these buildings the Kirke st. termi¬ nates at the pretty Gothic Bragernccs cli., completed in 1871 by Nordgren. Its altar-piece (the “Resurrection”) is by Ticlemand, and the sculptured Angel over the font is by Borch. (In¬ terior shown by the sacristan, who lives in a house opposite.) To the rt. of the ch. a road leads to the Brandpost (lire stat.), from which a view superior to any other is ob¬ tained of the city and its beauti¬ ful surroundings. Ardent explorers can reach hence, in less than an hour, the Kloptjcern, a lake that sup¬ plies the city with water. (Refresh¬ ments obtainable in a cottage close by.) From Prinds Oscar's Udsigt (view), an ascent of 5 min. more, a good panorama of the Licrdal, Ac., is obtained. They should also take the zigzag road that ascends from the back of Bragermes ch. to Brager- naesaasen (bluff) (^ hr.) Both the Blefjeld and the Jonsknuten (2985 ft.) are included in the extensive view from this eminence. The Osearsstien promenade in the same locality can¬ not fail to be admired. To the 1. from Bragermes market place is the prettily laid-out Town park. [ Fishing.— Considerable quantities of salmon are netted in the Drammen fjord, and anglers may possibly meet with success in June, the river being an early one.] After leaving Drammen the train ascends, at a gradient of 1 in 80, the Kobberviksdal , the highest point of which (202 ft.) is reached at Gundeso stat. (62 kil.) A short stoppage is made at the next stat. of Skoger (63 kil.), whence the de¬ scent becomes rapid, for Galleberg stat. (69 kil.) which is 115 ft., and that of Sande (73 kil.) only 52 ft. above sea-level. Running past the Ch. of that name, the train emerges on the Sandebugt, an inlet of the Christiania fjord (fine view), the shore of which is then followed to Holmestrand # (86 kil.) Buff. A very prettily situated, much frequented sea-bathing place (pop. 2360) at the base of an almost perpendicular cliff of porphyry. The bathing season is between June 15 and Sept. 1. [Cold and hot salt-water and Gytje baths— mud of decomposed shell-fish and seaweed, effectual in cases of rheu¬ matism.] Visitors will obtain a beautiful view from the top of Solum- saasen , 3 kil. from the town (incor¬ porated 1744). Good sea-fishing. After a short run the fjord is left, near Nykirke stat. (96 kil.), after which the train stops at Skoppum (100 kil.) Buff. The lake to the 1. is called Borrevand. Junction here with rly. to Horten. [Branch line to Horten (7 kil.)] Horten.# Pop. 6800. This is the chief stat. of the Norwegian navy, the ships of which are moored in a ; capacious inner harbour, safely en- j closed by the islands of Lbvben .(with ruins of St. Halvard's ch. on the S.W.), Mcllembcn, and Ostoen. Itsen- : trance is defended by a Fort on Vealbs island, and a small Citadel on Kylling- hoved protects the Builcling-sheds \ and Engine-factories, which are on the E. side of the harbour, together with the Dock, Naval museum, Church, Barracks, &c. On the W. side of the town, which is unpaved and uninviting, is the large, thickly wooded Keisermark property. To the N.W. is the extensive and an¬ cient estate of Falkenstein. A charm¬ ing walk, mostly through forest, can be taken in a S. direction to Aas- yaarclstrand (pop. 400), a pretty bathing-place on the fjord, past Borre ch., near which, in a wood close to the shore, Tumuli of the Saga age can be seen. [Strs. run i daily between Christiania, Horten, and Aasgaardstrand ; also from and to Horten and Moss, on the opposite side of this narrow part of the fjord. (See Rte. 2.)] 32 Route 4.—Christiania to Shien Continuation ok Journey to Skien. Two stats, beyond Holmestrand, near the second of which, Barkaaker (109 kil.), will be seen (to the rt.) the Mansion and Parks of the noble Wedel-Jarlsberg family, to which belongs a very considerable part of the fertile district now being passed by the traveller. Close to the mansion is Sem ch., in which Harald Gille (1130) performed the penance of carrying hot iron. The Mortuary chapel of the Wedel family, with an Altar-piece by Eckersberg (Norwegian painter), stands behind the ch. The train is now shunted back through a tunnel to Tonsberg* (115 kil.) Buff. Brit. Cons. Agent. [Strs. daily to and from Christiania ; twice a week to Skien and Frederikshalcl ; and weekly to Grangemouth. The new canal, will enable all the Norwegian coasting strs. to call at Tonsberg.] History. —This is the oldest town (7250 inhabitants) in the kingdom, since it dates from the 8th cent., and was a populous place in the days of Harald Haarfager (860-933). In the reign of “Saint” Olaf (1015-1030) trade flourished at Tonsberg, then visited, at the annual fair, bj r numerous Saxon and Danish merchants, whom the king delighted to meet. In much later days German mer¬ chants, from Rostock, &c., monopolised the trade. It was at Tonsberg that St. Olaf re¬ ceived the envoys of King Canute, who demanded, as a condition of his retention of the kingship over the S. part of Norway, that he should pay tribute to England. His reply was that he would defend his patrimony to the uttermost rather than submit to the suzerainty of Canute. Notwithstanding much internecine warfare, the city was wealthy and important in the reign of Mag¬ nus Eriingson (1161-1177), who defeated the *• Birch-legs.” Haakon Haakonson (1217-1263) held his court frequently here. Haakon V. Magnusdn confirmed the municipal privi¬ leges of Tonsberg in 1318. Iti prosperity was maintained until the 16th cent., when (1536) it was burnt down, with its clois¬ ters and chs., by the Swedes. In 1559, how¬ ever, Frederick II. of Denmark granted a new charter, confirmed 1596 and extended 1653. The special privileges of the citizens were withdrawn in 1662. Their prosperity consequently decreased, and in 1673 the province and city of Tonsberg were incor¬ porated in the earldom of Griffenfeld created by Christian V. After the fall of the first i carl (a man of learning), the old mansion ! of Saeihem (then “ Griffenfeld's gaard”) was bestowed, with the earldom (excluding the town), on Ulric E. Gyldenldve, who sold it (1683) to Baron Wedel, created (1684) Earl of Jarlsberg, and whose lineal descendant still holds the property, as welt as the title, which, however, under the Norwegian con¬ stitution, dies with him. Trade. —A large amount of shipping, principally sailing vessels, is owned at Tons- berg, which is the centre of the Norwegian whaling and sealing industries in the Arctic Ocean. In 1890, 25 strs. (6343 tons) brought home the product of 50,000 seals, | 50 polar bears, and nearly 900 bottle-nose ! whales, while the whaling strs., owned ! chiefly by the late Mr. Svend Foyn, prince of Norwegian whalers, took on the coast of Finmarken 627 whales. Seven whaling strs. from Tonsberg caught on the coast of Iceland (with harpoons fired from guns) nearly 200 similar monsters of the deep, ! 7 being of the large and now rare “N. Cape ” species. Nearly 2000 bottle-nose whales were taken in the same year by a fleet of 39 small | sailing vessels and strs. The sealskins are I exported exclusively to London, where they ! fetch, before being dressed, 5s. 6 d. each. , Other produce of the fisheries is sent to Ger- ! many and France as well as to Great Britain. The imports are mostly confined to coal and salt. Topography.— After fires in 1822, 1839, and 1842, the town lost much of its ancient aspect, and was in great part reconstructed with regularity. It has only one Ch., built 1857, the Town hall now standing on the site of a ch. of the 11th cent., demolished 1862. In a Cemetery a short dis¬ tance from the centre of the town some old Tcnnbstones (17tli cent.) have been set up against the wall for their preservation and exhibition. All visitors are recommended to walk to the top of the Slotsfjeld, a precipi¬ tous rock (200 ft.) accessible only from the N. and S. This is the site of the old Tonsberghus castle , one of the strongest fortresses in Norway during the middle ages. The rock was first fortified in the 12th cent., and played an important part in the internecine wars of the next cent., when it was encircled by a wall. In 1877-78 the Ruins were cleared and the foundations, both of Magnus Lagaboter’s (1263) brick Castle and of the equally ancient Ch. of St. Michael, laid bare. In 1888 a granite Tower (60 ft.) was erected to commemorate Route 4 .— Tonsberg ; Sandefjord ; Larvilc. 83 the historical interest of the spot, and to afford the citizens, as well as visitors, a magnificent view of the surrounding country. [A small fee payable.] Some Mounds in the vicinity are reputed to cover the remains of the older kings of the S. of Norway. A drive (11 kil.) to Vrcengen sound , where, in Kjobmands-skjcer harbour, the Arctic whalers, Ac., are laid up j in winter, is of interest. They are manned by seamen who live chiefly on Notero and Tjbnio islands. A swing¬ ing bridge, connecting the island first mentioned with the mainland, crosses the canal, which is to be replaced by one of greater depth and breadth. Many of the cottages of the seamen are patterns of cheerful neatness. There is an excellent Sanatorium (sea-bathing) at Ormelet, Tjomb # island (June 1-Sept. 1), and very good sea-fishing, with boats for hire. Local strs. run to Ormelet. The small town of Vallo, with an old battery, is about 7 kil. by road from Tonsberg. At Narverod (6 kil. from Tonsberg) is another large and com¬ fortable Sanatorium amidst pine- woods, through which are many pretty walks. Sea-fishing good. S.E. ofTjomd will be seen the Lille Fcerder light¬ house (see Rte. 1), marking the en¬ trance to the Christiania fjord. Returning to the main line, and leaving the Jarlsberg mansion to the rt., the train proceeds to Sem stat. (121 kil.), and, after pass¬ ing, on ground more or less level, the stat. of Stokke (128 kil.), runs through Raastad stat. (185 kil.) To the 1. of it is Gokstad, where the Viking ship exhibited at Christiania (Rte. 1) was dug out in 1880. In a few minutes the train draws up at Sand*-fjord ^ (139 kil.) Buff. Pop. 4250. On fjord of same name. This is a fashionable watering-place be¬ tween June 1 and Sept. 1, the waters being sulphurous, saline, and chalybeate. Giants' cauldrons occur near Aasen and in Vindalsbugt , to [Norway— 1897] which access is by boat Upright Monumental stones of great antiquity are also found in the vicinity, the country between this and Tonsberg being, in fact, of deep historical interest. [Steam communication with Chris¬ tiania, Laurvik, Ac.] After passing the second small stat. beyond, through scenery more or less tame, until, at Tjolling stat. (149 kil.), a view of the Larvik fjord is obtained, the Laagen river is crossed by a bridge (550 ft. long); and, after a momentary run through 2 tunnels, the traveller alights at Larvik* (158 kil.) Buff. Brit . Vice-Consul. [Steam communication daily with all coast towns E. and W. ; passengers by Copenhagen str. landed at Horten (see above) for Laurvik. Weekly communication from Copenhagen via Frederikshavn, whence only 10 hrs. direct to Larvik. Strs. on Hamburg route also touch here. Two of the “ Ostlandske Lloyd’s ” com¬ fortable strs. leave alternately every Fri. night, winter and summer, for Tyne Dock, New¬ castle, after the arrival of the express from Christiania. Direct str. to Antwerp every Thurs. night after arrival of express from Christiania. The Swedish W. coast rly. lines and Copenhagen accessible vid Horten, Moss, Frederikshald (Itte. 2). (Consulttime-tables.,] Topography, Ac. —This picturesque town, enfranchised 1071 (pop. about 12,000), lies in crescent form at the head of a small bay formed by the Skagerak, from which it rises some¬ what steeply towards the wooded heights that form a verdant amphi¬ theatre on the N. There is nothing to see in the town itself, but a walk in Storgade and the neighbourhood of the Ch. affords a beautiful view. At the E. end is the old wooden mansion of the Earls of Larvik, now used as a School. In the face of a rock (to the 1.) are inscriptions re¬ cording visitations of the town by Christian V. and his successors. At the other extremity, on a height, is Fritzoehus, the noble residence of the Treschow family, of Danish descent, whose remote ancestors may have given the name of i) 34 Route 4 .—Christiania to Skien . “ Tresco ” to the well-known Scilly 1 island. Much of the landed property that once belonged to the old earldom is in the hands of that family. The view from the mansion and its beau¬ tiful grounds is fine. [Admission on application to the steward of the estate.] Large Factories will be seen at the mouth of the Farris-elv , ascend¬ ing the rt. bank of which the pictu¬ resque Farris-vand (lake) will be reached. Between these points is situated “Larviks Pride,” the Beech- wood (entered from the W.) of about 60 acres, in which citizens and visitors delight to wander, the plantation itself and the views from it being delightful. The greatest attraction, however, to Larvik is its splendid Hydropathic establishment , # much frequented (from June 1) by aliens as well as natives for the efficacy of its waters, and of its other curative pro¬ cesses in cases of gout, rheumatism, chronic catarrh, nervous affections, poverty of blood, skin diseases, &c. The principal establishment and its hotel are situated at a short distance from the town, alongside the beech- wood, of which the hotel park is a continuation, about 9 acres of it con¬ sisting of beech-trees, the other 6 acres being planted with a variety of other trees and bushes, and adorned with flower-beds and grass-plots, with beautiful walks on roads and paths that dry immediately after rain. In this part of the park is the Kurhotel, a brick building in Italian Renais¬ sance style, with 2 dining-rooms and spacious verandahs affording beautiful views. The Bade og Socie- tetshus (“ Pump-rooms ”) is a large wooden building in Norwegian style, with every variety of hydropathic appliance, reading, dancing, and billiard rooms, &c. A band plays outside twice a day. The warm sea, sulphurous, and marine-mud baths are in a pretty wooden building at the head of the bay, close to the rly. 1 Even the name of “ Scilly ” is apparently derived from the Danish word skille, or “separated” ('from the mainland) islands. stat. This is the only establishment in the N. which commands a really pure geological sulphur spring. A ferruginous spring , in the hill near the old mansion above mentioned, is likewise utilised by the establishment, the waters from both springs being carried twice a day to the park pump- room. (For terms, vide Index.) Excursions.— Many pleasant ex¬ cursions can be made hence by str., carriage, and rail. The Farris lake, 20 kil. in length, on which a str. runs daily, should be seen. At its upper end is the pretty wooded mountain¬ ous district of Slemdal. A beautiful lake ( Laksjo ) with Waterfalls, and a charming Shooting-box, belonging to Mr. Treschow, can be reached from the steamboat-pier at the end of the Farris, on foot or horseback. (Dis¬ tance only a few kil.) A str. runs daily to Fredriksvcern, 6 kil. distant (see Rte. 15). Many other trips and walks will be indicated at the Bath hotel. Fishing. — The sea-fishing outside the bay is very good. Trout- fishing in the short Farris river is preserved by the owner of Fritzdehus. Mention will be found under “ Sport ” of the s«Zmo7z-fishing in the Laagen (Logen) river, which, after rising in the Nord- mands-Lacigen lake in the Hardanger mtn. moorlands, and running through Numedal and past Kongsberg, falls into the sea at the E. end of Larvik. A few days’ fishing obtainable with local assistance. Two tolerably good pools at Hanevold (37 kil.) are occa¬ sionally available. A drive to the latter point (4 hrs.) along the, bank of the river is in any case recommended. Leaving Larvik, the line takes a N.W. direction, along the Farris river and the W. side of Lake Farris, on the face of the rocks, blasted for that purpose. Several short tunnels are passed before and after the lake is crossed, the views between being very striking. Beyond the seventh tunnel will be seen (rt.) the great Biornoen (island). The first stat. is Kjose (169 kil.) Passing a Ch ., and still running along the Farris lake, 35 Route 4 .— Porsgrund; Skien. through scenery of the most pictur¬ esque description, the train proceeds to Aaklungen stat. (182 kil.), whence it takes a S. direction, and, skirting a small lake, reaches Bjorkedalen stat. (188 kil.), alt.236 ft. The line then runs between 2 small lakes, a wood, and several cuttings, to Eidanger stat. (192 kil.), prettily situated and surrounded by forest. There is an hotel in the neighbour¬ hood, facing a small fjord, which is about 5 kil. off. Good bathing here and many villas . A branch line runs hence to Brevig. A short run hence, through wooded scenery, brings the traveller to Porsgrund # (195 kil.) Buff. Brit. Vice-Consul for the Skiensfjord. This town (pop. 4000), dating from 1807, straggles for some distance along both banks (now bridged) of the rapid Skien river, from near its outlet in the Frierfjord. It is a place of con¬ siderable trade in timber and ice, and much shipping belongs to it. It boasts of the only Porcelain manufactory in Norway. It has several other industrial establishments , including Creosote-works. Local str. to Brevig and Langesund (Rte. 15). Following the 1. bank of the river, on which a large old wooden mansion of the Banish period will be noticed, the train, after passing a remarkable subsidence of the river bank at Graaten and the site of the Giemso Benedictine CZoisfer(12th-16thcent.), reaches its terminus at Skien # (204 kil.) Buff. Brit. Vice-Consul resides at Porsgrund. [,Steam communication with Christiania, Brevig, Langesund, &c. (.See time-tables.)] Topography, &c. —As one of the oldest (1364) municipal towns in the kingdom, and as the starting-point of a journey through the grand district of Telemarken , of which it may be called the capital, Skien (pop. 9000) is a place of importance, in- ' creased by the great development in modern times of its industrial activity. Its huge Wood-pulp and Saw ??iills , &c., driven by the stupen¬ dous water-power of the Telemarken lakes, discharged here, after forming 2 great waterfalls—the Klosterfos and the Damfos —into the Skien river, attest its commercial activity, which naturally includes a considerable ex¬ port trade with foreign countries. After a tire in 1886 which laid nearly the whole town in ashes, including its old wooden eh., reconstruction in brick, on a plan of regularity, has improved the previous appearance of the place. The Shops are well pro¬ vided with stores of every kind for the use of travellers proceeding inland. In the neighbourhood lies Fossum, a fine and extensive estate of the noble (originally Banish) Lovenskiold family. There is a Tourist Association at Skien. For a striking view of the environs of Skien, travellers should ascend, by the flight of wooden steps at the back of the rly. stat., the steep Bratsberg cliff. On the summit, to the 1., are the R uins of a chapel of the 12th cent., with a crypt in preser¬ vation. The geographical district (Bratsberg) has been named after the Bratsberg-gaard in the immediate neighbourhood. 36 Route 5 .—Skien to Odda and Bergen. ROUTE 5. SKIEN TO ODDA (hARDANGER) AND BERGEN, vid TELEMARKEN. [Rtrs. leave Skien daily for Ulefos and their terminus at the head of the Banncik lake iu | Telemarken, one of the grandest land dis- j trictsin Norway. Strs. ascending direct from the fjord are raised by means of locks to the j Ojfllevund at Skien (14 ft. above sea-level), | whence local strs. start for the Telemarken j lakes, on which the scenery is very grand. This journey can be done with ease in dys. The sno\y and cold should deter travellers from taking this route (over the high llau- •kt-li fjeld 1 ) before the first days in July and , after the middle of Sept., unless partial sledg¬ ing be an attraction.] Ascending the Skien river, and pass¬ ing, with a total rise of 34 ft., through the 4 locks 2 of the Ldveid canal, cut out of the solid rock (1831), the str. reaches in about 1 hr. the Nordsjo lake, 48 ft. above sea-level, and 27 kil. in length. In area (17 sq. m.) it ranks as the third among the lakes of Tele- marken, the waters of which are rpostly concentrated in it before their ultimate outfall at Skien. Passengers can leave the str. and walk to the uppermost lock. On entering this picturesque lake, the JLifjeid vitns. (5100 ft.) will oe seen in the N.W. background. Very soon, on the face * Indifferently spelt Haukeiitf and HaukeZt. 3 The fourth is used only when the river is in flood. of the cliffs to the rt., will be seen the Mikaels hide, the entrance to a cavern (82 ft. deep by 23 ft. in breadth), which, evidently excavated, was used in the middle ages as a chapel, dedi¬ cated to St. Michael. It can be as¬ cended by steps from Loveid, where boats are available. After stopping at a few landing - stages, the str. reaches in about an hour from the head of the canal, and 2 hrs. from Skien, Ulefos (Hollen) (20 kil. from Skien). [Travellers bound for Hitter dal, the Rjukan- fos, &c. (Rte. (!) can disembark here. Excellent accommodation. (S ee, Index.) The Waterfall from which this place takes its name is a very short distance from the steamboat - pier. On the 1. and rt. of it, respectively, are the Mansions of the Cappelen and the Aall families, near which are grouped Saw-mills, Ironworks, and 2 Chs. The Nuke and Harp peaks will be seen in the distant S.W. The Caned, which will be entered above the Ulefos, is one of the most interesting and stupendous works of the kind in Europe. It replaces a portage (although a very good road) of 22 kil. between Ulefos on the Nordsjo and Strengen on the Flaa- vand, from which there is str. com¬ munication to the head of the Bandak lake, 55 kil. distant, the entire length of the uninterrupted water-communi- cation from Skien being about 105 kil. A difference of nearly 178 ft. in level between the 2 extremities of the ; canal is surmounted by means of j 10 locks and 2 dams. The first 3 locks, with a total ascent of nearly 28 ft., and with a huge dam at the' top, are reached at Ulefos, soon after which the str. enters the first of j the 7 locks that overcome the ! principal obstacle to navigation (a fall of 80 ft.)—viz. the Yrangfos. Some way before the first lock is reached, the str. enters a canal of | masonry that runs parallel with the dammed-up river. All these locks are 1 blasted out of the rock, and faced !• with heavy blocks of grey granite. Route 5 .— Laurdal, 37 They rise gradually with a length of 120, a breadth of 22, and a depth of ft. From the lowest of these locks passengers will be struck with the gigantic proportions of the stone¬ work above them. A still stronger impression is produced by the sight of the raging light-green waters of the Yrangfos, now confined deep down within a narrow gorge alongside the locks. It was here that the chief difficulty in construction was en¬ countered. As no bottom could be found in the gorge, it was necessary to construct a massive arch of hewn granite, between the 2 rocky sides, as a foundation for a dam of immense solidity. Of great breadth at its base, this wall is constructed of heavy hewn blocks of granite, well cemented. The dam above the Vrangfos locks forms a splendid waterfall. After passing through fi more locks, the level of th e Flactvand lake (about 230 ft. above the sea) is attained at Strengen, an important point in posting days. At the upper (W.) end of the lake (15 kil.) the rapid w r aters of the narrow Fjaagesund are slowly ascended for 3 kil., between high, steep cliffs, which frequently appear to shut out all access beyond, to the Hviteseid lake (185 ft.), of a grander but more gloomy character, owing to its precipitous sides. The Brokefjeld (3540 ft.) is visible to the rt., and dis¬ tant to the 1. is the Uo.holtfjeld (3350 ft.) After passing Bukoen island, the str. proceeds, with sufficient water, through a swinging bridge, to Kirkebo,-*?- in the Sundbygd which presents one of the most charming landscapes in Telemarken, of a mild, not gloomy, character. This point J is in communication by road with j Tvedestrand (140 kil.) and Arendal (153 kil.) (See Rte. 16.) [Kirkebo can be reached, and vice versa, from theChristiania-Kongsberg-Hitterdal. &c. (Rte. 6). Distances: Liivheim {Sauland) to Skngheim, 17 kil.; beyond which arc Kohher- volden ( Siljord ), 26 kil., and Kirkebo, 17 kil.] On returning (by a str. touching here), the broad rapid Skarpstrom- vien (7 kil. in length), connecting the Hviteseid with the Bandak lake (185 ft.), is entered. The scenery here in gloomy weather is somewhat depress¬ ing, the lake being bordered by grand hills, with peaks and ridges of fan¬ tastic form on the 1. shore. To the 1., after passing Apaldsto (whence a road runs to Kirkebo), will be seen, on the top of the mtns., a curious forma¬ tion to which the name of St. Olaf's ship has been given. Some stretch of imagination is here requisite. A considerable way to the rt. is visible, close to the shore, a rock on which malefactors were executed in olden days. In about 2 hrs. from Hviteseid the str. touches at Laurdal# (Trisset), a very prettily situated hamlet at the foot of high mtns., with houses surrounded by orchards and gardens. The lake scenery here is extremely grand, and resembles that of the great fjords on the W. coast, but it requires a fine bright day to remove the feeling of oppression imparted by the towering mtns. and the dark waters of the lake, which can sometimes be much agitated. This used to be a favourite resort of anglers, one of whom (in 1882) landed, not far from the pier, a lake- trout of 20 lbs.; but the trout have either been much diminished in numbers or rendered very shy by the extensive native use of the otter. Nevertheless, there is sufficient sport (gratis) for those who require a pas¬ time while staying for a week or more at this pleasant, health-giving retreat, where also the best of food and ac¬ commodation will be found close to the steamboat-pier. It is a pleasant row (about 1-| hr.) hence to Dalen, at the end of the lake (see below), and many good trout can be picked up on the way. Visitors in search of better fishing can make excursions to well- stocked lakes in the mtns. beyond Trisffit, a drive of about 2^ to 3 \ hrs., mostly uphill. They can also cross over the lake by str. or boat to Ban- daksli (see Rte. 17), and drive (21 kil.) up a splendid and romantic zigzag road to the great Aamdal copper - 38 Route 5 .—SJcien to Odda and Bergen . works. The Lille (“small”) Rju- kanfos is a short way off the road to the 1. Posting-Route from Laurdal to Odda. {Pay 15 o. per kil. a7id horse, but only 11 6. from Roldal to Odde.) The shorter and grander road via Dalen (see below) can be joined hence by posting to Ofte V (12 kil., nearly 3 hrs. drive), the first ascent from Laurdal being very steep. The stat. is a good one, and can be used as a centre for excursions to the Hovde- vand, Oftali, Berg, and other mtn.- lakes in which good fishing is pro¬ curable. The lake close to the stat. can be fished, but payment is ex¬ pected. The high-road to Kongsberg is joined here, and a post-road runs N. (22 kil.) to Odegaard, on the way to Bauland (15 kil.), on the great Totak-vand (2230 ft.), where there is good trout fishing. This is excellent in the much larger Mjos-vand , which can be reached on foot over a very boggy tract from Rauland. An Eng¬ lish sportsman holds the lease of the best fishing and shooting in this dis¬ trict. Inquire for available water or moor at Laurdal. The next stage from Ofte is Aaviot (15 kil.; 2^ hrs.) Grand scenery. The hilly road here crosses near this spot the fine Hyland rapid, spanned by a wooden bridge, and worth seeing. Pedestrians can pi-oceed hence to the Rjukanfos, and vice versa, via the Totak and Mjos-vand (lakes). There is also a road to Dalen, with which, however, there is now better communication by a splendid road from the next stat., Heggestol (14 kil.; 2| hrs.) Very hilly road. Good quarters. (See below, Dalen to Odda.) Continuation of Str.-Route to Dalen. Including a stoppage at Bandaksli, opposite Trisast (Laurdal), the str. reaches, in about 1^ hr., Dalen, t* at the head of the Bandak lake, which gradually narrows, and becomes still more gloomy until the flat, cultivated, and partly wooded plain at the mouth of the Tokke river comes into view, with the snow- tipped mtns. of Upper Telemarken as a background of much splendour. Shortly before reaching the extremity of the lake, observe, on a high cliff to the rt., a stony mass, to which fancy gives the form of a “ monk and lady,” the latter apparently kneeling to receive his blessing. A popular legend says, on the other hand, that, the monk having insulted the lady, she inflicted severe injuries on him, some rocks under water on the opposite side of the lake being pointed out by the local peasants as disrupted portions of the monk flung there by the indignant lady. Travellers having time at their dis¬ posal, or requiring a rest at Dalen, or anglers staying at one of the hotels (see Index), should drive to the ham¬ let of Eidsborg (2300 ft.), with its timber ch. of ancient exterior, but with nothing of special interest within it, and descend by a path, indicated by a wooden post, to the Ravngjuv (the “Raven’s Abyss”), a perpendicular cliff (1000 ft.) above the Tokke-elv. A grand view is obtained of the Libygfjeld from a pavilion, com¬ memorating a visit by King Oscar II. in 1879. The air-current is so strong here that pieces of paper and some¬ times handkerchiefs, and even light hats, are blown back to those who attempt to throw them over the preci¬ pice. This excursion can be made in 5 hrs. (Horse, 5 kr., or 7 kr. for 2 persons.) [Fishing. —This is sometimes pretty good at the mouth of the river, where large trend have been taken with a small fly; but the use of the otter (in the lake) by the local pop. renders more satisfactory a stroll up the river, where in several of the reaches a basket of smaller fish can, under favourable atmospheric conditions, easily be made. No charge made.] 39 Route 5 .—Borte ; Botten . Posting-Route from Dalen to Odda. [Both at Trisffit and at Dalen, car¬ riages, stolkjcerre , and carrioles will frequently be found that have brought travellers through from Odde, and which can be engaged for the return journey at the usual posting-rate (15 o. per kil. and horse), or for a specific sum. This arrangement implies a slower rate of progress, although it renders possible the performance of the journey in 3 days, with stoppages at comfortable hotels or stats, each night. In these circumstances, also, the drivers will not object to halts of some hours at stats, or places where fishing is available ; and the country through which the traveller passes affords excellent opportunities for such sport, for which no charge is made unless a boat and rower be en¬ gaged.]. Passing through the hamlet of Dalen, and crossing the rapid Tokke river, the traveller proceeds along the magnificent new road which ascends in numerous zigzags along fear-in¬ spiring precipices on the rt., and mtn.-sides rising to 2000 ft. on the 1. A magnificent view opens out from the summit, which is reached in about hr. The road next runs along the shore of a small lake, Mo Ch. being to the 1., and leads by a bridge across the river to the Stat. of Borteosen Hotel (small, tolerably good), 17 kil. On the 1. will be seen the Rantefj eld (4697 ft.) Thence the road follows the western shore of the Bortevand , at the end of which lake (8 kil.) is Borte. (Hotel, good.) Beyond, the Bortegrind group of farms will be passed, the road ascending the wooded heights of the Bortehei, whence it runs in great zigzags down into the Vinje valley. About 4 kil. to the E. is the Stat. of Heggestol (17 kil. from Borteosen ), near the Ch. of Vinje. There is good trout-fishing at the upper end of the Vinje-vand (lake). The Grungedal river is next followed for some distance, and after the Rusaaen has been surmounted the road descends to the level of the Smorklep, one of the largest arms of the Vinje lake. The river is then re-crossed near the junction of a mtn.-path (1.) to the great Totak lake , and soon, on the flat shore of the Grungedal lake (1590 ft.), will be seen the next stat., Grungedals Hotel , 30 kil. (a good place for a meal or night’s lodging), and where good trout - fishing is obtainable. The waters of the Grungedal basin, like the lakes on the Haukeli-fjeld (over 3000 ft.), are frequented at this great distance from the seaboard by flocks of gulls , proving an abundance of piscatory food. Passing from this point numerous farms, and skirting the lake, with a, fine view of the Grungefjeld and a sight of Grungedal Ch. (4 kil.), the traveller reaches the shore of the Tveit-vand, and is next driven along the short river-bank to the Edland (7 kil.) branch of that lake, at a farm on which a halt is made when proceed¬ ing in the reverse direction. Cross¬ ing a river which rushes down from a valley on the rt., the Haukeli rd., built between 1858 and 1887 (112 kil. to the Hardanger fjord), is at¬ tained. Amongst many other farms to thert.is that of Ormekvaal , where a summer Pensionnat (boarding-house) deservedly flourishes in a narrow valley, into which the beautiful Vafos falls (6 kil.), after its waters leave the Langeidvand , in a succession of bold leaps. From the 2 Flaathyl farms the scenery attains more and more of a mountainous type and the road ascends by the side of a foam¬ ing stream, one of the rapids of which is called the Bjukanfos, the third of its name in Norway. Of the numerous Hoi, or pools formed by the river, the largest is the Eikeli , at an elevation of nearly 2300 ft., close to the Eikeli-vand. Rising almost continuously, and crossing many brooks and tarns after leaving the river, the posting-stage is reached (in about 3| hrs.) at Botten (26 kil.), on the Vaagslivand (2525 ft.), in which the trout-fishing 40 Route 5 .—Skien to Odda and Bergen. is very good. Ptarmigan-shooting and Reindeer-stalking available in the proper season (see Introduction) by arrangement locally. Lapps are frequently encamped in the neigh¬ bourhood. Although the posting- stat. is comfortable and well supplied with food, drc., excellent accommo¬ dation at moderate prices wil Ibe ob¬ tained at Yaagsli’s Hotel. There is fishing at Nystols hotel (3 kil. farther on). The snow-clad mtns. beyond add impressive grandeur to the scenery. Hence, after skirting the lake, and ascending a valley with birchwood copses, several streams and small lakes will be passed. Soon to the 1. will be seen Vasdalscggen (5515 ft.) and other mtn.-peaks. Halfway to the next stat. a view is obtained of the grand Kjeelavand (lake: 2970 ft.) and of high peaks in 4 different prefects. Mention must be made of the Kjeelatind to the S. The country becomes entirely treeless on reaching (in about 2k hrs.) Haukeli-Sseter (18 kil.), at the E. end of the Staarand (3086 ft.) Ex¬ cellent accommodation and food , at reasonable prices fixed by the Tourist Association, which has reformed this stat. The large dining-room in the Restaurant is very elegant in the artistic simplicity imparted to it by varnished pine and national orna¬ mentation. Opposite is a building in the form of an old Stabler (store¬ house), with cosy bedrooms upstairs. The principal sleeping accommoda¬ tion is, however, in the large house diagonally opposite the restaurant. The latter, as well as the stabur, is available only between June 15 and Sept. 15. In the afternoon large herds of reindeer may be seen descending to the lake from the heights on which they browse. At such a height the scenery is naturally wild and deso¬ late, and is rendered still more weird by patches of snow in hollows and by floes of ice on the lake, even in July and under a burning sun. The mtn. air becomes sharp and chilly ! early in Aug., and showers are not unfrequent. Travellers should be provided with wraps and waterproofs. [On the reverse journey the posting-rate hence to Botten is 11 b. per kil., and cart 36 o. A fixed charge of 6 kr. for 1 person and 8 kr. for 2 is made from the Sailer to Gryting (Rdldal). (See below.)] From the See ter the journey is j resumed by the excellent carriage- | road made in 1886, which runs, | through scenery of wild grandeur, first along the shore of the Staavand and then through a gorge past Vic- vaager. A short distance beyond, I the Ulevand will be skirted, and the prefect, of Bergen will be entered after surmounting the Nupsaae, the grand ■ Store Nup mtn. becoming visible to the rt. The road ascends gradually in ; long zigzags ; and, as the horses can proceed only at a walk, travellers will prefer, in favourable weather, to take on foot the mtn.-paths, by which the distance is considerably curtailed be¬ tween each curve. Magnificent views down the road. In less than 2 hrs. ! the wild Dyrskar pass is entered. The highest point of the road, or watershed (3706 ft.), is attained be¬ tween the Dyrenut to the rt. and the Grothals to the 1. A Cairn (“ Yarde ”) to the 1. com¬ memorates a journey made by King Oscar II. in 1879. Much snow gene¬ rally lies in the neighbourhood of this point. After driving for a short dis¬ tance along a level, the road begins to descend, and, at about 18 kil. from Haukeli, a short halt for coffee, ale, and even solid refreshments is made at the Svandals wayside Inn , where anglers can obtain accommodation (6 beds). The trout-fishing in the lakes below is good. In about \ hr. hence, after passing the Stavsnut peak (rt.) and the Stars - tjern (tarn), the magnificent descent into the Roldal valley commences. To the rt. opens the Tarjr.bn-clal, from which the Risbu-Aa (rivulet) issues. Crossing to the rt. bank of the latter, the traveller is whirled down wind¬ ings of such boldness as to fill th Route 5 .—Roldal Hotel. 41 mind with no small amount of appre¬ hension. After passing Lia Sceter the traveller gets, at Au&tmanli, a grand view' of the Boldals-saata and the Ekkjeskar, and a tine glimpse of the Boldal-vand. The Valdai is then entered, and the blue waters of the river that flow's through it crossed. The pretty Novlc-fos next confronts the traveller,the Fjetlandsnut appear¬ ing to the 1. Amidst lovely scenery, in strong contrast with that of the mountainous district now so far behind, the road descends to the pic¬ turesque Rdldal\ake (3 sq. m.in area), and, after a drive (including halt) of 4 b hrs., the traveller hails with delight a rest at Roldal Hotel # (30 kil.), w'here every comfort and the best of cheer aw'ait him. This is a very lovely place, and well worthy of a stay of some days. The trout-fishing in the river above and in the beautiful lake below affords very good sport. In the Ch. on the plain on the other side of the lake are visible traces of the original stac edifice of wood. Until 1835 the crucifix above the door opening into the chancel was an object of pilgrimages from the W. coast districts as well as from Telemarken. It was reputed to have miraculous healing properties, and the ch. loft contains a large collection of thanks¬ giving-offerings in the form of miniature wooden legs and arms. A silver casket was presented to the ch. in 1704 as an intercession against a troublesome visitation of wolves. Among other objects that are also preserved may be mentioned an old censer. The pulpit is dated 1627, the altar-piece (painted by Gotfrid Hendtzchell, of Silesia) 1629, and the font 1625. [This is the point from which travel¬ lers take (and vice versd) the mag¬ nificent route to Sand in By fylke, in connection by str. with Stavanger (Rte. 21).] At about 3 kil. from the hotel, viz. at Haare hotel,a road branches off (1.) to the Suledal (Sand : Rte. 21). Pass- j ingthe fin e Breifonn # hotel (whence I a splendid view), the road winds up over the Haarebrekker until its sum¬ mit (3393 ft.) is reached, after a drive of about 3 hrs. (15 kil.) Pedestrians can avoid the tediousness of being driven at a foot-pace up the numerous zig-zags by taking short cuts along paths that will be discernible. From the Elversvand the great Folgefonn glacier breaks into view (in the happy absence of mist), and soon the Seljestad glen is entered, the present road replacing the old dangerous bridle-path, which will be seen run¬ ning to the 1. In bold windings, and amidst scenery of the grandest charac¬ ter, the road descends to the dark Gorsvand (2800 ft.), at one end of which will be seen a Waterfall . A splendid view then opens of the charming Skarcclal, the mtns. behind which are covered with the Folgefonn snow-fields. The latter are kept in view, and, in 40 min. after commencing, the descent, travellers arrive at Seljestad stat. and hotel (very good) (28 kil., 1 about 4 hrs. from Roidal). The glen in this part (alt. 2027 ft.) is : of much grandeur, the Folgo , Saue- nut , and other mtn.-tops being in full view. Descending gently, after a rest, through scenery that becomes more and more wooded, the river is crossed a second time, and soon will be reached a bench placed by the side of the rock, from which can be admired (1.) the Smbrtjernfos , tumbling down into an abyss from a considerable height. A little way farther on, in the Joscndal, the road becomes very beautiful, and the views are equally fine when travelling in the opposite direction. After crossing a bridge, the river is retained on the 1. hand. At the point where the valley contracts (about 1 kil. from a cross-road) the Espelandsfos, one of the most pic¬ turesque in Norway, will be seen on the 1., and, a short way beyond, the spray of the fine Skarsfos and Laate- fos is frequently felt on the posting- road, close to which their voluminous waters unite. Between them is an hotel, to which visitors at Odda drive in combination with an excursion to the Buarbrce (glacier), (see Odcla). 1 Actual distance 20 kil. 42 Route 6 .—Christiania to Kongsherg and the Rjuhanfos • The height above the waterfalls can be reached in 25 min., by a convenient pathway. The river by which they are formed rises in the Reinsnaas-vand. The Vifos, or Hildalsfos, will be passed at Hildal farm (about 5 kil. from the Skarsfos), and the N. end of the Sand- vcnd-vand will be reached after pass¬ ing one of the prettiest parts of the valley. On the rt. the Tjonnadalsfos will be passed, and, on the W. side of the lake, the Strandefos , at Strand farm. The blue ice-masses of the Bnarbrce soon open out on the 1., and, after crossing by Vastun bridge, the traveller finds himself, after a drive of 21 hrs., at the Hardanger hotel of Odda# (26 kil.) (For description, &c., see Rte. 23.) ROUTE 6. CHRISTIANIA TO KONGSBERG, vid DRAM- MEN AND HAUGSUND (by rail); AND TO THE RJUKANFOS AND HIT- TERDAL (by road and str.) [Fare, 2nd cl. 1 expr., 5.20 kr.; mixed train, 4.7(i kr. Two trains daily in and 4^ hrs. Distance 98 kil.] 1. Christiania to Kongsberg. (See Rte. 4 for journey to and de¬ scription of Drammen (53 kil.), where carriages are changed.) No 1st cl. On leaving Drammen the train ascends the broad valley of the river of the same name, the rt. bank of which it partly follows, affording pretty views to the rt., and, after passing the old Strom farmhouse, pulls up at Gulskogen (56 kil.) The next stat. is Mjondalen (64 kil.) Lower Eker ch. on opposite side of river. In the distant background will be seen (1.), after a short run, the Jons- knut (2978 ft.), and, after crossing the small Lo-elv, carriages are again changed at Haugsund (70 kil.) Buff. The main line continues to Kroderen (N.) and Honefos, and the Randsfjord (N.E.) (Rtes. 7 and 9). The river, which rises in the great Ekcrn lake, is navigable up to the Hellefos, the last of its falls, situated not far from the rly., although not visible from it. Good salmon-fishing in the pool below. Hence a branch line proceeds S.W. through a highly cultivated and fertile district, passing Vestfossen stat. (75 kil.) Several factories. The low rounded top of the Jonsknut in view. Hence the line runs along the bank of a rapid river, issuing from the Fiskum-vand , con¬ nected with the Ekern lake, which is bounded on the E. by high mtns. (Strs. ply on both lakes, but irregu¬ larly.) At the next stat., Darbo (81 kil.), will be seen the pretty brick Gothic Ch. of Fiskum , on the N. shore of the lake : the old Wooden ch. standing below it. Run¬ ning next through a narrow valley, the train reaches, still in pretty scenery, Krekling stat. (85 kil.) The Skrim- fjeldene (2950 ft.) come in view, and then the train stops at Skollenborg stat. (92 kil.), in a sterile district. The Labrofos (gene¬ rally visited from Kongsberg) is only 1 m. to the S. Pedestrians bound for Telemarken, over the Meheien, start from here. The train now runs nearly N., keeping the Laagen (pro¬ nounced Logen) river to the 1., and, after passing through a wood, stops at 43 Route 6 .— Kongsberg, KONGSBERG * (98 kil.) Buff. Pop. 5250. This long, straggling town, pictu¬ resquely situated on the Laagen river (which, flowing through theNumedal and falling into the sea at Laurvik, here rushes like a cataract below the bridge), bears all the characteristic features (smoke and dirt) of a mining district. The houses are mostly of wood. The Ch. (1761) and the Town- hall are substantial brick buildings. A Monument to Christian IV. com¬ memorates the foundation of the town by that sovereign. Kongsberg owes its origin to, and is celebrated for, the rich Silver-mines, belonging to the State, situated about 7 kil. W.S.W. of the town, on the Telemarken rd. There are also in the town a Mint, built in 1840, a Small-arms manu¬ factory, Powder-mills, and Smelting- liouse (erected in 1845 for reducing and refining silver-ore and manufac¬ turing cobalt, as used in commerce). Specimens of the silver and of the cobalt pyrites, in the various stages through which they pass, can be purchased at the smelting-house. A fine collection of the local minerals can be seen on application at the Mine offices in the Market-place. Permission to visit the mines is obtainable at the offices, but only the specialist will care to take the trouble. [Except on Sat. and Sun. (and before 4 p.m.), the mines can be entered from the Saggrend, the miners’ quarter of the town, whence an ascent is made to the Christians stoll (adit), 300 ft. below the Fredriks stoll. It is followed for a distance of about 2 kil. to the Kongen's Grube, whence the visitor will be glad to reach “ grass,” without proceeding nearly a mile farther, to the Gottes Hiilfe shaft. The rock of the Kongsberg mining district contains native silver and sulphuret of silver, with copper pyrites, iron pyrites, and blende disseminated through it; that is to say, in certain ranges of the strata from 1 to 60 fms. broad. The dip of the strata to the E. is from 50 to 80 deg. The rock in the whole mtn. is mostly gneiss, with layers of mica and hornblende. The principal mine ( Kongen's Grube), now about 2000 ft. deep, is said to have been discovered in 1623 by a shepherd, and was first worked in 1624 by Christian IV. Only 4 or 5 of the mines are of importance out of 100 that have been opened. The famous mass of silver, about 6 ft. long, 2 ft. broad, and 8 in. thick, now in the Natural History Museum at Copenhagen, was raised in these mines. ] Other Excursions. — The Skrim- fjeldene (2950 ft.) are 20 kil. S. of the town, and can be ascended in 1 day, in combination with a look at the Labrofos (136 ft.) and the huge Wood- pulp mill worked by its water-power (7 kil. from the town). The ascent and descent of the Jonsknut, which the traveller will have seen from Hougsund (see above), can be made in 6 hrs. (Guides at the hotels, from which magnificent views.) 2. Kongsberg to Tinnoset and the Rjukanfos. Engaging a conveyance at Kongs¬ berg (vide Index for prices), whence the journey can be continued through a fine summer’s night, Tinnoset can well be reached in 11 hrs. The road is very pretty, first along the rt. bank of the Laagen 1 for about 7 kil., and then through the wooded Jondal (valley) to the 1. After pass¬ ing Jondal Ch. the river is crossed, and a halt made for ^ an hr. near the Storfos, about half-way to Bolk- esjo, the overlooking heights of which have to be crossed at an altitude of about 1800 ft. On the descent a beautiful view is obtained of the lake of Bolkesjo,# where the horses are rested for about 2 hrs. at the excel¬ lent Hotel of the same name (25 kil. from Kongsberg), with which (as well as with Skien) there is communica¬ tion by telephone. The tops of the Gausta, Blefjeld, and Lifjeld mtns. close in the fine landscape to the W. At a lower level than the Bolkesjo, the great Folsjo lake adds to the beauty of the scene, and offers good sport (trout) to the angler. Boats are available on those lakes to take the traveller to Vik, 3^ hrs. walk to Tinnoset. This is also a very pretty 1 For salmon-fishing in the Laagen, see “ Angling,” in Introduction. 44 Route G .—Christiania to Kongsherg and the Rjukanfos. excursion for those who make a stay at Bolkesjo for health and repose. From the hotel balcony a good view is j obtained of that part of the Lifjeld mtns. (about 5100 ft.) on which, in Nov. 1870, aeronauts descended with despatches from Paris, in 15 hrs. Had it not been for a lucky encounter j with woodcutters (whose match-boxes ; told the bewildered travellers they had landed in Norway) they would necessarily have perished in the snow. For about 11 kih, as far as ViJc, the road from Bolkesjo is bad,being both hilly and sandy. It then becomes good in the valley of the Tinne river, issuing from the Tinnsjo (650 ft.) In 2 or 3 hrs. Gransherred ch. is reached, and the river crossed and followed on its rt. bank along the Hitterdal rd. to Tinnoset Hotels (33 kil.), where good food and lodging will be found, at the S. end of the lake, about 37 kil. in length and 3 kil. in breadth. Its sides are partly wooded, partly of a rocky character. There is trout-fish¬ ing in the river issuing from it, but anglers should not go in a boat with¬ out a local rower, the rapids being dangerous. A str. starts daily (except on Sun.), when, as well as on other occa¬ sions, it can be specially hired for 36 kr. (9 passengers, and 2 kr. for every additional one) for Strand ( Fagerstrand ), which it reaches in 2f hrs. (Dinner on board ; ticket, 2 kr.) Stoppages are made at a few intermediate stats. Beyond Hovin( rt.) the mtns. rise considerably j on the W. shore, to which the str. crosses in order to reach Rusgrenden. A glimpse of the Blefjeld is here ob¬ tained. At Perskaasa , on the same side, is a Waterfall formed by the Diger river, which issues from the Sjaaen lake. Returning to the W. side of the lake, the str. turns sharply round a point on which stands Haakenes farm, at the foot of the mtns. of that name, and where the scenery is finest. Entering the Vestfjord, a small arm of the Tinnsjo, the str. disembarks its passengers o a pier opposite the Fagerstrand Hotel, # where con¬ veyances are engaged for Vaa, a poor mtn. hamlet (22 kil.), reached in about 3 hrs., the entire excursion to the Rjukanfos and back being easily feasible in 7-8 hrs. From Strand, a road, almost level for 18 kil., ascends the pretty Vestfjord valley, partly along the bank of the Maane river, after passing a small Ch. near Strand. At a distance of about 3 kil. the Middola river (rt.) is crossed, and Gausta , the highest mtn. in S. Norway (6170 ft.), bursts into view. Passing, in the pretty valley that faces Gausta, a place called Miland, the traveller will be taken along a level bit of road to Nyland (England), about 10 kil. (1 hr.) from Strand, where those who desire to ascend the Gausta will find a small Inn to the rt. of the road. The ascent can be made in less than a day (actually 6 hrs. up and 4 hrs. down), the first stage being Svineroi sceter, where travellers can, if neces¬ sary, be roughly accommodated. From this point the stony summit of the mtn. is reached in 2 hrs., but not without fatigue. (Guide, 6 kr.) A mtn. Hut enables those who wish to enjoy the panorama (which in suit¬ able weother is magnificent) to pass the night on Gausta. The traveller bound for the Rjukan¬ fos keeps on the road, which turns somewhat to the rt. after passing Dale ch. and farm. At Ingulsland (rt.) he will be at the foot of the steep side of the Gaustaknceerne, one of the most interesting parts of the Vestfjord valley. At Krosso the ascent increases, and soon the build¬ ings at Krokan and the spray of the waterfall will be visible in the dis¬ tance. The Maane river will be seen below, rushing down wildly in a suc¬ cession of rapids. Then a bridge will be crossed over the Vaa river (a tributary from the rt.), and the drive will end at Vaa. Declining here the services of one of the numerous boy-guides, the traveller follows a well-trodden, Route 6 .—Krokan ; the Rjukan fos 45 but partly rough, steep, and wet, path, and reaches, in | an hr., Krokan , where he will find an ex¬ cellent Inn # belonging to the Tourist Association, which has affixed to a neighbouring rock a Marble tablet to the memory of its founder, T. J. Heftye, banker at Christiania. Splendid view E. over the valley. A path past the tablet brings the tra¬ veller in a couple of minutes to the point from which he is called upon to admire the Rjukanfos (the “ Steaming Water¬ fall ”). It is considered to be one of the finest in Europe ; for, apart from its grand surroundings, it has a sheer fall of about 800 ft., and when in volume certainly presents a magnifi¬ cent aspect. The effect is still more striking from a point lower down, which only the hardy should attempt to reach. [(1) From the Rjukan enterprising tourists can reach the Hardangerfjord, Odd a being attainable on horseback and on foot in about 5 days, and the Voringfos and Eidfjord (the more difficult route) in about 4 days, entirely on foot, with a guide (in both cases) engaged for a tixed sum at Krokan. (2) A smail driving road leads from Krokan to Alaristien, 1 where a magnificent view of the Rjukan is obtained. The fall can be ad¬ mired from Eosso, a little farther on, where pedestrians must be cautious. Fo.lowing the track, several suiters are passed and Hollvik readied in 3 to 5 lirs. (Tolerable quarters.) The Maane r. (the trout-fishing in which partly belongs to the Skien Tourist Asso¬ ciation) issues here from the S.E. aim of the Alosoand (2950 ft.), which is crossed (4 kil.) in a boat to Erlandsgaard. The track thence is indicated by posts and cairns. 2 It runs S.W. over marshy, uneven ground, and, later, S.E., before resuming its original direction; and, after traversing some birch-woods, passes It ornbulien and Sorcushytla sieters, from which a height is crossed and descended to (jihom farm (9 kil. : hrs., from Hollvik) on the W. arm of the dreary-looking Mjosvand, crossed in a boat. On the other side, the track takes a more westerly direction to Uvand, and passes several suiters until it runs along the i. (W.) bank of the Farhovd river, and then across marshes to Bjornskcirhougen suiter, Continuing along the same bank of the river (passing, among other suiters, that of Finstol , on a rivulet issuing from the Bjdrtjim). This being waded (when not too full), the pedes¬ trian will, in the vicinity of Gjuvland farm, get to the Raidand parish road,which has to be followed W. to the grand Totnk lake (24 kil. in length), where quarters are obtainable at Afidgaarden (Gaardsfjord ) (16 kil. : Ah hrs., from Gibben). From this point the ascent of Skarsm tun (about 4100 ft.) is worth undertaking. The Rnngildfos of the Bituelv is 2£ kil. from this point. After rowing in an hour across the lake (6 kii., 1 kr. each) a road is reached at KostvHt, whence the traveller can drive to Heggestol stat. (about 16 kil.), on the main way over the Haukeli to Odda (see preceding Route). (3) On the more difficult trump or horseback journey to the Voringfos and Eidfjord, the first stage is to Hollvik (as above). A boat is taken thence to Mjdsstrand (3£ hrs.), and to the upper part of the Mibsvand in 3 to 4 hrs. more. After about k an hr. walk (3 kii.) quarters will be found at Mogen, where the Skien Tourist Association has a hut with sleeping-rooms for ladies and gentlemen, and good beds. On the second day the traveller will trudge towards the Gjuvsjo lake (N.W.), in which the trouting is excellent. Farther, the path soon runs over marshy ground past 3 other mtn.-lakes, amidst desolate scenery. To the rt. rises the Yormands/aagen (4150 ft.) lake. After crossing the Bessa r., which falls into it, shelter, after much heavy walking during about 12 hrs., is obtained in a hut at Bessabu. The night may, however, be better spent at a fisherman's hut before reaching that refuge. The succeeding day will be occupied in traversing the bleak and wild Hcirdanger-vidda, partly over snow, to BierrustSlen (25 kil.) A good path runs (9 kil.) hence to the Voringfos , a night’s lodging being obtainable at Hoi farm, 4 hrs. distant from Eidfjord (see Rte. 23).] 3. Return to Christiania, via Hitterdal. 1 Taking the str. at Strand (Fager- ! strand), the traveller will re¬ gain his conveyance at Tinnoset. The distance hence to Hitterdal is 26 kil. along a good level road, at about half-way of which a chriussee runs off (rt.) to Landsvcerk (16 kil. from Tinnoset) on the highway to Odde, over the Haukeli (see Rte. 5). Travellers are attracted to Hitterdal by its grotesque Slav ch., familiar as the chief architectural curiosity in Norway. Hitterdal ch. (keys at the manse opposite) is the largest and one of the most ancient and interesting buildings in Norway, of the same period (12th cent.) and style as that at Borgund (Rte. 8). The situation is charming, in a broad belt of meadow-land occupying the centre of a wide undulating va'ley, the N. and S. sides of which slope gradually towards wooded up¬ lands. The ch. itself stands a little ba ( - k 1 A road under construction here. * The official maps are faulty. Spelt also Hiterdal. 46 Route 7 .—Christiania to Randsfjord. from the road, partially hidden by an avenue of trees, and in the centre of a grass-grown churchyard, which is separated from the roadway by a low stone wall pierced by 2 red-tiled, roofed gateways. The building is entirely of pine, and the exterior, owing to a frequent coating of pitch, is of one uniform dark-red, tan colour, the roof and walls being overlaid with shingles, those of the roof rounded at their lower edge, the rest tooth-shaped. The general outline is picturesque, increased by the curious covered way running round the entire ch., and the fantastic gabled central tower, E. of which, at lower elevations, rise 2 spires surmounting the chancel and the apse. Three projecting gabled doorways on the S.W. and N. sides of the exterior gallery give access to the ch., the body' or nave of which is about 40 ft. sq., with a flat ceiling. The E. end is prolonged by' an oblong chancel of about 30 ft. by 25 ft., terminated by a semi¬ circular apse some 12 ft. in diameter, making a total length and width of 84 ft. by 57 ft. The S. door of the exterior gallery is the only one still bearing traces of the ancient carving, and Mr. Fergusson, in his Hand¬ book of Architecture , suggests that the panels may once have been adorned by Runic carving, which, as they decayed, have been replaced by plain timbers, detracting much from the original appearance. The restorations made in 1850 have also greatly tended to deteriorate the character of the building. The interior (in which details of Anglo- Norman architecture will be observed in the capitals of pillars and in the mouldings) is painted throughout of a light straw colour, with darker grained pillars, and the blank windows painted a bright green, elaborate dragon and snake carving filling up the spaces between the circular arches and the windows, most of which are modern. A gallery runs round 3 sides of the quad¬ rangular nave, broken at the W. end by the principal interior doorway, the sides of which between the gallery stairs are carved in a remarkably fantastic way. Above the gallery are modern, plain glass windows,with a little colour introduced in the red, star-shaped centres. A carved wooden pulpit stands at the S.E. corner on a level with the gallery. In the archway connecting nave and chancel are openings to the sacristy, &c. ; and an arcade, supported by 2 disengaged pillars, ornaments the sides of the chancel, in the centre of which is a plain grained wooden font in fi'ont of the altar-rails, which separate the chancel from the semicircular apse, the centre of which is occupied by the altar, covered by a red altar-cloth, dated 1723, and surmounted by a large green and gold cross. Behind the altar is an ancient episcopal throne (or seat) ornamented with carved figures of horsemen, dragons’ heads, and old Norwegian designs. Small lozenge¬ shaped windows are perforated in the sides of the chancel and at the back of the apse. The ceiling is an innovation, and replaces the original open roof. Some curious carving and a picture of the Crucifixion, which formerly decorated the altar, now hang in the sacristy. On the opposite side of the way is an open wooden, gable-roofed Belfry , about 30 ft. in height, and in the same style as the ch. The traveller need not tarry more than i hr. in visiting this curious edifice. He will then continue his journey along a good road, passing, after 1 kil., the old Lysthus posting- stat., and, if time permit, he can stop the carriage at the iron bridge over the Tmne river, and walk up its rt. bank to the Tinn-fos,Q which works a large wood-pulp and paper mill, returning along the tramway on the 1. bank in ^ an hr.; but the same way back is shorter. At about 7 kil. from Hitterdal, the carriage will be left at Notoddcn, # or at Tangcn pier, on Hitterdal lake, from which strs. run to Ulefos (2| hrs.) and Skien (see beginning of Route). ROUTE 7. CHRISTIANIA TO RANDSFJORD, vid HAUGSUND AND HONEFOS. (By rail.) [Distance, 142 kil.; time, about 6 hrs.; fare, expr. 7.10 kr.] (For journey to Haugsund, see Rte. 6.) From Haugsund (where carriages will have been changed) the train continues to run up the pretty valley of the Drammen river, full of small falls and rapids and frequently crossed. The Doviksfos will be passed at Skotselven stat. (80 kil.), while passing to the other side of the river. At the next stat., Aamot (80 kil.), will be seen on the 47 Route 7.— Honefos; opposite (rt.) bank, amidst pretty scenery, a waterfall formed by the Sivioa (issuing from Sigdal) at its junction with the Drammen, crossed by a suspension-bridge. After pass¬ ing Embretsfos and Ojeithus paper- mills and the mouth of the Snarum, coming down from Lake Kroderen and the Hallingdal, the train draws up at Gjeithus (92kil.), rt. bank ; Heggen ch., and Modum manse, to rt. A very short run brings the train to Vikesund (96 kil.; Buff.), from which is a short branch to Kroderen (see Rte. 9). Here the Drammen r. takes its rise in the Tyrifjord (see “Excursions,” Rte. 1). At a distance of about 5 kil. is St. Olafs (Modum) hydropathic establishment , # beauti¬ fully situated in a park, affording pic¬ turesque views, and in which is the Kaggefos, formed by the Snarum or Hallingdal river (Moderately good trout-fishing in it.) The “Modum bath ” is a place of great resort in sum¬ mer, and most beneficial to invalids in the stage of convalescence, and in affections of the throat and chest. Hence the train runs along the W. shore of the Tyrifjord, the best views of the lake and of the W. slopes of the Krokskog (with the rounded tops of the Gyrihaugen, 2217 ft., and the Bingkollen , 2266 ft.) being to the rt. Nakkerud stat. (105 kil.) and Skjerdalen stat. (Ill kil.), still on the Tyrifjord. Str. hence to Sund- volden on opposite side of lake (see “ Excursions,” Rte. 1). The “Ringer- ike nickel-mines ” are close by. At Ask stat. (118 kil.) the line leaves the lake behind, and runs on to Honefos # (124kil.) Buff. Thistown (1550 inhabitants) is named after the great Waterfall formed by the Aadals river, which rises in Lake Spirillen and unites here with the Rands-elv, issu¬ ing from the Randsfjord. When com¬ bined, these streams form the Stor-elv, falling into the Tyrifjord. The fall is not, however, imposing except after a flood (May or June) or during a rainy summer. Its several branches drive manysawand flour mills. Views from a bridge over the 2 rivers above TIeen ; Randsfjord. the town, and from the 2 bridges within it. A walk of about 1 hr. brings the visitor to the beautiful Hofsfos, by a road along the 1. bank of the river. The Sivenfos, a smaller fall, is a little higher up. The hotel at Honefos is a favourite resort both of aliens and natives, and some days may well be spent here. The walks and drives in the neighbourhood are charming, and the trout-fishing not contemptible. A trip to the Ringkol above-mentioned (partly driving and partly on horseback in 5 hrs.) is re¬ commended on account of the fine view it affords of the Ringerike. Per¬ mission to fish in the adjacent lake obtainable at the hotel. Information respecting several other charming ex¬ cursions will be given on the spot. The stat. beyond is Hen# (131 kil.) Str. hence up Lake Spirillen (Valders: Rte. 10). Posting-stat. To the 1. will be seen the Norefield, frequently covered with snow. The line bends suddenly to the E.,past the Hbjaas (1500 ft.) and the Askelihoug mtn. (1400 ft.), and through districts partly wooded and scantily populated, before reaching the Randselv, which it follows up to RANDSFJORD # (142 kil. ; Buff.), where the river issues from the great lake of that name. (For description and journey beyond, see next Route. 48 jRoute 8.-—Christiania to Bergen. ROUTE 8. CHRISTIANIA TO BERGEN, vid RANDS¬ FJORD, VALDERS, THE FIL.LEFJELD, AND L/T5RDALSOREN (SOGNE FJORD). (By rail, str., and road.) [Bergen can be reached from Christiania bv 3 other routes, uniting at Lterdal- sbren—viz. the roads running severally from Lakes Krbderen, Spirilleu. and Mjbsen (Rtes. 9, 10, and 12), but the route here described, al¬ though a little longer, is to be preferred for its greater beauty and interest.] Dist. Time Cost kil. about kr. Christiania to Randsfjord by rail (Rte. 7) . . 142 5 lirs. 7.10 Randsfjord to Odiises by str. (Rte. 8) . . .72 54 lirs. 5. Odnass to Lserdalsbren by road (Rte. 8) . '.220' 2-3 dys. 45. Lmrdalsdren to Bergen by str. (Rte. 26) . . 230_20 h rs, 12 .40 Total . . 664 4-5 dys. 69.50 Posting.—For a stolkjrerre (2 persons) the rate is 25 5. per kil. exclusive of gratuities (15 6 . per 10 kil.), but only 17 6 . per kil. for a carriole. One of Bennett’s vehicles recommended at a small extra charge. Apply at Christiania or Randsfjord, or at Odmes on reverse journey. The charge for a carriage (2 or 3 persons) is 110-130 kr. ; gratuity, 5 kr. [A carriage for 2 persons can also be bargained for, the local drivers taking 65-70 kr. When horses are engaged for the entire distance, only about 60 kil. can be done in 1 day ; whereas by taking a relay at each stat., about 7 kil. can be accomplished per hour, or 80 kil. per day in the middle of the summer. ])il. (for 4-5) starts daily. Fare, 34 kr. Luggage: 40 lbs. allowed. Seats should be secured in advance, as those conveyances, as we 1 as the stats, at which they stop for meals and for the night, are often full at the height of the tourist season. The freight of a carriole on board the Randsfjord str. is 2.40 kr., and of a carriage 4 to 5 kr.] (For the journey to Randsfjord, see Rte. 7.) The Randsfjord (45 kil. long, with a maximum width of 4 kil., and 426 ft. above sea-level) is one of the longest lakes in Norway and the fifth in area (about 53 sq. m.) It is separated on the E. from the Mjosen by a mtn.-chain, and on the W. from the Spirillen by another ridge of about the same height (1650- 2300 ft.) The populous and fertile district by which it is bordered on the S. is called Hadeiand, and that at the N. extremity of the lake, Land. In most parts the Randsfjord, which does not offer any great variety of scenery, is more like a river than a lake. 1. By Str. from Randsfjord to Odnces. The str., on board which excellent meals are provided, stops at about 10 piers on its way to Odmes. Soon after leaving the Randsfjord river (fre¬ quently obstructed by logs) it passes the Hadelands Glass-works, where it crosses over to the W. side of the lake. On the opposite fiat shore are several large farms , Jatvnaker ch., and Veto (on an eminence), the residence of the district judge. Returning to the E. shore, the str. stops at Roenlaniet, Elvetangen, and Haugslandet. A little beyond the latter stat. a glimpse of the Solvsberg will be obtained, and then the Hvale- bykampen (2493 ft.) will be seen before reaching the prettily situated stat. of Rokenviken (nearly 2 hrs. from Randsfjord). King Halfdan the Black (a.d. 860) was drowned while crossing the ice to this place. The Brandbukol rises behind the large farmhouses that will be passed. A short distance bevond the Ch. aiul ¥ 1 Pay for 238 kil, Route 8 .—Tonsaasens Sanatorium ; Fryclenlund. 49 farms of Nes (rt.) the widest part of the lake is reached. The str. next stops on the E. shore at Bentcbolle, on the W. side of which towers the Skjykuaas. In about 20 min. after crossing to the W. side, the pier at Bjoneroen is reached. A road (about 11 kil.) runs hence to the Spirillen lake, passing the W. and E. Bjonevand lakes. In | an hr. the str. stops at Sand , on the E. side of the lake. Enger ch. not far. Soon after, a stoppage is made at Bingelien, on the W. shore, and next, in about 4 hrs. from Randsfjord, at Faldsvandet on the E. side. In 10 min. more the str. reaches Hof , where a Ch. and Middle- school house will be seen. A road and footpath hence to Vestre Toten, whence a good road to Sivesind, run¬ ning to W. Toten , Mjosen lake, and Gjovik (see Rte. 12). Fluberg, 5 hrs. from Randsfjord. The Ch. (of S. Land), set off by weep¬ ing birches, will be seen on the rt. Entering the northernmost bay of the lake, surrounded by pretty mtn. slopes, the 2 principal valleys of N. Land open out on the L, whilst to the rt. the road to Gjovik (see Rte. 12) comes down to Granum posting-stat. The str. is next moored, in about 5^ hrs., at Odnaes. * (For conveyances hence, see head of Route, and apply to Bennett’s agent.) 2. Odnces to Lcerdalsbren by Boacl. When the str. arrives early in the evening, it is advisable to post on at once to Tomlevolden stat. (17 kil., about 2 hrs.), a typical Norwegian farm¬ house affording good accommodation, j Free trout-Jishing here and in the Etna river. At Holjerasten (7 kil.) the Etna r. is crossed (a fine view of its valley opening out from the bridge), and the Valders district is soon after entered. At Tronahjem , where a shor halt is [Norway— 1807] I made, a long ascent begins. After this has become somewhat less steep, the level summit is reached at Sveen stat. (17 kil., pay for 18), a small but comfortable stat. on the N.E. side of the Tonsaas. In summer, first sight of snow is here obtained, with a beautiful view of the Etna valley, alongside of which is that of the Bcegncv. [Tonsaasens Sanatorium* (1970 ft.) is 3 kil. beyond, and 5 hrs. drive from Odmes. A highly salubrious and much frequented hydropathic resort. A dil. runs to it. Beautiful views, and many pretty walks and ex¬ cursions to be made. Fishing and shooting. Boats on the lake. Post, telegraph , and telephone. At a dis¬ tance of 6 kil. from Sveen, and 3 kil. W. of Tonsaasen, is the Breid- ablik Hotel and Pension * (on the Spirillen route), also beautifully situ¬ ated, and a pleasant resting-place. Views of the Jotunheim mtns. and of a splendid waterfall.] ^ At a distance of 5^ kil. from the | Sanatorium, the summit of the road I which has been running between small lakes, bogs, and pine-woods, will be attained at an altitude of about 2070 ft. A magnificent view hence of the mtn. land between Valders and JELallingdal, some of the peaks (over 7000 ft.) of the southern¬ most chain of the Jotunfjelds be.ng seen 90 kil. to the rt. In fine, sunny weather a panorama, unsurpassable for grandeur, will be enjoyed by taking a path to the 1. (5 min.) Descending the valley of the Batgna river, where the Spirillep route to Valders unites (Rte. 10), the traveller arrives at Frydenmnd stat.* (18 kil., pay for 23), in Nordre Aurdal, where very good accommodation will be found. This is a populous hamlet, serving as an administrative and judicial centre. Aurdal ch. close by. A grand view from the hill above the stat. Game abundant. [Junction with road to and from Spirillen lai.o, via Fjeklheiin (Itte. 10), a mtn -road £ 50 Route 8 .—Christiania to Bergen. (nearly 2 days on foot; guide, 20 kr.) ; also hence to Viko (Rolfshus) on the Hallingdal (Kroderen) route to Lserdals'dren (Lite. 9). The following places will be passed : Hove, a pretty summer Pension, where hare and elk shooting is obtainable ; Olsjoen lake (in 2 hrs.), crossed in a boat supplied from Hove. At the S. end of the lake Pardis setter, also a Pen¬ sion ; Sondre metrket, or Sinderlien, on the Tisleia r. ; Vaset setter (3£ hrs.) ; Sanderstolen (4i hrs.), a summer Pension (fair accommo¬ dation), with good ptarmigan - shooting in autumn; Mone setter (6 hrs.) After trudging over some bogs, a road will be reached at Brautemo setter (8J hrs.) ; and in about 2 hrs. more the traveller can be at Rolfshus.] Continuing the Valders route along a tolerably level road running high above the Bcegna, the source of that river in the AurdaXsfjord (one of a series of long lakes) will be reached. Fine view from Onstad, before passing the District prison. Beyond, to the rt., is the fine Fosbraaten waterfall, while to the 1. will be heard the roar of the Veslefos (frequently visited from Fagernses). After driving about 3 kil. along the beautiful Strandefjord (1148 ft. above sea-level, and about 21 kil. long) a halt is made at Fagarnaestt (13 kil.), on the lake and at the mouth of the Nats river. Excellent accommodation. A few days can well be spent here, the scenery being very beautiful, and attractive to artists. Fine trout to be caught in the lake and neigh¬ bouring streams, and duck-shooting obtainable. [Fagermes is a favourite starting-place for an excursion to the Jotunheim mtns. (For description, see Rte. 11.) The posting will be : On the Ostre Siidre road to Rogue, 17 kil. ; to Skammestein, 17 kil.; and to Beito, 11 kil. Thence on horseback (3.50 kr.) to Raufjordheim hotel (11 kil.), on the shore of Lake Bygdin, from the opposite side of which the mtns. can be ascended. The car¬ riageable road runs on from Skammestein to the Vinstervand lakes.'] Crossing the Ntes river (with pic¬ turesque cataracts), the shore of the lake is kept, passing the wooden Ch. of Svences. A bend in the valley soon opens out a grand view of the Jotunheim mtn. and its peaks. At Ulnses Ch. a bridge crosses the lake to Steiende, where a river falls into it. Beautiful views; many large farmhouses. The N. end of the lake will be reached at Fosheim.# (15 kil.) Good quarters at the Fosheim saiter, 1| hr. from Fosheim. The pretty Fosheim-fos is close to the stat. Beyond, the road soon runs along the Slidrefjord (1237 ft.) To the rt. is the wooden Ch. of Roen, with an old belfry. A standard ell-measure is attached to the ch.door by a quaint ring of entwined dragons; and the interior is also worthy of in¬ spection. Beautiful landscape, ter¬ minating on the W. by the mtns. in Vang district, of which the Bergsfjeld will be seen first. [The road mentioned above as leading to the Jotun mtns. branches off here.] On the 1. will be passed Hands (4 kil.), where travellers can be accommodated. Farther along the lake, which at one point contracts for a short distance, the scenery attains its greatest beauty. By the side of the road is the brick Ch. and Belfry of Vestre Siidre, with the Par¬ sonage beyond. A road runs oh here to Ostre Siidre (see above). [At about 6 m. from Vestre Siidre ch., and l>efore reaching the crest of the hill, on the Ostre Siidre rd., the Kvithdvd eminence can be readied by a path to the rt. in about £ an hour. Splendid views here of the W. and E. Siidre valleys, of the Bitihorn (5361 ft.) and of snow-clad mtns. N. of the Bygdin ami Vinster lakes. A very short way to the W. where the Kalmahogda rises to a height o: 7150 ft., another very extensive survey ol elevated mtns. can be enjoyed.] At a very short distance from Vestre Siidre will be passed first the attrac tive Hotel and Pension Einang (a' Volden), where horses and carriage; are procurable, and then (rt. ; gatt and private road) the Olken Hotel ant Pension (much frequented by invalid and tourists), beautifully situate* about 300 ft. above Strande lake Beyond, again, is the Husaker Pen sion. The Kvithovd (see above) cai be conveniently ascended from thes summer resorts in 3 hrs. (both ways Fine view of the Slidrefjord , or uppe part of Lake Strande, obtained froi the Kvale ridge, after descendin which travellers reach the stat. of Route 8.—LdJcen ; Oilo ; Grindaheim ; SJcogdcid. 51 Loken # (14 kil.), where there is a large and excellent hotel. Good trout-fishing in Lake Slidre, close to the hotel. From the Lokensberg (15 min walk), a tine view opens out, although a better one is obtained by riding (1| hr.) or walking (2 hrs.) to the top of Kvithovd (3353 ft.) Ascent for view to be recommended. About 5 kil. on the road to the next stat. is the fine Lofos, a fall of the Bagna, the 1. bank of which will be followed through scenery more or less wooded. Crossing that river and pass¬ ing (12 kil.) Vangsnces hotel (fair accommodation for summer boarders and others), beyond which (on the rt.) is a valley whence issues the Rysna (the Raufjord being accessible hence), the traveller is driven over a bridge spanning the Ala river to Oilo stat. (15 kil.) Very good accommodation and food. In the upper storey of the house (grandly situated) are sketches and paintings on the walls, by elder and later Nor¬ wegian artists who have frequented U lo. Pretty view of Lake Vangs- mjdsen (1528 ft.) from a hill at the back of the stat. Within an hour the Hugakol can be climbed for a wider survey. The lake (about 21 kil. long) is soon reached from Oilo and followed (on the S. shore) for a considerable distance. Bounding a promontory, from which will be seen the mtns. that tower above the lake, the road runs past the Kvamsklev (“ Ravine Cliff ”), where it is partly roofed in, to protect it against the fall of rocks and stones. The road is a splendid piece of workmanship (formerly one of the worst in Norway), and rises, partly in zigzags, along the face of perpendicular cliffs, and amidst scenery of wonderful grandeur, being, in fact, the most striking of any scenery on the Valders route. To the 1. will be seen rising in a solitary group, the Grindadn mtns. (Grinde- fjeld top, 5364 ft., can be ascended in 4 to 7 hrs.), and in the centre of | the landscape the steep Skudshorn. Becoming level, the road runs past the wooden Ch. of Vang, which now replaces the ancient Stav ch., sold to the King of Prussia in 1844 for 18Z., 1 and set up by him on the Hdchsberg in Silesia. In front of it, leaning against the churchyard wall, is a Stone , with the Runic inscription : “ The sons of Gosa erected this stone to the memory of Gunar.” Driving past the old stat. of Tune i Vang, this stage ends at Grindaheim ( Vang) (10 kil.) Tele¬ phone. Beautiful views from the hotels of the Vangsmjos lake. The Grinde- fjeld can be ascended hence, with a guide and by a good walker, in 4 hrs. Saddle-horse also procurable at the stat., where herds of Reindeer may occasionally be seen. [At a little distance from Tune a magnifi¬ cent track, partly cut out of the rock, turns off to the 1. across the mtns., and past several fine lakes, into the Kroderen ( Hallingdal ) route to Lajrdalsoren (Itte. 9). A hard day’s journey.] The road continues -along the shore of Lake Vangsmjos (bounded on the N. by peculiar and impos¬ ing mtn.-turrets), which is left at die ch. (12 kil.), whence there is a mtn.-path to Nystuen on the Fillefjeld (4 a day’s walk). The Elvlunfos is near the ch. The lesser Strandefjo'rd lake is then skirted before crossing a small stream and reaching, in hrs., Skogstad stat. (17 kil.), 1883 ft. Good accommodation. This is also a good starting-point for the Jotun- heim mtns. Trout-fishing in the neighbourhood and in the Tyin vand (12 kil.) From the Horntind (4620 ft.), opposite the stat. (3-4 hrs.) a grand panoramic view of the Jotun mtns. is obtained. Ascent strongly recommended. [Tracks for pedestrians between this stat. and the next to the Jotun mtns., Adrdal, on the Lysterfjord fSogn), the Buy din lake, Ac.] Here the ascent of the Fillefjeld will be commenced, after reerossing the small stream already mentioned, the road soon becoming in some places uncomfortably steep. The e 2 52 Route 8.—Christiania to Bergen. descent in the reverse direction is naturally still less pleasant. Vegeta-, tion becomes very scanty, and stunted birch and mtn.-willow are almost the only trees visible. The wood of the mtn.-birch is beautifully veined, and is extensively used in Norway for furniture and knick-knacks. The barren and dreary plateau of the Fillefjeld is attained some dis¬ tance before arriving (in If hr.) at Nystuen stat. (11 kil., pay for 17 both ways). (Alt. 3168 ft.) Good resting-place when not overcrowded. [A splendid view of the snow-clad Jotun mtns. (35 kil. distant) and of several Glaciers will be obtained by an hour’selimb to the top of the hill to the rt. of the road above the stat. In clear weather a wild and grand vista of lofty peaks and crags, including the Galdhbpig (8397 ft.), the highest mtn. in Norway and in the N. of Europe. Parts of the lofty Horunger also come into view. The ascent in question (strongly recom¬ mended even to ladies who are good walkers) can be more conveniently made from a point | kil. on the road to the next stat., whence a small path has to be climbed along the eastern side of a stream. Two or 3 hrs. are sufficient.] The stat. is at the foot of the steep Stugunos (4690 ft.) and at the W. extremity of the Utrovand lake. Good fishing in the lake below and in the river between this stat. and the next. The flavour of the trout is celebrated, and they run to 2 and 3 lbs. in the river. Before reaching the stat. travellers will observe the fine examples of “perched blocks” on the edge of the ridges that run parallel to, and high above, the road. The Government contributes towards the maintenance of this stat., or “ Fjeld- stue” (Alpine hospice). The nar¬ rower sides of the buildings face the W. in order to present as little sur¬ face as possible to winter storms from the westward. From Nystuen the road runs along the Utrovand and ascends a long hill, and, reaching its highest point (3295 ft.), descends to the Smeddal. The old, shorter road (^ an hr. to the 1.) is more interesting, and should be walked by pedestrians for fine mtn. views. The scenery is not invit¬ ing until the pillar marking the boundary between Norway on the E. side of thefjeld and Norway on the W. side is reached. It also shows where the eccles. provs. of Hamar and Bergen are conterminous. Skirt¬ ing the 2 Smeddal lakes (3116 ft.) in the valley of that name, the region of the birch is reached, and the first scetcrs of the Sogne passed (Bru- sceter , 3240 ft.) A short drive through a birch-wood, with the torrent of the nascent Lcerdal river below, soon ends at Maristuen# (17 kil., pay for 22 in reverse direction). Hotel and Sanato¬ rium excellent, amidst scenery which, although still of a bleak character, is more pleasing than that at Nystuen; while, notwithstanding the height of the stat. (2575 ft.), the air, influenced by sea-breezes from theW., is palpably warmer, though still bracing. The stat. was founded as a Jfeldstue about the year 1300, and ^became private property only in 1847. Trout- fisliing (good in a lake 5 kil. off) and also ptarmigan-shooting available, [The Suletind (5812 ft.) can be ascended and descended without difficulty or danger in 6 hrs., and a third of the way can be done on horseback. In clear weather 10U of the Jotun peaks are visible from the rounded summit, as well as the Jdstedal, Folgefonn, and other minor snow-fields or glaciers.’ A mtn.-path leads, in 13ihrs., to Fauske in Hallingdal (lite. 9). Prom the old road the Svarteberg (4330 ft.) can be climbed in 1J hr. from Maristuem] From Maristuen the road keeps close along the banks of the Lcerdais- elv (about 200 ft. below it) through a magnificent pass. Enormous masses of rock, fallen in many places from the mtns. above, add to the effect of the scenery, and one of the most attractive districts in Norway is now entered, abounding in legend and romance. The valley, hemmed in by huge rocky masses, appears at times to allow of no further progress. Several small streams and Mater- falls are passed on the way to the next stat., the Bakkefos being more particularly noticeable. At Borlo bridge (2 kil. from the next stat.) 53 Route 8 .—Hceg ; Borgund Ch. ; Husum. the Kroderen (Hallingdal) road joins the cliaussie to Laerdalsoren. Great damage was done in 1873 at Borlo by landslips, which are frequent in the Lasrdal valley. The latter widens, and, passing the Marhedals river, which runs down from the 1., the stage ends at Haeg (11 kil., pay for 17). Very good accommodation and food. An ancient upright Stone will be seen a little below the stat., near which is also a fine waterfall (Hcegfos), where fairly good trout-fishing is available. An excursion (6 hrs.) can be made (with a guide) to the Bringe mtn. (5500 ft.) from a meadow at the back of the stat., of which the situa¬ tion is very romantic. Ascent steep, but can be effected even by ladies accustomed to climbing. No danger, except in wet weather. Extensive view of snow-clad mtns. On leaving this stat. the traveller drives through the grandest scenery of the Laerdal, one of the finest valleys in Norway. The excellent road con¬ tinues to descend, the Lserdal’s tor¬ rent thundering close alongside. The falls and cascades which that stream forms between the Fille-fjeld and the Sogne-fjord are very numerous, and afford fine subjects for the pencil. Some of the peasants’ cottages are particularly picturesque. They are built of stout beams on foundations of rock, generally 1 storey high, with a gallery outside when an upper storey is added. The roofs are con¬ structed of planks overlaid with birch- bark covered with turf. Birch and alder and browsing goats are com¬ monly seen upon them. After passing (1.) Kvamme farm (whence there is a mtn.-path to Aardal, at the head of the Sogne-fjord), at about 10 kil. from Haeg, the traveller should stop at the Kirkevold hotel (good) in order to visit (close by on he road) the Borgund ch., now disused, and of which the keys are kept at the hotel. This most singular aud interesting edifice, one of the two (see Hitter dal, Rte. 6) oldest stav chs. (aud the best preserved) in Norway, is sup¬ posed to have been built in the 11th cent., lor the arches and the apse are semicircular, and it has all the characters of the style of a small German Romanesque ch., so far as it can be imitated in wood. It is of very strange, fantastic design, with carved dragou’s-head’ terminals to the numerous gables, which give it almost a Burmese aspect. Built of pine, it is protected from the weather by coats of pitch. The nave measures only 39 ft., the circular apse 15 by 54. A low passage, about 3 ft. wide, runs round the exterior of the body of the ch. The interior is almost dark, for light has access only by the small round holes above the walls. There are Runic in¬ scriptions on the W. door, made by “Thorer” . . . “on St. Olaf’s fair-day,” and recording that “this Church is on Church Ground.” The belfry, partly restored in the 17th cent., stands apart. It is covered with shingle, like the many roofs of the ch. The bell within it is dedicated to “Sanctus Lauren- cius,” but bears no date. After inspecting tlie ch. (in £ an hr.) travellers are recommended to walk about 300 yds., up the hill, into the old romantic road which runs over Vindhelle Hill to the next stat., which can thus be reached in about the same time (| an hr.) as the con¬ veyance will take to accomplish the distance (4 kil.) by the new road to Husum, which descends through a ravine. The entrance to this should, however, be first inspected, the scenery being grand, and includes the fine Svartegjel waterfall. Winding through the picturesque road, the end of the stage is reached at Husum (13 kil.) Excellent ac¬ commodation and food. Good trout and salmon fishing (best in August). This is the centre of the finest scenery in the Laerdal valley, and many charming excursions can be made, notably (in 4-6 hrs.) to the top of the Nonhaug on the 1. bank of the river, where a magnificent view of the Horunger peaks will be obtained. The Okken (5684 ft.) is also ascended from here. Aardal can be reached in a day by a mtn.-path through the Lysnedal. A very interesting part of the old road can be walked down to the narrow passage between great boulders that bears the name of St. Olafs Klemme. The road now followed runs along the rt. bank of the river, which is next crossed by a stone bridge. Not far 54 Route 9 .—Christiania to Bergen, hence will be passed the Oigarsfos , the river being still followed, partly under overhanging rocks, although an older road runs over the Seltaas. On the opposite side of the river is the frightfully steep old parallel roads to which the name of Galderne is given. The oldest (rt.) dates from the middle ages. Beyond, the river is recrossed, and a pretty Waterfall passed. The river to the rt. comes down from the Lysnedal. On the top of the rocks to the rt. is a stone resembling an owl in form. After a considerable descent the pass opens out into a broad, fertile valley, and at a short distance 1. of the road is Blaaflaten (15 kil.) Very good ac¬ commodation. Salmon caught here. On the level road down the valley, in which traces of many landslips and avalanches will be noticed, the small Boafos (1.) will be passed, and the river, no longer so rapid, will be crossed. After passing Tonjum ch., and ob¬ taining a view of the Aaken —some¬ what like the Gausta (Telemarken) in shape— the road at last turns sharply to the N., past Lcerdalsoren ch ., and terminates at LJERDALSO'REN # ( Lcerdal ) (11 kil.) For description and continua¬ tion of journey to Bergen, see Sec¬ tion II., Rte. 26. ROUTE 9. CHRISTIANIA TO BERGEN, viA KRODEREN, HALLINGDAL, AND LCERDALSOREN. (By rail, str., and road.) [This is an alternative, slightly shorter, route, to be chosen by those who are already acquainted with the scenery in Yalders. The stats, on it are not as good as those in Rte. 8, but improvements are in progress. Laerdal*- bren can be reached in 2 to 3 days through Hallingdal. Dist. Time Cost kil. about kr. Christiania to Kroderen, by rail .... 122 7 hrs. 6.40 Kroderen to Gulsvik, by str. 40 3 hrs. 2.40 Gulsvik to Laerdalsoren, by road . . . 207 2-3 dys. 38. 0 Lterdalsoren to Bergen, by str. 230 20 hrs. 12.40 Total . . 509 4-5 dys. 59.20 Posting. —Bates as in Rte. 8. Carriage (apply at Bennett’s) for 2 persons, 100 kr. ex¬ clusive of gratuity (5-6 kr.) Freight of car¬ riole, 9.88 kr.; of carriage, 10.88 kr.] The rly. journey to Vikersund (96 kil.)— Buff., and change of carriage— has been described in Rte. 7. The stats, beyond are Hcere (101 kil.); Hole (104 kil.); Snarum (108 kil.); and Ula (113 kil.) The branch line (26 kil.) then reaches its terminus at Kroderen (122 kil.) Buff. Toler¬ able accommodation opposite stat., at the S. end of Lake Kroderen (433 ft. above sea-level, 40 kil. long, and about 15 sq. m. in area). Some beauty is imparted to the lake (on 1.) by the Norefjeld (4953 ft.), which is often covered with snotv in the early part of the summer 55 Ron te 9 .— Gv. Isvi'k ; Fees ; Viko. At about 10 min. walk from the stat. is the pier, at which travellers embark on board the str. that runs in connection with the train, and on board of which a good dinner will be found ready. Steaming through shal¬ low water, with a pleasant, fairly cultivated landscape on either hand, the narrow Skinnesund, leading into the Raaevfjord , will soon be passed. Another narrow channel (a river), called the Noresund, will be entered before passing Olberg (good quarters), after which the str. reaches the Noresund , where the Norefjeld will be in full view. There are mtn. roads from Olberg to Sigdal and Eggedal, and a chausste to Honefos (Rte. 7). It is also, next to Norre (where the post-road crosses the lake), the best starting-point for an ascent of the Norefjeld (in about 10 hrs.) From Christiania, this is the first oppor¬ tunity of obtaining a view of the grander mtn.-ranges and peaks of Norway. Above the Noresund the 1 ake widens, and the Blodfjeld (2965 ft.) will be seen. After several stoppages, the str. reaches the end of its voyage at Gulsvik, & at the outfall of the Hal¬ lingdal river. The posting-stat. (good night quarters) is about H kil. from the pier. The ascent of the Norefjeld may also be made from here. Driving- up the valley of the Hallingdal along a level road, the stage ends at Aavestrud (Flaa ) (14 kil.) Good quarters, and also at Vik (10 kil. from Gulsvik). Between this and the next stat., the river expands into lakes, on the largest of which ( Bronnna ) is Bbrtnces (17 kil.) Beyond, the road is partly hewn out of the side of the Beia mtn., high above the lake. Passing the District ch., the horses are pulled up at Nses * (11 kil.) Good quarters. Recommended to those who push on from Gulsvik (in about 5 hrs.) This hamlet is the administrative centre of Hallingdal, with a gaol and many shops. [On the reverse route, the river can be descended hence to Gulsvik by boat (without danger when the water is not low) in about 3 hrs. (8-10 kr.) There are min.-roads hence to Vatilers (about 1 day), to Numedal (6-8 lirs.), and, without a guide, to Lake Spirillen (1-2 hrs.) Trout-fishing on the latter track, in Str den lake {setter quarters). A road and path also lead (W.) to the Tunhdrd fjord (7 hrs.)] Keeping along the rt. bank of the river, and passing a saw-mill at a pic¬ turesque spot, a bridge (about 9 kil.) is crossed, and the 1. bank gained. The valley begins to open out, and soon the river will be seen to take an abrupt bend to the W. A short dis¬ tance in that direction is JRolfshus (a favourite stopping - place), where a Landhandler (store-keeper) provides excellent quarters, good trout-fishing , and the means of making excursions in pursuit of pretty views. Close is Yiko ( Gol ) stat. (20 kil.), prettily situated. Good trout-fishing, both in the river and in the Tisleifjord , a large mtn.-lake, about 15 kil. N. [A mtn.-path connects the stat. with the Yalders route, which can be joined hence in 12 to 16 hrs., passing the Tisleifjord (13 kiL long), which is crossed in a boat. About half-way tin time) a bridge spans the St? ande- fjord. on which is Ulnces eh., whence Fosheim and Fagerlund (on Rte. 8) are sever all}’ 7 and 8 kil. distant. At Viko, a road (64 kil.) branches off to Tovpe (well-preserved star ch.), Aal, and Hoi, and terminates at Gndbrandsgaard. Mtn.- paths thence to the N. end of the Hardanger (to Ose), and to the southernmost arm of the Sogne ( Aurland). Grand mtn. scenery.] The road soon leaves the Halling¬ dal river and ascends the Hemscdal, or valley of the Hcmsil, which, at the point where it is crossed, forms a waterfall, and joins the main river. A steep ascent is made up the long zigzags cut out of the Golsbakke (which a pedestrian can avoid by tak¬ ing the old road). The site of the old Gol star ch., now near Christiania, and replaced locally by a new one, will be seen half-way up. On the 1. rises the Skogshorn (5641 ft.), the road running up a pretty pass. Pass¬ ing over to the E. bank of the Hem- sil, and driving through a somewhat monotonous tract, the end of the stage will be at Kleven (in Gol) (16 kil.) Toler¬ able quarters. Scenery uninteresting. 56 Route 10 .—Christiania to Bergen . [At Ekre (4 kil.) 2 min.-paths will bring t;he pedestrian into the Yalders route in 12 to 14 lirs.] The Veslehorn rises to the 1., and from it falls the Hornsfos in 4 streams, which are very pretty in the early part of summer. Passing Hemsedal ch., and crossing over the Tromselv, the halt will be at Fauske ( Tnf) (20 kil.) Com¬ fortable quarters. Good trout-fishing in the 2 rivers close to the farm, and in a lake 6^ kil. distant. Good reindeer¬ shooting in the district. Between Grondalen (rt.) and Morkedalen (1.) rises the Karistolberg peak in solitary grandeur. [Road and mtn. paths to Nystuen on Yal¬ ders route in about 16 hrs.J Hence the road ascends steeply the Morkedal, a desolate but grand-look¬ ing valley. A little beyond this stat. the Hemsil forms to the 1., close to the road, the pretty Bjukande (steam¬ ing) fos, of no great height, and which can be reached by a path made and maintained by the Norwegian Tourist Association. This fall must not be confounded with the great and the small Rjukan falls in Telemarken. In about 8 hrs. (the stage being a long and difficult one) the traveller reaches Bjoberg (20 kil., pay for 30 to Tuf). Although as yet only a solitary hospice, with dreary surroundings, the accommodation is neat, clean, and comfortable. It lies 3323 ft. above sea-level. Good centre for reindeer- shooting and trout-fishing close by. [The Bjobergnut (5750 ft.) can be ascended in 2 hrs. Nystuen (on Yalders route) cau be reached, via the Elchevand, within a day. Maristuen (on same route) is 22 kil. distant by a mtn.-path.] After "'passing many sceters, a pillar will be seen (about 7 kil.) ! marking the boundary between the ! “Stiffs” of Christiania and Bergen. I It is erected on the Eldrehaug, a | remnant of moraines of the glacial period, and which forms the water¬ shed between the Drammen and the Sogne fjords. The road, more level, runs along the shore of the Eldre- j vand , affording a view of the Juke- legg (0288 ft.) At about 10 kil. the summit of the road (3788 ft.), the highest in Norway, is surmounted. After a rapid descent, and crossing Draugheller bridge, the traveller alights at Breistolen (15 kil., pay for 22). Comfortable mtn. quarters, with rein¬ deer-stalking facilities. From this stat. the river is kept to the 1. At a steep part of the descent (partly in zigzags) at Berstolen , the Berstolfos (worth seeing) is a few minutes’ walk (rt.) from the road (from which it is not visible). Scenery on this stage exceedingly wild and grand. Descending at last a long hill, to Borlo bridge, the traveller joins the Valders route at Kaeg (12 kil., pay for 15). (See Rte. 8 for continuation of journey to Laerdalsoren and Bergen.) ROUTE 10. CHRISTIANIA TO BERGEN, vid LAKE SPIRILLEN, VALDERS , 1 AND L.ERDALS- OREN. (By rail, str., and road.) [The map will show that, after leaving the rly. from Christiania, this route lies between the Randsfjord and the Kroderen lakes, and joins the main Valders rd. at Frydenluiid stat. The road from the head of the Spiril- len (or Sperillen) is not, however, so good as that from the 2 other paralh 1 lakes. It will be taken chiefly by those who are already acquainted with the other routes. If the water be not low in the Spirillen (respecting which inquire at Christiania), the journey can be accomplished in about the same time as in Rtes. 8 and 9, in the following sections : * Indilferently written Vatdres or Valders. 57 Route 10 .—Spirillen ; Nces ; Sorum. Dist. Time Cost kil. about kr. Christiania to Heen, by rail (on line to Rands- fjord) . 131 4j hrs. 1 Heen to Sorum by !■ 9.80 &tr. • • • • 56 5^ hrs. ) Sorum to Frvdenlund, 1 by road Frvdenlund to Lmrdals- 51 ! 1 r 2-3 dys. 42. oren, by road 162 1 J 1 Lierdalsdren to Bergen, by str. 230 20 hrs. 12.40 Total . 630 4-5 dys. 64.20 The posting-rates are the same as in the 2 preceding Routes, but the number of horses (between the Spirillen and Frydenlund) is more limited.] (For journey to Hein stat. see Rte. 7.) A str. awaits the train on Lake Spiriden, and gives ample time for luncheon before embarking at the hotel, to and from which passengers are rowed in boats ; and there is also a good Restaurant on board. In case of detention at Heen, a trip can be made to Honefos (Rte. 7) by road (6 kil.), or by a path along the river- bank. The str. ascends the Bcegna river (locally called the Aadals-elv) between high and wooded banks. The first stoppage is at Skollerud , Aadalens ch. being seen to the rt. Soon after, the strength of the current and the wind¬ ings of the channel give interest to the voyage, which is for a few mo¬ ments interrupted at Bergsund farm, and again at Flaskerud. In 2k hrs. from Heen, the rapid Kongstrom is encountered, the str. having some difficulty (aggravated by floating logs) in entering SPIRILLEN, a pretty lake, about 26 kil. in length and 13 sq. m. in area. It lies 535 ft. above sea-level, and is con¬ sidered to be more picturesque than the Randsfjord. The foot of the steep Bamberg (1690 ft.) will soon be passed (beyond Viker and Enger), and the course up the lake continued towards Treknatten fjeld (about 3900 ft.) in Hedalen, of which a view opens out. The str. next stops at * Pay for 174 kil. Naes (Ncesmoen) , at the head of the lake (to which there is a good road from Heen), and enters the Bcegna river, Nces ch. being on the rt. against a background of mtns. Passing under a long wooden bridge, passengers are set down at Granum (4£ hrs.) A good station, reached by a good road when the str. pro¬ ceeds no farther than Nass at low water. [An interesting Excursion (11 kil.) can be made hence (or from Sorum , see below) to the Heclalm Slav ch., about 600 yrs. old, al¬ though the aisles apparently date from the 17tli cent. It is connected with a tradition (current elsewhere in Scandinavia) relating to the Plague of 1349-50, when the entire valley is asserted to have been depopulated. A considerable time later, some hunters came across the ch., and found under its altar a bear, which they shot, and the skin of which is shown hanging on a wall. Its authen¬ ticity is, however, more than doubtful. There is some tine carving in the porch. The Tretnat (see above) can be easily ascended from this stat.] Depth of water permitting, the str. proceeds through a tortuous channel marked out by poles. On the rt. will be passed the pretty Fagernes farm¬ house, and on the 1. rises majestic¬ ally the Valdershorn. Stemming next the Valdersstrom, the str., under favourable circumstances, reaches its destination at Sorum. Good quarters. The ex¬ cursion to Hedalen ch. may be made hence in about 7 hrs. Fine views on road. Here (if not commenced earlier) the posting begins. [Bennett's carriages and carrioles (but few horses) available, even for the entire journey to Lmrdalsbren, &c.] On the first part of the stage, up the Baegna valley, N. Hedalen Ch. will be passed, a road running off (1.) to the old ch. (21 kil.) above de¬ scribed. Beyond, the Muggedola river is crossed, the stupendous Morkollen cliff being left behind. The road then runs across broad heaths, and, after becoming slightly undulated, brings the traveller to Garthus (18 kil.) Thence it runs past the old Storsveen hotel (5 kil.), and, after surmounting a small hid, 53 Route 11 .— The Jotunheim crosses the Holera river, which falls here into the Baegnaas a fos. The valley contracts between steep rocks, and the road leaves the rt. side of the Bsegna over a bridge, beneath which is the pretty Storebrufos, close to Fjeldheim stat. (17 kil.) Good quarters. [Close to Bang ch., a little beyond the stat., on the 1. bank of the river, is the Krcemmer- moen Pension (worked in connection with that of BreidoUik , Ete. 8). Near is a huge stone ( Kongsten ) in which inscriptions and effigies have been cut relating to various Norwegian kings, and to the artist himself (Ole Donhaug, who died 1880). On the rt. side of the river, on an eminence (4 kil. from the stat.), is the curious old ch., newly restored, of Renli, attributed to the middle of the 13tli cent. Its ground-plan differs en¬ tirely from that of other star chs., and its open roof has been, fortunately, preserved. There is a good posting-road from Fjeld¬ heim to Jonsaasen Sanatorium. (9 kil.), and to Sveen stat. (see Ete. 8).] The splendid new road runs along the Bsegna, and from its highest point a view is obtained of the broad Val- ders valley. The summits of the Jotunheim mtns. enclose the Ostre Slidre valley. A gentle descent is then made down the Tonsaas, and the views become more and more beautif ul until the great Valders main road is reached at FRYDENLUND (16 kil.) (For continuation of journey, see Rte. 8.) ROUTE 11. THE JOTUNHEIM. This remarkable region was un¬ known to the outside world until 1820, but has lately become a favourite tourist-ground. (For a general geographical description, see Introduction'. “Geography,” &c.) [The British tourist will more easily under¬ stand its limits by drawing a line from the head of the Lyster fjord branch of the Sogne fjord (Skjolden) S.S.E. to the N. end of the Aardalsvand, thence E. following the river, connecting this line with the Tyin lake; thence along the banks of this lake N.E. to Bygdin lake; thence follow Bygdin lake E. to its end, and turn N. to the E. extremity of the Gjende (or Gjendin) lake and follow the river Sjoa N.N.W. nearly to Bjolstad ; then turn W. to the Tesse vand and follow the Smaadal, which runs nearly parallel to the Yaage vand, but turns up N.W. towards Lorn ; then cross the water¬ shed into theBoverdal above Ebiseim; fol'ow that valley and continue S.W. by the For- tunsdal to the starting-place at the head of the Lyster fjord. This will include an area of nearly 1500 sq. m. This space is oc¬ cupied by an irregularly distributed group of mtns., with highland valleys between them that radiate and zigzag in every conceivable direction. It is not a chain of mtns. nor the spur-lines of any chain, but a medley of mtns., valleys, tarns, torrents, and glaciers, includ¬ ing the highest peaks of the Scandinavian penin. The mtns. are designated, accord¬ ing to their shapes, as “ Tind ” or “ Pig ” (peak), “ Nceb” (beak), “Horn ” (horn), “Ho” (high plateau), “ Nos ” (nose). The inter¬ mediate tarns, or lakes, are, as in other parts of Norway, indifferently indicated by the terminal of “ Vand ” or “Sj6” the glaciers as “ Brce ” (pi. Bnver), and small accumulations of permanent snow or ice as “ Hul ” (pi. Huller). The whole region is uninhabited excepting during the summer months, when certain oases of pasturage are denuded of their usual snow-covering, and the cattle are driven there, and cheese-making is conducted in the smter-huts. These and the Fjeldloeyer and Route 11 .—Approaches to the Jotunheim. 59 “ Tourist boder ” (wooden houses erected by the Tourist Association) are the only quarters obtainable. The “Tourist boder” have been greatly improved, and several of them afford good quarters. The whole region is considerably elevated, is snowed up till about the end of June, and snow remains in all the shady hollows throughout the year. The valleys descend ( but exceptionally) lower than 3000 ft. above the sea, and their upper gorges or connecting passes (Band), rising to 5000 ft. and more, are for the most part filled with perpetual snow. There are, however, many true glaciers in the “ Jotunheim — i.e. valleys filled with blue crevassed down-flowing ice, the overflow of greater accumulations above. But these glaciers are generally inferior to those of the Jostedal and Folgefonn. “ Jotunheim,” or home of the Jotuns (giants), is properly used as the name of this region or district, and “ Jotunfjelde ” for the mtns. of Jotunheim, Jotunfjeld being the singular. They include about 120 mtns., having an elevation of between 6000 and 8000 ft.; three-fourths of these are between 6000 and 7000, and the other fourth above 7000 ft. high. The highest is the G-aldhopig, 8397 ft., and the Glitretind is but 17 ft. lower, viz. 8380 ft. The heights of other mtns. will be given below. Some are snow-topped, but the majority culminate in dark rocky pyramids projecting above the surrounding snow. All the valleys are paths of brawling torrents, or rivers of considerable width ; the water of which, coming from the melting ice and snow, is always thick and muddy in the summer. These have to be crossed by wading or by stepping from boulder to boulder, or by the help of trunks of trees thrown across, excepting in the places where the Tourist Association has constructed bridges for the benefit of tourists. It is in the Jotunheim that the value of this excellent institution is best displayed. Food should be carried. In the huts erected by the Association will be found cooking utensils and fuel; milk, cheese, and fiadbrod in most of the suffers. Only a few years ago carrioles or any other wheeled vehicles could not be used in the Jotunheim. Some highways have now been constructed between the great lakes and in connection with the main posting-routes. But in general the pedestrian is paramount here. As Norwegian ponies are wondrous climbers, most of the following routes from place to place, and even some of the mtn. ascents, may be done on horseback, with occasional descent from the saddle at the steeper portions of a track. None but experienced mountaineers should attempt any of the routes through this region without a guide. A compass is indispens¬ able. The usual fee for a guide is about 4 kr. per day. British and American travellers must remember that Norwegian guides are com- ( monly landed proprietors, and not mere I luggage-porters. They will carry a knapsack j of moderate weight (up to about 20 lbs.), and ■ exert themselves willingly to diminish the < tourist’s fatigue, but will not be imposed upon. If 2 tourists engage 1 guide, he will uot carry the 2 knapsacks. All the routes have been treated below, as they may be done by average pedestrians. A horse will in most cases traverse the ground a little quicker, but of course at a foot’s pace.] Approaches to the Jotunheim. The irregular grouping of the mtns. and of the contingent network of the courses of rivers and valleys is so complete that it is not easy, or, indeed, possible, to divide this district into symmetrical main or branch routes, or to carry out any consistent principle in the arrangement of ex¬ cursions. The following include the chief approaches to the wild snow- clad peaks and valleys in this gener¬ ally described route: A. From the Gudbrandsdal, by 3 different ways (Rte. 12). B. From the Sognefjord (Rte. 26). C. From the Romsdal (Rte. 12). D. From Sondmore (Rtes. 12 and 31). E. From Valders, by 2 different ways (Rtes. 8 and 10). A. From the GUDBRANDSDAL. (a) Via Gausdal,Espedalen, Sikils- dalen to Gjende. —The route branches off 6 kil. from Lillehammer , and turns to the 1., crossing the Laagen river, and through the Gausdal valley, where clean accommodation will be found at the following stats.: Diserud (12 kil.) Veisten (15 kil.) Moen (11 kil.) Kvisberg- (17 kil.) Hence a very bad road up steep hills to Dalbakken (2 hrs.) Interesting Cauldrons at Helvedeskjedelen . At Dalbakken boats are always available for crossing over the Espedalsvand (1.60 kr. for 1 person or 1 kr. for each). In less than 4 hrs. the old Nickel-works will be reached. Thence another boat over Bredsjoen lake, to Veltvolden (1^ hr.), where a boat must be ordered for crossing the next lake. Beyond, \ hr. walk, and then across Olstappen lake to the 60 Route 11 .—The Jotunheim. small but good inn at Haagaadcn j (5^ hrs. from Dalbakken). Thence j it is a walk of 30 min. to the Slangen lake (quarters). The 2 lakes of Slangen and Krokloen are crossed in ^ an hr. The tourist then walks to Hinogleli sjeter, and, crossing the Hinogle river to the Flysceter, thence through the beautiful Sikilsdal valley to the Sikildalssceter (good quarters), in 5-6 hrs. from Haagaaoen. (Horse to Gjendesheim, 6 kr.) There is a track along the 2 small Sikilsdalen lakes (which can be traversed by boat), at the end of which a path leads up to a pass in the hillsanddown again. Snehcetta is seen to the rt. Thence down and across the Sjoa river (new bridge, 1892), to Gjendesheim,# 5 hrs. from Sikils- dals sa3ter. Another path leads from the pass down to the Store Sjodalsvand, which may be crossed by boat to Bessheim. (b) Via Vaage and Randsvcerk .— From Ete. 12, 3 easy carriole-routes branch off W., converging at Sorem (good quarters): 1. From Storklevstad, through the Hedal (crossing the Laagen river at Kolo Bro), up to the excellent stat. Bjblstad (29 kil.), with interesting wooden houses from the 17th and 18th cent. Thence a hilly road to Snerle (17 kil., pay for 18 in the opposite direction). Sorem (7 kil.) Near Vaage ch. and the Vaagevand. Near Sorem is the ancient estate of Sandbu , the seat of one of the chief families of the characteristic peasant-nobility of the Gudbrandsdal; now cut up into farms. Haakenstad , another estate in the neighbourhood of Sorem, is the seat of a peasant family of which the pedigree dates from the 15th cent. 2. From Bredevangen (or Moen) a good road runs to Aasoren (11 kil.) Snerle (16 kil.) Soiem (7 kil.) 3. From Laurgaard there is a hilly road over Vaagerusten pass to Sorem (21 kil.) From Sdrem the road crosses the river Otta and then turns W. To the 1. is Klungnces farm. On the S. bank of the Vaagevand lies Valle Odegaard (10 kil.) No stat.; horses always provided from Sorem for the whole road to Besstrand sfeter. Here the road to Gjendesheim branches off S. to the Storvik sceter (18 kil.from Sorem), a halting-place. Thence to the Randsvcerk saeters (11 kil.) (rest again). The road then runs over into the broad valley of the Sjoa (Sjodal) to Hindsceter (quarters), 18 kil. from Eandsvserk. In 1 hr. thence Russlien saster is reached, and in 1| hr. the Besstrandsceter , where the road ends. From this point the Store Sjodalsvand is crossed by boat (1| hr.), or by walking along its bank in the same time to Bessheim. Good quarters; these are found also at Bessescetcr. From Bessheim, hilly path, in ^ hr. to Gjendesheim, splendidly situated at the E. end of the famous Gjende (Gjendin). (c) Via Roiseim. — By the 3 pre¬ viously mentioned carriole-routes to Sorem. Thence along the S. bank of the Vaagevand to Valle Odegaard , and on to Garmo (20 kil.) Then a hilly road to Andvord (15 kil.) Curious old Stav ch. of Lorn (see Ete. 12). [The Lomsegg may be ascended from And¬ vord in about 4 hrs. Splendid view of the (xaldhopig and of the other mtns. of the N. branches of the Jotunheim; also of the Rondane. Prom Andvord towards the S. the road runs up the narrowilovra, along the icy Bovra river. The Galdho, the massive base of the Galdhb- pig, is well seen from a turn in the road.] Roiseim # (14 kil.) The best head¬ quarters for the N.part of the Jotun¬ heim. B. From the S0GNEFJ0RD. (■//' \ddqgddrcl \j(y y faadeid Brednh \ar,L. < t Into dden \ Sitedcd. ikioi'virttf^ Shop an; < ten ■iO’tl’Si Mo.id PI Fyldpcui - Yevaag' JLopC. cirpstyoi Slgebhg lyontuiraa fio/tc l S>nn ■oTpud, md %/ysen y vresdaZ idetrnteffgFjeldei Bufckm I Bv itinitso r-. ivleri ks’ + Cvix I'.wdjiif'lo fraud }■'• Belle 'BpvedaZ Itan d -b o ok Map of NORWAY, SOUTH orIROADHJEM Osternsor yy fSeta no Soflaji, Osterhu iotLaml 'Url'reto Reference : Carriage Roods Foot Paths Railroads & Stations . „ m construction Churches E. (Eht) - River V. fVandJ\ s.rsoi r- LaJ ™ F 1 ? = Fjord* F li IFjehU = Mountain esjiho Fleldc UirviJc List*' Kilometres. London John Murray , Albenuxrl^etStreet/. F S. Weller 159 Route 36 .— Trondhjem, the richest library in Norway after that of the Christiania University. The Collection of Antiquities (prin¬ cipally from the Nordenfjeldske part of the country) is a very comprehen¬ sive supplement to the museums at Christiania and Bergen. It is open daily in summer, as is also the Zoological collection, in which are interesting specimens of the birds of Norway. A Stav-ch. (about 700 years old) has been re-erected in the grounds of the Scientific Society. 6. Several charitable Institutions in various parts of the town are due to the beneficence of Thomas Angell (see “ Cathedral ”). The city contains a large engine- factory (on the banks of the Nid), several breweries, distilleries, paper- mills, and shipbuilding yards. 7. The pride of the citizens is not so much in their public buildings as in the splendid works along the shore of the fjord which protect the new Harbour. The Stats, of the 2 Hallways (to Christiania and to Stock¬ holm) are in the immediate vicinity of the harbour quays. Beyond the suburb of Baklandet, on the rt. bank of the Nid, the city is commanded by a chain of hills, and on one of them, about 20 min. walk from the bridge, is the old fort or citadel of Christiansten, erected 1680. The ugly white powder-maga¬ zine within its walls is a conspicuous object from all parts of the fjord; there is nothing to be seen in it, but the ramparts afford a good view of the city. The military importance of the fort has disappeared. It is now used only as a saluting and fire- alarm battery. Environs. (a) Munkholm (20 min. by rowing- boat, fare 1| to 2 kr.) (No permission required, but the soldier who acts as guide should receive a small fee.) This small island rock stands oppo¬ site the city, in the centre of the fjord. The fortifications date from 1659. Canute the Great (1028) founded a monastery of Benedictines here, the first of that order estab¬ lished in Norway. A low round tower is all that remains of it. In a small gloomy chamber in it the prime minister of Christian V. of Denmark,' Count Peder Griffenfeld (Peter Schu¬ macher), was immured from 1680 to 1698, dying in Trondhjem shortly after his release. A small tablet in an embrasure bears the name and date, and marks the position of a deep rut which he made by pacing up and down, but the wall and flooring have been repaired. This fortress has been dismantled, and there are only a few men on it to attend to the lighthouse and to the few guns used for salutes. Some of the old cannon and gun- carriages are exposed. The view on all sides over the fjord from the grass- grown ramparts is exceedingly pretty. It is still the dark solitary rock which Victor Hugo has described in his “ Hans of Iceland.” ( b ) Lerfossen (5 kil.) Two beau¬ tiful falls, formed by the Nid, S. of the city. The lower fall—Lille Ler- fos—is about 105 ft. high. The upper fall—Store Lerfos—nearly 1^ kil. beyond, is smaller and less grand. The local Tourist Association has made a road by which these water¬ falls can be closely approached, and also built a tourist-hut. The salmo?i-fishing in the pools below the lower fall is sometimes good, and available on application locally. These are the best of the 8 falls which the river Nid makes in its course of 24 kil. from Lake Saelbo. It is a pretty excursion up this valley and across the lake from Teigen to Kvello , and thence by land to Stjor- dal. on the Trondhjem fjord, and back to the city by land or water. 1 1 For details of these and other excursions consult the English edition of .4 Guide to Trondhjem and its Environs , published by the local Tourist Association. 160 Route 37 .—Trondhjem to StockJcolm. (c) To Saelbo (Selbu) and Tydalen. This excursion can be made in a couple of days. From Heimdal stat., on the Chris¬ tiana rly., Teigen can be reached on foot, or by carriole from Esp posting- stat. to Brettun (17 kil., pay for 21), both places being at the W. end of the Scelbo-Sjd, about, 30 kil. long, on which a small str. plies almost daily. At the S.E. end of the lake, near Saelbo ch., are Marieborg and the Saelbo Sanatorium# (Kvello farm), much frequented for the salubrity and beauty of its situation, and for the cheap and good accommodation it affords. Hence the picturesque and well- cultivated Tydal valley can be reached. In 1718 the greater part of a Swedish army, retreating from Trondhjem, was frozen to death on the Tydal mtns. (d) Graakal, a mtn. 1840 ft. in height, about 11 kil. W. of Trond¬ hjem, commands a fine view, and can be ascended (without a guide) in about 5 hrs. there and back. In addition to many others, charm¬ ing excursions may also be made by boat up the Trondhjem fjord, and also down it to the sea-coast, where the wild-fowl shooting is good. Travellers who, on going north¬ wards, intend to land on the coast for fishing or shooting, or for exploring the interior, should take with them from Trondhjem such store of pre¬ served meats and wine, &c., as they may require. A few candles in the latter end of Aug. or the beginning of Sept, will be found of use. [For ccrmnumications with the N., and for the rly. to Stockholm, see time-tables and the succeeding Routes.] ROUTE 37. TBONDHJEM TO STOCKHOLM. (By rail.) [Distance to Stockholm 854 kil.; fare 47 kr.; time 59 hrs. From the middle of June to | the end of Sept, a through train runs in 31J hrs. The Norwegian section of this line ! ends at Storlien , 106 kil. Fare 5.30 kr. and ! 5.84 kr.; time 4£ hrs.] i From the central stat., close to the steamship quays, the line crosses, by a swinging bridge, the Nid, and soon passes Lade Ch. (1.) W. of it is a I site of the same name anciently j occupied by the residence of the i Earls of Lade, but on it only a large wooden building is now to be seen. Being only 3 kil. from the city, Bade, is frequently the object of a walk, principally for the sake of a fine view of the fjord. The first stat. is Leangen (3 kil.), beyond which Rotvold lunatic asylum is passed. The line winds along the bays of j the fjord, on the opposite (1.) side of j which pretty hamlets will be seen, j A stoppage is made at Ranheim (7 kil.) A cellulose wood- pulp-mill, a Hour-mill, and other factories are established here. A short way beyond, the Froeten and Auran fjords open out, and after passing through a long cutting the train again draws up, at Malvik (15 kil.) With the Ch. of that name to the rt., the shore of the fjord is still skirted, with a view of the Forborfjcld (1935 ft.) and Stji'rr- dalshalsen to the 1. on the other side of the fjord. At the head of a bay is the stat. of Routed.—Hommelvih ; Meraher ; Storlien. 161 Hommelviken * (23 kil.) There is ! a considerable export here of timber from Sweden ; also smelting works. [A zigzag road leads hence to Viken (12 kil.); Fuglem (12 kil.); and Marienborg, on Selbu lake (7 kil.) (see last Route).] There is a lovely view here of the fjord. On the other side of the bay rises the Gjevingaas, under which the line, blasted out of the rock, passes. At the end of a short tunnel, the broad Stjordal valley opens out, and the train soon stops at Hell (32 kil.) A bridge spans here the mouth of the Stjordals-elv, in which is good salmon-fishing (see “ Sport,” in Introduction). At the back of the Stjordalshals (2 kil.) will be seen the Forbordfjeld already men¬ tioned. [A posting-road here (N.) to Levanger (see next Route), and S. to Selbu (see previous Route).] Vcernes ch. will next be passed on the rt., and Lunke chapel on the 1. bank of the river, the 1. side of which the line follows, opening out striking views of the wide valley, to Hegre (42 kil.), where there is a ch. of the same name. The line winds up the valley past several large farms. Contracting where the Forra falls into the Stjordals-elv , it widens again at Floren (57 kil.) Beyond this stat. the valley again contracts, forming occasionally recesses occupied by farms. Rivulets come down the sides of the valley, partly in small cascades, through deep gullies worn in the rock. The Reinaa falls on the 1. into the valley, which is very narrow up to Gudaaen (72 kil.), where the river of i that name is crossed. Beyond, the ' train is carried over the Stjordals-elv ! by a long bridge, and after passing through a tunnel it ascends with a long curve and, crossing the Lilleaa , runs on to MERAKER (81 kil.), alt. 720 ft. This is a very pretty and thriving- looking hamlet, with one of the most j ] Norway —1897.] beautiful and impressive views on the line. The surrounding wooded hills are low, but there are mtns. of some height in the background. There is an old copper-mine in the valley. [.Shooting and Fishing. —In this neighbour¬ hood is the large estate of Statsraad Astrup. The elk-shooting and the salmon and trout fishing on it are excellent. At present leased.] From this stat. the line ascends considerably. To the 1. will be passed the valley of the Daleaa, after which the Kobberaa will be crossed, with the Fonnfjeld, Midtfjeld, and Mand- fjeld in view. The Tevla issues out of the Tevldal to the rt., flowing partly through a pretty pine-forest. In the background of that valley will be visible the Snasahogarne , in Sweden. There is a small stat. at Torvmodalen , and soon the last farms in Norway will be passed. The Skurdalsaa, which rises in the Skur- dalsjo, above the Skursdals port, will be crossed, and in a narrow part of the valley the Swedish frontier will be traversed (102^ kil. from Trondhjem) at a height of 1948 ft. above sea- level. The boundary is marked by a broad cutting in the pine-forest, seen from either side of the carriage. The train then approaches a high precipice on the bank of the Tevla, which forms a small waterfall called Helvetet. The river is crossed several times before the train reaches STORLIEN* (106 kil.), the first stat. in Sweden, where luggage is ex¬ amined. Buff. good. [For excursion to the grand Skurdalsport (3 hrs. there and back), and for remainddr of journey to Stockholm, see Handbook for Sweden.] 162 Route 38 .—Trondhjem to Namsos. ROUTE 38. TRONDHJEM TO NAMSOS, Vld LEVANGER AND STENKJiER. (By str. and road,) [Distance, 213 (210) kil. ; approximate posting-expense, 41 kr. The posting-road (“fast ” stats.) can be joined from Hell stat. (see last Route). It is less fatiguing to take the daily str. to Levanger (4-4^hrs.),or even to Stenkjter (10 to 12 lirs.) (For strs. consult Bennett's time-tables.) The scenery is more enjoyable by the sea-route.] 1. Posting-route to Levanger, Stenkj/ER, and Namsos. Leaving Trondhjem on the E. side, the road continues near the S.E. bank of the vast Trondhjem fjord and its branches, through a rich, j fertile, and highly cultivated district, but much broken with hills and I masses of rocks. The road is very steep in many places. Numerous little land-locked bays are passed, which are highly picturesque. The lateral valleys, each with its river, are fine, and afford ample occupation for the angler. The stages are : Haugan (15 kil.) The Stjbrdals-elv is crossed by a bridge at Hell (see previous Route). Stjordal is the largest of the lateral valleys on this side of the Trondhjem fjord. It runs about 9G kil. up the country, and its beauti¬ ful stream abounds in trout. Salmon are also caught in it. Sandfaerhus (18 kil.) The road from Haugan here is excellent. Travellers should telegraph for a conveyance to meet them at Hell. It was here that in 1612, during the war between Christian IV. of Den¬ mark and Gustavus Adolphus of Sweden, Col. Monnicliofen, after an ineffectual attempt upon Trondhjem, landed the Dutch troops he had raised for the service of the Swedish king. He marched up this valley without opposition, seized upon and permanently annexed to Sweden the 2 provinces of Jemtland and Her- gedalen; and then, moving upon Stockholm, relieved Gustavus Adol¬ phus from a critical position and enabled him to arrange advantageous terms of peace with Denmark. 1 From Sandfaerhus a good new road leads through Stjordalshalsen , prettily situated in a bay of the fjord, and over a well-cultivated tract of country, with the fine Forbordfjeld (1935 ft.) to the rt. After a descent, another ascent is made by long zig- z,ags to Shatvold ch. } whence it is only a short way to Forbord (10 kil., pay for 11). Vordalen (12 kil.) A road runs off here to a pretty promontory on the fjord, while the main road continues up the valley past the pretty hamlet of Aasen , close to the Hammer Vand . Next, after passing the Nesvand, the stage ends at Nordre Skjerve (14 kil.) Thence, Skogn ch. will be passed, and Eidsbotnen, a bay of the fjord, reached. A large public Hospital will be seen at the S. end of the bay, of which the scenery is very pretty. The last part of the road is along the shore of a lake and past the large farm of Mo, which lies close to LEVANGER* (11 kil.) This town (pop. 900) is built, in lovely scenery, on the E. shore of the Vcerdals fjord , a branch of the Trondhjem fjord. The harbour, which is accessible even in winter, since the fjord never freezes, is the most sheltered of all the inlets on 1 For an account of the Scottish expedition which was to have been made in combination with the Dutch levies, 6ee Rte. 12. Route 38 .—Vcerdcilsoren ; Stenkjcer 163 the eastern coast of the fjord, and is consequently a great place of resort for fishing-vessels. Swedes come across the fjeld in great numbers when the snow makes the transport of heavy goods practicable on sledges. The fairs, held in December and March, are attended by Laplanders and natives of Finmark, who bring to them products of the chase, &c. [Excursion's.— Many charming trips can be made from Levanger. A walk or drive (about 11 kil.) round the Eidsbotnen is recommended. Beautiful views will be obtained from Hejeraas and Kjolaas (whence 7 Chs. are visible) and from several other places at a distance of 2 to 5 kil. Fishing. —There are numerous lakes in the mtns. to the E. where large trout and fine char can be taken. Very good fishing at the head of the Vasrdal (see below). Shooting. — Bears , elk, and ptarmigan abundant.] [Road to Sweden. This runs up the rich and beautiful Veer dal valley, along the S. bank of the Vcera-elv (trout). The stats, are : Nes (14 kil., pay for 15); Games (11 kil.) ; and Sulstuen (19 kil., good quarters). From G-arnes the road follows the course of the Inna river, up a narrow glen. From Sulstuen, one of two roads can be taken: (1) over St. Olaf s bridge across the Inna, which flows out of Inna lake , to Sandviken (15 kil., but pay for 18 kil.), and thence across the frontier to Maelen in Jemtland (17 kil., pay for 19); (2) by the older (not equally good, but more frequented) road to Skalstugan, in Jemtland (good quarters), and thence by way of Stalltjernslugan to Duj red rly. stat., about CO kil. from Sulstuen. Lapp encamp¬ ments are generally to be found in summer in the neighbourhood of Skalstugan, whence a mtn.-path leads to the Skalsjo (at an elevation of about 1900 ft.) That lake is crossed by boat to a point whence (with a guide) the Lapps will be sought. Travellers should be provided with veils, gloves, &c., against mosquitoes. Another fine excursion can be made from Sulstuen by a mtn.-patli to Fcersdalen, at the E. end of the Ecersjo lake; quarters (with trout-fishing) at Nbstnib. Near the lake are the Kjblehaugene (4100 ft.) and Hermansnas (3400 ft.) On its N. bank are the remains of entrenchments thrown up during the Swedish invasion in 1718. It is an easy day's walk hence (and a fine excursion) to Meraker rly. stilt, (see preceding Route), via Bratbakken, E. of the Fund fib.) From Levanger the road is flat. After a slight ascent the fine Vcerdal comes into view. The soil becomes very good, and the country less rugged. Cultivation extends in all directions, over hill and dale, and luxuriant crops are produced, in¬ cluding hops. Crossing Bindleret (a cavalry drill- ground) and passing the road which turns off (rt.) to Sweden (see above), a long bridge over the VcercLcil river will be passed, and the end of the stage reached at Vserdalscren # (12 kil.) [From Vserdalsoren a road leads E. to Stiklestad (4 kil., pay for 5 kil.), a hamlet of large well-built farms, and celebrated m Norwegian history as being the place where St. Olaf was slain in battle, a.d. 1030. A. stone Obelisk to his memory will be seen on a hill, a little to the rt., whence a pretty view is obtained, particularly of the large Ekle farm. In the spring of 1893 a great disaster happened to this valley, caused by a sinking of the ground or landslide, by which a num¬ ber of farms entirely disappeared. More than 100 people perished in the catastrophe. After this calamity the fine valley presents a strange and distressing sight. The Ch. at Stiklestad is of stone, and of the 12th cent. The S. entrance has a fine round arch, with peculiar fillet ornaments, similar to those in the transept of the catli. at Trondhjem. The vestry-door is orna¬ mented in the same manner. The altar stands on the spot on which St. Olaf was killed. The distance hence to Stenkjcer, via Leks- dalen, is about 27 kil., and therefore shorter than by returning to Vasrdalsbren and rejoin¬ ing the main road.] From Vterdalsoren the road runs along level ground, passing a road (1.) which leads to Tronces (a stat. of the strs.), and another that runs to Stik¬ lestad, through the Leksdctl. Skirt¬ ing the fjord, Salberg ch. (8 kil.) is reached. Hence is a road to Inderoen. To the 1. of the ch. is Hylla (also a steamship stat.), where a fine view is obtained of the fjord, the shore of which is now left. The stage ends at Roskje (18 kil.) The new road runs past Sparbuen ch., the site of a heathen temple. It then runs W. to the Bcitstad fjord, the shore of whic i is kept for rorae distance. The stage ends at STENKJJER it (17 kil.) This is a prettily situated town (1800 inhabi¬ tants), divided by the Bij-elv , which m 2 164 Route 38 .—Trondhjem to Namsos. runs out of the grand Snaasen-vand, and in which the trout-fishing is good. Stenkjaer is the terminal stat. of the Trondhjem str. (see below). [A road runs hence to the Snaasen-vand, which, having an area of 30 sq. m. and a length of about 37 kil., is the eighth in sire among Norwegian lakes. Surrounded by fine mtns., and affording good trout- | fishing, it is well worth visiting. The road | passes by farms, and Fossum, a pretty place between the Reins-vand and the Fossum-vand. The 1. shore of the latter is kept to Sunde (11 kil.) Good quarters. Hence a str. runs up the lake to Sem (good quarters) in 4^ hrs., stopping at several places. The chancel in Snaastn {Snasa) cli. (1 hr. there and back) is old, but the rest of it was erected in 1869. There is a pretty view from the ch. Prom Sem the traveller can drive to (11 kil.) Gravbrot (good quarters), where there are 2 pretty waterfalls. Here a horse can be hired (1,50 kr.) to take him in 2 hrs. to Blomsisceter, where a tourists' hut with 4 beds will be found. The Avdorfjeld (2795 ft.), rising above the sseter, can be ascended in 2 hrs. Splendid view from its suffer of the Snaasen valley and tgke. The fishing in the neighbouring Skorsjp (730 ft.) is rented by the Jndhered Tourist Association. The road from Stenkjmr to Fossland, in Namdalen , js 114 kil. long (posting about 21.50 kr.) It is the shoriest way to the Fiskem-fgs ip the upper part ©f Namdal I (see next Route). For other Views the | best points are Offer) fiatseji (1145 ft.), Skjdfte- haugen, and Vaatabakken pear Stenkjaer.] From Stenkjeer the road to Namsos ascends gradually in pretty scenery, mostly through pjne.-forests. A splendid view is obtained at Egge ch., beyond which a pretty valley is entered. After passing Kvam and Seeli farms, the fjord is lost to view. Skirting the Bongstadvfxnd a pretty view will be had from an elevation in the road (at about 6 kil. from the stat.) of Lornsen lake. The road to Snaasen (see above) now runs off to the rt., the main road continuing through forests and over marsh lands, with occasional large farms, until it begins to dip (affording a pretty glimpse of the Beitstadfjord) down to Ostvik (15 kil., pay for 17). Hence the fjord is skirted to Molde bridge, where the road curves round the head of the fjord, with Fosnces on a considerable height to the rt. The shore of the Beitstad fjord is next followed to Osen, at the most northerly extension of the Trond¬ hjem fjord, and then a small river as far as Sproten farm, where a descent is made into the hollow of a valley. Hence to abridge at Earning, where the road begins to wind in long zigzags, and then crosses a large t marsh, with farms on either side of the valley, to Elden (15 kil.) Good quarters. The traveller has now reached the Namdalseidc. A good deal of bog- land is passed on the next stage. Eldegi (Aas ) ch. will be seen to the 1. The Aargaard river will be crossed to Aargaard (12 kil.) in pretty scenery, and thence to Aasnces, where the Iryngen fjord, a small branch of the Namsen fjord, will be approached. Thence along the fjord and up a hill to Rodhammeren (17 kil.) Namsos can be reached hence by boat in about 5 hrs. (10 kr.) Leaving this pretty place, the road runs over hills (some heavy) to Bangsund (16 kil., pay for 22). The distance by water to Namsos is 12 kil. A branch of the Lyngen fjord is crossed here on the way to Spillum (17 kil.) Travellers often prefer to take a boat hence to Namsos (3 kil.) or to drive only to Strdmhylla, where there is a ferry across the Namsen river to NAMSOS (8 kil.) (For description see next Route.) 2. Str. to Levangep. and Stenkj^r. From Trondhjem the str. steers past Ladehammer into the broad Strindefjord, where (1.) will be seen the mouth of the Stjordal, with the conspicuous white tower of Vcemces ch., as well as Hommelvik, Gjcving- aas and Forbord mtns. This is sometimes a rough part of the pas¬ sage, but smooth water is reached between the point of the Frosten penin. and the desert island of Tautra. A little higher up will be | seen the ruins of an old monastery, 165 Route 39 .—Trondhjem to Namsos. secularised after the Reformation. A stoppage is made in 1^ hr. at Hoimberget, where passengers alight for Frosten. The road to Vordalen (see above) runs hence. After passing Faanaes and steering along the E. coast, the str. stops at Vestran, in a pretty bay, with a view of Ytteroen . Ekne cli. is next sighted, and the fertile and smiling district of Ind- hered reached. The str. then crosses over to Ytteroen island, on which are copper-mines, first worked in 1520, and stops either at Naust on the W., or (in 3f lirs. from the city) at Hokstad. Some of the strs. stop at places on the W. shore of the fjord, especially at Leksviken, in a pretty bay dotted with large farms. In the latter case they steer direct from Hoimberget, or stop at Vanvik and Hindrem. From Leksviken, the direct course to Stenkjcer is along the W. coast, and to the W. of Ytteroen. Stoppages are made in a bay on the mainland at Mosviken, from which point the Skarnsund is entered. From Ytteroen, where a view will be obtained of the Skjcekerhat , the fjord is crossed to Holsanden, in a bay on the main¬ land. Thence along a flat, well- cultivated coast, on which will be seen Alstahaug ch. A point is at last rounded, and a course taken to the rt., towards Levanger. Some¬ times the str. steers direct from Hokstad for LEVANGER, (about 4 hrs. from Trondhjem). The scenery is now charming, and on a fine summer’s day not to be surpassed in beauty. A stop¬ page is made at Skaances, close to Mindleret (see Posting-Route), and sometimes at Vmrdalsoren , the valley of that name opening out occasionally. Thence the course is over to Trones, or direct to Hylla (see Posting-Route). A view of tkeTrondhjemsfjord, and a glimpse of the Graakol. A pretty long spit of land which separates the Borgcn fjord from that of Trondhjem is next rounded, and Strommen (good quar¬ ters) passed on the way to Sundnaeshavn. Hence a road to the Rolsbakkerne, well known for the grand view afforded over Inderoen, Ytteroen , and the 2 fjords just mentioned. There is also a road to Vasrdalsoren (15 kil.), and another across the fertile Inderd penin., past Sahshaug ch. and the ruins of the older edifice, to Brakstad , &c. From Xjerringvik, to the rt., the Skarn¬ sund is re-entered, and a stoppage made at the pretty, well-cultivated point, Vennses, where the Beistad fjord opens out. To the 1. the Vcerrand- sund runs far inland. A stoppage is sometimes made at Skjelstad. Steer¬ ing to the rt., the str. stops again at Malm, or Kirkncesvaag, and pro¬ ceeds thence to STENKJ2ER (see above, Posting- Route). [Occasionally the str. goes up to Fomas , at the N. end“of the Beitstad fjord, where runs a road (12 kil.) to Elden (see above).] ROUTE 39. TRONDHJEM TO NAMSOS. (By str.) [Distance, 230 kil.; time, about 17 hrs.; fare, 12.40 kr. ; board, 5.50 kr. per day. This section of the Northern Coast Route is not of much interest, and if the voyage is to be con¬ tinued beyond Namsos it is advisable to take at once as much rest as possible, for the nights farther N. are very attractive in the height of summer. The mail strs. leave late at night. (Consult time-tables for sailings, which vary.) Berths should be secured on the previous day. There are telegraph stats, at most of the stopping-places.] From Trondhjem the str. makes first for Rauberget or Beian (see 166 Route 39 .—Trondhjem to Namsos. lite. 35), and puts in to a consider¬ able number of places which require no special mention. After passing the small Garten island, the course is inside Fosen (Stor Fosen ) island. The Orland, with its ch., and Ostraat farm will be to the rt., where soon the inlet to Bjugn fjord is reached. To the 1. will be seen the flat and bare Tarv islands, within which the str. proceeds after passing the high red Kjeunaren lighthouse. Farther N. very little shelter is afforded by the islets and rocks to the W. The rockv belt on the other side of the *j _ •• Fro-Hav is composed of the Fro Oer. The str. soon turns into the Valdersund (89 kil.) Jossund ch. on the E. side. Hence over a small open stretch of sea outside the mouth of the Aafjord , on the N. side of which will be seen high precipitous mtns. devoid of vegetation. Inside Lidnces and St ok islands is Stoksund. There are several large Caverns in this neighbourhood. An octangular Ch. will be seen here on the mainland. To the 1. is Almen- ning island , the quarries on which supplied white marble for the flooring, Ac., of Trondhjem cath. Crossing the Skjdrafjord, the str. reaches the well-sheltered harbour of Sydkrogo ( Kraako) (126 kil.) There is a very large Cavern here. Passengers will already have noticed the quaint Norcllandsjcegte, or vessels with a peculiar raised cabin and a high prow, and rigged with a square sail and a topsail. They are mostly laden with dried fish or timber for Bergen. A continued northerly course past Bjornbr ch. and across some more open sea, brings the str. inside Boro island and into the small shel¬ tered bay of Bessaker (141 kil.) Thence, the bare coast, fringed with islets and rocks, is kept close on the rt., and after passing Osen ch. the str. stops at Ramso (156 kil.) Here begins the open, sometimes uncomfortably bois¬ terous, stretch of sea called the Foldcn, which is entered after passing Rodo light. It takes, however, less than 2 hrs. to reach smooth and sheltered water again. In fine weather, the strs. steer inside a chain of rocks known as the Grundene. Rounding Villa lighthouse, the str. makes for Bjoro (192 kil.) Oysters are found here. The white marks on the rocks (and sometimes white planks in the water) are devices for attracting salmon to imaginary waterfalls, where they are met by nets. Steaming next inside some low-lying islands, with the Flatanger coast to the rt., the vessel turns into the Namsen fjord. Its shores have the same rocky character as the coast previously passed, the cliffs on the 1. side being the steepest. These in¬ crease in height as the fjord is ascended, and the scenery becomes altogether prettier. Far to the E. is visible the summit of the Gjeitfjeld. The mouth of the Lyngenfjord and several small islands will be left to the rt., and, steering for Mcerances headland, the str. soon runs into NAMSOS# (230 kil.) Brit. Vice- Consul. This is a town (1850 inha¬ bitants) charmingly situated at the mouth of the Namsen river. It has been almost entirely rebuilt after a great fire in 1872, which destroyed also a wood on the hills to the W. The new Ch. stands on a rocky eleva¬ tion in the centre of the town, from which a pretty walk can be taken along the posting-roads leading N. and E. The export trade is chiefly in timber. There are large Glass¬ works close by. The chief attraction of Namsos is its splendid salmon-river (see “ Ang¬ ling ” in Bitroduction), but, as all the fishing is leased to English sports¬ men and retained in very firm hands, no casual opportunities of casting a fly are available. Huge districts in Nordland have been leased by a Norwegian, who let3 out elk-shooting , principally to sportsmen from Germany. (Inquire at Namsos. Charges high.) The beautiful valley through which 167 Route 40 .—Namsos to Mosjoen. the river flows will be admired on the following [Excursion to the Eiskem ros.—The starting-point for this can be either Spillum (see precediug Route) or Namsos. From the latter the stats, are Hunn (15 kil.) The road from Spillum joins in the vicinity ; Haugum (11 kil.) ; Vie (17 kil., a great fishing centre); Fossland (11 kil.) ; and Fiskem (17 kil., good quarters). The Fiskem fos, one of the most beautiful waterfalls in Norway, is first sighted on the last stage, after ascending a magnificent ravine and reaching the old Ch. of Harran, which is owned by the English proprietor of one of the farms at Gartland, lower down. Steps (189) lead down (rt. of the road) to the waterfall, which is more especially worth seeing in May and June. In Aug. its volume is frequently small. The Namdalen Tourist Association has erected a pavilion from which the fos can be admired. Being 100 ft. in height, but not quite vertical, the further ascent of salmon is arrested here. Mosjoen ( Vefsen ), described in the next Route, can be reached from Fiskem, with much toil and discomfort, in 4 days (171 kil.) The few who will undertake this journey must consult Prof. Y. Nielsen’s Reisehaand- log.] ROUTE *40. NAMSOS TO MOSJOEN (VEFSEN*). (By str.) [Distance, 178 kil.; fare, 9.60 kr. (Consult time-tables.) Several of the mail strs. ascend the Vefsen fjord. A local str. runs up it on other days from Sovik and Sandnessjoen , when the voyage must in such case sometimes be broken.) On leaving Namsos the str. turns into the Sorviksund , the heights of which are clad with pines that, far¬ ther N., are no longer seen so near the sea. To the rt. is a pretty bay, at the head of which will be seen the Hos¬ pital at Alhus (8 kil. by road from Namsos). Thence the Bodsund , be¬ tween Otero and Joen (Gjboen ), is crossed, the cliffs to the rt. having a reddish colour, whence the name of the Sound. The str. touches at JFoslandsosen (20 kil.), in a pretty bay. Some of the strs. cross thence the Foldenfjord, threading their way among the numberless islets and rocks to Appelvaer (25 kil.), on a small island at the mouth of the inner Boi- denfjord. About 1 hr. of open sea has to be encountered here. The next stat. is Rorvik (15 kil.), on the Vikna group of islands. The highest mtn.- tops on them are the Sulafjeld (607 ft.) and Dragstinden (525 ft.) The next stat. is Risvser (12 kil.), situated and well sheltered 'between low islands. A little beyond (1.) is Lekb island. Pass¬ ing inside the latter, the traveller will see on its & side Lekomben , a curi¬ ously shaped mtn., traditionally re¬ presenting a giantess whom the Hestmand (see next Route) wooed without success. The arrow he launched against her was intercepted by a friendly hat (now Torghatten), while the arrow remains as an up¬ right stone on one of the neighbour¬ ing islands, the sun having through the hole in the hat petrified the lady as well as the arrow. She is conven¬ tionally saluted by those who pass by. The str. sometimes stops at Skei farm, where there is a large barrow, partly disturbed. The next stat. is sometimes Gutvik (26 kil.) This is the last stat. in the prefect, of N. Trondhjem. A road (11 kil.) runs across to the Bindal fjord. The southernmost (the Norske Buk) of the 3 pointed Hcilhornene mtn.-tops is the high¬ est seen at the head of a valley to the rt. of Gutvik, and is some¬ times covered with snow late in the summer. Torghatten , and the snow- sprinkled Seven sisters beyond, have already been in sight. The Melsten fjord is next crossed. Melstenen, the small island to the rt., was anciently, 168 Route 40 .—Namsos to Mosjoen. according to a legend, inhabited by a piratical couple. Next is the Bindals- fjord , which spreads out in many branches, one of which is the wild¬ looking Tosenfjord. It is ascended by a local str. from Br&nn'd (see below), several times a week, as far as Teraak and Heilstad. The salmon-fishing here is good. The S. boundary of Nordland is reached at Helgelandsfloes. After passing Kvalo (at which some of the strs. stop), the snow¬ capped Flaafut will be seen to the rt. on the mainland, and next to it the high, precipitous Hallangsklov. Steering into the Torgfjord, the str. occasionally enters the charmingly situated and excellent little harbour of Somnaes (38 kil. from Gutvik). The Trcelnceshat can be ascended with a guide in about 4 hrs. This is the best starting-point for a special visit to Torghatten, the hole in which is seen as the str. proceeds N. of Leko. The tourist strs. anchor off Torget , one of the most famous islands in Nordland, and on which is the great object of interest at this part of the voyage, viz.: Torghatten, or the “Hat of Torget ” (after the name of a family which held as far back as the 14th cent, the farm of Torget on the island), has at a distance (from near Lektf) the appearance of a broad-brimmed hat, which has given rise to the legend above re¬ lated (at Leko). The island, is a gigantic rock of gneiss rising to a height of about 825 ft. At half its height it is perforated by an orifice through which the light is seen, and which appears to have been produced by the degradation of a mass of mica in the gneiss of the rock. It has also been sug¬ gested that its original formation is due to the action of the waves when the sea stood at that level, an enlargement having later been produced by disintegration. The whole length of the tunnel is 540 ft., and its smooth, partly vertical walls give to it a height that varies from 65 ft. to 230 ft. From the open¬ ing, the floor of the tunnel sinks considerably, and after a flat piece rises again towards its other extremity. The southern opening, which is like a gigantic ch. portal, affords a remarkably fine view of the rocky islets to the S. No traveller, if he have the opportunity, should omit a visit to this wonderful cave. Access is easy enough by a well-trodden path, though made partly over marshy ground, and necessitating at last a slight ascent over boulders. It is not fatiguing even for ladies. Steering now through the Bronno- sund , surrounded by low islands, while the horizon inland is backed by'high precipitous mtns., and with the parish Ch. to the rt. in a narrow channel, the str. puts in at Bronno (10 kil.), an old centre of trade in Nordland, and the starting- point of a local str. that runs to Vcsgen, to the grand Vel fjord and to the Bindal (see above). Some of the strs. stop at Vasgen, the large island out to the E. Cross¬ ing over the outer part of the Vel- fjord, a small channel will be en¬ tered with Hestan island to the 1. On the mainland is Hoiholm, with the Sletfjeld and the Hoiholm peaks rising over a flat part of the coast, on which is situated, in a pretty birch-wood, Vivelstad , with a ch. While some strs. stop also at Tro- berg, others have their stat. at Forvik (30 kil. from Bronno), and proceed S. of Bodo to the low but pretty island of Tjotto, the property, in the early part of the middle ages, of a family celebrated in Norwegian history, and later held by the Archbishop of Nidaros (Trondhjem). Hence there is a fine view of Vaegen island to the S., and of the “Seven Sisters” to the N. Strs. bound direct for Bodo take hence the course outside the large island of Alsten , stopping at Sovig and Sandnessjoen , while those bound for Mosjoen (61 kil.) steer for the S. arm of the Vefsenfjord. The “ Seven Sisters” stand out more and more in individual prominence, but without any arithmetical precision as to their number ; while beyond Bodo rises the conspicuous Finknce to a height of more than 4000 ft. Bordered at first by low grey cliffs, the Vefsenfjord becomes very im¬ posing as the str. ascends to its head, which is bounded in the distance by the frequently snow-capped summit of the Brurskanke (4333 ft.) Valleys run down on either side, the largest tb TtTurxa ^ i^L ^CH ^) • SOB i S vfn\p) Jl *' 10 »o '''< 11:110 W1 - "i Uj 4 Sr u; q i 35 « S s . *; ; 13 °» •§h So ! 1 h^ t £ C “*V > £ JL- c SS> g.g 5 .s- 5 ^ ^ iri^lpll i liiG'ills I 4 ; * j* i y S>S S -c £$ S «1 00 4 k | i c§ « £•5 £ V “* - >v > -s|$ - ill Sr • ^ 2 « 5 -5 s 'PSS^* 5 c *> °h^-S * * i ^ >, g s S "s 1 * v ^ e , 15 ivs *? i 1 Sa'3 |||?S p Slur $ ■ ,2 IjL ills |3 !<|4 <1 0) *$ -3 v's 1 3 Sno 3 3 III? •23 g ^ :© 3 - %* 2.||| g^llll |.tq£jb o S q # 0) f2 70 J\m 0 x>er t ^ le Yet'sei 1 Estate ISO The Swedish word fonn'is much, used in TfordlantL in, lieu of'the Norwegian, To# for waterfall. 1G9 Route 41 .—Mosjoen to Bodo . on the N. shore, watered by the jD revja, leading to Sor-Ranen. On this side will be seen a considerable amount of cultivation, whilst the S. side is almost uninhabited. At the head of the Vefsend-bund, on its N. side, is a valley, at the entrance to which is Halsoen , when the str. dis¬ embarks passengers for MOSJOEN* ( Vefsen ). Brit. Vice- Consul. This town (pop. 1150) lies on a plain through which the Vefsen river (as well as the Skjerven) dis¬ embogues after running a course of about 180 kil. It is, in fact, a con¬ tinuation of the Susen-elv, which rises on the Swedish border. The once prosperous trade of Mosjoen in timber has dwindled away, but it exports game, skins, salmon, fish- guano (2 mills), and even some silver ore from mines in the Sven- ningdal. There is also a good deal of boat-building, especially of boats of a new type (with 2 masts), which are successfully competing with those of the old Nordland form, both for use at the sea fisheries and for the carrying of cargo. Incorpo¬ rated as a “loading-place” only in 1874, Mosjoen has so far no public buildings to boast of, but it has a post and telegraph office, 2 schools, and a ch. Two medical men and a chemist supply the requirements of the sick. Travellers, and especially anglers , will be more and more attracted to this splendid northern district by the advantages offered to them on the VEFSEN ESTATE,^ several hundred sq. miles in area, owned by the British “ North of Europe Land Co.” It consists of the Svenningdal, the parallel Feplingdal and Hatfjelddal , and the Susendal valleys that run S. towards Namdalen, while on the E. the property extends to the Swedish frontier and on the N. towards Ranen (see next Route). Amongst many smaller lakes in the Hatfjeld¬ dal is the Rosvand (1475 ft. above sea-level, and 111 Eng. sq. m. in area), one of the largest (second to Lake Mjbsen) find most beautiful inland lakes in Norway, bordered by picturesque rntns., including the Kjerring ftnd.(4100 ft.), the Brurskanke (4333 fit.), and the Okstinderne (6820 ft.), with their grand and interesting glaciers. Out of the 168 farms owned by the company, 100 are dis¬ persed over the Hatfjelddal, and 30 of these dot the shores of the Rosvand. The accom¬ panying map shows the position of the lakes, the roads and distances to them, and the houses ( Svenningdal &ndFjeldbcekmo Houses*}.) where, as well as at many of the farms, accommodation is procurable. We have only to mention here that the trout-fishing in the lakes and streams of Svenningdal is scarcely equalled in Norway. In the Maivand, more especially, the fish run to an average of several pounds. Three huge salmon-ladders have been blasted out of the rock at the Forsjordfos, Laksfos, and Fellingfos on the Vefsen river, to enable salmon to ascend to the waters owned by the company, which meanwhile owns salmon-fishing rights in the Fust-elv , on a property about 5 kil. from Halsoen. The Vefsen river (see “Angling” in Intro¬ duction') has long been known as one of the best for its size, for salmon. The fishing below the falls above mentioned is in firm British hands, but the completion of the ladders will no doubt open out many oppor¬ tunities to new-comers. In 1893 the total quantity of salmon killed in the Vefsen dis¬ trict amounted to about 12,000 lbs. Shooting.—Elk and bears can be shot on the company's estate. The^>o fy I-an/j uyi ^dtindZr&i ( 'xflndin-iu O?7lo r ry. J'osda^sFj _ aiMfc v/ y-^'Ujr, ]L !7 f io/-y 6 Circle Haml-book Map of NORWAY NORTH of TRONDHJEM. R?l. Heights in Metres Ting ash, TliLes o 5 10 so 30 luloTnetres. r—i 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 -r— O 5 lo 20 30 +0 50 ffefer ij -- Gxrruxq&Roads ... Foo-tFcuth^s _ 1laUrooioLs & Staiuyixs fence nro conMtrvuctuiTv _E . (FIv) - Fives' . \. ( isTf L ' > \ Lakes LonjJoru John Murray ^AThem arlsj Street. F. S .Weller. 16 Hand-book Map of NORWAY NORTH of TRONDHJEM N'.* 2 .X 1 r - - -o- - /! o' ( r Iiofoten. Islands and s Ands- !nP.in3 VesterAalea Islands angeru f - fSeJ^k ^ English, Miles 0 S 10 20 30 4-0 Kilometres 0 5 10 20 30 4-0 so TOO Ulfo 1 Mt \ M u £v c {ostrenses lti < \Bdor, i ' r< rj- X'. ' sXwks? + \ .—A_V X' f x/\/ltlr 77 { < v>7l <* ti 1 >7.Y “i7 _«AJ £' <7, ' O few* ' «. 7 y ^lO?Vrv 0i rgSHlrettejm ■ v s' n ■ TiU Mrjly x ^t^L MoUa , ^ A #^ 4^1 ¥ - mB a # ^ 5 ■%/ ^ #_L , zwa/\# MosTtixstro m O * ^ ' Enaelor^ I v * # Groto » , 'a id S I J ^’Enst Vaago c '' „ _ •tetrnd ' X'o .iVa^o £ ,.L? xP Qr& S.Folfc^ K ' Q_ Satinas ’/eldagnses ' :x V. ^Tu^JfAr-,1 / V 7«'/7 [V \ pScOitjdma \\Ldmsni JT' X \ IS X8 177 Route 43 .—Sandtorv ; Tromso. gaard in the Harjanger fjord (reached by boat from Oijord) to Elvences, on the Gra- tangen fjord, and to Salangen, Bar do, and the AUevand, a splendid lake surrounded by high intns. These northern districts are well worth exploring (especially by anglers) even before the rly. is completed throughout its entire length, which will be 492 kil., including the 40 kil. through Norwegian territory.] From Lodingen the direct route N. is through the Ramsund, and the magnificent Fjeldsund, to Sandtorv (193 kil.) on Hindo island, where the scenery is very pretty. The waters of the Tromso prefect, are now entered, and the next stoppage is at Graesholmen (208 kil.), another im¬ portant trading-stat. on Hindo, the coast of which is then followed N. to Harstadhavn (223 kil.), a large hamlet. A little to the N. is Tronde- nces ch. Since the middle ages this has been the northernmost eccles. edifice of stone. It was considered to be the handsomest ch. N. of Trondhjem, and is supposed to be a remnant of monastic buildings no longer extant. Beyond, the Vaags fjord is entered, and then a channel between Andorga (1.) and Rolla (rt.), with high cliffs on either side rising over flat, somewhat thicklypopulated, beaches. There is a considerable Lappish population, partly of mixed blood, in the neighbouring fjords, especially in Cratangen fjord. Pass¬ ing Ibestad parish ch. the str. stops at Havnvik (253 kil.), also a pretty and well-populated stat., with a fine view of the mtns. in the Astafjord, which is later entered. Its sides are covered with foliferous trees to some height. Lavanger , a pretty, but smaller, fjord, opens out of it. Salan- gcn (mentioned under Victoria haven) is another fjord running in to the rt. and surrounded by splendid mtns. Most of the strs. steer from the N.W. point of Andorga into the Mjosund, and then enter the Faksfjord , the northernmost branch of the Vaags- fjord . Farther on, the Fakstind (3990 ft.) will be seen rising on the [Norway —1897.] mainland, and the massive Orbostad- tind over Andorga island. One of the most beautiful parts of this route begins at the next stat., Kastnaeshavn (260 kil.) Thence passing through the Dyroklov, the str. enters the broad Solberg fjord. ; The height of the mtns. increases, and their dark pyramidal peaks con¬ trast finely with the snow-patches between them, and develop in gran¬ deur as the str. proceeds. On the rt. rise the Istinderne, Alappen, Mauken , and Maartinderne, around the Maalselvdal. In the light of the midnight sun the scenery is highly impressive. Leaving the Reisen \ fjord to the rt., a stoppage is next made at Kloven (289 kil.), on Senjen island (643 Eng. sq. m.) Passing thence through the Gisund and crossing the mouth of the Fin- fjord, the coast of the mainland is skirted to Gibostad (312 kil.), also on Senjen island. The new parish Ch. of Len- vik will be seen on the mainland. From this stat. most of the strs. steer for the great Maiangen fjord, where they touch at Maalsnses. Good examples of raised beaches may be seen on both sides of the fjord, which extends as | far as the eye can reach. On the last part of this route, Kvalo , with the high Blaamanden, will be passed to the 1., and a short run thence brings the str. to its anchorage at TROMSO* (364 kil.) Brit. Vice- ' Consul. Lat. 69°38' N., pop. 5700. Founded in 1794, this town is pleas¬ ingly situated on the E. side of an island, in the centre of the fjord from which it takes its name. It is the seat of administration of Finmarker ,, and as such the residence of the Stiftsamtmand (prefect of the eccles. prov.), of a bishop, and of various civil officials. It has several Chs., a Roman Catholic ch. included. The Museum deserves a visit for the sake of its zoological , botanical, and mineralogical collections. The Ethno¬ graphical objects include curiosities M 178 Route 44 .—Tromso to Hamme 7 'fest. from Novaya Zcmlia. There are also some antique Church vessels, &c. Lappish costumes are minutely represented. Tourists are always recommended to visit the Lapp encampment in the Tromsdal, which is reached by crossing the Tromsosund in a boat (10 mi a.), and then walking over ground, generally wet (about hr.) A family (or rather tribe) of Swedish Lapps from Karesuayido is encamped here during the tourist season, with reindeer and all the other accessories of nomadic life. They will be found eager to explain their domestic ar¬ rangements and appliances, and more particularly to traffic in walrus-bone spoons, slippers, quaint tobacco- pouohes, models of the pul/c or sledge used in Lapland, and of the cradles in which swaddled Lapp babies are i carried on the backs of their mothers, Ac. The excursion occupies about 8 hrs. All necessary arrangements are made by the masters of the tourist strs. Towering over the encampment is the Tromsdaltind (4040 ft.), the ascent of which is easy. A fine view of the town will be ob¬ tained from the Floifjelde, on the opposite side of the sound. It is sufficient for that purpose to climb j to the Storsten, in about 1 hr. from the fjord. A pleasant walk can be taken on the island itself, where there are many pretty villas. The ! Russian vessels from the White Sea, laden with rye-meal, timber, Ac., or loading salted cod, Ac., will be ob¬ served with interest. More of them i will be seen on the succeeding routes. Local strs. run to neighbouring fjords, which are well worth seeing, especially the Balsfjord and the Lyn gen fjord (see next Route). The whole Midnight sun is visible here from May 20 to July 22. ! j ROUTE 44. TROMSO TO HAMMERFEST. [Distance, 223 kil.; time, about 24 hrs.; fare, 12 kr.] On leaving Tromso, this section of the great northern sea-route is com¬ menced by steering for the channel between Ringvasso (with majestic peaks) and the mainland. Thence, with Reino on the 1., into the Grot- sund. From this point, the Troms¬ daltind (see last Route) appears, on looking back, in the form of a per¬ fect pyramid. The first place touched at is the small island of Karlso (59 kil.) A beautiful pano¬ rama of mtns. hence to the S. Soon after, an easterly course brings the str. to the parallel of Lyngsiuen, a mtn. with a precipitous summit, in front of which is the Pipertind (about 4000 ft.) and a chain of mighty fjelds. This is a point from which the local Tromso strs. diverge for their trips up the Ulsfjord and the Lyngen and Kvcenangen fjords. [1. The Ulsfjord.' —The grand wildness of this estuary is worth seeing, its mtn.-sides rising to 5000 ft. The str. ascends to Kjoskx (quarters procurable) in about 0 hrs. from Tromso. The Sorfjord, or inner part of the TJlsfjord, is populated chiefly by Lapps, mixed up with a few Fiuns. The str. goes up to Sorfjordens Kirkested (“Church-town”), 82 kil. from Tromso, and about 3 hrs. from Kjosen. The return to Tromso will occupy 5 hrs. 2. The Lyngenfjord. — Of all northerly, but little frequented, fjords this is the one most worthy of exploration. Its grandeur is practically indescribable in an adequate man¬ ner, after all the adjectives that have been ex¬ hausted in descriptions of other estuaries. On gome trips the str. avoids touching at 179 Route 44 .—Skerjvd ; Hammerfest. Kvitnccs, and turns into the Lyngenfjord, steering between the Pipertind (see above) and the great Ulo island (1.) The Gamvik glaciers appear one after the other. One of them descends at Strupen, and from local re¬ port it is supposed to have made this approach since about 1750. High mtns. innumerable are in sight. A stoppage is made at the Aardholme, whence the Kaafjord is entered, and then the great Eidebugt, when the str. touches at Lyngseidet(119kil. from Tromsb), a pretty place with a parish Ch. and a wood 'lose by. The Goalsevarre (4215 ft.) rises here to the 1., and the Fastdalstind (5000 ft.) to the rt. A road runs hence to Kjosen (about ^ an hr.) Farther in the Jceggevarre (nearly 6000 ft.) rises close to the Ruksisvaggegaisa. To the rt. is soon seen the beautiful Lyngsdal, where a huge glacier comes down to within about 160 ft. of the sea-level Near this is Skibotten (good quarters), whence a mtn.- track runs to Sweden. Beyond, leaving Njalavarre (5040 ft.) to the rt., the head of the Lyngenfjord is attained at Horsnses. The distance hence to the western boundary of the duchy of Finland is only about 32 kil. 3. The Kvaenangen is entered after touch¬ ing at Skjervo (see below). The str. visits Iladderen and then ascends the Lille Alien- fjord, in which it stops at Alteidet (good quarters). The Jokulfjord can be visited from this place in order to see a glacier that co mes close down to the water. The local str. runs also to Soveien from Maalsnces (good quarters). The Bardofos can be viewed on this tour. There are roads in this district through valleys of much interest.] From the point where the route | has diverged to the fjords above noticed, the str. steers for Skerj vo (90 kil. f romTromso). A Ch. and Manse will be seen on the low Fin- eid spit, beyond which is a fine view of Kaagen and its glaciers. Several other islands, also with glaciers, and in view of the Kvcenang peaks, add greatly to the interest of the scenery. The lieisen river falls into a fjord in this vicinity and formerly afforded good salmon-fishing (see “Angling” in T ntroducticm). At Brynnilen cape, he boundary of Finmarken is reached. Thence the str. crosses the mouth of the small Frakfjord, and soon after passing the Loppekalv enters a channel between the main¬ land and Loppen (126 kil.), an island, on the S. side of which the high Bcekstind rises over the Ch. and Manse of this somewhat important trading - stat. Whales are frequently seen in this vicinity. Steering past the low northernmost point of Silden island, some of the strs. enter the open Lophav, and then make for Hasvik (155 kil.), at the S. point of Soro island, over a sound in which the sea is sometimes heavy. Other strs. proceed direct along the coast of the high and bare Stjernd. From the Sorosund branches off, almost directly S., the Alten fjord, communication with which is main¬ tained by a local str. from Hammer¬ fest (see below). With Seiland island (230 Eng. sq. m.) to the rt., and where the Sorosund contracts, the course is laid to the small Hjel- men and Haaja islands, of curious geological formation, and long kept in sight. Coasting along Seiland island (on which are grand glaciers worthy of a visit), the str. ultimately rounds Fuglences, and drops anchor at HAMMERFEST.« Lat. 70°40' N. Brit. Vice-Consul. This is the most northerly town in the world, and was founded in 1787. Pop. about 2000. In 1809, when its pop. was barely 100, the town, defended by 2 batteries mounting 4 6-pounders, suffered much from an attack by 2 British war-brigs, the “ Snake” and the “ Fancy,” to which it was forced to capitulate, on condi¬ tion of private property being re¬ spected. In 1890 a Are consumed two-thirds of the principal part of the town. Its total destruction was averted mainly by the energetic efforts of the crew of a British yacht. It is being rebuilt in a regular manner, in blocks, with streets at right-angles to each other. The Fuglences promon¬ tory (the N.W. boundary of the harbour), with its Light, battery, and the large house and business pre¬ mises of the Brit. Vice-Consul (for¬ merly the property of a British factory), was not reached by the conflagration. Close to this estab¬ lishment is a Granite pillar, sur¬ mounted by a bronze globe with pro¬ jecting axis, inclined to the surface n 2 180 Route 44 .—Tromso to Hammerfest. of the sea in the same degree as that of the earth is to the ecliptic, bearing an inscription, of which the following is a literal translation : “ The northern termination of the meridian line of 25°20' from the Arctic Ocean to the river Danube, through Norway, Sweden, and Russia, which, according to the orders of his Majesty King Oscar I. and the Emperors Alexander I. and Nicholas I., and by uninter¬ rupted labours froml816 tol852,was measured by the geometers of the 3 nations. “ Lat. 70°40' 1-13.” On the same spot, or within an insignificant distance of it, General Sir Edward Sabine (President of the Royal Society), made an important series of pendulum experiments in 1823. Fuglenses was one of a chain of stats, extending nearly from the equator to the pole, at which pen¬ dulum observations were made for obtaining the variation of gravity on the earth’s surface. The island of Kvald, on which the town stands, was once well wooded, but there are no trees left, except a small birch-wood, 6 kil. m the S.part of the island. They were cut down for firewood. Hammerfest is supplied with much driftwood by the Gulf Stream. Tyven , the highest mtn. on the island, is only 1230 ft. It can be visited in about 4 hrs., there and back. Those who do not proceed to the N. Cape make this ascent in order to view the Midnight sun , which is visible here from May 13 to July 29. There is a cairn on the summit of Tyven. Numbers of Lapps will be seen here. They are a hardy race, and a Lapp will walk 50 kil., through swamp and over rock, taking only a draught of milk ; and, after lying down in his wet clothes, awake next morning as fresh as when he started. A lively trade , especially in fish, is carried on at Hammerfest, which is more particularly visited for the pur¬ poses of barter by Russian White Sea craft. The temperature, even in winter (when the sun is not seen from Nov. 21 to Jan. 21), is so mild that the waters along the coast, and at the uppermost parts of the longest northern fjords, never freeze. &ea-fishing in boats is therefore carried on during the whole winter in the Hammerfest district. The town is redolent of train oil and- dried cod. The other staple com¬ modities are skins of the polar bear and silver fox, reindeer skins and antlers, walrus tusks, eiderdown, Ac, Travs. can proceed to Spitzbergen by str., returning by it. The glacier scenery is magnificent. Many of the glaciers reach to the water’s edge. The Spitzbergen trade is of much importance, and gives to Hammerfest a more enterprising set of seamen than almost any other port in Norway. [1. The Altenfjorb is best reached hence by local str. (consult time-tables). The str. takes the channel between KvaJo and Seiland, and, later, the Vargsund which separates Seiland from the mainland. It then enters the Nasverfjord (30 kil.), the Lcerrisfjord (45 kil.), audthen the Komagfjord (52 kil.), where good quarters are obtainable. Thence the course is to the Korsfjord, from which (at KorsncES ) the Alxenfjord is entered. The str. touches here at Skillefjord (67 kil.), and then proceeds to Djupvik and the Rafsbotnen, the branch of the Altenfjord in which the great Alten river disembogues. After stopping at Russeluft and Bugten, it brings up at Bosskkop (89 kil.), the principal hamlet in the Alten district, and where, notwithstanding the high lat M rye and oats are grown. Thence, the point made for is Stromnces, where lie the once famous but now abandoned Copper- works of Kaafjord, worked by a British company in 1826 and for many years later. The genial hospitality of its manager, Mr. H. Thomas, a Cornish mining engineer—so highly respected that, although an alien, he was exceptionally elected to the Norwegian Storthing—is graphically described in Letters from High Latitudes by the present Earl of Dufferin and Ava. Many other Englishmen were connected with that enterprise. The next stat. of importanceis Talvik, and all other stopping-places are so variable that no useful purpose would be served by their enumeration. 2. Salmon-Fishing in the Alten (see “Angling” in the Introduction). —This is firmly let to British sportsmen, and no casual angler, unless he be a friend of the lessee, has any chance of casting his fly over the best water in Norway. Alten is the most extensive and productive valley in the N., and is in every respect, both as to climate and style of scenery, different from the districts which the traveller has been passing through. Here vegetation rela¬ tively flourishes; the fir, the birch, the willow, Route AS.—Hammerfest to Vardo and Vadsd . 181 and the mountain-ash are abundant ; even cornfields and meadows are seen. In several parts of the Alten valley the traveller will meet with as soft and pleasing scenery as any Alpine eountry can present; indeed the impression on the first view is that of an oasis, formed by nature as a resting- place in the midst of ruggedness and desola¬ tion. Unfortunately mosquitoes swarm here at times. The Finlanders ( Kvcener ), settled on the Alten, are admirable boatmen. . The general shooting up the valley of the Alten is good, and the numerous falls of the river and its tributaries are highly pictur¬ esque. There are some remarkable Marine terraces, or ancient Sea-beaches, in this district, as well as on other parts of the coast of Finmarken. Those near the Alten are peculiar, since they are not continuous at the same exact level above the sea, but incline in such a way as to show that the coast has not only been raised bodily out of the water, but in an unequal manner, the part towards Hammerfest having emerged less than the part towards Bossekop. The highest is 240 ft. above the sea. 3. Route from Alten to Kautokeino, Karesuando, and Haparanda (Finland).— As this journey is but rarely undertaken, the bulk of the present edition of the Handbook cannot fairly be increased by any detailed de¬ scription of it. It is a toilsome journey of 10 days, at a cost of 201. to 25 1 . Kautokeino can be reached from Bossekop, on foot and by boat, in 3 days and possibly in 2, the distance being about 112 kil. The nights have to be spent in mtn,-huts. Thence it takes about 18 hrs. to reach, also on foot and by boat, Kare- suando, from which Muoniovaara is distant 91 kil. The Muoniokoski (rapids) are reached here. It then takes 3 days to reach Matarengi, close to the Avasaksa mtn., which tourists in Finland ascend for a view of the midnight sun (see Murray’s Handbook for Russia, Poland, and Finland'). The distance thence to Haparanda by posting-road is about 80 kil. 4. Mtn .-Track to Karas jok. — Distance about 130 kil., through a desert region. From Karasjok, where a priest, a police- magistrate, and a merchant will afford as¬ sistance, the Tana can be descended by boat to Polmak, Seida , and Nyborg, in S. Varanger i (see next Route). ROUTE 45, HAMMERFEST TO VARDO AND VADSO (varanger fjord), vid the n. cape. [Distance to Vardo, 334 kil.; fare, 20 kr. To Vadsd, 408 kil.; time, about 32 hrs.; fare, 24 kr. To the W. Cape, about 100 kil.; 6-7 hrs.; fare, 8 kr., and return ticket (16-17 Tourists usually endeavour to burn holes in their coats and hats, and to light cigars, by concentrating the rays of the midnight sun, as a material memento of their Arctic experience. A good-sized lens is necessary for the attainment of that object.] From Hammerfest the str. takes a N.E. course, and after passing hrs.), 12 kr. (Consult time-tables and adver¬ tisements as to the numerous and variable opportunities of viewing the Midnight sun at the N. Cape. For the benefit of those whose chief object is to admire that grand natural phenomenon, the following table of the dates at which it can be seen in its several phases at the principal steamship stats, in Arctic Norway will be of use in the selection of the routes given in this Handbook : through the broad Rolsdsund, touches, when bound for Vadso, at Rolfsbhavn (37 kil.), on the island of Rolfso, the northernmost rocky islets of which closely contest with Magerd for the distinction of being the most northerly land in Europe. On one of these, the Fruholm, is the northern- <1 Bodo Tromso Hammerfest N. Cape Yard5 Upper limit ) of sun . j May 31 to July 12 May 18 to July 25 May 13 to July 29 May 11 to Aug. 1 May 14 to July 28 Middle or | half sun . j June 2 to July 10 May 19 to July 24 May 14 to July 28 May 12 to July 31 May 16 to : July 27 Whole sun . j- June 4 to July 8 May 20 to July 22 May 15 to July 27 May 13 to July 30 May 17 to July 26 182 Route 45 .—Hcimmerfest to Vardo arid Vadso. most lighthouse in Norway, little noticed during the 3 months of con¬ tinuous summer sunlight, but very serviceable during the corresponding long winter’s night to the mariner who has to double the many danger¬ ous rocks projecting here into the ocean. The scenery is wild and desolate, and not so fine as that left to the southward. The str. now pro¬ ceeds eastward to the next stopping- place, Havosund (59 kil. from Hammer- fest). Here will be seen a ch., a shop, and an oasis of comparatively luxuriant vegetation. The little flat island of Have) is sheltered from the N. gales and the ocean by the massive island of Hjelmsd, standing boldly before it. Maaso (74 kil.) is another island on which is a stat. where the str. some¬ times touches before halting at Gjaesvaer (89 kil.), a telegraph stat. and characteristic Nordland Fisk veer , or fishing stat., formed by a number of flat rocky islets or skerries lying off the W. shore of Magero. Crossing the mouth of the desolate Tufjord, which runs far into Magero (now to the rt_), the course is laid for Tunces and Knivskjaelodden, a long low cape, which is in reality the northernmost extremity of Europe, since it projects a few yards beyond the northernmost crag of the bold promontory that rises magnificently a little farther E., namely. The NORTH CAPE, in lat. 71° 11' 40" N., distant about 20 kil. from Gj aesvaer. It rises sheer from the ocean, and in some parts is quite perpendicular, and in others with only a few degrees of inclination. Its generally assumed height is about 968 ft. The weathering of the rock- face clearly indicates a tendency to pyramidal lamination. Several pointed crags stand out boldly on its W. side. The summit of the pro¬ montory is nevertheless so completely glacier-planed that from the str. it has the appearance of a smototh greensward. It is crowned by a granite Obelisk , erected in commemo* ration of its ascent by King Oscar II. in 1873. The tourist strs. (as well as the mail strs. to Vadso, when the latter are not forced by rough weather to take the channel between Magero island and the mainland) approach the face of the rock very closely The former class of strs. anchor for a ■ time sufficient (about 3 hrs.) to enable passengers to ascend the N. Cape. Those who desire to do so are landed in Hornvik bay, on the E. side of the promontory. The climb is facilitated by a rope made fast to iron stanchions. On the plateau its extreme point can be reached by holding on to a wire rope, purposely provided. The view from the edge of the precipice extends over the ocean on the N., far away towards the Arctic solitudes. The Midnight sun is finely seen from here. Knivskjcelodden is seen projecting below, with its right to northward supremacy. Southward the view is obstructed by the higher rolling fjelds of Magero. On the W. the summits of the lofty islands Hjelmsd and Rolfso are prominent objects ; on the E. the outstretching promontory of Kjorgosh Njarg dis¬ plays its jagged outline, terminating at the Nordkyn. There is no particular wildness of scenery on Magero, and the sea is frequently almost calm in the height of summer. No trees grow upon it, but the sea throws ashore an abund¬ ance of driftwood, which supplies the inhabitants with fuel. For food their dependence is upon fish and wild-fowl, which abound. The Gyr falcon (so much prized for falconry) and eagles may be seen here. The altitude of the sun’s centre at midnight on June 21 at the N. Cape is about 4°, but by July 26 it has sunk to 4'. The glories of the midnight sun have so frequently been described in poetry and prose that it is impossible to portray them in novel forms of ex¬ pression. In his Northern Travel , Mr. Bayard Taylor, the eminent 183 Route 45 .—Kjelvik American poet, has conveyed the most graphic, and also the truest, of all pictures that have been drawn by pen of that awe-inspiring pheno¬ menon, and we therefore reproduce it. Approaching the Cape from the direction towards which we are travel¬ ling by this Koute, he writes : “It was now 11 o’clock, and Sveerholt glowed in fiery bronze lustre, as we rounded it. The eddies of returning birds gleaming golden in the nocturnal sun, like drifts of beech-leaves in the October air. Far to the N. the sun lay in a bed of saffron light, over the clear horizon of the Arctic Ocean. A few bars of dazzling orange cloud floated above him, and still higher iu the sky, where the saffron melted through delicate rose-colour into blue, hung like wreaths of vapour, touched with pearly opaline flushes of pink and golden gray. The sea was a web of pale slate-colour, 6hot through with threads of orange and saffron, from the dance of a myriad shifting and twinkling ripples. The air was filled with the soft mysterious glow, and even the very azure of the southern sky seemed to shine through a net of golden gauze. The headlands of this deeply indented coast—the capes of the Laks and Porsanger fjords, and of Magero, lay around us, in different degrees of distance, but all with foreheads touched with supernatural glory. Far to the N.E. was Nordkyn, the most northern point of the mainland of Europe, gleaming rosily and faint in the full beams of the sun, and just as our watches denoted midnight the N. Cape appeared to the westward—a long line of purple bluff presenting a vertical front of 900 ft. in height to the Polar Ocean. Midway between these 2 magnificent headlands stood the midnight sun, shining on us with sub¬ dued fires, and with the gorgeous colouring of an hour for wliich we have no name, since it is neither sunrise nor sunset, but the blended loveliness of both—but shining at the same moment, in the heat and splendour of noonday, on the Pacific Isles.” Passengers who remain on board and are not attracted to the summit of the Cape by the view, or by the op¬ portunity afforded to them of drink¬ ing the health of Gamle Norge in champagne (a temporary restaurant existing for the purpose), or of joining in a wild polka (as is occasionally the wont with tourists), can spend their time very profitably and pleasantly, either in sketching, taking photo¬ graphs, or in fishing. Lines are pro¬ vided on board all the strs. for the capture of the large cod, haddock, coal-fish (Sei), &c. t that are found in great quantities on a bank right ; Porsanger Fjord . under the Cape. The deck of the str. is often strewed in all directions with results of the hauls made by the passengers and the crew. Even the mail strs. (when they have an hour to spare), on their way to and from Vadso, will in fine weather give their passengers an op¬ portunity of fishing off the Cape. [Some of the Vadso-bound strs., and es¬ pecially in stormy weather, steer inside Magero, through the Magerosund , on the shores of which Lapps, with fiocks of rein¬ deer, are frequently to be seen. In such a case the str., after leaving Gjcesvcer, touches next at Sor Honningvaag and Kjelvik on the S.E. side of Magero.] From the N. Cape, in scenery bleak and solemn, the course is over the Hornvik, then round the precipi¬ tous Skarsvaagsncering, across the broad Kamofjord , when, after doubling the long low cape of Helnccs, the str. puts in at the small trading-stat. of Kjelvik (119 kil.) A Ch. will be seen in a small cauldron-shaped valley. Hence the str. turns into the Porsanger fjord, a firth aver¬ aging 20 kil. in breadth and 120 kil. long. Its barren and un¬ inhabited shores are not attractive, except when the midnight sun shines upon them. Boats will be seen in July and Aug. netting Sei (coal- fish or pollock = Gadus virens), and the presence of a shoal of those fish will be attested by the disturbed state of the surface of the fjord and by the attendant flocks of sea-gulls. The Sei pursue here the Lodde (Osmerus articus). In the daytime passengers will be interested by the leaping of the Springhval , or “Springer” whale (about 12-15 ft. long), straight out of the water with the head uppermost, to a height of 6 to 10 ft., and falling back on his side with a great disturbance of the surface of the water. This feat will be noticed in other northern fjords also. The real whale will likewise be seen occasionally, both inside and outside the fjords now being visited. Travellers are frequently fortunate enough to see a specimen or two of 184 Route 45.— Hammer/‘est to Vardo and Yadso. that monster of the deep on the voyage to Hammerfest. The distant spouting of whales will often be ob¬ served on this Route. That action implies the filtering, through the “whalebone” brush with which the whale is provided on either side of his mouth, of the gulp he has taken of sea-water containing the small fish and minute marine animals on which he feeds, and which remain in the brushes. His throat is so small that a good-sized herring cannot pass down it. In this fjord the str. touches at Repsvaag (126 kil.) The rocks are curiously weathered. On pro¬ ceeding up the fjord the craggy pre¬ cipitous promontories disappear, and low glaciated islands and rounded hills of moderate elevation prevail. The str. passes the Taviso island, rich in Multebcer (cloudberry), and with a stat. on which down (eider¬ down) is collected, and then reaches its highest stat. in the fjord, viz., Kistrand (163 kil.), ( telegraph stat.), on the W. shore, enlivened by a Ch. and Manse. Farming is seen on the grassy slope formed by an ancient glacier-bed. The Laks elv , a very good salmon-river (see “Angling” in Introduction ), at the head of the fjord, can be reached hence by boat. There is also amtn.-path to Repvaag, in the Evalsund. Leaving Kistrand, the str. returns to the mouth of the fjord, keeping more often on the E. side of it, and then proceeds round Svaerholtklub- ben, a headland celebrated for the sight it presents of hundreds of thousands of sea-birds perched on ledges on the face of the rock, or darkening the air by their flight when disturbed by the report of a gun or the sound of the steam-whistle. They are, for the most part, a species of gull—the kittiwake. In a little bay just beyond this wondrous feathered colony the str. touches at Svaerholt (141 kil.) The inhabi¬ tants, once very numerous and pos¬ sessing even a ch. of their own, are largely engaged in collecting the eggs of the gulls for domestic consump¬ tion. Hence, the str. steers S. up the Laksefjord, an inlet similar in most respects to the Porsanger fjord, but not so large. It displays the same effects of glaciation, especially in the neighbourhood of the next stat., Lebesby (185 kil.), on the E. side of the Laksefjord. A parish Ch., a Manse, and a store will be seen here. The slopes of the mtns. are clothed with birchwood and the bottoms of the valleys with rich verdure. Re¬ turning towards the mouth of the fjord, the Eidsfjord will be passed to the E., and after doubling Drotvik- nceringen promontory the str. enters the Kjollefjord. At its entrance is a curious projecting and nearly isolated mass of rock, shaped like a cath. or castle with square towers, and called the Finkirkene (“Finns’ chs.”) The Finkirkene were objects of worship by Lapps in heathen days. The rocks and headlands in this vicinity are very grand. Finely polished pebbles may be gathered on a beach at the head of the fjord. Beyond, the str. touches at Skjotningsberg and Sand¬ berg. Steaming out into the open sea, magnificent craggy headlands are passed, and presently the traveller finds himself in face of Nordkyn, the northernmost ex¬ tremity of the Continent of Europe, the N. Cape being an island pro¬ montory. It is in reality finer than the N. Cape, its slaty crags being more weird and varied in their spiky outline. It has also a plateau on its summit. A panorama is now passed of wild precipitous headlands, with deep glaciated bays between, and after touching at Mehavn, where there is a Whaling establishment, the str. proceeds to Gamvik (215 kil.) A Ch., a store, and several houses will be seen on an open plain. Thence the course is along the unprotected coasts of the great Kjorgosh Njarg and Varjag Njarg promontories, into the Tana fjord, flanked by mtns. (2000 185 Route 45 .—Stangences ; Vardo, to 2500 ft.), and which, after a stop¬ page at Finkongkjeilen , is ascended to Stangenaes ( Vagge ), (245 kil.) The str. touches here for Guldholmen, on the opposite side of the estuary of the Tana , which is reached by boat in 1 hr. (6 kil.) [The Tana elv is a splendid stream, and its tributaries large and numerous. It rises in mtns. to the S.E., and is for a long distance the boundary between Norway and the grand duchy of Finland. The sea-trout fishing is excellent in the estuary, and salmon abound in the river (see “Angling” in Introduction). A great part of the river consists of broad shallow lakes. Mosquitoes swarm, and there is no escape from them, except within a tent. There are no houses on the tanks.] Tourists who desire to break the monotony of this voyage can engage a boat to ascend the river to Seida and post thence to Vadso , where the str., left at Stangenaes, can, if neces¬ sary, be rejoined in time for the re¬ turn voyage. The same route can be taken (in less time) in the reverse direction, from Vadso, the mail str. being in either case caught. [by boat and road to yadso. At Langnaes, about 1 kil. from Gud- holmen (see above), is an Inn, where a boat can be engaged for the ascent of the Tana, to Seida, about 35 kil., in 3 to 4 hrs. (charge : 8 kr. per boat carrying 2 passengers). The Elvebaade (“river-boats ”) are long, nar¬ row, and without thwarts, so that the travel¬ ler must contrive to sit in the bottom of the boat, supporting himself against his handbags or portmanteau. In the event of his having a fellow-traveller, he and his companion must sit back to back. The boat is forced up the stream by stagning, or punting. At Seida, where there is a Lapp settlement and tolerable accommodation, the traveller proceeds by a good road to Nyborg (18 kil.), at the head of the Yaranger fjord , where a local str. can be taken for Vadso. If the str. be not caught, the travel¬ ler will have to post from Nyborg to Vadso (43 kil.) The places passed on the way are Naesseby. There is a ch. here. Mertensnses (quarters at the storekeeper’s). Here is an upright stone of disputed origin. It is about 9 ft. high, and surrounded by circles of stones. Near to it, on the S.E., is a mound similarly encircled. If time permits, the Storfjeld, commanding a fine view, should be ascended. It rises directly behind Mortensnaes. Klubben, above which is the Klubbenfjeld, where formerly the Lapps offered sacrifices | to propitiate success in the halibut-fishery, i After crossing the Nordre Jacobs-elv, well stocked withywA, Finsnaes is reached, and then Paddeby, whence it is only about 11 kil. to Vadso. In the course of this excursion the tourist will be surprised at the luxuriance of the verdure and the abundant growth of birch- trees. The costumes of the Lapps and their earth-covered dwellings {Gamme) are of con¬ siderable interest.] From Stangenais the str. returns down the fjord, and, rounding the Tanahorn (863 ft.), touches next at Berlevaag, an important fishing- stat., and, after stopping again (some¬ times) at 2 small stats., proceeds to Makur (326 kil. from Hammerfest), a fishing-stat., like Syltefjord and Havningberg, which are also some¬ times visited before reaching VARDO 1 if (334 kil.) Lat. 70-22 N. Brit. Vice-Consul. This town, which is of some importance commercially and politically (pop. 2400), lies on an oblong island off the E. point of the Varjag Njarg. The small fortress of Vakdohus, built for its protection (originally in the 13th or 14th cent.), is not imposing in its appearance or actual efficiency, and is held only by a few artillerymen under a comman¬ dant, who permits travellers to visit its old walls. A beam from an ancient house is shown, with the names of Christian IV. (1599) and Oscar II. (1873) incised on it by those monarclis. The smell of de¬ caying flesh of whales no longer per¬ vades the town, for, as at Vadso, the enterprising king of whalers, the late Sveyn Foyn, has closed his estab¬ lishments at these 2 stats, and transferred his activity to other localities, the whales, formerly so numerous, having been scared away by the great number of strs. em¬ ployed in their pursuit. [Travellers will be aware that whales are now killed with harpoons and explosive shells 1 As the Finlanders, even at Vardo and Vadso, disdain the acquisition of any foreign language, travellers coming in contact with them should be provided with Murraj'-s Handbook for Russia, Poland, and Finland which contains a practically complete Voca¬ bulary, &c., of the Finnish language. 186 Route 45 .—Hammerfest to Vardo and Vadso. fired from a swivel gun in the bow of the str. A few of these strs. can still be seen in this fjord, but a greater number of them are now employed a little S. of Hammerfest, inside Sorb island. Whaling has of late years been very successfully pursued in the Christiania fjord, in the neighbourhood of the Faerder lighthouse (see Rte. 1).] The smell of cod drying in the sun and of boiling train-oil, and perhaps the odours emitted by a fish-guano manufactory or two, will, in certain directions of the wind, somewhat in¬ commode the passengers even if they do not land. From Vardo the course is past some islands, the inhabitants of which are engaged in collecting down from the nests of the eider-duck, carefully protected by regulations against extermination. A stoppage is generally made at Kiberg, a fishing-stat. much fre¬ quented by Russian vessels. Beyond, on the low rocky and barren coast, will be passed several settlements of Finlanders, immigrants from the grand duchy, and locally called Kvcens. Finally the str. casts anchor at VADSO * (408 kil.) Lat. 70-4 N. Brit. Vice-Consul. This town (pop. 2200, mostly Finlanders) lies at the southernmost point of the Varjag Njarg , in the great Varanger fjord. It is the residence of the Prefect of Nordland, and a livelier place than Vardo, like which it is much fre¬ quented by Russian traders from the White Sea. The smell of fish pre¬ dominates. On a hill to the N. is a pretty Ch. In the vestry is a picture (1661) representing the parents who gave it to the ch. and their 8 children, alive and dead. The Tower, with a curious offertory-box below, is worth ascending. If not return¬ ing by the same weekly str. to Ham¬ merfest, the traveller, and especially the angler, is strongly recommended to make an Excursion to the South Varanger Fjord. A local str. leaves in correspondence with the mail str. for that fjord, and after stopping at Kirkenccs, on a promontory between the Klosterfjord and the Langfjord, proceeds to the charming Elvenaes, at the mouth of the Pasvik river, for the splendid salmon-fish¬ ing in which see “ Angling ” in the Introduction. Although the river is in the hands of a Norw. club, grayling - fishing, unequalled in Europe, is available at a short dis¬ tance from the house (of the late Lendsmand Klerk), at which visitors are comfortably lodged and most adequately entertained at a small daily charge. If not bent on fishing, the traveller can ascend (about 4 kil.) the Pasvik, in charge of a Lapp, to the Russian territory, which here juts out, or impinges, under treaty stipulations, in order to include the ground on which stands a Russian Ch. dedicated to the saints Boris and Gleb. The original wooden Chapel , or cell, was built about 3 cent, ago by Triphon, a monk from Novgorod the Great, who was the first missionary among the Lapps in these districts. The resident Rus¬ sian priest willingly shows the edi¬ fices and relics of which he is in charge. The local Lapps (about 150), j who are mostly as miserable in phy- ; sical appearance as they are in their economic condition, are called by the Norwegians Skolter (“ Scalp Lapps ”), from a cutaneous disease which at one time made them all bald. Their own name for themselves is Nuort- allas, or “ Eastlanders,” and they call their Russian masters Ruossa, while the Finlanders of the grand duchy are still classed as “Swedes.” A short walk along the river, ovei Russian ground (accessible without a passport), brings the travellei again into Norwegian territory at the shore of a large lake (full of fish), which is ascended by boat (ordered beforehand at Elvenses) to 187 Route 45 .—The Harefos ; Lake Enare . the Harefos —evidently derived from the Scandinavian and Finnish word ( Har ) for a grayling. It is surpris¬ ing to find so much fine vegetation (especially birch-trees) at the back of the rugged barren coast by which this green oasis of the South Yaranger has been approached. Enthusiastic anglers, fearless of mosquitoes and prepared to tent out, can, after providing themselves with a passport for the Russian Empire, ascend th3 Pasvik to Lake Enare, in the grand duchy, and enjoy the splendid trout-fishing , of which they will find an account in the charming and instructive works of Prof. J. A. Friis, the greatest authority on Lapland and on all matters connected with the most northerly part of the kingdom of Norway, the chief itineraries in which have now been described. • L - 1 •« ... . . . . A • 1 ■ . * * Hand- 1 ) 0 ok Map of' NORTHERN NORWAY from Lofoten Islands to Russian Boundary English Mil^s e North C Rolfsoi Sieiksnaring Fuqlen i£K Nordkyn Uxneroi Bredv^J? S ° R 0 StisviJc firJwngJge EHonuetres ino-vadsd; 'erlevcuL Q ,Krampenas Baasnos x^iAnden dOMSO Bars nns S tab nrsnds iholmen Ego fjord Co/ •f’rt +< iorden, Jctgge Trrnmrj gvn. Balsfj'o rden MaaLseh/en , Levru J-\ rfjixoan S/co g an - va t re Skippagcr^ ■ ljr\ JodJcobJTStut? loi-iire. 9 / Tatten Sioika ■~‘Ko mag nds /Shalruxs itlaldde Sdlangei \&alcjrgo Skaanla. suponsei 'Outakoski .nuorn. Geino Zauri ^ V J Tamazi' )Roru\& Gleb is/ok / ffd oras Reference Carriage Roads = Foot Paths . Railroads in constructwrb Churches E. (Elv) = Rrv, V fVand i J!' (Javre -1 < F^ = Fiord S ^ (SuruL) Eantokeiry EortndK^ 'Eorvinjarg Streat Steam, boat Statums underlined, Londorc , John-Mvovay , Jilbmui/'le- StrP [ 1 ] INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY 1897 A. AAALMEA t BERG ,&3 AABOGEN STAT., 28 AADALENS CHI, 57 A ADLAND, 113, 123 A AD LAND FJORD, 116, 123 A A FJORD, 151, 166 AAGOTTIND, 139 AAHEIM, 137 AAK, 145 AAKEN, 54 AAKLUNGEN STAT., 35 AAKRE, 93 A A K VIKFJELD, 170 AAL, 55, 120 A ALB U, 8 3 AALEN, 88 AALESUND, 135, 139,141 Hotels : Scandinavie and Schieldrop's ; both, clean and good. AALESUNDAKSLA, 139 A ALFJORD, 112 AAL FO TENFJORD, 138 AALREKEN, 122 AAMDAM, 141 AAMOT, 38, 127, 133 AAMOT STAT., 46 AANDALSNIES. See N.ES AANSTAD, 61, 79 AAPAALDO, 118 AAPO R. [67] AARDAL (Jblster), 133 AARDAl(Sogne), 51, 53, 131 Inn : Klingenberg's ; com¬ fortable and moderate. Guide (good) to mountains. AARDALFJORD, 93, 125,129, 131 AARDALS R. [67], 47 [Norway —viii. 97.] AARDALSKNUT, 93 AARDALSTANGEN STAT., 60, 68, 129 AARDALSVAND, 58, 61, 129 AARDOLA R., 61, 129 AAREIMSFJELD, 134 AARGARD, 164 AARGARD R. [67], 164 AARLIYOLD, 84, 148 AARNH 3 S STAT., 28 A ARC) R. [67] AAROHOLME, 179 AAS STAT., 27 AASBREKKEFOS, 124 AASDALS^TER, 7 6 AASEN, 92, 148, 162 AASERAL (Mandal), 98 Hotel (large) and Sana¬ torium : about 1,200 ft. above the sea ; pure, in¬ vigorating air. Excursions. Board and lodging for pro¬ longed s-ay, 3 kr. per diem. Highly recommended. Anglican Service in Aakernaes ch. during Aug. and Sept. Fishing in fifteen lakes at moderate charge. Ptar¬ migan and other Shooting. AASGARDSTRAND, 31 AASN2ES, 164 AASOREN, 60, 78 A ASF ELIFJELD, 134 AASTA R., 85 AAYESTRUD, 55 ADHAUG, 166 2EN2ES CH., 114 XESFJORD, 127 AG A, n 3 AG A NUT, 117 AGDEN.ESFJORD 151 AKERSHUS CASTLE, 14 AKERS VIE BAY, 85 AK RE FJORD, 112 AKSNIES, 115 ALA R., 51 ALAPPEN, 177 ALASKER, 118 I ALDEN ISLAND [33], 137 j ALFSiETER, 146, 147 ! ALGJEL, 134 ALHUS, 167 ALLEREN, 171 ALLERSUND, 171 ALMENNINGEN ISLAND, 166 ALSMO, 130 ALSTAHAUG CH., 165, 170 ALSTEN ISLAND, 168-170 i ALSYIK, 138 ALTEIDET, 179 ALTENR. [61], 180 ALTENFJORD, 179, 180 ALTEVAND [69], 177 ALYERSTROMMEN, 126 AMBLE, 128 AND R., 72 ANDERSNUT, 1x4 ANLAKKEN, 17 x ANDORFJELD, 164 ANDORGA ISLAND, 177 ANDRAA (Rendalen), 86 ANDVORD, 60, 61, 79 ANGERKLEV PASS, 117 ANGYIK, 148 APALDSTO, 37 APPELYiER, 167 ARENDAL, 90 Hotels : Schnurbusch, on quay; excellent. R. 1 ^-V^s kr. ; D .,2 kr. Grand ; Fa nix (also on quay). * B 2] INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY ARNE CH., 122 ARXEFJORD, 126 ARNEVAAG, 122 ARNO, 171 ASK STAT., 47 ASKDAL, 103 ASICELIHOUG, 47 ASKER, 30 ASKEYOLD CEL, 137 ASIvO ISLAND, 112, 126 ASPOFJORD, 137 ASTA FJORD, 177 ATLOEN, 137 ATNA STAT., 76, 86 AT FA R., 86 ATX EURO, 76 ATNEBROEN BRIDGE, 86 ATNEDAL, 86 ATNSJO, 86 A HERD A LSFJORD, 50 AUKENiES, 176 A UMA R., 87 AUMA STAT , 87 AUNE I OPDAL, 83 AURA R,, 61,79 A URAXFJORD, 160 AURDAL, 49 ATJRE (Sondmore), 141. Good quarters at Martin Vig's. AUREBECK LAKE, 6 AURLAND R. [67], 132 A URL A XDSFJ ORD, 120, 125, 127, 128, 131, 132 AURLANDSYANGEN, 132 A URSJO LAKE, 146, 147, 150 AURSUND LAKE, 87 AUSTMANLI, 41 AYALDSN.ES CH., 102 A VASAKSA MT., 181 B. BADDEREM, 179 B.EGXA R., 49-51, 57 > 5^ B-EIvKELAGET STAT., 21, 2 7 . .. B-ERROSTOLEN, 45 B. E VERSA? TERN A KK EX, i 34 BAK, 84, 148, 149 BAKKA (Nissedal), 92 BAKKE, 61, X15, 132 BAKKEFOS, 52 BAKSUNDHOLM, 172 BALBERG, 75 BALHOLM, 127 Hotel : Balestrand; well recommended; good place for prolonged stay. Pen¬ sion : Landmarks ; good. Guide (good) Knut Kvikne. BALLANGEN, 176 BALSFJORD, 178 BALSTAD, 175 BAXDAK LAKE, 37, 92, 94 BANDAKSLI, 37 BANG CH., 58 BAXGSJO [69] BANGSUND, 164 BARBAKER STAT., 32 BARDO, 177 BARDOFOS, 179 BARKALD, 86 BA RKALDEXFOS, 86 BATALDEN ISLAND r 33 ] BATNFJORDSOREN, 140,147 BEIA MT., 55 BEIAN, 150, 165 BEIR EXFJORD, 171,172 BE IS FJORD, 176 BEITELX, 132 BEITO, 50, 61-63 BEITSTA D FJORD, 163-165 BELL 1 XGEX, 86 BENTEBOLLE, 49 BERDALSiETER, 131 BERG LAKE, 38 BERG STAT., 25 BERGDAL, 128 BERGEN, 106-113 Hotels: Holdt's : pleasant situation, corner of Engen sq., with an enjoyable ter- I’ace. First-class and old- established, with an excel¬ lent table. R. from 2 kr.; D., 3 kr.; B. and S., 2 kr. each; table d'hote, 2 kr. N.B.— Spirits and Liqueurs are not supplied by the glass at hotels. An entire bottle must be ordered. Smeby's : conveniently situated close to the prin¬ cipal piers. A comfortable, quiet house. Charges rea¬ sonable. Forge: close to the Old Park. First-class food, and charges about the same as | at Holdt’s. Grand Hotel and Restau¬ rant, opposite the “ Norge.” Entirely new. Handsomely fitted. Xordstjerna : near the Post-office. Yery good. Bergen and Scandinavie : very fair. Private Hotels : Miss Simonsen's, Mrs. Gadd's, Mrs. Steen's, Marie Hansen's and Mrs. Blehr's: all good, with reasonable charges. Meals can be taken in hotel Restaurant. Club: “ Den Gode Hen- sigt,” or “Logen” (pron. Lojen), opposite Holdt’s hotel. Good Reading-room , with English and other newspapers; Library, Bil¬ liard-table, Restaurant, &c. Travellers admitted by a member for 8 days gratis. Confectioner : Holdt's (Magnussen), Veiten, 8, near Holdt’s hotel ; Han¬ sen's, Torvet (opposite Ben¬ nett’s Tourist Office) : and Michelsen's, facing Town Park. Anglican Church Service: during Tourist Season, every Sun. at 11 a.m. and 6 p.m., in the “ Old Museum ” building, Musce st„ close to the Lille Lungegaardsvand. Supported solely by volun¬ tary contributions, which are also urgently required for the much-needed erec¬ tion of a suitable ch. Dona¬ tions towards the building fund in progress received by the Brit. Yice-Consul or the churchwarden. Tourist Offices: Bennett's, in the Market place (Tor- vet No. 18 ), close to Holdt’s and the Norge hotels. This is a branch of Ben¬ nett’s old-established Tour¬ ist Office in Christiania. Travellers will here obtain all the information, advice, and assistance they may require, free of charge. Ac¬ curate and reliable tours are planned for any given number of days, with a special view to making the best use of time, arranging the closest correspondence with strs. and rlys. at all connecting points, selecting the best sleeping-quarters, and supplying useful hints for travelling through the country. Drafts on letters of credit, circu’ar and bank notes, sovereigns, Ac., ex¬ changed into suitably as¬ sorted Norwegian money. Rly., str., hotel, carriole, and carriage coupons issued for all the principal routes INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY [3 in the country, by which time and trouble are saved, and comfort ensured. Travellers’ letters taken care of or forwarded, and luggage warehoused or des¬ patched. Berths secured, ltooms at hotels engaged. Commissions executed, and every information relative to fishing, shooting, &c., supplied. The Office keeps on sale Guide-books, Phrase- books, Time-tables, Books on Norway, Novels, Tauch- nitz Edition of British Authors, Maps, Wood-carv¬ ings, Filigree Jewellery, Furs, Old Silver Ornaments, Antiquities, a large variety of Norwegian Curiosities, and Photographic Views of Norway, by the best publishers and at lowest prices. Beyer's “TouristBureau,” in Strand st. The same business, in competition with Bennett. Post-office : Smaastrand st., leading out of the Market place (8 a.m. to 7.30 p.m.) Telegraph-office: at the back of the Exchange. Brit. Vice-Consul: corner of Strand st. and Torvet. U.S. Consul: Smaastrand st., not far from Post-office. Banks : branch Bank of Norway, Credit Bank, and Private Bank. Cabs: at a stand in the Market place, in front of the Exchange, and between Holdt's hotel and the Norge. Fare within the city, 50 to 80 o. For drives to out¬ skirts, carriages should be ordered from Livery Stables, at the hotels or Tourist Offices. Watermen (Flotmsend) : in the Vaagen (harbour). Fare from the Fish-market Quay to the Custom-house (Tolbodpn), 20 b., and 13 o. for each additional person. One fare is charged for luggage up to 180 lbs. in weight, and double that quantity as 1 £ fare. Water¬ men are also stationed in the Puddefjord harbour. Porters (Bypud) : ordi¬ nary charge, 50 o. to 1 kr. for carrying luggage to an hotel. Baths, Warm (Roman and Vapour), at the Infirmary j (Sygehus), in Theatre st. I Sea-baths : at Mahlenpris, in the Puddefjord harbour and outside the x - amparts (Fasstningen). Hairdresser : “ Salon de Bergen,” in Olaf Kyrre st.; excellent; also Jorgen¬ sen's in same st. Theatre : close to the Engen sq. Performances, in Norwegian, thrice weekly. Music : in the Park, at Lille Lungegaardsvand, be- tween Olaf Kyrre and Christie sts. Band plays sometimes in the middle of the day, at others in the evening. A military band also plays in Nygaard Park, several evenings in the week. Museum: Sun. 11.30 a.m.- 1.30 P.M. ; Mon., Wed., and Fri. 11 A.M.-l P.M. At other times shown by the porter for a small fee. Bergen Aquarium, below the Ny¬ gaard Park, open daily. | FestlandscheKunst-Industrie Museum (Museum of Indus¬ trial Art) : Sun. 11.30 A.M.- 1.30 P.M. ; Tues. and Thurs. 11 A.M. to 1 P.M. Picture-gallery of the Art TJnion : at E. corner of the Engen sq. Mon., Wed., and Fri., 11 A.M .-1 P.M. Fee, 20 o. Fishery Agents : Ben¬ nett ; Beyer. Shops (English spoken) : Norwegian Antiquities, old and new Bit versmiths' work : M. Hammer. By special ap¬ pointment Jeweller to H.R.H. the Prince of Wales. Strand st., 57 . Provisions , Wine, Tinned Meats, &c.: C. Kroepeliens Enlce, Strand st., 40 - 43 . Wines and Spirits : whole¬ sale and retail. Wingaard, Market place, 7 . Spirits and Liqueurs : in a few licensed shops. (See “ Drives” in description of Bergen.) Books, Stationery, Photo¬ graphs, &c. : at Bennett's and Beyer's (see above : “Tourist Offices”) ; also at C. Floor's and E. B. Giert- sen's, Strand st. Tobacconists : Reimers A Son, Smaastrand st., 3 (be¬ tween the Market place and Post-office); Einar Dahl (opposite Holdt's hotel). Furrier : 1 . C. Brandt, Strand st. Large assort¬ ment of furs, skins (moun¬ ted), eiderdown and polar- bear rugs, stuffed animals and birds, antlers, &c. This establishment is w r ell worth inspection. 2. A. Probst, Strand st. Chemist: It. Monrad Krohn, “ Loveapotheket," Strandgaden. Fishing Tackle and Sport¬ ing Requisites : L. H. Hagen A Co., in Strand st. ; and J Milne-Grieg, Torvet. Steamship Agencies : C. A. Gundersen, Strand st., 71 Wilson Line agent: Ole R. Olsen. Newcastle Str. Lines : Bergenske Dampskibsel- skab Office; J. C. R. Brue- nech & Son. BERG SENT) EN, 115, 123 BEIiGSFJELD, u 4 BERG SEND, 57 BERLEVAAG, 185 BERSETBICER, 130 BERSTOLEN, 56 BERSTOLFOS, 56 BESHEIM (Jotunheim). 62- 64, 68 Tourist Hotel: moderate; boarders received. BESSA R., 45, 64, 68 BESSABTJ, 45 BESSAKER, 166 BESS EG R.{ 3 i], 64 BESSESiETER, 60 BESSFJELD, 64, 68 BESSHO [31], 63, 64, 67, 68 BESSTRANDFJELD, 64, 68 BESSTRANDSiETER, 60 BESSVAND, 64 BILLINGDAL, 79 BILLINGEN, 79 BIN DAL R. [67] BINDA LFJORD, 167, 168 BIRI, 74 BIRKEDALEN STAT., 35 BIRKELAND, 115 BIS PEN, 145 BIT I HORN, 62, 63 BITU R., 45 BJdELAANES, 170 BJERKAKEIt, 148 BJERKRFAM R. [64] BJOBERG, 56 BJQBERGNUT, 56 BJOLSTAD, 58, 60, 77 BJORAANESET, 86 BJORDAL, 126, 136 4 ] INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY. BJOREIMSKJ.EFT, 104 BJORGEN, 88 BJQRKE, 13s, 141 Hotel: Bond more; new: good. Salmon and trout fishing at disposal of visi¬ tors. BJORK EDALSEIDE T, 138 BJdRKEHORN, 141 BJORNE BOSKET, 118 BJORNE FJ OR D, 103, 112,113 BJORNEKLEV, 1.46 BJORNELIENSiETER, 80 BJORNE RAA, 93 BJORNESTEG GLACIER, 130 BJORNOR CH., x66 BJORNSVAND [69] BJONEROEN, 49 BJ ONE VAND LAKES, 49 BJORNOEN, 34 BJORO, 166 BJOROEN, 103 BJORO IA R., 121 BJORVAND LAKE, go BJUG UMFJORD, 166 BLAAFLATEN, 54 BLAAMANDEN, 177 BLAA TJERNAA R., 68 BLAATJERNHULBRAE, 68 BLAA VAND, 115 BEAKER, 72 BLAKJER STAT., 28 BLAKS JETER, 134 BLEFJELD, 20, 30, 43 BLEIA MT., 128 BLEIE, 118 BLODFJELD, 55 BLOKTIND , 171 BLOMSISRTER, 164 BO IN TORDAL, 90 BO, 126 BOAFOS, 54 BOFJORD, 126 BOHN STAT., 72 BOLSET, 148 BOMMEL ISLAND, 103 BOMMELFJORD, 103, 112 BONSHiES CH., 19 BORLO, 52, 56 BORO ISLAND, 166 BORE R- [71] BORTEVAND, 39 Ho+el: good. Fishing and shooting. BORTN/ES, 5 S BOYERDAL, 58, 67 BOVERDALEN, 78 BOVERDALEN CH., 71 BO VERTJFERNHA LSEN, 67, 7 1 BOYERTUN, 68, 70. 131 BOYERTUNSiBTER, 71 BOVERTUNVAND, 67 BOVRA R., 60, 71, 79 BOD LENA KEEN, 129 BOBO, 16S, 172, 175 Hotel: Grand. BOENFOS [65] li OF OS, 5 BOGO, 176 BOGSTAD, 22 BOIABRJE, 127 BOJUMBR/EEN [30] BOLGEN ISLAND, r 7 i BOLKESJO, 43 A fine new hotel. BOLSO, 147 BOLSTAD, 123 BOLSTAD R. [64] BOLSTADFJORD, 123, 124 BOLSTADORS.N, 116 BONDAL, 136 BOND DA LSNUT, 114 BONDESUND, 115 BONDHUSBRiE, 114 BONDHUSDAL, 114 BONDHUSVAND, n 4 BONG A R. [67] BORGENFJORD, 165 BORGUND (Aalesund), i 39: 141 BORGUND CH., 53 Hotel: Kirkevold's ; good B 0 R IS DA B FJORD, 144 BORLO, 52, 56 BORREGAARD, 26 BORRE VAND, 31 BORA E, 118 BOSSEKOP, 180, 181 BOTNEN, 116, 124 BOTNET FARM, 170 BOTTEN, 40 BRAATEDAL, 79 BRA ATEN, 130 BRJEKXE, 119, 126 BR/EKKESTO HARBO UR, 91 BR/EMSNiES, 149 BRRNDHAUGEN, 8 0 BRrENDIlO VD, 129 BRAGEN, 102 BRAGERNRS, 30 BRAKF.N 2 ES, 120 BRAKSTAD, 163 BRANDBUKOL, 48 BRATBAKKEN, 163 BRATLAND, 105, 171 BRAT LAND IL, 105 BRATLANDSDAL, 105 BRATTEBO, 115, 118 BRAUTEMOSRTER, 50 BREAHEIM. See BREUM BREDEN, 77, 78 BREDEYANGEN, 60, 77, 79 B RE DUE IMS R. [67] BREDSJOEN LAKE, 59 BREDSUND, 139 BREEDABLIK, 58 Hotel and Sanatorium : terms about same as at Tonsaasen ; season, June 8 to September 8. BREIKYAM, 105 BREIK VA MSFEKEN, 62, 68 BREILA UPAR R., 63 BREISN 2 ES, 131 BREISTOLEN, 56 BREIYE (Ssetersdal), 105 BREKKE, 91 BREKKENIPPA, 125 BREMANGEN, 156 BREMANGERLANDET, 137 BR EMSNjESIIA TTEN, i 49 BRETTESN.ES, 173-175 BRETT UN, 160 BREUM, 133, 138 BREVIK, 89 Hotel: Viking, Stiansen's. BRINGS, 53 BRONNO, 168 BRONNOSUND, 168 BROKEFJELD, 37 BROMMA R., 55 BRUDEHULEN, 146 BRUDYICK CH., I23 BRUFOS, 114 BRUNLAAG, 74 BRUNLAUGNB 5 SET, 89 BRURESTOL, 118 BRURSKANKENE [29], 63, 168, 169 BRUSDAL LAKE, 141 BRYGGEN, 137 BRYN, 72 BRYNNILEN CAPE, 179 BUAR, 119 BUARBRsE [32], 42, 119 BUARDAL, n 9 BUD, 149 i BUD FJORD, 137 INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY BUER GLACIER, 114 BGGTEN, 180 B (JKKEH ULSLOFT, 66 BUKKEL,EGER , 64 BUKKEN ISLAND, 103, 113 B UK K ENFJELD, 102 BUKKEN FJORD, 99, 102, 105 BULKEN, 123 BULU R., 148 B UNDEFJORD, 23 BUNUT, 120 BURUEN, 86 BUSKOEN, 136 BY R., 163 BYGDIN LAKE , 50, 51, 58, 61-63, 67 BYGDO, 15, 29 BYGLAND STAT., 93 BYGLAND FJORD, 93 BYHRE, 76 BYKLEFJELDENE [32] BYKLUM, 93 BYNA R.,& 4 BYSTENEN, 126 c. CECIL IEK R ONE, 138 CHARLOTTENBERG, 28 CHRISTIANIA, 8 Hotels ; Victoria, close to rly. stat. and British steam- ship-quay. A large, old- established, first-class house, with 100 rooms at 3 kr. to 10 kr. Table d'hote (2.30 P.M.), 3 kr. B., 2.50 kr. S., 3 kr. Cold and hot baths, j and generally even- comfort and convenience, including English and other news¬ papers. English, Ac., spoken (as in all the other hotels here mentioned). Omnibus to and from hotel. Grand II., in the princi¬ pal st. (Carl Johan st.), 10 min. walk from the quay or rly. stat., opposite the Storthing, and near the palace, the university, mu¬ seums, &c. Enlarged 1890, it has more than luO rooms, elegantly furnished, at 2 to 25 kr. Their aspect being mostly towards the S. they are more especially cheerful and warm in winter, when j pension is available on lower terms than in summer. Table d'hdte (from 1 to 5 p.m.; at 3 kr. In the handsome res¬ taurant^ light D. (2 dishes) is served between 1 and 3 P.M. at 1 kr. Excellent cato. Lunch 40 b. to 80 o. per plate. As at the Victoria, the ctmine is excellent. A reading-room (with English and other journals), baths, an elevator, &c., complete the comforts of this highly recommendable establish¬ ment, which also has an omnibus. Bcandinavie II., also in Carl Johan st.., midway be¬ tween the qua}' and the Grand H., on the l.-hand side. This very good hotel has 50 rooms at 2.50 kr. to 5 kr. D., 2 kr. at any hour. Table d'hdte (2 p.m.), 3 kr., and between 1 and 3 (3 dishes) at 1.50 kr.; S., 1 kr. to 1.50 kr.; B., 1.50 kr. to 2 kr. Hot and warm baths, reading-room, &c. Metropole H., corner of Carl Johan and Kongens sts.; a new first-class estab¬ lishment; centrally situated. Britannia //., near the quay, on the way (to the 1.) to the Victoria H.: an old- fashioned house, but very clean and comfortable, with 30 rooms at 2 to 3 kr., in¬ cluding lights and service. Until 1 and after 6 p.m. lunch in the cafe at 40 o. per plate. D. d la carle (2 dishes), 1 kr.; S., cold, 1.20 kr. ; B., with egg, 1 kr. ; “portions” of meat, ham, &c., 60 o. to 1 kr. II. da Boulevard, opposite Grand H. Conveniently situ¬ ated, and possessing an ex¬ cellent cafe and dining¬ rooms. R. from 1J kr. Lunch in cafe till 1, and S. after 6 p.m., at 40 to 80 o. per plate. Light D., 1 to 4 P.M. (2 dishes), 1 kr. D., 1 to 5 kr. Private H, ( Hotels Gar- nis, or Pensions) : Nume¬ rous. The best are: Beheen's II., in large red house 1. of the Storthing. Terms more moderate than at hotels. R., 1.50 kr. to 3 kr.; D., 3 kr. Clean and comfortable. The same may be said of Lar¬ sen's, alongside (over a cross st.) of the Grand U., and of Hansen's in Tordenskjold st. The Central Privut II. and Pension, Storthingsplads, 7, well situated off the main st. (opposite the Storthing), is highly recommended. Charges moderate. Eleva¬ tor, electric lighting, and | bath-room. The princi¬ pal other houses of the same kind are Bchnor- busch's (leading to the pa¬ lace), Wallen's, Aanrud's, Hasselman's, Anna Klire's, and a number of others, all in Carl Johan st. or its vicinity, and easily found by their signboards, or under the guidance of a porter or cabdriver. Burnished Apartments for a short period difficult to obtain. Villas, country, for sum¬ mer, furnished or otherwise, can be hired at very mode¬ rate rents in the beautiful vicinity of city. Apply to Mr. Paul Due, architect, Storthing st., or to Tourist Agency. Valets de Place: Brecke, Grand H. Restaurants: at hotels already mentioned. Free¬ mason's Building, opposite Storthing: excellent. Chris¬ toff er sen's, an establishment once fashionable and- some¬ what superior ■ in cuisine. Charges moderate. The Ti¬ voli and Cordial Restau¬ rants (side by side), close to the palace (1. of avenue), can also be recommended. D., 1 to 5 kr. The Chris¬ tiania Bi earn Kitchen ( Damp- kjdkken), Torv st., supplies substantial meals (2 dishes) until 3 p.m. at 35 o. and 50o. for the better courses. (For «■ restaurants outside the city, see “ Drives.”) Catos: in Grand H., in the Pavilion at the head of the avenue, close to palace, and geuera'ly at the Res¬ taurants. Excellent beer and light refreshments are also supplied (in combina¬ tion with vocal and instru¬ mental entertainments) in the grotesquely frescoed cel¬ lars of the “ Bazar-Halle ” in Young’s Torv (market place). Also at other places. (See “ Theatresand Music.”) Confectioners: Gunther. ou way (same st.)_ to Grand H.; Baumann, in Ovre Slots st., which runs off to the 1. from Carl Johan st., and Halvorsen , opposite (S. of ) Storthing. Reading - Rooms : Athe- nceum, opposite E. end of Storthing. Travellers in¬ troduced for a fortnight by a member. English and 6] INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY other journals and reviews. A circulating library. Cabs ( trille or droske) : these are not allowed to ply in the streets for hire, but must be fetched from one of the many stands, unless accidentally picked up. Fares: within radius of city, for 1 person, 40 o. (1 horse) and 80 o. (2 horses or cal'eche), and in each case 20 o. additional for every ]>erson in excess. The cor¬ responding charges beyond the radius are 80 o. and 1.20 kr., with 30 o. addl. for each person above 1 . When taken by the hour (within city and its suburbs), the fare is 1.50 kr. for 1 -horse, and 2.50 kr. for 2-horse vehicles (found only in the market sq., oppo¬ site statue of Christian IV.) When more than 1 person, 25 and 50 o. respectively, for each, per hour. After 11 P.M. in summer and 10 p.M. in winter, the initial fare per course is 80 o. for 1 horse and 1.20 kr. for 2 horses, with 20 to 30 o. for each person above 1 . Luggage carried free : 50 lbs, and 100 lbs. respectively. Livery Stables ( Vogn- mcend) : the best and most central are those of Nyqvist, in st. running off Carl Johan st., from corner of Grand H. Carriages (with 1 or 2 horses) can be or¬ dered by telephone. Fare for 2 horses, 3 kr. per hr. Charge for drive to Hol- menkollen (see “ Drives ”) and back, 10 kr. for a landau and pair. Special agreements can be made also for other drives. Rid¬ ing-horses provided. Ny- qvist’s carriages and horses, as well as those of other | proprietors, are available at every hotel on application to porter. Tramways ( Sporvogn ) : their starting-place is in the Stor Torv. They run every 5 min.: W. to West¬ ern rly. stat.; N.W. to Ho- mansby; N.E. to Griiner- lbkken ; and S.E. to Oslo (see City plan). Fare ( 15 o.) slipped into glass box. Driver changes money up to 1 kr. Small Strs. ply from the Jernbanebrygge (parallel with quay for British strs.) to places on the fjord (asfar as Frederikshald and Tons- berg) and to the islands in the Bundefjord (see “Ex¬ cursions”), and from the quay in Piper viken (the harbour W. of Bjorviken, where the ocean and coast¬ ing strs. lie) to Frederiks- borg on Ladegaardsb (Bygdb) penin. (every half- hour), and to Oscars-hall and Bygdb sea-baths frequently. Boats can be hired at the Piperviken and Custom House quays and at the “ Baadforening ” (under E. side of Akershus castle), at 1.20 kr. per hr. Rly. Stats. (E. and W. lines). (For situation, see Plan.) Posting-House: the stat. is at 12 Pilestrcedet. Horses, carrioles, &c. can be ordered at Bennett's Tourist Agency. Porters and Messengers {Bybud) : distinguished by numbered brass badges on caps. They stand close to Vor Frelse Ch. (Carl Johan st.), in the small sq. near Storthing, in Homansby, and also await trains and strs. Tariff : 20 to 50 o. per errand or 20 to 60 o. per package carried, according to distance and weight. Post and Telegraph- office : corner of Carl Johan and Kirke sts. Open from 8 a,m. to 8 p.m. ; Sun. 8 to 9 A.M. and 5 to 6 p.m. Letter- j boxes in various parts of the city, at principal hotels, and on board Messrs. Wil¬ son’s mail strs. Correspon¬ dence, &c., can be posted at the chief office until 7.30 p.m., and at the rly. stat. until 9.35 p.m. Daily de¬ livery from abroad early before noon. Poste rest ante registered letters and money orders can be claimed be¬ tween 9 a.m. and 6 P.M. English letters and news¬ papers reach within 3 days; Scottish and northern mails are a day longer. (For Postage Rates , see Introduc¬ tion.) There is a weekly parcels post between New¬ castle and Christiania. The Parcels Customs’ Office is in Post Office open on weekdays from 10 to 3 . The Telegraph-office is open daily from 7 a.m. to 9 p.m., and also at night for telegrams abroad. (For Rates, see Introduction.) Telephone: at all hotels free. There are also several stats, for conversations with subscribers (10 o.) and from which messages can also be sent at a charge of 30 o. to 50 b. for 30 words, accord¬ ing to radius. Banks (open from 10 to 2 ) : Bank of Norway, in Bank plads; Norske Credit Bank, corner of Kirke and Prindsens sts.; Christiania Bank and Credit Kasse, on W. side of Great Market sq.; T. J. Heftye A Bon, 20 Tolbod st.; N. A. Andresen A Co., 6 Kirke st.; B. C. Anderson (also Danish con¬ sul-gen.), 4 Prindsens st. Circular notes addressed to one of these houses will not be accepted by any of the others. Money-Changers : Jacob E. Dybwad, in Carl Johan st., near rly. and quay; P. Henschien A Co., 22 Prindsens st. Cheques as well as notes and coin are also changed at Bennett’s Tourist-Office, Carl Johan st., close to Grand Hotel. Here routes suited to the requirements of each traveller or party, vehicles, harness and horses, travelling requisites of every kind, photographs, Norwegian music, wood¬ carving, silver, and anti¬ quities, books on Norway, Murray’s and other hand¬ books, English novels, &e., are purchasable. Also trust¬ worthy information of every kind and valuable assist¬ ance, and notably coupons for rlvs., posting, and inns. The Brit. Cons.-Gen. is in Ivjeld Stub st., looking on to Rosenkrantz st. ; the Amer. Cons., corner of Carl Johan Gade andOvre Slotsgade. The Anglican Church (St. Edmund’s) is in Moller sb. (see Plan and Descrip¬ tive Paragraph, p. 13 ). Ser¬ vice on Sun. 11 a.m. and 6.30 p.m. (see notices at hotels). Medical Men: Physician : Dr. Stabell, 9 Uranienborg- veien Physician and Bur¬ geon : Dr. Egeberg, 20 Uni- versitets st., a few houses from Carl Johan st. (court physician). Burgeon : Prof. Nicolaysen, 19 Pilestriedet st. Oculist and A wrist: Dr. 0 . B. Bull, Akers st., Dr. Y. INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY [7 Uchermann (Throat), 26 Prindsens st Dentists: Dr. Heide, 6 Storthing st., and Dr.Fridmann, corner of Carl Johan and Universitets sts. All these medical prac¬ titioners are of European eminence, and their fees do not exceed 5 kr. per visit. As regard the dentists (who are numerous), they are mostly of the American school, and their work is so excellent and cheap that the fare to Norway and back can be recouped by those who require extensive dental repairs. English per¬ fectly spoken by all who are here mentioned. Chemists: Nordstjern, in Storthing st., opposite Grand H. ; &'vane, corner of Raadlius and Kirke sts. (near Victoria H.) ; “ Ele¬ phant," in Gt. Market place. Baths : Roman, &c., “ Christianiabad,” nearly opposite the university. Warm salt-icater baths, on Victoria terrace. Sea-bath¬ ing at foot of Akershus castle; but the best estab¬ lishment (“Bygdo”) is at the extremity of Ladegaard- sij penin., to which strs. ply frequently (see above). Hairdresser : Chr. Erich- sen (from London), 12 Nedre Slot st. Shops: (English spoken generally). Being nume¬ rous, onlj r a few of these can be mentioned, although many others are as good. Silver- and Goldsmiths : D. Andersen, corner of Kirke and Prindsens sts. Large choice of old silver and filigree work (specially recommended for excel¬ lence, combined with cheap¬ ness) ; J. Tostrup, opposite Storthing (court jeweller, &c.) Furriers : Larsen, 21 Kongen st.; P. Backer, 27 Kongen st. Picture- and Art-dealers : Blomqvist, in Carl Johan st., and Abel, in Storthings Gade. Waterproofs, Travelling Requisites : W. Schmidt (agent of Tourist Associa¬ tion), in Carl Johan st. Stationery and Photo¬ graphs : R. Andvord, Carl Johan st., opposite Post- office. Finest collection of photographs at T. Bennett’s. Book- and Map sellers : Cammermeyer, Ascliehoug, and Beyer, all in Carl Johan st. Music-sellers : Warmutli, 17 Kirke st.; Hals, 27 Carl Johan st. Wine and Spirit Mer¬ chants, Tinned Meats, Gro¬ ceries : P. A. Larsen, close to Victoria H.; C. Magnus and Bergwitz, both in Carl Johan st.; E. Lexow & Co., Tolbod st. ; C. J. Christo- pliersen & Co., under H. Scandinavie. Cigars : Gloersen, near Grand H., and Jebe, nearest H. Scandinavie. Havan- nah and other cigars and tobaccos (of every brand used in England) cheaper than in England. Norwegian Lapidary Work : pretty objects in labradorite, syenite, granite, &c., 39 Carl Johan st. Norwegian Wood-carvings, Textile Fabrics, Toys, Ac., at the “ Husflids Magazin,” opposite Storthing,corner of Carl Johan st.; also (very cheap) at the “ Tugthusets- udslag,” a shop in Stor st. for sale of prisoners’ work. Fishing-tackle, Guns, Cart¬ ridges, Ac. : L. Torgersen & Co., 5 Carl Johan st. English flies, and tackle generally, cheaper than in London or Edinburgh. Fishery Agents : T. Ben¬ nett ; A. Kyring. Theatres and Music : in summer the Christiania Theatre (Bank plads), in which pieces only in the vernacular are performed, is generally closed. At the Tivoli (obliquely opposite to the university), an elegant building, lighted by electricity, and with pretty grounds, operettas, concerts, and “ varieties ” are given every evening (except on Sat.) This is the only place of amuse¬ ment available in the sum¬ mer for open-air entertain¬ ments. A Circus (open to¬ wards spring) is attached to it. A military band plays daily in the avenue (Studenterlunden) between 2 and 3 P.M. (on Sun. 12.30 to 1.30 P.M.) V ariety entertainments and cafe chantants are to be found at the Alhambra, Casino, Dazarhallen, Stjerne- hallen, and Eldorado music halls. The Diorama of Norwe¬ gian landscapes, &c., is well worth seeing, at 41 Carl Johan st. CHR1ST1AN1AFJORD, 6, 89 CHRISTIANSAND (S.), 4 [The city was burnt down in July 1892 , after the pub¬ lication of this book. The houses are now rebuilt in brick. The most important public buildings are: the Savings Bank, in which the post and telegraph-offices are; the Fire Brigade sta¬ tion; the Prefect’s resi¬ dence. The old part of the town is now in strong contrast with the new.] Hotels : Ernst's ; close to steamship pier; excellent. R., from 2 kr.; B., 1.50 kr. ; D., 2.50 kr. ; S., 1.50 kr. Preus's, in Skipper st.; good and moderate. Grand Hotel, new. Day mar, near Cath. Porterage from pier : 20 d. per trunk to Custom-house, from which (or from pier) 33 o. to any of the hotels. Boats from strs. anchored in the harbour : 13 o. each person, and 7 o. per trunk to pier. Cabs (if taken at the stand) : within 1st radius : 40 , 60 , and 80 o. for respec¬ tively 1 , 2 , and 3-4 persons Can be engaged in the day by the hour at 1.50 kr. for 1-2 persons, and 2 kr. for 3 or 4 . Drive to Ravnedal, Krossen, Gimlemotn, Ha tie vigen, Ac., 80 o., 1 kr.to 1.20 kr. x-espectively, and half¬ fare back, after waiting ] hr. in 1st radius, and J hr. in remaining trips ; to Eg and Kongsgaard, 1 kr., 1.20 kr., and 1.50 kr.; to 5 kilo, post on high road, also to Uyland on the Flekke- fjord road, 1.50 kr., 2 kr., and 2.50 kr. Post-office: corner of Markensgade and Raadhus- gade (near Ernst’s hotel). Telegraph - office : same building. Baths : Warm : in Market place ( 40-60 o.) Tickets at Elephant-Apothek ( chemist). Sea : W. side of Oddero is¬ land, at S.E. end of Strand INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY 8] st.; ferry 3 o. Charge 40 b. Ladies : 10 A.M. to 12 . Shops: Books, Photo- graphs, Ac. : K. C. Grontoft, J. Berge, and C. R. Berge. Preserved Meats, Wine, Ac. : M. Hansen, H. Tran- berg, Broderne Hansen. Spirits : at the Samlag. Cigars, Ac. : 0 . P. Moe, A. Nielsen, N. E. Norem. Fishing-tackle : J. B. Ol¬ sen. Cartridges, dr. : 0 . A. U ndsael. Antiquities : Th. Rasmus¬ sen. OHRISTIANSFJELD POR¬ TRESS, 85 CHRISTIANSTEN, 159 CHRISTIANSUND (N.), 149 Hotels : Mollerup's ; Throna's. Boats to and from strs. : 10 o. for 1 person ; 20 o. for 1 person with luggage (not more than a man can carry); for more luggage, in propor tion. Shops: Fishing-tackle ami Sport : Oluf Herlofsen's Sous ; J. A. Hveding. Groceries : 0. K. Knudsen ; J M. Gulbrandsen. Wine : Joh. P. Clausen. D. DAASN 3 ES (small hotel), 93 HAL STAT., 72 DALBAKKEN, 59 DALBERG, 121 DALE, 123, 126, 137 DALE A A R., 161 BALEN, 37, 38, 82, 93, 94. Hotels : H. Dalen (new) ; very superior. Lastein's ( Tokkedalen’s ) : at pier ; very good and moderate quarters for anglers. Ban- dak and Folkerang : on river ; both good and com¬ fortable. R., from 1.50 kr. ; B., 1 kr.; D. 2 kr. ; S., 1.20 kr. DALETAARN, 150 DA LEV A AG, 123 DALHOLEN, 87 D'ALSFJORD, 126, 137, 142 DALSHEST, 137 DAMFOS, 35 DARBO STAT., 42 DAVIKEN, 137 D1GER R., 44 DIGERMULEN, 174 DIGERTIND, 170 DIGER VA RDEX, 146 DIMMELSYIG, 114 DINGEN.ES, 126 DIS 2 ET, 86 DISERUD, 59, 74 DJUPDALEN, 142 DJUPVIK, 172, 180 DOGERFOS, 117 DOLEFJELD, go DOLE RESET, go DONEFOS, 136 DONNESO ISLAND, 170 DONTEFOS, 145 DOSEN, 131 DOVIKSFOS, 46 DOVREFJORDEN LAKE, 61 DOMAAS, I45 DOMBAAS, 81, 82, 147 DOMBESTEN, 137 DOMBRUI BRIDGE, 71 DO MM A A\, 71 DOYRE, 80, 150 DO VREFJELD [30], 65, 80- 83, 150 DR A GSTINDEN, 167 BRAMMEN, 30 Hotels: Britannia (in Stromso quarter) and //. Central, opposite railway stat. Cabs: 40 o. per course (1 person); 2-horse carriage (2 persons), GO b. Per hr. : 1 . 10 - 1.60 kr. Omnibus be¬ tween Bragernaes and Tan- gen. Post and Telegraph Offices : at the Exchange. Banks: Norges Bank, in Stromso Market place. Pri¬ vate Bank, in Exchange building. Reading - room : Athe¬ naeum. Strangers intro¬ duced for 14 dys. Theatre : corner of Store st. and Kirlce-pladsen. Baths : Myhre’s, close to Stromso ch. Shops : Books, Photo¬ graphs, d'c. : H. Lyche & Co. Preserved Meets, Wines, Cigars, Ac.: H. Hansen. Fishing. Tackle, Car¬ tridges, Ac. : H. Lyche & Co. DRAMS R. [66] DRAUGHELLER, 56 DREVJA R., 169 DRIVA R. [63], 83 DRIVSTUEN, 83 BROBAK, 6, 27 Hotels : Badehus; in main street ; good. Peter¬ sen's; close to pier ; good. Beds(l|kr.) Both moderate. Restaurant : Kjeldsen's . good meals, moderate. Baths : Sea and warm ; hot decomposed seaweed for rheumatism, &c. ; very effectual. DROILIERNE, 88 DRONEN ISLAND, 139 DROIA BRIDGE, 88 ~ D RONXIKG EX, 145 DUFYED STAT., 163 DUXDERLAXDS R., igo DUNDERLANDSDALEN, r7o DYNGO, 90 DYXNESFJELD [29] DYRDAL, 131 DYRENUT ; 40 DYRHA UGSTIXD, 131 DYROKLO V, 1 77 DYRSKAR PASS, 40 E. EBLAND LAKE, 3 EDO, 150 EGERO ISLAND, 98 EGERSTJND, 98 Hotels : Salve sen's (clean and comfortable), Jvede- ren (fishing supplied), El- lingsen's. EGGE, 133, 164 Hotel : Gei'inania : ex¬ cellent food and accommo¬ dation. EGGEDAL, 55 EGGENIBRAEJELD, 133 EID CH., 144 EIDANGER STAT., 35 EIDE (Eidfjord), 147 ELBE (Hardanger), 112, 113, 116, 120, 124 Hotels : Mieland's ; clo»« to fjord; excellent, ./aim- sen's ; a little higher up; also good. Telegraph Stat. EIDE (Molde), 137 EIDE (Moldefjord), x ;o EIDE (Sogne), 68, 131 El DEB UG T, 179 El DENUT, 119 EIDET, 88, 128 EIDFJORD, 45, 112, 116, 120, 128, 138 EIDFJORD R. [67] FADS R. [67] EIDSBORG, 38 INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY [9 ENGER, 49 , 57 tional when kept over the night. £ IDS BO TNEN, 162, 163 EIDSBTJGAREN, 62, 63,67-69 Rodsheim station-master acts here as a guide (very good) to Galdhopiggen. New Hotel being erected. EIDSFJORD , 184 KIDS FJORDS VA ND, 121 KIDS HORN, 143 EIDSROG STAT., 28 EIDSTJERNET, 92 EIDSYAAG, 126, 148 EIDSVOLD, 72, 85 Rail tray Station Hotel: excellent (winter and sum¬ mer). Baths (chalybeate) : on the Eidsvoldbakke, 5 kil. from station. R., 4-8 kr. per week. Board, 2 kr. per day. Ten villas and a nice park. El K EDA LSFOS, 115 KIKE DA LS VA ND, 115 KIKE NKHKS T, 138 E/KISDAL MTS., 139 EIK 1 SDALEN, 150 KIK IS DA L VA ND, 146 EIME ISLAND, 102 EINABU, 146 EININGEYIK, 113 KIT ERA A R., 170 EITREIM, 118 EIVINDN.ES CH., x 7 6 KKELA NDSFJORD, 115 EKELANDSOSEN, 115 KKERN LAKE, 42 KKKJESKAR, 41 EKLE, 163 ERNE CH., 165 EKRE, 55 EKSINGDAL R. [67] EKSINGDALEN, I27 ELDEN, 164, 165 ELDREHAUG, 56 ELD REV AND, 56 ELI, 84, 149 ELLING SGAARD, 141 ELSTAD, 75, 76 ELYEGAARD, 176 ELVENiES, 177, 186 EL VERS VAND, 41 ELVERUM, 85 Hotel : St. Ola/'s ; good posting station. ELYESHSTER, 67, 71 ELYETANGEN, 48 EMBRETSFOS, 47 ENA RE LAKE, 187 ENGELOEN, 176 ENGEN, 84 ERA R. [64] ERDAL, 120 ERIDA LSFJOItD R. [64] ER1SFJORD, 146 ERLANGSGAARD, 45 ERYIR, 137 ESP, 84, 160 ESPE, n8 ESPEDALEN, 59 ESPE DA LS VA ND, 59 ESPELAND LAKE, 116, 120 ESPELAADSFOS, 42, xi8 ESPEN, 85 ETNA R., 49 ETNE R. [67] EVANGER, i 16, 123 Hotel: Mon ten's. EVANG ERVAND, 123 EYENYIR, 126 EYJE, Hotel Dblen, near I Evje ; good accom., 93 F. FAABERG, 79, 130 FAAN.ES, 165 FAANEFJORD, 93 FiEGERDAL, 130 FEE MUNI) LAKE [69], 86, 87 F.EMUNDSENDEN, 87 F.ERDER LIGHT, 6, 89 FjERSDALEN, 163 FAIRSJij LAKE , 163 FAGERDAL, 130 FAGERLID, 172 FAGERLUND, 55 FAGERNIES, 50, 61, 131 Hotels : Fagernces : excel¬ lent ; Anglican service held there in summer; Post- office close by ; Telephone to Frydenlund and Tons- aasen. Fagerlund : close to the lake; very good; beauti¬ ful situation; R., 1.20 kr.; D., 1.80 kr. FAGERNyES (Ofoten), 176 FA GERNAISFJELI), 176 FAGERSTRAND (Strand), 44 > 133 Hotels : Payers! rand ; op¬ posite pier ; It., 1.50 kr. ; B., 80 0.; D., 2 kr. ; S., 1 kr. Ornes ; higher up ; moderate. Conveyances : carriole to Van, 3.60 kr. ( 5.40 kr. there and back) ; stolkjaerre, 5.40 kr. and 8.10 kr. (2 persons) ; FAKSEFJELD [28] FAKSFJORD, 177 FAKSTIND. 177 FALDSYANDET, 49 FALEIDE, 134, 138 Hotel: Tendtns; excel¬ lent ; well adapted for pro¬ longed stay. FALKETIND, 68 FANARAAK, 70 FANARAAKEN [31] FANEBUST, 126 FANNEFJORD, 103, 147 FA NNES TRA ND, 140, 147 FANTOFT, 122 FARAAEN R., 93 FARDAL, 127 FARET (Sretersdalen), 91, 93 FARHOVD R., 45 FARN 2 ES, 61, 129 FARSUND, 98 Hotel : Johnsen's. FARRIS LAKE, 34 FARRIS R., 34 FASDALSTIND, 179 FASTLANDSSTRAND, xi 5 FAUSRE, 52, 56, 172 FEDDE, 98 FEDDE FJORD, 98 FEIGEFOS, 130, 131 FEJOS, 127 FEL LINGFOS [62], 169 FEMSJOEN, 25 FENNEFOS, 93 FENS FJORD, 126 FEPL 1 NG DAL, 169 FETSUND STAT., 28 FIG GEN R. [67], 99 FIKSESUND, 116, 124 FILLEFJELD [31], 51, 129 FIMREITE, 127 FIN ElD, 179 F INFJORD, 177 FINKNAI, 168 FINRONGRJEILEN, 185 FINMA RKEN PL A TEA U [28] FINNE CH., 124 I FINNE FJORD, 126 ! FINNO ISLAND, 104 | FINSEDAL, 120 j F1NSE VAND, 120 I FINSHALSEN, 66 | FINSN.ES, 185 1 FISREM, 167 two-horse carriage, 10-16 kr., according to number of per¬ sons, 2 kr. per horse addi -1 FISKEMFOS, 164, 167 10 ] INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY FISHES JETEREN (Suren dal), 150 Tourists’ Inn (comfort¬ able), established by Tourist Association. FISKETIND , 29 FISKUM CH., 42 FIYA, 145 FIVELSTADHATJGEN, 135 Hotel : good. FJ. ERL A NDEFJORD, 125, 127, 128, 130 FJELDFROSK R. [70] F. 1 ELDHEIM, 49, 58 FJELDO ISLAND, 102 FJELDE UND, 177 FJETLA NDENUT, 41 EJ 0 SANGER STAT., 122 FJOE ANGER VAND , 122 FLAAEN LAKE, 93 FLAAFUT, 168 FLAAMSDAL (Sogn), 124,132 FLAATE, 141 FLAAViER LIGHT, 139 FLA A VAND, 37 FLADBERGE, 119 FLADELAND, 93 FLADSJET, 148 FLAGSUND, 176 FLAKSTADO ISLAND, 173 FLAKSVAND [66] FLASKERUD, 57 FLATEBO, 115, 116 FLA TEBOGJELET, 116 FLATELAND, 94 FLATMARK, 145 FLEINA ISLAND, 171 FLEK KE FJORD, 98, 137 Hotel: Wahl's. FLEKKERO, 4 FLESKEDAL VALLEY, 69, 129 FLESKEDALS SiETER, 69, 70 FLEERED ALEV AND, 69 FLEEKEDOLA, 69 FLISEN R., 28 FLOBERG, 28 FLOIFJELDE, 178 FLUME R. [67] FLOREN, 161 FLORO, 137, 139 Hotel : Hilmer’s. FLUBERG, 49 FL YD A LEDJ UPET, 143 FLYSiETER, 60, 63 FDD VANG CH., 75 FORDE (F'drdefjord), 137 Hotel: Maaen's ; moder¬ ate; fishing. FORDE (S'jndfjord), Hotels: Eivertsen's; Hafstad ; both good FORDE R. [67] FOREEFJORD, 103 FORN.EE R., go FOKEAA, 82 FOKETUE, 82 FOKSTUEN ON DOVRE, 81, 82 FOLDAL, 82, 148 FOLDALFJ ELD, 151 FOLDENFJORD, 166, 167, 172 FOLEFOT EUND, 126 FOLGEFONN GLACIER [ 3 2 ]) 4 L 52, 113, 114, 117, 118,119, 120, 125 FOLGO, 41 FULL A R., 82, 148 FOLSJO, 43 FONDALEN ENOW FIELD, i 55 FONN R., T15, 12 FONNFJ ELD, 161 FONN FIND, i 7 i FOIIBORD, 162 FORBORD MTS., 164 FORBORFJELD, 160, 161, 162 FORDEFJORD, 133 FOR EL IIOGNA [29] FORMO, 75 FORMOKAMPEN, 77, 80 FORRA R., 161 FORRADAL, 88 FOREJORDFOE, 169 FORTUN, 60, 67, 122, 129,131 FORT UN R. [67], 131 FORTUNDAL, 131 ' FORTUNEALDER, 131 FORVIK, 168 FOSBAKKEN, 87 FOSBRAATEN FALL, 50 FOSEN ISLAND, 150, 166 FOSHEIM, 50, 55 Hotel: Excellent H.; good trout-fisliing in river close to it. The Foshrim- sceter, II hr. walk from sta¬ tion, takes boarders; very good accommodation. FOSLANDSOSEN, 167 FOSNiES, 164, 165 FOSNsEE R., i 7 6 FOSSAN, 102 FOSSEGAARDEN, 75 Pension : Ilunder Guard ; good summer quarters. FOSSEID, 148 FOSSELI, 121, 122 FOSSLAND, 164, 167 FOSSO, 45 FOSSUM, 35, 164 FOSS UMV A ND, 164 EOT LAN DEFOE, 98 FRAKFJORD, 179 FRAMNjES (near Stalheim), 124. See ODNH 3 S Hotel : pretty good ; mo¬ derate. FREDERIKSHALD, 24 Hotel : Schultz's. FREDERIKS T AD , 26 Hotel : Scandinavie. FREDERIKSTEN, 24 FRED ERI KS WERN, 89 FREDO, 148 FREIDALSTOLEN, 115 FREMRE-GRONNI .N G, 142 FRENGSTAD, 87 FRENGSTUEN, 74 FRESVIK, 118, 127, 128 FRES VIKFJELD, 128 FRETTEIM, 132 FRIERFJORD, 35 FRIKEN, 69, 70 FRITZOEHUS, 33 FROJSEFOS, 136 FROIEN ISLAND, 150 FROIFJORD, 137 FROILANDS VAND LAKE, 99 FROISNiES, 93 FRONINGEN, 128, 131 FROGNER STAT., 72 FROGNERStETER, 18. See also HOLMENKOLLEN FRO-HAV, 166 FROSTEN, 164 F ROSTENFJORD, 160 FROSTLEEN GLACIER, 176 FRUDALSBRFE, 128 FR CUES TEN, 128 FRUHOLM ISLAND, 181 FRY A, 76 FRYDENLUND, 49, 58 Hotel : Fry den I and ; re¬ commended ; posting-sta¬ tion ; very good and mo¬ derate. FUGLEHATJG. See VASEN- DEN FUGLEM, 161 FUGLO ISLAND, 171 INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY [ii FULGEN.ES PROM., 179, 180 FULUFJELD [28] FUNDS JO, 163 F UR EBERGSFOS, 11 4 FURENIPA, 127 FURNESFJORD, 73 FURSET, 140, 1 47 FUR US JO, 77 FUSE, 113 FUSSENUT, 135 FUST R. [67] F UTESPRA NG ET, 128 FYRESDAL LAKE, 92, 93 G. GAARDSFJORD, 45 GAASEFLAA, 92 G A IS ERNE PEAKS [28] GALDEBERG, 63 GALDE KIRKE, 65, 67 GALDERNE ROADS, 54 GALDHO, 60 GALDHOBR.EERNE [31] GALDHOPIGGEN, 52, 60, 62, 64, 66, 67, 71, 79 GALGOFOS [60] GALLEBERG STAT., 31 GAMLE HELLESUND, 91 GAMVIK, 184 GAM VIK GLACIER, 179 GAND Ii., 99 GANDDAL VALLEY, 99 GANDEFJORD, 99 GANGDALSKA VL, 120 <7 A AAA AW, 88 GARBERG, 84, 148 GARDERMOEN CAMP, 72 GAREN, 148 GARHAMMER S ASTER, n 4 GARHAUG, 120 GARLIE, 84 GARMO, 60, 79 GARNJES, 122 GARNES, 163 GARTEN ISLAND, 150, 166 GARTH US, 57 GARTLAND, 167 GAULA R. [67], 132 GAUPARSASTER, 66 GAUPNE CH., 130 GAUPNEFJORD, 130, 131 GAUSDAL, 59, 74, 75 Sanatorium: Season, June 10 to Aug. 31 ; about 150 rooms (200 beds). Terms : single-bedded R., 20-70 kr. per week ; double-balded, 70-120 kr. per week ; board, 80 kr. per month; non¬ boarders pay 11-5 kr. for bed and 3 kr. for board per day, and 1 kr. per day fee ; monthly fee for use of Sana¬ torium, 25 kr. DU. daily from Lilleham- mer in 41 lirs. Fare, 8 kr.; return, 14 kr. GAUSTA [32], 43 , 44 GA USTA KN.ERN, 44 GEIRANG ERFJORD, 61, 77, j 78, 134, 135, 136, 142, 143 GEI RANGER MTS., 142 GIBOEN, 45 GIBOSTAD, 177 GILDERSKR El A, 128 GILDESKAAL CH., 171 GILLSVAND, 6 GIMN.ES, 147 GIMSE, 84 GIMSO, 175 GIMSOSTROM, 175 GISKO, 139 GISNA, 84 GIS UNO, 177 GJASSYA 3 R, 182, 183 GJEGNAL UNDFJELD, 138 GJEGNAL UNDSBR.E, 137, 138 GJEITERYG, 127 GJEITFJELD, 166 GJEl TFJELDTIND, 143 GJEITFOS, 143 GJE1TIIO, 67 GJEITHUS, 126 GJEITHUS STAT., 47 GJEITLAND EGG, 143 GJELDSA 3 TER, 76 GJENDEBOD, 64, 67, 68, 69 GJEN DEB YRNET, 64 GJENDEFELDENE, 66 GJENDEHO, 63 GJENDE LAKE, 58, 59,60,61, 62, 63-71, 78 Tourist Stats. : 1 . At the, W. end of the lake, the Gjen- debod Hospice (managed by Ragnhild Hove), with 2 houses and about 30 beds, belonging to the Norwegian Tourist Association (good food and wine). Members of the Tourist Association have priority, and pay less for a R. Charge very mode¬ rate. Guides at Gjendebod : Guide to Roiseim, 5.60 kr. ; vid Sletliavn, 7.20 kr. ; to Spiterstulen, 4 kr.; to Rus- • or o.jSU Kr.; to Eidsbugaren, 2.40 kr. ; to Bygdin, over the Svartdal, 2 kr.; to Skogadalsboen, through the Raudal, 5.20 kr.; over Hogvaglen, 6.40 kr.; to Fortun, in the same routes, 8.80 kr. or 10 kr. At the Gjendebod the guides for the ordinary routes are procured bj r Erik Slaalien. Ole Kvittin is a special guide for the peaks. To Memiu'ubod the route may be reversed. 2. The Memurubod (Hos¬ pice), on the N. shore of the lake, about halfway between its E. and W. end. 3 . Gjendesheim (managed by Anders Rusnes), at the E. end, with good apart¬ ments, belonging to the Norwegian Tourist Associa¬ tion, the members of which have priority. (Other rooms also supplied by the mana¬ ger.) Bed 1.20 kr.; B. 70 o. : D. 1.30 kr.; S. 70 o. Ale 70 o. Boat charges : 1 rower— 3.20 kr. for 1 person ; 5 - 5.20 kr. for 2-4 persons; 2 rowers —6 kr. for 1 person ; 6.80 kr. for 2-3 persons ; and 8 kr. for 4 persons. Gjendeslieim- Memurubod : 1 rower—2, 2 . 40 , and 3.20 kr.; 2 rowers — 3 . 60 , 4 , and 4.80 kr. Guides, &c., supplied. GJENDE OSEN, 63 GJENDEOSET [69] GJENDESHEIM. See GJENDE LAKE GJENDETUNGE, 64, 69 GJENDIN SJO. See GJENDE GJERDE, 114, 115 GJERM UNDOES, 144 GJERMUNDSHAVN, 114 GJERTVASBR.E, 71 GJ EYING A AS, 161, 164 GJOAA R., 148 GJORA I SUNDAL, 83, 147 GJOOEN, 167 GJOVIK, 73 Hotels : Gjovik (near pier). Victoria (short way up main street). Both very good. GJURA, 139 GJUVBR.E, 79 GJU VBR.EEN, 65 GJUVLAND, 45 GJUVSJO, 45 GJUVVASHYTTEN, 65 G LA AM A R., 7 12] INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY GLITTEREGGEN , 134 GLITTERIIO, 65 GLITRA R., 65, 66, 68 GLITRETIND [31], 63, 65, 66 GLOMMENFJORD, 171 GLOMMEN R. [67, 70], 26, 72, 85, 86, 87 GLOP REFJORD, 133, 138 GLOPPEN R. [67] GLOPTIND, 129 GOALSEVARRE [29], 179 GODOSUND, 113 Hotel. GOKKEKDAL VALLEY, 65, 66 GOKKRA R., 65 GOKSTAD, 33 GOL CH., 55 GO REV AND, 41 GOSSEN ISLAND, 149 GRAAKALEN, 151 GRAAKOL, 151, 160, 165 GRAASIDE, 123 GRA 3 SHOLMEN, 177 GRANDE, 142 GRANSHERRED CH., 44 GRANUM, 49, 57 G RA TA NGENFJO RD, 177 GRA VABjEK, 67 GRA VAFJELD, 67 GRAVBROT, 164 GRAVDAL, 70 GAA FAAOS, 145 GRAVEHALSEN, 132 GRAVEN CH., 117 VENSFJORD, 112, 116, 117, 120 G'/Al VEN8VA AZ>, 117 CA-l VNIIALS, 120 G RE AKER STAT., 26 GREFSENRAD. Hydropathic Establishment and Sana¬ torium , 22 G RE l DUNG EDA L MTS., 134 GRIMENFJORD, 171 GRIMESTAD, 116 GRIMEVAND, 122 GRIMO, 91 Hotel: Pugerud's. GRIMSDAL, 5 GRIMSTAD, 91 Hotels ; Moller's ; Niel¬ sen's. GRINDADN MTS., 51 GRIND AHEIM, 51 Hotels: Vang's (at stat.) ; very comfortable and mo¬ derate. Fagerli (close to stat.); also highly recom¬ mended. GRINDEFJELD, 51 GRIP LIGHT, 150 GR1SLETJERN, 69 GRISUNGKNA TTEN, 82 GRISENGVAND, 82 GRJOTA, 66, 79 GRJOTLI, 61, 78, 79, 134, 142 GRODAAS, 135 Hotels : H. Grodaas ; large and new ; moderate charges for guests and boarders. Raftesvold's ; also recommended. GRONA R.,61 GRONEL V, 146 GRONFOS, 146 GRONNEBERG, 67 GRONNINGEN, 91 GRONO ISLAND, 171 GRONSDAL, 120 GROTHAUGLIEN, 135 GROTINGSBRA TTEN, 86 GROTO, 175 GROTSUND , 178 •GROVESALEN, i 47 GRORUD, 72 GROSFJOItD, 91 GROTIIALE, 40 GRO VE R., 61 GROVENE, 92 GRUNDENE ROCKS, 166 GRUNGEDAL, 39 GRUNGEFJELD, 39 GRUT, 84 GRYTING. SeeROLDAL GUDAA, 161 GUDBRANDSDAL, 59, 74 , 77, 138, 142, 145 GUDBRANDSGAARD, 55 GUDDAL, xi 4 , 137 GUDVANGEN, 125, 132 Hotels : Hansen s (post- ing-stat.). R., 1 kr.; D., 2 kr. (witlia’e). Vikingvang H. ; very fair; moderate. GULA It., [62], 84, 88 GULBRAA, 127 GULDFEBLE, 127 GULDAL VALLEY, 84, 88 GULDHOLMEN, 185 GULDHORN, 79 GULENFJORD, 126 GULFJELD, 123 GULF OS [63] GULOSENFJORD, 88 GULSKOGEN STAT., 42 GULDSMEDMOEN, 93 GULSVIK. 55 Good quarters at posting- stat. New Hotel, with 16 rooms; recommended. GUNDESO STAT., 31 GUNLANUTEN, 104 GUNVORDAL, 128 GTJRIDALSSTOLEN, 70 GURSKO, 139 GUTVIK, 167 GYGRASTOL MT., 114 GYRlIIA UGEN, 47 H. HAA-ELV ; 87 HAAGAAOEN, 60 HAAJA ISLAND, 179 HAAKENSTAD, 60 HAAKON HAAKONSON '3 CASTLE, 74 HAAKONSH ELLEN, 103 HAALANDSDAL, n 5 HAANUT, 118 HAAR, 99 HAAR It., 98 HAARE, 41 Hotel: Breifonn ; close to shore of lake, at junction of great highways ; moderate. HAAREBREKKER, 41 HAARSTAD, 84 HAARTEIG [32] IIAAETEINSFJORD, 99 HADELAND, 48 H^EG, 53, 56 H.EGELAND, 92 H.EGERLANDS BRIDGtf, 105 HASRAND, xi6 H2ERE, 54 H/ETTA, 123 HAFSAAS, 147 IIAFSFJORD, 99, 101 HAFSLO LAKE, 128, 130 HAFSTAD, 133 HAGA STAT., 28 HAGERLUND, 44 HAGESTAD, 120 HALLANDSFOS, 93 HALLANGSKLOV, 168 HALLINGDAL It., 47, 55 HALLINGDAL MTS., 132 HA LIANG DA LSFJELDENE \ [31] ! HALSOEN. See MOS.TOEN I HALSNO ISLAND, 104 INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY HALYEDESFOS, 92 HAMAR, 73, 85 Hotels: Victoria and Jem- bane ; both near railway stat. and pier and very good. Grand, II .; a fine new building. Nor seng's Private Hotel; good. A railway now runs from Haraar to Tretten (Gudbrandsdal itte.), 88 kilm. via Lillehammer. IIaMELGROVAND, 116 KAMMERFEST, 179, 181 Hotel : Jensen's. HAMM ERVAND, 162 I 7 AMREBO, 104 1 IANDE, 50 HANDSPIKJE, 130 HANE, 123 HANEKAMB, 116, 117, 118 HANESTAD, 86 HANEYOLD, 34 HANKO BATHS, 27 Season, 1 st June to 1 st Sept. Excellent food and accom¬ modation (120 kr. per month). Fine sea air. A fashionable, salubrious re¬ sort. Pretty detached villas for families; all moderate. Prospectus sent on applica¬ tion by post. HAPARANDA, 181 HARAM ISLANDS, i 39 HA RDA NGERFJORD, 11 3 HARD ANGER JOKEL [31], 121 HA RDANGERSKA V, 115 HARDANGER-VIDDA [31], 45, 120, 122 HAREFOS [70], 186 HAREGGSASTER, 81 HAREIDLAND, i 39 , 141 1IARJANGERFJORD, i 77 HARP EPOS, 76 1 IARRAN CH., 167 HARSTADHAVN, 177 HASYIK, 179 HATFJELDDAL, 169 HATLEBERGDAL, 114 HATLESTRAND, 114 HATTREM, 147 HAUGAN, 162 HAUGESUND, 103, 113 Hotels : Jonassen's; Grand ; both good and moderate. HAUGSLANDET, 48 HAUGTJM, 167 HAUKA R., 148 HA UK A A EN FALL, 146 IIA UK A AS, 141 HA UK ED A L LA KE, 133 HAUKEDALEN, 127, 133 HAUKELAND, 122 II AUK ELAND LAKE, 133 IIA UK EL l FJEL D [32] HAUKELI-SALTER, 40, 105 HAUS CH., 122 HAYERNALS, 176 HAYN ISLAND, 150 HAYNINGBERG, 185 IIA VNN.ES, 138 PIAYNVIlv, 177 HAYO ISLAND, 182 HAVOSUND, 182 HE DAL, 60, 77 HEDALEN Cn„ 57 HEDA LSFJORDEN, 62 HEDEMARKEN PLAIN, 85 HEN STAT., 47 Hotels : Hen's and Skov- heim. HEGGE CH., 62 // EGGEFJORD, 62 HEGGEIM, 148 IIEG GENIIA UGEN, 74 HEGGERBOTTEN STAT., 79 IIEGGERBOTVAND, 79 HEGGESTOL, 38, 39, 45 HEGRE, 161 IIEIL HORNENE, 167 HEILSTAD, 168 HEILSTUGNVAND, 134 1IEILSTUGU GLACIER, 64, 66 IIElLSTUGUIIO, 66 HEIM A KONG, 104 HEIMDAL STAT., 84, 89, 149, 160 HEIMDA LSMUNDEN PA SS, 63 HEIMDALSVAND [69] HEJERAAS, 163 HEJREFOSFJ ORD, 91 HEKLESTRAND, 176 HELGEDAL, 71 HELGEIM CH., 133 HELGELANDSFLALS, 168 HELGO, 73, 85 HELL, 161, 162 HELLE (Scetersdal), 93 HELLEFOS, 42 HELLE I HILLERSTAD, 91 93 HELLERFOS, 66 HELLERTJERN LAKE, 66, 67 HELLESYLT, 135, I3 6, 144 Hotels : Hellesylt and Tryggestad's (often over¬ crowded), at the pier. Agent for Bennett’s carrioles and carriages. Alongside is an Inn kept by M. Hellesylt. Magnus Sceters ; new hotel ; recommended. IIELN.ES, 183 // ELS EG GEN, 173 IIELVEDE, 74 HELVEDESFOS, 5, 128 1 IELVEDESKJEDELEN, 59 IIELVETET FALL, 161 HELV 1 G, 99 HELVIG STAT. (Karesu- ando), 99 HEMNiES (Ranen), 170 Good quarters at Nilsen’s. HEMSEDAL CH., 56 IIEMS ED A L ELV, 55 HEM SEDA LSFJELDENE [31] IIEMSIL R., 55, 56 HENNINGSV ALR, 175 HERAND, 118 HER MA NSNA S, 163 HERMANSY ALRK (Sogne). See LEKANGER IIEROEN, 113 HESJEDAL, 88 II ESN ESC ER, 91 IlESTBR/EPIGGENE, [30], 66 1IESTEN, 130 HESTENALSOREN, 138 REST MAN DEN [29] HESTMANDO ISLAND, 171 IIES TN.ESFOS, 125 HESTORA, 138 1 IESTUN ISLAND, 168 IIEST VOL DENE, 62 HEYNE, 150 IllIS FJORD, 115, 118 HILDAL, 42, 119 HIL DA LSFOS, 42 HILLESTADT, 128, 130, 131 HILLEVAAG, 99 HILLINGSBERG, 76 HIMMELTINDERNE L29] HINDO ISLAND, 173, 174, 175, 176,177 HINDREM, 165 ’ HINDS ALTER, 60 HINNA, 99 IIINOGLE R., 60 HINOGLELI, 60 14 ] INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY HIRBROEN, 86 HISFJORD, 112 HISO, 91, 126 HITTERDAL, 45. See NO- TODDEN. HITTER-EL V, 87 HITTEREN ISLAND, 150 HITTERSUND, 150 HJELLE, 61, 78, 134 HJELLEDAL, 134 HJELLEDA LETIND, 62, 68 HJELMADAL, 121, 122 HJELMEN ISLAND, 179 HJELMSO, 182 HJERKIN, 81-83, 87 HJORENDFJORD, 135, 136, 141 HOAAS, 150 HODNEDAL S.ETER, 132 HOD FEN I PA, 132 HOFSFOS, 47 HOGFOS, 92 IIOGELEVEN, 75 HOGVAGLEN, 66, 67 HOG VA GLTJERN, 67 HOIEYARDE LIGHT, 102 HOIHOLM, 168 HOI HOLM PEAKE, 168 HOILAND, 99 HOITINDEN [29] HOJA AS, 47 HOEL, 84 HOL, 45, 121, 122 HO LA FOE, 61 HOLE, 101 HOLER A R., 58 HOLJERASTEN, 49 HONEFOS, 47, 55, 57 Hotels: Glatveld's (excel¬ lent), in a pretty garden, N. part of town, between the two rivers. Conveyances to and from railway stat. ; charges moderate. Trout- fishing permitted. F. Jer bane : near railway stat. ; recommended when other is full. HOR VEDRA GSFJELD, 143 HOVRINGEN S ASTER, 80 HOF, 49 HOFTEREN, 103 HOGSTEN LIGHT, 139 HOG END LAKE, 6 HOISTAKKA R, 67 HOKNA, 75 HOKSTAD, 165 HOC, 55, 120, 132 HOLAKER,.8i, 147 HOLANDEFJORD, 170, 171 HOLE, 54 HOLENIBBA, 143 j HOLLYIK, 45 ! HOLMBERGET, 164, 166 HOLMEDAL, 113, 132 HOLMEN, 75 HOLMENKOLLEN, 17 Restaurant burnt down March 30 , 1895 , but food and refreshments supplied at the Sanatorium and the “Sporting” lodge, close to its ruins. HOLMESTRAND, 31 Hotels : Societeten ; Dahl's II. ; Eea Baths close by. ' HOLMO, 134 1 HOLSANDEN, 165 HOLSET, 146, 147 HOLSETE, 129 HOLEFJORD, 19 HOLTAALEN, 88 HOMBORGSGRUND HAR¬ BOUR, 91 HOMERSAND (Hetland), 101 HOMMELVIK MTS., 164 HOMMELVIK, 161 Inn: good. HONDALENUT, 124 HONSTAD, 148 HONSTA DKNYK, 148 HOP, 122, 126 HOPREKSTAD CH., 126 HORGJEM, 145 HORNELEN [33] HORNELEN CLIFF , 137 HORNING DAL R. [67], 135 HORNINGDALEFJELDENE [30] HORNING DA LSR OK KEN [30L I 35 > 141 HORNING DA IS VAN I), i 34 , 135, 138 HORNNES, 93 HORNEFOE, 56 HORNTIND, 5 i HORNVIK BAY, 182 HORSNiES, 179 HORTE, 91 HORTEN, 3 i Hotels : Sorbije's and Vic- toria. HORUNGERNE MTS. [31], 5 2 > 53* 65, 67, 68, 69, 125, 129, 131,132 HOSE ID VAND, 90 HOSET, 61 HOUGSUND, 42 HOVE, 50, 75, 126, 142 HOVEDOEN, 23 II0 VEFJORDEN LAKE, 61 HOYIN, 44, 88 HUGAKOL, 51 HUGLEN ISLAND, 170 HULDREFOE , i 33 HUMLEDAL, 19 HUMMELFJELD [32], 87 HUNDALEN, 176 HUNDEFOS, 105, 130 HUN DEFOE, 5, 92 HUNDSHAMM E R, 130 HUNDTORP, 76 HUNN, 167 HUNS R., 73 HURDALEN, 72 HUSAFJELD, n 4 HUSDAL, 117 HUSTADIRKEN, 149 HUSUM, S3 Hotel : good. HVALEBYKAMPEN, 48 IIVA LOERNE, 26 HYALSTAD, 29 HVITESEID, 37, 92. See also KIRKEBO HVITEEJO, 92 HYITINGSO, 99, 105 HYENFJORD, 137, 138 HYLEN, 104 HYLLA, 163,165 HYLLAND, I2 5 HYLLESTAD CH., 93 HYLEFJORD, 104 HYLEKARET, 104 HYVING, 123 I. IBESTAD CH., 177 ! IDEFJORD, 24 IGLAR, 84 IIEFJORD , 78 ILDMAND LAKE, 80 ILEN CH., 89 ILFJELD, 151 ILLAAEN R., 67 INDERDAL, 150 Inn (comfortable) ; kept by Halvor Inderdal, an ex¬ cellent guide. INDERO, 165 INDEROEN, 163, 165 IND FJORD, 144 INDHERED, 165 INDLANDET, 149 INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY. [15 INDRE DALE, 145 INDRE EIDE, 143 INDRE HAUGEN, 135 INDRE KYARO, 171 INDRE OFFREDAL, 129 INDRE SAMLEN FJORD, 116 INDRE STEINSDND, 136 INDVIKEN, 138 IND VIKFJORD, 134 INDYR, 171 INNA LAKE , 163 INNA R., 163 ISDAL, 126, 145 ISFJORD, 144 1 STAD, 148 IS TER DA L EN MTS., 144,145 ISTINDERNE, 177 IYELAND, 92 J. JHSDEREN [33] jaeger va ndstinderne [29] JFEGGE-VARRE [29], 179 J.EGSTRAND, 171 J A£YNAKER,. 4 8 JAGTA, 141 J A RODS R. [60] JA KOBS R. ( WESTERN) [66] JELSE, 104 JENS FOLD, 87 JERKIN. See HJERKIN JETT A FJELD (Yaage) [32], 80 JOK ELFJELDENE [29] JUSTE DAL GLACIER , 52 JOLSTER. See YASENDEN JOLSTER OH., 133 JOLSTERVAND , 133 JOEN. See GJOOEN JO NS HORN, 141 JOSENDAL, 41 JOSENFJORD, 104 JOSSUND CH., 166 j JOKULFJORD, 179 I JOMFRELAND ISLAND, 90 | JON AN AES FROM., 115 JONDAL, 43, 115, 118 Inn : Utne's (fair). Guides : 3 kr. per day. j JON DA LSBRsE, 115 JONDALSOREN, 118 JONSAASEN, 58 JONS BERG, 117 JONSKNUT, 42, 43 JONSTOLENE, 120 JoRA VALLEY, 147 JORAMO, 147 JORANGER CH., 130 JORDAL, 119 JORDALSNUT, 119, 125 JORSTADMOEN CAMP, 74 JO ST ED A L R., 130 JOSTEDAL YALLEY, 79, 130, 131, 138 J OS TED A LSB R-E, 125, 127, 130, 133,134 JOSTEDA LSBRAEEN [30] JOT UNFJELD E, 65, 75 JOTUNFJELDENE [31] JOTUNHJEM, 51, 58, 78, 79, 80, 146, 150 JOTUNFORTEN FASS, 62 JUDEBERGET, 104 JUEREN LAKE, 20 JUKELEGGEN [31] JUKLEVAND, 115 JUKULEGG, 56, 62 JULSUND, 149 JUTULIIUGGET, 86 JUVAND, 143 K. KAAFJORD, 179, 180 KAAGEN GLACIER, 179 KA ALA AS, 105 KAARDAL, 120 KAARDALFOS, 132 KABELYAAG, 175 KAGGEFOS, 47 KAHOLMEN ISLAND, 6 KALDENUT, 116 KALDEVASAADAL, 120 KALDVELLA, 83 KALSTAD, 84, 148 KALURS ASTER, 142 KALYAAG, 137 KAL VAAHOGDA, 62, 63, 64 KALYEN.ES, iis KAMOFJORD, 183 KARAS JOK, 181 KARASUANDO, 178, 181 KA RISTOL BER G, 56 KARTjS R., 91 KARLSO ISLAND, 178 . KARMOEN ISLAND, 102 KASTNASSHAVN, 177 KAUP ANGER, 128 KAUTOKEINO, 181 KAVLIS/ETER, 144 KEISEREN FASS, 71, 131 KIBERG, 186 KILE, 93 KILEFJORD, 93 KILEFOS, 125 KINN [33], i 37 KINNEKLO VEN [33] KINSERVIK, 117, 118 KIRKEBO (Hviteseid), 3 7, 90 Hotel: Wredt's (good). KIRKEBO (Sogne), 126 KIRKELANDET ISLAND, 149 KIRKENASS, 186 KIRKENIBBA, 138 KIRKEN MT,, 65, 66, 67, 70 KIRKEOEN, 104 KIRKESASTEROREN, 148 KIRKESTUEN, 75 KIRKEYAAG, 175 KIRKEYOLD, 53 KIRKN^SYAAG, 165 KISTRAND, 184 KJFELA TIND, 40 KJ/ELA VAND LAKE, 40 KJEERING EN, i 39 KJEAASEN, 90 KJEILSTROM, 126 KJELLAND, 117 KJELSTADDAL, 135 KJELSTADLI 135 KTELYIK, 183 KJERRINGO, 172, 175 KJERRINGTIND, 169 KJERRINGYIK, 165 KJEUNGEN LIGHT, 166 KJOBMANDS SKJ.ER, 33 KJOLARS, 163 KJOLBERG It, 27 KJOLLEFJORD, 184 KJOLEHA UGENE, 163 KJOLEN CHAIN [28] KJOS, 134 KJOS B UNDEN, 134 KJOSEN, 178, 179 KJORGOSH A .JARG, 182, 184 KJORNiES, 128 KLEFSTAD, 76, 77 KLEP, 99 KLEPPEVAND LAKE, 9 o KLISYEN (Gol), 55, 97 KLINGENBERG, 76 KLOFTEN STAT., 72 KLOFTEFJ ELD, 123 KLO VDA LSEID, 136 KLOYEN, 177 KLOSTERFJORD, 186 KLOSTERFOS, 35 KLUBBEN, 185 KL UBEEN FJELD, 18 5 16] INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY. KLUNGNiES, 60 KNAPLUNDO ISLAND, 172 KNARESTAD, 5 KNIVSEL V, 143 KNIVS FLA A FOSSENE, 143 KNIVSKJ.ERODDE [29], 182 K NUTS HO [30], 83 KNUTSHULTIND [31], 63, 64 KOBBERAA R., 161 KOBBERDAL, 170 KOBBERVIKSDAL, 31 KO BBERVOLDEN, 37 KOKSVIK, 148 KOLAASTIND, 136 KOLDAFJELD , 124, 125 KOLDEDALST1ND, 62, 63, 68 KOLDEDOLA, 69 KOLDEHULLER, 120 KOLO BRO, 60 KOLOEN, 77 KOLSAAS, 19 KOMA G FJORD, 180 KONG FiY, 145 KONGSBAKTIND, 176 KONGSBERG, 43 Hotels : Victoria (best), at some distance W. of railway stat. R., from 2 kr.; B., 1.50 kr.; D., 2.50 kr. ; S., 1.50 kr. Grand Hotel : single rooms, 2 - 2 £ kr. ; double rooms, 8-6 kr. ; B., 1.25 kr.; D., 2.25 kr.; S., 1.25 kr. Britannia (with view over Nybrofos). Scandi- navie (also near railway stat.). Hotels frequently full; advisable to telegraph. The hotels have telephone connection with Chris- tiania, &c. Telegraph-office at rail¬ way stat. Carriages (Kongsberg drivers’ charges) : 1 . Tu Hitterdal or Bolkesjo (36 kil.) : carriole, 6.12 kr.; gig (2 persons), 9.36 kr.; car¬ riage (2 horses) for 2 , 3 , and 4 people, 14 . 40 , 16 . 20 , and 18.72 kr.; return, 50 per cent, additional. 2 . To Tinnoset, vid Bol- kesjo or Hitterdal (69 kil.) : carriole, 14.49 kr. ; gig, 19.32 kr. ; carriage (2 horses), 28 . 98 , 35 . 19 , and 38.64 kr; return, 50 per cent. more. Must wait at Tinnoset 24 hrs.; for a longer period the traveller pays 4 kr per horse and per day. If the traveller desires to return to Notod- den in Hitterdal (33 kil.), the chai'ge is the same as to Tinnoset per person and kil. 3 . To Hviteseid, via Hit¬ terdal, Sandland, Hjai’tdal, Flatdal, and Seljord (116 kil.) : carriage (2 hoi'ses), 55 . 68 , 69 . 60 , and 78.88 kr., for 2 , 3 and 4 persons. If the tlivelier goes vid Tinnoset, and the driver waits there 1 day, an addi¬ tional charge of 10 kr. KONGSDOLA, 70 KONGSFJORD R. [66] KONGSTROM , 57 KONGSVINGER, 28, 72, 85 Hotel : Kongsvinger. IvONGSVOLD, 82, 83 KOPERVIK, 102 KOPPANG, 86 Hotels : Jernbane ; board and lodging about 4 kr. per day. Hansen's and Kop- pang. All moderate. KOPPA NG HA MATER, 86 KORGEN. 170 KORNSJO STAT., 24 KORSFJORD , 103, 112, 113, 180 KORSNiES, 176, 180 KOSTVEIT, 45 KRAAKHELLESUND, 136 KRiEMMERMOEN, 58 KRAGERO, 89, 90 Hotels : Central ; good. Rambourg ; Germania ; Kragero. KRAMSO, 126 KREKLING STAT., 42 K RING ELEN, 76, 77, 79, 80, i 37 KRODEREN LAKE, 54 KROKAN, 44, 45 Inn: Tourist Associa¬ tion ; excellent ; charges moderate. KROKEN FARM, 130 KROKHAUGEN, 82, 86, 87 KROKKLEVEN, 20 KROKLOEN LAKE, 60 KROKSKOG, 19, 47 KR0K8UND, 20 KRONDAL GLACIERS, 130 KROSFONN [32] KROSSBRvEKEN, 142 KROSSRO, 70 KROSSO, 44 KUNNA [29], 171 IvVAAL, 88 KVAALE. See GRIMO KViENANGENFJORD, 178 KYiERNEFOS, 148 KV iERNEVIG, 101 K VALE RIDGE, 50 KVALO ISLAND, 168, 177, 180 KVALSUND, 184 KVALVAAG, 172 KYAM, 164 KVAM CH., 76, 77 KV AM REST, 137 KY*AMME, 53 KVAMMEN, 148, 150 KVAMSKLEV, 51 ~ KA 7 AMSO, 116, 139 KVANDE, 148 KVARSTEN, 5 KVA It VEN, 130 KVASHO, 66 KVASTIND, 170 KYELLO, 160 KVELSJO [69] KVIKNE, 87 KVILDAL, 104 KVINA R. [65], 98 KVINHERRED CH., 114 KVINNAFOS, 127 KYISBERG, 59, 74 KVITTEGGEN, 136 KVITEN.ES, 138 KVITENOSI, 124 KVITHOVD, 50, 51 Guide and horse, 2 kr. KYITHOLMEN LIGHT, 194 KVITNHiS, 179 L. LAAGEN R. (Gudbrands- dal) [66, 69], 59, 60, 73-77, 79, 80, 146, 147 LAAGEN R. (Numedal), 34, 42 , 43 LAAGEN R. (Ryfylke), 104 LAAGOFJORD, 136 LAARGAARD, 80 LAATEFOS, 42, 48, 118, 119 Hotel : Good, small ; re¬ freshments. LABRO-FOS, 42, 43 LADE, 160 LADEGAARDSO, 15 LADEHAMMER, 164 LyERDAL. See LHSRDAL SOREN LiERDAL R., 52 [64] INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY LJERDALSOREN (Sogne), 54* Hotels: Lindstrom's ; one of the best in Norway. Leer dal seven's ; good. Post and telegraph offices. L.ERDALSFJORD, 128, 129 LsERRISFJORD, 180 LAKS R. [61, 70], 184 LA KSE FJORD, 184 LAKSFOS [62], 169 LAKS JO, 34 LALUM BRIDGE, 78 LAN DEG ODE, 171 LAND LAKE, 48, 49 LANGEDAL, 63, 128,135, 142 LANGEID VAND, 39 LANGELAND, 133, 135, 137 LANGEN, 87 LANGESUND, 89 LANGESUNDFJORD, 89 LANGES ENDS K REPPA, 89 LANGE VAAG, 103 LANGEVAND, 66, 67, 93 LANGFJELD [32], 139 LANG FJORD, 186 LANGFLAAFJELD , 143 LANGLETE, 88 LANGNiES, 185 LANGSKIBSO, 141 LANGSKOG, 117 LANG VAND, 170 LARSNiES, 139 1 ARVIK, 33, 89 Hotels: Grand; Thora Hansen's (both very good). Johannsen's. Hydropathic Estab. : 110 kr. per course of 6 weeks ; 8(J kr. for 4 weeks, and 22 kr. for 1 week (for medical ad¬ vice, waters, baths, &c.); meals (3), 63 kr. per month. Restaurant: excellent; lodgings outside. Baths Hotel Park: 20-40 kr. per month; apply to Baths’ Manager. LA UKELANDSHEST, i 37 LA UPAR, 141 LAURDAL, 37 . Seealso TRI- SrET LAURGAARD, 60 LAUVHO MT., 66 j LAYANGEN, 176 LA VANGERFJORD, 177 LAYIK, 126 I LAXO, 28 LEANGEN, 160 LEIRA, 67, 7 o, 71, 72, 130 [Norway —viii. 97.] LEIRDAL VALLEY, 66, 67 LEIRFJORD, 169 LEIRHO MT., 65, 66 LEIRMO, 130 LEIR UNGENTA RN, 63 LElR UNGSBJEKKEN, 63 LEI RUNG SKAMP, 64 LEIRUNGSMYR, 64 LEIRVAND, 66, 67, 70 LEKANGER (Sogne), 127 Hotel : Fretkeim's; com- fortable, moderate. LEKO ISLAND, 167 LEKOMOEN [29], 167 LEKSDAL, 163 LEKSDALEN, 163 LEKSVIKEN, 165 LEKVE, 120 LENVIK CH., 177 LEPSO ISLAND, 113, 139 LER, 84, 88 LEREIMSKLEYEN, 144, 145 Hotel: Lerheim, reached after a steep ascent (6 kil. from Thorvik). A very com¬ fortable hotel, and a delight¬ ful place to spend some time at. LERFOSSEN, 159 LERSUND, 72 LERVIK, 103, 113, 126 LESJA, 150 LESJASKOGENS CH., 146 LESJASKOGS LAKE, 146 LESJA VAND, 147 LESJE LAKE, 82 LESJEVxERK LAKE, 74 LESKA ISLANDS, 150 LEVANGER, 161, 162, 163, 165 Hotels : Backlund's and Marienborg's. LEVOJOK [61] LIA SORTER, 41 LID, 103 LIDNHSS ISLAND, 166 LIE, 141 LIER STAT., 30 LIER VALLEY, 30 LIFJELD [32] LIFJELD MTS., 36, 43, 44 LIIIEST, 126 LILAND, 176 LILLE ALTENFJORD, *79 LILLE ELVEDAL, 82-86 Hotel : N.Dcehlie's, at rail¬ way stat. TIG 1 !>' LILLE LER-FOS, 89 LILLE SJONENFJORD, 170 LILLE A A R., 161 LILLEDAL, 150 LILLEDALEN RA VINE, 150 LILLEHAMMER, 59 , 73) 74 , 85,145 Hotels: Victoria ; very good ; dil. stat. for Guti- brandsdal and Gausdal. 0) msrud's ; good and conk- fortable. R., 1-1.75 kr.; B., 1 kr.; D., 2 kr.; S., 1 kr. ; Johannesen's (when others full) ; moderate. Meerschaum pipes at G. Larsen’s. Railway from Hamar to Tretten (Gudbrandsdal route) now open. LILLESAND, 9 i Hotel : Norge. LILLESTROM, 28, 72 LINDESNrES, 4 LINSEIM STAT., 61, 79 LISTAD, 76 LISTERFJORD, 98 LISTERLAND [33], 98 LJOFJELD, 135, 142 LO R., 42 LODA LS-BR.E, 130 LODALSKAAPA [30], 65, 130 LODINGEN (Vestfjord), 175. 176,177 Excellent but limited ac¬ commodation at house o£ Mr. Schonning, local mer¬ chant. LODVE, 124 LOEN LAKE, 130 LOEN (Nordfjord), 130, 134. 138 Hotel: Alexandra', 1st class’; sea, lake, and river fishing. LOFALD, 148 LOITEN, 14 LOKEN, si Pension (20 beds). At posting-stat. 35 beds. Bath- ing-liouse. Small cottages above the station where travellers can have repose, in beautiful scenery. LORENS BERG, 51 LOKKEN, 86 LOKTA ISLAND, 170 LUMSEN LAKE, 164 LONEHORG , 117, 124 * e 18 ] INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY LONE VAND LAKE , 105, 124 LOVE ID CANAL, 36 LOVHEIM (Sauland), 37, 45 iJ) VSTAKKEN, 122 LOFTHUS, 117, 118 Hotel : Utve's ; very com¬ fortable and moderate; charming situation. Miss Muller's H. and Pension; beautifully situated. Post and telephone offices. LOFOS, si LOFOTEN ISLANDS, 173- 176,155 LOFOTODDEN, 173 LOFTESNiES, 128 LOFTET, 67 LOKSUND, 113 LOM, 58 LOM CH., 60, 79 LOMSEGG [30], 60, 78, 79 L0MSFJELDENE [30] LOOREN, 138 LOPHAV, 179 LOPPEKALV, 179 LOPPEN ISLAND, 179 LORDAL YALLEY, 61, 147 LOSET, 86 LOSNA (Gudbrandsdal), 37 LOSNA LAKE, 75 LOSNEOEN, 136 LOVUNDEN [29] LOVUNDEN ISLAND, 170 LESJA CH., 147 LUNDARVAND, 124 LUNDEBR/E, 133 LUNDEMO, 88 LUNDEN, 127 L UNDENTS, 143 LUNDEVAND LAKE, 98 LUNKE CH., 161 L.URO ISLAND, 171 LUTSI, 101 LYBUG FJELD, 38 LYDERHORN, 103, 112 LYG REFJORD, 126 LYGREN, 126 LYNGDAL R. [67], 98 LYNGDAL YALLEY, 97 LYNGDALSFJORD, 98 LYNGEN ALPER [29] LYNGEN FJORD [71], 164, 166, 172, 178, 179 LYNGHOLMEN, 103 LYNGODAL, 179 LYNGOR, 90 LYNGSEIDET, 179 LYNGSTUEN , 178 LYNGV.ER, 175 LYSAKER, 29 LYSEB UNDEN, 102 LYSE FJORD, 101 LYSNEDAL, 53, 54 LYSTER, 60 LYSTERFJORD, 51, 58, 67 LYSTHUS, 46 LYSURDALS R., 136 LYSURN1BBA , 143 M. MAABO, 121, 122 MAABODAL, 121 MAA BOKV1ST, 121 MAABOKLEV , 121 MA AG ALA UPE, THE, 83 MAALS R. [66, 70, 71] MAALSELYDAL, 177 MAALSNA 5 S, 177, 179 MAANE A., 44, 45 MAARAADAL, 134 MAAREN, 126 MAARTINDERNE, 177 MAASO, 182 MADMODEREN [29] MAEHLUMSFOS, 77 M^ERKEB^K, 90 MAGERO ISLAND, 181, 182, 183 MAGEROSUND, 183 MAGNOR STAT., 28 MAIVAND, 169 MAKUR, 185 MALANGENFJORD, 177 MALM, 165 MALMAGEN, 87 MALMAGRONSNAA VE. 124 MA LMA NGERNUTER AITS . 114 MALSTIWM, 173, 174 MALVIK, 160 MANDAL, 97. See also AASERAL Hotel : Olsen's. MANDAL R. [65], 97 MANDFJELD, 161 MANGER, 126 MARAAK (Merok), 61, 78, 135, 136, 142, 143, 144 Hotels : Geiranger ; clean, pew ; R. from 1 £ kr. ; B., 1 & kr.; D., 2 kr. ; S., H kr. (walls between rooms very thin). This hotel is generally full. Union ; above the Cli. (established 1891 ); very good. Weiberg's ; tolerably good. MARADAL YALLEY, 68 MARIDALEN, 22 MARIENBORG, 161 MARIF JA 3 REN, 128,129,130, 131 Inn: J. Torvis'; com¬ fortable quarters; good guide. MARISTIEN, 45 MARISTUEN, 50 MARKEDALS R., 53 MARVIK, 104 MASDALSKLEV, 141 MASFJORD, 126 MATARENGI, 181 MAT RE FJORD, 112,113 MATVIK, 143 MAUKEN, 177 MA URANGERFJORD, 1 14 MAURSTADEID, 137 MAURY ANGEN PLAINS, 63 MEHAVN, 184 MEHUS, 104, 121 MELDAL, 148 MELDALSKOG, 148 MELDERSKIN, 114 MELFJORD, 171 MELHUS, 88, 132 MELING, 101 MELKEDALSBAND, 69 MELKEDA LSBRJE, 69 MELKEDA LST1ND, 62, 63, 64, 67, 69 M ELK ED A LSTJER N E N E, 69, 86 MELKEDAL VALLEY, 69 MELKEHULLERNE, 69 MELO ISLAND, 171 MELSDAL, 114 MELSTENEN, 167 MELSTEN FJORD, 167 MELSVAND, 124 MEMURU GLACIER, 64, 67, 68 MEMUR UBR.EEN [31] MEMURUTIND, 64 MEMURUTUNGE, 64 MERAKER, 161, 163 MEROK. See MARAAK MERTEN SN yES, 185 M ESN A-F OS, 73 INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY [19 MESNA R., 74 MIDDOLA R., 44 M IDG A ARDEN, 45 MIDTS JETER, 114 MIDTSKOGEN, 86 MIEN ISLAND, 139 MINNE STAT., 73, 85 M1SBERG, 73 MIT FIELD, 161 MJAAYAND LAKE, n 7 MJAAYASLI FARM, 172 MJELVjRR, 130 MJOLKA R., 67, 69 MJOLNIR , 145 MJONDALEN STAT., 42 MJOSEN LAKE [71], 72, 73, 74 ; 75 MJOS UND, 177 MJOSSTRAND, 45 MJOS VAND, 38, 45, [69] MJOLVEFOS, 116 MO (Ranen), 133,148,162,170 Excellent and very mode¬ rate quarters at Land- handler Meyer's. MO R. [67] MOARDAL, 61 MODALEN, 126 MODTJM, 47 Hydropathic Establish¬ ment and Sanatorium (St. Olafs Bad). Highly salubri¬ ous resort, especially in cases of disease or weakness of re¬ spiratory organs. Yery full (fashionable) in summer. Charges : Medical, &c., 22 , 44 , 64 , and 80 kr. for 1 to 4 weeks respectively, and 15 kr. for each subsequent week. Reduction in case of families. Residence, 20-70 kr. ; and with sitting or dressing-room, 70-80 kr. per month. Villas ( 4-7 rooms), furnished, 165-330 kr. per month. Prices lower after xAug. 1 . Cheaper accommoda¬ tion in Villa ruslica. Restau¬ rant : 4 meals, 2.40 kr. per diem. For hot dish at second breakfast, 30 o. more. Second cl. dining-room, 1 ^ kr. per day. Description and tariff supplied on ap¬ plication by post, or on the spot. Beds obtainable by oc¬ casional visitors, the bulk of whom are monthly boarders. (Conveyances at Vikersund stat.; 1.20 kr. for one, or 1.60 kr. for two.) MOFALSSKARDENE, 120 MOKLEBOST MOLLERVAND , 5 MOLMEN, 61, 146, 147 MOEN, 59, 61, 74 MOEN F A RM, 129 MOEN (Sel), 79, 80 MOEN I SODORP, 76 MORK, 130 MORKEDAL, 56, 124 MORKEREIDAL, 131 MOSADLEN [29] MOGEL1FOS , 119 MOGELJNU T, 119 MOGEN, 38 MOKSA R., 75 MOLDE, 140, 141, 146-149 Hotels: Alexandra ; in W. part of town, with beautiful view • very good. Grand ; in E. part; equally good. Pension, 5 to 7 kr. per diem. Cheapest claret, 4 kr., and same charge for a good bedroom. Telegraph for accommodation, both hotels being frequently full. Passengers taken to and from hotels in steam-laun¬ ches of hotels. MOLDEFJoRD, 139, 140, 141, 144 MOLDESTAD, 133 MOLDOEN, 137 MOLDSKREDDAL, 135 MOLLA ISLAND, 174 MOLLDORA CHANNEL , 174 MOLLEN, 130 MON STAT., 24 MONE S 2 ETER, 50 MONGE, 145 MONGE-FOS, 145 MONGEJURA, 145 MO NS HORN, 143 MORAFJELD, 86 MORDALSFOS, 131 MORKA-KOLDEDOLA, 69 MORKA-KOLDEDAL VAL¬ LEY, 68,129 MORKOLLEN, 57 MOSBO, 92 MOSBY, 6 MOSJOEN (Vefsen), 167, 168, 169. See also VEFSEN Hotel: Schroder's; MOSKEN ISLAND, 174 MOSKENJESO ISLAND, 173 i74» 175 MOSKOSTROM, 174 MOSS, 27 Hotel: Reinsch's : R.,from 2 kr.; D., 2 kr.; S., 1.50 kr. MOSSE R., 27 MOSSES UND, 27 MOSTERHAYN, 103 MOSTER ISLAND,' 102 MOSVIKEN, 165 MOVAND, 133 MUGG EDO LA R., 57 MUGNAFJELD, 62, 63 MUGNATIND, 62 MULDAL, 142 MUIjDA LFOS, 142 MUNDAL, 127 MUNDHEIMSDAL, 115 MUNKEG, 127 MUNKHOLM, 159 MUNKHOLMEN ISLAND 151 MUONIOKOSKI RADIUS, 181 MUONIOYAARA, 181 MURUSJO [69] MYKLEBOSTAD, 172 MYKLEMYR, 131 MYKLETVE1TRE, 123 MYRDALSVAND, 114 MYRHORN, 130 MYSEBYT, 130 MYSE-ELV, 115 MYSEN STAT., 25 MYSEVAND, 115 MYSE VASSKAR, 115 MYSUSiETER, 80 N. NAA., 118 NAALENE, 125 NAARA, 136 NAAVERDALEN, 87 NiERBO OH., 99 NxEREIMS, 125 Ax ERE I MS FJORD, 125, 131, 132 NxERODAL, 125 N/ERODALSEL V, 124 NjEROFJORD, 125, 131, 132, r 43 N.ERO R. [67] NxERSTRAND, 104 NrERSTRANDSFJORD, N 2 ES (Aandalsruns, Romsdal), 142, 144, 145, 146 Hotels : Bellevue ; splen¬ didly situated ; Anglican Ch. c 2 20] INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY services ; boats and a steam- launch at disposal of visi¬ tors, who can also fish ( sal¬ mon ) in the Rauina. Grand II. Bellevue (new, 1890 ). Unhjem's and Romsdals- horn ; both comfortable and moderate. Holgenas, about 3 kil. distance up the Romsdal Talley, is recommended. Bennett’s Interpreter^ Aau - dahl, of H. Bellevue) sup¬ plies carriages, carrioles , &c., at reasonable charges. NiES (Hallingdal), 55 Hotel : Noes, and posting station; good. NASS (Suldal), 104, 105 Hotels : Gauthnn's, and II. Bratlandsdalen, where Rbldal road begins ; post¬ ing-horses provided. Fish¬ ing. NiES CH., 73, 131 N/ESET, 93 N.ESHEIM, 99 N,ES II. (Valders), 50, 57 NiESSE LINDAAS, 126 NH 3 SSEBY, 185 NrE VELSFJOR D, 172 N.EVERFJKLD, 75 NEVERFJORD, 180 NAGLOREN, 128 NAKKERITD STAT., 47 NAMDALEN, 164, 169 NAMDALSEIDE, 164 NA MSENF. / 0KD , 164, 166 NAMSEN R. [62], 164, 166 XfAMSOS, 164, 166, 167 Hotel : Jensen's ; good. NARTEROD, 33 NATJST, 164 NATJSTAL, 137 NAUSTENE, 121 NA UTEFOS, 125 NA UTGA RDSTIND, 62, 76 NEAADALEN, 150 NED RE HEIMDA LS VA ND, 63 NEDRE TASSENDEN. Sec TASENDEN XEIDEN R. [60, 70] NERDAL, 150 NERGAARDEN, 91 NERTIK, 84 NES, 163 NESELV, 61 NESNE, 170 NESEIM HO R GEN, 1x7 NESTUN, 122 NESVAND, 162 NIBBEDAL, 135 NIBBEDALSHATJGEN. See FITELSTADHAI 7 GEN NID R. [62], 90, 151, T59, 160 NID TALLEY, 88, 89 NIGARS-BRrE [30], 130 NIGARSDAL, 130 NIPAHOGD, 120 NIPEFJELD , 114 NISSER LAKE [69], 92 NISSER R. [66] NIT R., 72 NJALVARRE, 179 NJUKEN, 128 NOSTE, 146 Hotel: Eskidal ; good. NOSTMO, 163 NOTERO, 33, 89 NOTLEFOS, 41 NO KEEN IBB A , r 4 3 NONHA UG, 53 NOR, 135 NORANGSDAL, 133, 136 NORDAL, 176 NO R DA LS FJORD, 142 NORDBERGET CH., 79 NORDDALEN, 176 NORDENFJELDSKE, NOR WA Y [27] NORDERHOT CH., 20 NORDFJORD, 77, 78, 8o, 130, 133. I 34> *37> 138, 156 NORDFJORDEIDET,i 3 5,i37, 138 Hotel: Boalth's ; re¬ commended. Accommoda¬ tion also at Hildenes'. NORDFOLDEN, 172 NORDHORDLAND, 126 NORDKYN, 184 NORDLANDET ISLAND, 149 NORD 1 V 1 ARKEN, 22 NORDMA RKEN MTS., 72 j NORDMORE, 147, 149 1 NO RD MO REFJORDS, 149 j NORDNH 3 S, 103 NORDPOLLEN, 114 NORDRE AURDAL, 49 NORDRE JACOBS R., 185 NORDRE SKJERTE, 162 NORDSJO, 36 - NORDSTRAND, 21, 27 NOREFJELD [32], 54 NO RE FJORD, 127 NOREIMSUND, tis, 116 Hotel: Sandven's ; good. NO RENTES HEADLAND ,127 NORESUND, 55 NORMANDS SLAEB, rr8 NORMA NDSLA A GEN LA ICE C6q1, 45 NORRE, 55 NORSKE BUK, 167 NORSKE HESTEN [33], 137 NORTH CAPE [28], 182 NORTIK, 144 NOTODDEN (Hitterdal), 46 Hotels: Furuheim and Victoria ; both good. NUMEDAL, 55, 118 NUPSAAE, 40 NY AS TOLFOS, 117 NYBOD, 62 NYBOE, 141 NYBORG, 181, 185 NYKIRKE STAT., 31 NYL.END, 39 NYLAND, 44 NYPAN, 88 NYPLADSEN, 87 NYSiETER, 61,79,82,146,147 NYSTUEN, 51, 52, 56, 62,129 NYSUND, 99 NYTROEN, 87 0 . ODDA (Odde), 42, 104, 112, 113, 114, 115, 118, 120 Hotels : Hardanger ; per¬ fect in accommodation and cuisine', R. ( 70 , with 100 beds), from 1 kr.; B., 1.30 kr.; D., 2 kr.; board and lodging, 6 kr. per diem. Ole Prestegaard’s; also near pier; comfortable, and about same charges. Baard-Aga's (enlarged 1888 ); good; board and lodging mode¬ rate. J or dal's ; new and good ; moderate. H. Viking- haug; also new and good; and Hellstram’s (close to Hardanger H.). Anglican Ch. services at the Hardanger H. and the parish ch. Post-office alongsideAga’s H. Antiquities and Silver: Hammer’s. Guides: English-speaking at all the hotels. ODDERN.ES OH., 5 ODDERO, 4, 5, 91 ODEGAARD, 38 INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY [21 OBNJES, 49, 74 Hotels : Odnces (ten min, from pier) ; excellent cui¬ sine ; good ; charges reason¬ able. Vaarnces ; also recom¬ mended. Skoien (3 kil. be¬ yond Odnses); comfortable; close to it is another small H. (at Framnaes). OGSFJORD, 175 01, 92 OIANGEN LAKE, 62 0IANGSH01DEN, 61 OIE (Norangsfjord), 135, 136, 241 Hotels : Union ; Retiro . OIE CH., 51 OIER CH., 75 OIE REN LAKE , 25, 28, 72 OIERHAVN, 125 OIGARSFOS, 54 OIJORD, 176, 177 GILO, 51 OKSUND, 176 0 LFARNH 3 S, 113 OLMEIM CH., 127 ORLAND PROM., 151, 166 GRSTEN, 136 ORSTENFJORD, 136 ORSTENVIKEN, 136 OSTENSO, 116 Hotels: listens®; Opheim. OSTERDALEN, 75, 85 OSTERISOER. See RISOER OSTFJORD, 126 OST V A AGO ISLAND, 173, J 74 > i 75 OSTVIK, 164 6 VERA AS, 146 Inn : good. OVRE HEIMDALSVAND, 63 GYRE LEIRUNGSDAL, 64 OVRE SJODALSVAND, 63 OVRE TELEMARKEN- FJELDE [22J OYREBO, 105 OVREFOS [61] U VSTHUSFOS, 115 (>F FEN A A SEN, 164 VFOTENFJORD, 176 uFTALI LAKE, 38 UGNE R., 98, 99 OK KEN, 53 OKSDALSH0, 67 0KSEF0S, 79 OKSEN, 117, 120 OKSENDALEN, 147, 150 OKSENFJELD, 116 OKSO, 4 OKSO LIGHTHOUSE, 91 OKSTINDERNE [28], 169 OLAFSKILDEN, 128 OLAE'S SNUSHORN, 142 OLBERG, 55 OLDEN {Oldoren), 133, 138 Hotel : Yris; good and mo¬ derate ; guides procurable. OLDEN R. [66] OLDENVAND, 133, 134 OLDOREN. See OLDEN OLEN, 103 0 LESA 3 TER, 130 OLSJOEN LAKE, 50 OLSTAD, 91 OLSTADFJELD, 91 OLSTAPPEN LAKE, 59 OMBO ISLAND, 104 OMNESO ISLAND, 171 OMVIKEDAL, it 4 ONEN R., xi7, 120 ONSO STAT., 27 ONSTAD, 50 OPDAL, 83, 148 OPDOL, 150 OPHEIM (near Stalheim), 127 Hotels : Opheim's ; good and moderate; Johannesen's, and Friedheim ; all good. OPHEIMSVAND, 124 Hotel : Framnces ; an ex¬ cellent little H. in a pic¬ turesque situation. OPHUS STAT., 86 0 PLA 3 NSKEDAL, 143 OPLANDSKE H01SLETTE [32] OPPEGAARD, 27 OPSETSTOLENE, 132 OPS JOEN LAKE [69] OPSTRYN, 79, 134 0RB0STADT1ND, 177 ORJE, 25 ORKEDAL, 147, 151 ORKEDALSFJORD, 88, 149, 151 ORKEDAL SOREN, 149 Hotel : Valslad's. Good rooms at Telegraph Station. ORKLA R. [62, 63], 84, 148 0 RME 1 M, 145, 146 ORMEKVAAL, 39 JRMOEN, 27 ORNjES, 171 ORSK OGFJELD, 141 ORSTENVIK, 139 Hotel : Orstenvik, on shore of fjord, comfortable, quiet, and moderate. Excellent shooting and fishing in neighbourhood. ORTNEVIK, 126 OS CH., 113, 122 OS (Samnangerfjord), 122 Hotels : Oseroren's and Elvig's. OSCARSBORG, 6 OSCARSHALL, x 5 OSCARSHOUG, 70 OSE, 93, 120, 132 0SEFJORD, 112, 120 OSEKA VL, 120 OSEN, 137, 164 OSEN CH., 166 OSEN (Suldal), 104 Hotels : Sandal (posting - stat.) ; Underbakke's. OSEN-FOS, 137 OSKENDALS R., 138 OSLO, 6, 21, 72 OSTER FJORD, 122 OSTERO MTS., 123 OSTRE SLIDRE, 50, 58, 61 OTERO, 167 OTTA R., 60, 61, 75, 77, 78,79 131 OTTAVAND , 79 OTTER R. [65] OTTERAA R., 4, 5, 6, 92 OTTERO ISLAND, 149 OTTEROEN, 139 OTTESTAD, 85 OVERAA, 142 OVERSTE-RODDAL, 142 OVNFJELD, 151 OVREVASENDEN. SeeVA- SENDEN P. PADDEBY, 185 PARDIS S A 3 TER, 50 PASHOIDEN, 132 PAS VIK R. [60, 70], 186 PERSKAASA, 44 PIGHjETTA [30] PIPERTIND, 178, 179 POLLFOSSEN STAT., 61 POLMAK, 181 PORSANGERFJORD, 183 PORSGRUND, 35, 89 Hotel : Victoria ; good. PRjEKESTOL, 143 PRJ 23 THUUS, 84 22] INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY PRrESTKAMPEN, 75 PRiESTOEN, 137 PUDDEFJORD, 103 R. RAAENFJORD, 55 RAANAASKOL, 146 RAASTAD ST AT., 33 RAD, 146 RADO, 126 RADOSUND , 126 R.EKN.ESHAUG, I4 o R^EKSTIND, 179 RAFSBOTNEN, 180 RAFT SUND, 173, 174 175 RAG-EFJORD STAT., 98 RAHOLTFJELD , 37 RAKE, 134 RAMBERG, 57 RAMSO, 166 RAMSUND, 177 RANGES, 148 RANDO ISLAND, to 4 RANDOSUND, 91 RANDS R., 47 RANDSFJORD, 47, 48, 74 Hotel : Berger. RANDS VERKSHTER, 60, 66 RANEN, 169 RANEN R. [67], 170 RANEN FJORD, 170 RANGILDFOS, 45 RANHEIM, 160 RAPISVARI, 172 RASTA STAT., 86 RAUBERG, 151 HAUBERG SHTER, 65 RAUBERGET, 165 AM UBERGSKAR YEN [31] RAUDAL YALLEY, 64 RA UDALSBANDET PASS, 69 RA UDALSMUNDEN, 69 RAUDALSTIND , 64, 66, 67 RA UDALSVANDE, 69 ATAAOZM, 69, 70, AM UEGGEN, 134 AM U A., 92 AM UFJORD LAKE, 62 RAUFJORDHEIM, 50, 62, 63, 64 RAULAND, 38 ATIM/A A. [64], 61, 144, 145, 14b RAUTEFJELD, 39 RAYNEDAL, 4 AM VNGJUV, 38 RE (Red), 133, 138 Hotel: Gordon. REIERSDAL, 93 REINAA A., 133, 161 REINHEIM HUT, 82 REINO ISLAND, 178 REINSNAASVAND, 42 REINS VAND, 16 REIS S Hi TER, 118 REISEN A. [61]. 179 REISENFJ ORD, 177 REITAN, 88 Inn: Halvor Reilan's , near mouth of Aura. REITEN, 146 REITSTOEN, 88 REKDALHEST, 139 REKSTEREN ISLAND, 103 RELLINGEN, 142 RELSTAD, 104 REMBISDALS SHTER, 121 REMBISDA LSFOS, 121 REMDALSTIND , 171 RENA STAT., 85 RENA R. [69], 86 RENLI CH., 58 RENNEBU, 150 REPSYAAG, 184 REYEM CH., 101 RIENSJO [69] RINDALEN, 148, 150 RINDLERET, 163, 165 RINGEBU CH., 75 RINGED A LS-FOS, 114 RINGED ALS VAND, 119, 120 RINGELIEN, 49 A INGE RIF OS FALL, 114 RINGERIKE, 19, 47 RTNGKOLLEN, 47 RINGOEN, 120 RINGSAKER CH., 74 RINGVASSO ISLAND, 178 RINNA A., 148 RIS A., 72, 139 ; RISE I OPDAL, 83, 136 RISQER, 90 Hotel: Tiis ; very good and moderate. | RISTO, 139 RISVH 1 R, 167 RJ UK A NDEFOS, 56 RITSEN, 151 RJUKAN-FOS, 45, 56 Inn : R., 1.00 kr.; B., 1.20 kr. ; D., 2 kr. RJUKAN-FOS, LILLE, 38 RJUKAN-FOS (near Botten), , 4 °- ROALD KYAM, 105 RODO LIGHT, 166 RODBERG , 134 RODENiES, 25 RODHAMMEREN, 164 RODO, 171 RODOLO YEN [29], 171 RODSHEIM. See ROISEIM ROD SUND, 167 ROD VENFJORD, 144 ROISEIM, 58, 60, 61, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 70, 71, 78, 79, 131 Inn : good ; managed by the well-known old guide, Ole Halvorsson Rbiseim, who speaks English. Knut Yole is an excellent guide, known to many climbers. ROIKNES, 92 ROKEN STAT., 30 ROKENVIKEN, 48 ROKLENUT, 119 ROLDAL, 41, 105, 119 Hotels : Breifonn ; very good ; beautiful view ; mo¬ derate. Roldal ; large, and also moderate. Roldal is an important point, and tra¬ vellers would be going out of their way if they went to the Breifonn. ROLDAL LAKE, 105 ROLDALSFJELDENE [32] HOLD A LS-SAA TA, 41 RONEID. See RONNE ROENLANDET, 48 RONSTADHULEN CAYE, 139 RORHUSDALEN, 135 RORHUSNIBBA, 135 ROROS, 86, 87 Hotels : Roros; good. Larsen's. Accommodation at Railway Station. A DA VAS TINDER, 172 RORYIK, 167 ROSET, 141 ROSKJE, 163 ROST ISLAND, 174 ROSTADTIND, 172 ROSVAND [71], 169 ROSVIK, 172 ROGNAES, 88 ROGNE, 50, 61 ROGNSFJORD, 89 ROGSTAD, 84 ROLFSHUS, 50, 55 ROLFSO ISLAND, 181 JWLFSO LAKE, 27 INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY [23 ROLFSOHAYN, 181 ROLLA ISLAND, 177 HOLS BA KK ERNE, 165 ItOLSOSUND, 181 ROMBAKKEN, 176 ROMERIKE, 72 ROMSDAL, 61, 142, 144, 146, 149 ROMSDAL MTS., 139 ROMS DA LS ALPERNE [30] ROMSDALSFJORD, 144 ROMSDALS-HORN [30], 139, I 44 » 145 ROMUNDGAARD, 80 RONDANE MTS. [32], 60, 65. 75» 76, 80, 146, 147 RONDEVAND, 80 RONGSTAD VAND, 164 RONNE (Roneid), 130 Good quarters at J. Mol- land's, storekeeper. ROSDAL, 79 ROSENDAL, 114 Hotel : Rosendal's ; good. ROSSET. See YOLDEN ROT ISLAND, 101 ROTA [29], 171 ROY AND LAKE, 148 RUGSUND, 137 R UK SIS VA G G EGA ISA , 179 RULLENUT, 120 RUNDAL, 120 RUNDO, 139 RUNE BERG, 144 RUSAAEN, 39 RUSGRENDEN, 44 RUSS A R., 68 RUSSELUFT, 180 RUSSLIEN S 2 ETER, 60 RUSSVAND [69], 68 RUSTEN RAVINE, 80 RUSTOEN, 133 RYDSAAEN R. [66] RYENBERGENE, 72 RYG END EPOS, 91 RYGJARBIT, 126 RYHAUGEN, 82, 87 RYPEB.EK, 64 RYSFJ.EREN, 138 RYSNA, 51 RYSVAASHORN, 138 RYSVAND, 176 S. S A AT HORN, 143 S.EBERG, 120 SiEBO, 121, 122, 126, 135 S.EBOVIKEN, 136 S.EBOFJOIiDEN LAKE, 61 S.ED, 121 SiEKKEN, 144 S.ELBU. See SELBU SEEL BO LAKE, 159 SrELBOSJO, 160 S.ELI, 164 S.ERYOLD, 113 SH 5 TEREN, 87 SiETERSDALEN' S SOM- MERHJEM, 93 Pension : 4 kr. per day. If staying more than 1 week, 3 kr. S.ETERSDA LIIOIER [32] SiETERSTOEN STAT., 28 S 2 ETREN.ES, 137, 139 SAG FJORD, 172 SAGFOS, 148 SA1MA LAKE, 75 SAKSEKLEP, 118 SAKSHAUG CH., 165 SALANGEN, 177 SALANGENFJORD, 177 i SALBERG CH., 163 SALHUS, 126 SALTDAL, 170 SALTDAL R. [62] SALTENFJORD, 170, 171, 172 SALTNLESSANDEN, 84, 149 SAMLEFJORD, 112, 117 SAMLEN.ES, 116 SAMLENUT, 112, 117 SAMNA NGERFJORD, 112, 113,12 , 123 j SAND (Randsfjord), 49 SAND (Ryfylke), 104 Hotels : Rasmussen's, clean and comfortable; J. Kaarhus ; New II. SANDBERG, 184 SANDBODEN, 70 SANDBU, 60 SANDE, 132, 133, 137 Hotel : Sivertsen ; excel¬ lent. Pretty drives. SANDE RAILWAY STAT., 31 SANDEFJORD, 33 Hotels : Kong Carl; Heid- mark's. Baths: 110 kr. per course of six weeks. Table d'hote, 40 kr. per month. R., 6-14 kr. per week. SANDEFJORD , 89 SANDEID, 103 SANDENE, 133, 138 Hotel : Sivertsen's ; re¬ commended. Good shooting, and fjord and freshwater fishing. SANDERSTOLEN, 50 SANDF 2 ERHUS, 162 SAND HORN, 171 SANDHORN ISLAND, 171 SANDN.ES, 99, 101 SANDNESJOEN, 168,169, 170 SANDO, 126, 139 SANDS FJORD, 103, 104 SANDSTANGEN, 25 SANDTORV, 176, 177 SAND VAND, 42, 119 SANDVASLAAGEN S.E- TER, 147 SANDVEN, 119 SANDVIK R., 19 SANDYIKEN, 29, 163 SANENUT, X19 SANNESTJND, 26 SA HABRA ATEN, 22 SARPSBORG, 26 Hotel : Christiansen's. SARPSFOS, 26 SARTOR ISLAND, 103 SARTORO, 113 SAUEBOTNEN, 120 SAFE NUT, 41 SAUESUND, 137 SEIDA, 181, 185 SEIDAFOS [60] SEILAND ISLAND, 179, 180 SEILANDSBRYE [29] SEIM fOvre Yasenden), 117, 126 Hotel : Ncesheim, on lake; good. R., 1 kr. ; B., 80 b.: D., 1 - 1 A kr. SEIMSDAL, 129 SEL (Gudbrandsdal), 85 SEL CH., 79 SELBU, 87, 88, 160, 161 Mtn. Lodge and Sana¬ torium : 20 bedrooms ; good table. Trout-fishing ; ptar¬ migan and elk - shooting. Fishing-box, with 3 R. All charges moderate. SELBUFJOIID, 112 SELJESTAD, 41 Hotel: Seljestad ; food good. SELSENG, 128 SELSNUT, 114 SELSOV 1 K, 171 SEM, 164 INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY, 9 SEM STAT., 33 SEMMELTIND, 67 SEN JEN ISLAND, 177 HEYALEN LAKE [69] SE VEN SISTERS MTS. [29}, 67, 168, 170 SIGDAL, 47 , 55 SIGSTAD, 7 6 SI KEN LAKE, r 4 8. SIKILSDAL, 60, 63 SIKILSDALSHO, 76 S 1 KUR., 14& SILDEN ISLAND, 179 SILJORD, 37 SIMLEAA R., 66 S 1 MLEBR.EEN, 66 SIMLEHULTIND, 64 S 1 MLETIND, 66 -S 7 J/ 0 A A., 47 SI MODAL, 121 SIMONSTAD, 91 SINDERLIEN, 50 SINGLEFJORD , 26 SINGSAAS, 88 ,$ 7 AA R., 98 SIREDAL, 98 SIREDALVAND LAKE, g& SIVEAA R. [67] SIVENFOS, 47 SIYESIND, 49 SIVLEFOS, 125 SJAAEN LAKE, 44 S JH 3 RDALE 1 N, 47 SLERKERHA TTEN [28] SJERNERO ISLANDS, 104 SJOA, 58, 60, 63, 77 SJONGSHELLER CAVE, 139 SJUNKFJORD, 172 SJ UNKTIND, 172 S.JURSEIKE, 103 SJUSET, 118 SKA ALA, 147 SKAANR 3 S, 165 SKAARE, 103, 116, 134 SKA A R EN, 143 SKERJEHAVN, 126 SKAGASTOLTIND [31], 62, 65, 68, 131 SKA G EEL A A EN, 143 SKAGELFLAAFOS, 343 SKAGERAK, 6 SKAGET, 63 SEAL R. [66] SKALS.IO, 163 SKALSTUGAN, 163 SKAMMESTEIN, 50, 62 SKA IiDA LSEGGEN, 66 SKA RDA LSTIND, 64, 67 SKARDQREN PASS , 87 SKAREDAL, 41 SKARNiES, 28 SKARNSUND, 165 SKARPSNO, 15 SKARSFOS, 42, 118, 119 SKARSMITEN, 45 SKA RSTENFJELD, 134 SKA RSTIED, 67 SKA RSVAA GSNsEKING, 183 SKAR VDORSFJELD, 87 SKATESTROM, 137 SKATVOLD CH., 162 SKAUMA, 84 SKA UG UMSAA SEN, 29 SKA VTA R., 65, 66, 68, 71 SKA UTFLYEN , 68 SKA UTIIO, 66 SKEI. See VASENDEN SKEI FARM, 167 SKEIKAMPEN, 75 SKEIM R. [67] SKEISHEST, 138 SKI STAT., 27 SKIAKER, 79, 130, 146, 147 SKI AKER MTS., 131 SKIBOTTEN, 179 SKIBOTTEN R. [71] SKIEN, 35, 36, 89 Hotels : Moyer’s, next to railway stat., and close to quay. R., 1 . 50 - 6.50 kr.; B., 1 kr.; table d'hote, 2 - 2.50 kr.; S. 1.50 kr. Royal and Grand (in centre of town) very good and moderate. II. VEurope ; new and good. SKILLEFJORD, 180 SKINNEGGEN, 62 SKINNESUND, 55 SKJ 7 EGGEDAL, 119 SKI. EGG ED A LSFOS, 119 SKJ. EGGEDALSVAND, 119 SK J iEGGEST AD I RIN GEBU, 75 SKJ.EKERHA T, 165 SKJASRDAL, 138 SKJiERDALEN STAT., 20 SKJ.E RING DA LS R., 134 SKJ.ERJEHAVN, 136 SKJEBERG STAT., 26 SKJELDALEN FARM, 116 SKJELN.ZES, 114, 115 SKJELSTAD, 165 SKJERGEDAL S AS TER, 129 SKJERPE, 125 SKJERPEN U T, 125 SKJERSTA DFJOR D, 172 SKJ ERVEN, 169 SKJERVO, 179 SKJ ER VSFOS, 117 SKJ OFTEHAUGEN, 164 SKJOMELVDAL, 176 SKJOMENFJ 0 RD, 176 SKJONSTU, 172 SKJONSTUDAL, 172 SKJONTINGSBERG, 184 SKJORA FJORD, 166 SKJORENFJORD, 151 SKJOLDEN, 60, 67, 70, 71 1 129,i3r Inn: good. SKJORTA, 139, 150 SKJYKUAAS, 49 SKODBERG, 114 SKORSDALFOS, 115 SKOGADAL, 6g SKOGADALSBdEN, 61,68-71, 13* SKOGADOLA R., 69 SKOGAFOS, 145 SKOGHEIM (Saaland), 37 SKOGN CH., 162 SKOGSEID VAND, 115 SKOGSHORN, 55 SKOGSTAD, 51, 62 SKOLLENBORG STAT., 42 SKOLLERUD, 57 SKONEVIG, 113 SK ONE VIGSFJORD, 113 SKOPUM STAT., 31 SKORPA [33] SKORPEN, 113, 149 SKORSJO, 164 S KOIIVEPOS, 117 SKOTET, 142 SKOTGAARDEN, 87 SKOTIFOS, 104 SKOTKLEVEN, 144 SKOTSELVEN STAT., 46 SKOTSFJORD, 142 SKOTSHALS, 142 SKOTSTINDER, 175 SKOTSUND, 175 SKOTTEHAMMER, 144, i 75 SKOTTERUD STAT., 28 SKOUGER STAT., 31 SKRAUTHVAL CH, 61 SK RED A HO [30] SKREDEVAND, 133 SKREDNA KEEN, 143 SKREIFJELD, 73, 85 SKRIDULAUPE, 79, 134 SKRIKE, 127, 128 INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY [25 SKRIKJOR, 118 SKRIMFJELDENE, 43 SKRIMSKOLLA [30] SKRUVER ; 136 SKUDEN.ES,' 132 SKUDER.ES FJORD, 105 SK UDSHORK, 51 SKULERUD, 25 SKURDALSAA R., 161 SKURDALSJO, 161 SKURDALSPORT [28], 161 -SAUA VEROS I, 131 SKUTVIK, 176 SKYKKEFOS, 121 SLAADALEN, 147 SLAATAFJELD, 69 RGER LAKE, 60 SLEMDAL, 34 SLETHAVN, 65, 67, 68, 70 Hospice : managed by Amund Elvesmter. Charges fixed by the Tourist Associ¬ ation. Guides to Gjende- boden 6 kr. (horse 10 kr.) ; Roiseim 5 kr. (8 kr.) ; Skogadalsboen 6 kr. (horse 14 kr.) SLETMA RKHO, 63, 67 SLETTAFOS, 146 SLETTEFJ ELD, 129, 168 SLID RE LAKE , 51 SLIDR EFJORD, 50 SLINDE, 127 SLIPER, 83 SLONDALS.ETRE, 132 SMAADAL, 58, 65, 66 SMAADAL S.ETER, 66 SMAASHAR, 135 S MED DAL LAKES, 52 SMIUG-JELA, 66 SMOLEN ISLAND, 150 SMORDALSyETER. See SMAADALS.ETER SMORKLEP, 39 SMURSTABBER, 70 SMORSTABBR.EER [31] SMORSTABTIRDER, 65, 67, 70 SMORTJE 11 RFOS, 4 r SMOGET PASS, 69 SNAASEN CH., 164 SRAASERVA RD, 163, 164 SNARUM, 54 SR A RUM R., 47 SRASAHOGARRE, 161 SREIEETTA [30], 60, 65, 81-83, 147 SR Ell ULTIRD, 64, 69 SNERLE, 60, 77, 78 SNILTSVEIT, 114 SO A R., 148 SOBERG, 88 SODORP CH., 76 SOHOLT, 139,141, 142 Hotels : Rasmussen's ; T- Soholt's Enke (poor) new H. in construction. SOKEL VFJORD, 141 SOBER, 75 SOLVSBERG, 48 SORDELED R. [67] SORDELID FJORD, go SORDERFJELDSKE, ROR- WA Y [27] SORDFJORD, 130, 133, 136, 137 SONDMORE, 126, 135, 137, 139, 142 SORDMOREFJORI), 61 SONDRE FRON, 76 SONDRE MyERKET, 50 SOR HONNINGYAAG, 183 SORBOVAAG, 137 SOREM, 60, 78, 80 SORFJORD, ii2, 116,117, xi8, 120, 122, 178 SORFJORDENS KIRIvES- TED, 178 SORKEDAL, 22 SORO ISLAND, 179, 186 SOROSURD, 179 SOR-RANEN, 169 SOR-RARER FJORD, 170 SORSKJ OMDAL, 176 SORSURD, 149 SORUM, 57 SOR VIKSURD, 167 SOVEIEN, 179 SOYIK, 168, 170 SOGGERDAL R. [67] SOGNDAL (Sogn), 98, 127, 131 Hotels : Daniel sen's, very good; Schielderup's. SOGRDAL R., 98 SOGNDALSFJyEREN, 128 SOGRDALSFJORD, 125, 127 SOGRDALSVARD, 128 SOGRE FJELD, 70 SOGRE FJORD, 125-136, 58, 60, 120, 124 SOGRESJ 0 , 136 SOILEVARD, 122 SOKRA R., 84 j SOKNEDAL, 84 j SOL BERG FJORD, 177 SOLBJORGERUT, 125 SOLE, 101 SOBER FJELD, 86 SOLFJELD ROCKS, u 4 SOLFORR [32] SOLHEIMSVIKEN, 122 SOLISyETER, 120 SOLLIEN CH., 86 SOLLIVARD, SOLRORVIK, i 4I SOLRUT, 118 SOLSIYAND, 132 SOLVORN (Lyster), 128, 129 Hotel and posting-stat.; tolerably good and moder¬ ate. SOMN.ES, 168 SONDERYIKEN, 87 SORSKJOMAL, 176 SOULE LAKE, 91 SPARBUEN CH., 163 SPERLE, 130, 131 SP 1 KESTAD STAT., 30 SPILLUM, 164, 167 SP 1 RILLER, 55, 57 SPITERSTULEN, 65, 66, 68, 70 Hospice managed by Rolf Sullxeim. Guides and horses always to be had. R., 60 0. Guide to Ga’dhbpiggen 5 kr. for 1 person, and '2 kr. for every other up to 20 kr. 1 kr. to be added when the ascent is made vid the Gjuv- vashytte. Glitretind and Memurutind same price. Guide to Gjende 5 kr.; to the Gjuvvashytte 3 kr. ; to Roiseim 2.50 kr. (with horse 6 kr.) SPITRA II, 66 SPITZBERGEN A small hotel in the Ice Fjord (Advent Bay), open from about the first week in July to the middle of August, j Steamer, leaving Hammer- fest on Thun, between above dates, arrives in Advent Bay on Fri. and leaves again on Sat. SPROTEN, 164 S TA AG A A P 1 GGER, 77 ST A ABET, 139 STAAREIM, 137 ST A A VARD, 40 I STABBENE LIGHT, 139 STABBEN ISLAND, 150 STABURSFORR, 143 STABURSR.ES R. [71] STAI, 86 26 ] INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY STALHEIM, 124, 127, 132 Hotel: Stalheim. Best H. in interior of Norway. Dining R. accommodates 250 . Beds 170 . Electric lighting. Dark chamber for photography. Cuisine ex¬ cellent. Reading, smoking, and drawing R. Every possible comfort and con¬ venience. Charges : R. from li kr.; B. 1 £ kr.; D. 2 kr.; S. li kr. Pension for 3 days and more 5 kr. per diem. Guides to mts. available. STALE El MS FOS, 125 STALHEIMSBERG, 124 STALHEIMS R., 125 STALHEIMSKLE V, 125 STALL TJERNS TUG A N, 163 STAMNEES CH., 170 STAMSUND, 175 STANDALSHORN, 136 STANDEBARM, 1x4, 115 STANGE, 85 STANGEN.ES, 185 STANGHELLE, 123 STANGYIK, x 4 8 S TA NG VIKFJORD, 148 STARDAL, 133 STAT, 139 STATHELLE, 89 STATLAND, 156 STAVANGER, 99, 105 Hotels: Grand Hotel’, B. from 2 kr. Table d'hote , 3 kr. Warm and cold baths. Hotel Phonix; good. Club : opposite the Cath. Strangers can be intro¬ duced gratis for 8 days by a member. Post-office : in Ovre Strand st., close to the Market place. Open from 9 A.M. to 7 p.m., and on holidays from 8.30 to 9.30 A.M. Telegraph-office : corner of Ovre Holme st., and Kirke st., 6.40 a.m. to 8.40 P.M. Bank: Stavanger Private Bank, near Market place. Tourist and Fishery Agent: T. Bennett, 16 Ovre Holme st., close to Post and Telegraph Office. Branch of Christiania office. Highly recommended to British and American tourists for assistance, information, photographs, &e. Carriages : supplied at hotels. Boats : 10 b. over the Vaagen harbour; bargains for other trips. Baths, Warm : Jorenliol- men, from 8 a.m. to 7 p.m. Baths, Sea : Stromstenen. Chemists : Hygicea , in Kirke st.; Hjorten, in Pe- ders st. ; Svane , 5 the Market place. Theatre : near Rly. Stat. Performance only occa¬ sional. Booksellers : J. Floor, P. Steenberg, and L. Gabri- elsen, all in Kirke st. Photographs and Art Objects: C. Kbrner, Kirke st. Jewellers and Antiquity Shops: G. Hellstr'om and Imsland ; both in Kirke st. Museum: Nedre Strand st. Open Sun. and Thurs. from 12 to 1, but visible on any other day by application to keeper. (See body of Handbook for contents.) Art Association : in Lok- keveien. A collection of Norwegian pictures. Open Sun. and Wed. from 12 to 2 P.M. Tourist Association: this continues to do much for the improvement of com¬ munications from Stavan¬ ger and for the comfort and convenience of travel¬ lers, who are readily aided by it in their travelling plans, &c. It has esta¬ blished waiting-rooms and lavatories close to the steamship quay. Admit¬ tance, 25 o. ST A VSNUT, 41 ST A YSTJERN, 41 STEDJE CH., 127 STEEN HOLT, 141 STEGADN, 132 STEGANOSI, 1 31 STEGETJND, 176 STEIEN, 82 STEIGGAARD, 76 STEINDE, 50 STEINDOLA , 70, 71 STEINE, 115 STEINSDAL, 115 STEINSUND. See INDRE STEINSUND STEMSHEST, 149 STEN, 144 STENKJiER, 163,164,165 Hotels: Thorbjbrnson s and Haakenstuen ; recom¬ mended. Hotels full when cavalry is drilling. STENK.LER R. [62, 63] STENSFJORD 20 STENVIGEN, 86 STIKLESTAD, 163 STIKVAS R., 91 S TIL VASS A R., x 7 o STJORDAL, 151,159, 160, 161, 162, 164 STJORDAL 7 Z.[62,63], 161,162 STJORDALSHA LS, 161 STJORDALSHALSEN, 160, 162 STOLEN, i2i STOLNOST 1 ND , 129 STOLSNA ASTINDER, 62, 69 STOEN, 87, 90 STOREN, 84, 88 Hotels : Storlien ; “ Jdrn- vdgs-hotellet ” ; “ Nya Ho- telletr STOTT ISLANDS, x 7 i STOK ISLAND, 166 STOKKE STAT., 33 STOKSUND, 166 STOLSFJORD, 98 STOR BJONEVAND, 93 STOR FJORD, 135, 141, 142 STOR R., 20, 47 STORAADAL VALLEY, 64, 66, 67 $ TOR A A D OLA , 67, 69 STORB.EKHO, 150 STORBaEKMOEN, 86 STORBERGNHS, 14 i STORDALEN, 142 STORDAL R., 142 STORDO, 103 STORE BORGEFJELD [28] STORE BUKKEN ISLAND, 102 STORE GALDHOPIGGEN [31] STORE MELKEDALSVAND, 69 STORE NUP MTS. 40 STORE SJODALSVAND, 60 STORE UTLA, 70, 71 STOREBRUFOS, 58 STORELVDAL, 86 ! STORESJONA FJORD, 170 | STOREVOLDS2ETER, 87 STORFALE, 83, 150 STORFJELD, 142, 185 STORFJELDS.ETER, 76, 86 STORFOS, 43 1 STORFOSSEN, 61 STORFOSSENE [60] j STORHATTEN, 146 INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY [27 S TOR HA UGEN MT., 128, 131 STORHO, 146 STORVIK SiETER, 60 STORKLEVESTAD, 60 STORLI, 150 STORLIEN, 161 STOR MDA LSFOS, 170 STOROIRA, 143 STORS.ETER, 146 S TORS* E TER LAKE, 141 STORS^TEREN, 148 S TORS; E TE R EOS, 143 STOPS JO LAKE, 85, 86 STORSKAR VEN [29] STORSTEN, 178 STORTIND, 170 STORVAAGEN, 175 STOR VIA, 143 STRAABEKOLLEN, 104 STRAND (Vraadal), 92 STRAND. See FAGER- STRAND STRANDE (Molde), 140, 147 STRANDE LAKE (Yalders), 50 STRA NDBA RMSB YGD, 115 STRANDEFJORD [69], 50, 55 STRANDEFOS, 42 STRANDEN, 142 STRANDTIND, 172 STRENGEN, 36 S TRINDE FJOR D, 164 STRVEN, 55 STROMHYLLA, 164 STROMO ISLAND, 172 STROMN 2 ES, 137 STROMSHORN, 141 STROMVANDET, 63 STROMMEN, 72, 93, 165 STROMSN.ES, 176, 180 STROMSO, 30 S TR UEL VAND, 120 STRUPEN, 179 STRYN (Visnaes), 134, 135, 138 Hotel : Central. Very good. STRYN LAKE, 134 STRYN R. [67] STRYNSVAND LAKE, 78 STGEDALEN, 87 STGEFLAATEN, 142, 145, 146 ST GEN, 84 STUESJO LAKE [69], 87 STUGUNOST MT. [31], 52 ! STYGGEBRJEEN, 66 STYGGEDALSTIND, 68, 71 STYGGEFONN FOS, 145 STYVE, 132 SULA R., 79 SULAFJELD, 167 SULDAL LAKE, 104 SULDAL R. [64] SULDALSPORT CHASM, 104 SULEDALEN CH. 104 SULEN CH., 136 SULEN ISLAND, 136, 141 SULETIND MT. [31], 52, 62 SULITJELMA [28], 51, 72 SULSTUEN, 163 SUND, 171 STJNDAL (Maurauger fjord), 114,115 Hotels : Sundal. Very good accommodation (10 beds) and excellent food and wine. Guide over the Folgefonn. Gotskalk Gjerde hr. from Suldal) best. Samson Olafssbn also re¬ commended. Fee for ascent of Bondhus glacier 1.60 kr. Same charge for a horse. SUNDALEN, 79, 83, 134 SUNDALS R. [63] S UN DA LSFJELDENE [30] SUNDALSFJORD, 148-150 SGNDALSOREN, 83, 150 SUNDBYGD, 37 SUNDE, 164 SUN DE FOS, 1x5 SGNDNLESHAVN, 165 SUNDVOLDEN, 19 Hotel: Excellent bed¬ rooms ( 17 , with 30 beds). Very clean. Moderate. SUNNE R., 135 S UNNEL VSFJORD, 135, 142, i 43 . 144 SUPHELLE SOFTER, 130 SUPHELLEBRyEN [30], 127 SGRENDAL, 147, 148 SUREN DAL R. [63] SCRENDALS FJEL DENE [30] S UREND A LSFJO R D, 149, 150 SUREN DA LSK 0 G, 148 SGRENDALSOREN, 148 SGRNA R. [63], 148 SGSENDAL, 169 SUSEN R., 169 SVyERE FJORD, 127 S V.ERESKAS MT., 133 SY iERHOLT, 184 S VyERHOL TKL UBBEN, 1 84 S VAN FOS [70] SVANO, 137 SVAltTDAL VALLEY, 64 SVAllTDALSBANDET, 64 SVARTDALSGLUPET, 64 S VA R TDA LSOXLI, 64 S VA R TDA LSPIGGE, 63, 64 SVART DO LA R., 64 SVARTEBERG, 52 SVARTEGJEL, 53 SVARTEKARI, 137 SALARTEVIKHOLM, 137 SVARTISEN [29], 170, 171 SVEABRO, 135 SVEEN, 49, 58, 133, 137 SVEIGSiETER, 120 SVELBERG, 119 S VELJENOS 1 , 65 SVELNAASBRyE glacier , 66 SYENA 1 S CH., 50 SVENNINGDAL, 169 S VENNINGDAL LAKE [69] SVOLViER, 173,174,175, 176 Hotel: good. SVOLVyERJURA, 174 SVONAADAL, 82 SVONE R., 82, 83 SVUKUFJELD [28] SYDKROGO, 166 SYGNEFEST, 126 SYLTE, 142, 144, 146 Hotel: Guilder Grtinn- ing setters. Improved 1891 . Dear. Lendsmand Mbller willing to give assistance and information to travel¬ lers. SYLTEFJORD, 185 SYLTENAfCKEN, 142 SYLTOPPENE [28] SYNSHORN, 63 SYNSTAALK 1 RKE, 79 SYSTRAND 127 ‘ SYV SOSTRE. See SEVEN SISTERS T. TAANING, 115 | TAARNVTK STAT., 172 TAFJORD, 142 TALGO, 104 TALGSJO, 150 TALVIK, 180 TAMSO ISLAND, 184 28 ] INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY TANA [60, 70], 181, 185 TANAFJORD, 184 TANAHORN, 185 TANANGER, 101 TANGEN (Drammen), 30, 85 TANGEN (Hitterdal), 46 TANUM CH., 29 T AR JE BUDAL, 41 TARV ISLANDS, 166 TMUTRA ISLAND, 164 TEIGEN, 160 TEINEFOS [66] TELEMARKEN, 35 TELNESET STAT., 87 TENG R. [64, 65], 98, 99 TERAAK, 168 For a night, or two, tra¬ vellers are obligingly ac¬ commodated in Mr. Knopli’s very comfortable house. A boat can be taken hence to the end of the fjord nearest Foldereid, where a local str. calls twice a week for Nainsos. TEROEN, 113 TESSE LAKE , 58, 66 TESSE R., 78, 79 TE VLA R., 161 TEVLIJAL, 161 THIME, 99 THORNES, 105 THORVIK, 145 TIAA, 148 TINGN.ES, 137 TING VOLDFJORD, 148 TINNE R. AND LAKE [69], 44, 46,118 TINNFOS, 46 Hotel: Furnheim ; com¬ fortable. TINNOSET, 44 Hotel: Tinnoset, good aud moderate (often crowded). R. 1.20 kr. ; B. 1 kr.; D. 2 kr. ; S. 1.20 kr. TINNSJO. See TINNE TISLE/A R., 50 TISLEIFJORD, 55 T 1 STA R., 24 T 1 STEDALEN, 25 TJODLLNG STAT., 33 TJiiMO, 33 Ormelet Sanatorium and Sea-bathing. Terms very moderate. Prospectus by post. TJOMO ISLAND, 89 TJONNADALSFOS, 42 TJOSE STAT., 34 TJOTO ISLAND, 168 TJGGUM, 127 TJUKNINGSSU, 67, 68 TODAL, 150 TODAL R. [67] TODALEN, 150 TONJUM CH., 54, 64, 132 TONNA R. [29], 87 TONSBERG, 32 Hotels : Victoria, Desserts ( Club House), and Grand. Cabs : on Market Place ; fare 40 o. Post Office : close to rail¬ way stat. Telegraph and Telephone Office : Market Place. Banks : Tbnsberg Private Bank. Hairdresser : Grundman. Booksellers : Orsted Falck, and Carl Falck. Furs : Haralf Ellefsen. Chemists : “ Love ,” and “ Svane ” Apothek. Silversmith: Th. May- thinsen. Groceries and Wines: Peter Peterson. Whisky and Brandy: The Samlag TONSBERG TONDE, 89 TONSET, 84, 86, 87 Hotels : “ Schulrud's ” (good); Jernbane and Heide's private Hotel TOFTAHAUGSTOLEN, 128 TOFTE, 82 TOFTEMCEN, 80 TOGO A MT., 128 TOGNING S.ETER, 135 TOKEIM, 118, 119 TOKEIMSDAL, 115 TOKEIMSNUT, 115, 119 TO KEY AND LAKE, 90 TOKKE R., 39 TOLGEN, 87 TOMA ISLAND, 170 TOMLEVOLDEN, 49 TOM RE FJORD, 139 TONGA It., 148 TONSAAS, 58 TONSAASEN SANATOR¬ IUM, 49 Pension: 115-170 kr. for 4 weeks ; or 4 . 50 - 6.50 kr. per day. Season,June 1 -Sept. 15 . TOPDAL R. [67], 5 TOPDALSFJORD, 5 TOPPEN, 146 TORA, 79 TORBJORNSTODNA, 123 TORBUVAND, 147 TORFINNSDAL, 63, 64 TORFINNSHULLET, 64 TORFINNSTIND, 62, 63, 64 TORFINN VA ND, 1 16 TORGET, 168 TORGFJORD, 168 TORCHATTEN [29], 167, 168 TORNING, 164 TORPE, 55 TOltRISDAL R. [65], 4, 91, 92 TORSNUT, 118 TORSTAD, 128 TOItSTAD KNAKKEN, 128 TORVEN, 126 TORVMODALEN, 161 TOSEN FJORD, 168 TOTAK LAKE, 38, 45 TOTEN, 127 TOTTA, 176 TR.EDAL, 126 TREE HNEESHA T, 168 TRiENEN ISLAND, 170, 171 TRNNSTA VEN [29] TRANO, 176 TREKNAT, 57 TREKNATTEN FJELD, 57 TRENGEREID, 123 TRESFJ ORD, 139, 141, 144 TRESFONN [32] TllETTEN CH., 75 Hotel: Iversen's TREUNGEN CH., 92 TRISiET, 37 Hotel : Bakke's, very good and moderate, at the pier. Boat and rower 2 - 2.50 kr. per day. TROBERG, 168 TROMO ISLAND, 91 TROMOSUND, 178 TROGSTAD STAT., 72 TROLDET, 83 TROLDFJORD, 174 TROLDHEJM, 148, 150 TROLDHEIM SASTER, 148 TROLDKONEBAR, 123 TROLDTINDERNE [36], 139, i45 TROMSDAL, 178 TROMSDALTIND, 178 TROMSO, 177, 178 Hotels: Grand and Nor- den. THOMS R., 56, 75 TRONDEN.ES CH., 177 i'RONDHJEM, 156-160 Hotels (see plan) : Bri - INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY [20 tannin : excellent in every respect. R., 1.50 kr.-lO kr. B„ 1.50 kr .-2 kr. Table d'hote (2 P.M.), 3 kr. D. (separate), 4 kr. S., 1.50 kr .-2 kr. Baths. English and other newspapers. Om¬ nibus and carriages. Angleterre: very good, and same prices. Omnibus and carriages. Nordkap : very good. R., from 1.50 kr. B., 1.50 kr. D., 3 kr. S., 1.50 kr. Omnibus. Grand H. ; R., 1.50 kr. to 10 kr. Table d'hote (2 P.M.), 2 kr., and D. (5 p.m.), 4 kr. Restaurants : Theatre Re¬ freshment-room : D. d la carte ; also at the Hjorten \ Music-hall, Illevolden, and j at the Harmonien Club. Confectioner : E. Erichsen. C. Gralin (c«/b), 10 Dron- j ningen st. Cabs : stationed in Mun- i kegaden, Lilletorvet and Sbndre st. Fares : 1 20 kr. per hour for 1 person, 2 for 1.50 kr., 3 for 1.80 kr., and 4 for 2.10 kr For inner circle of town, 40 o. for 1 person; within outer circle, 70 o. Posting-house, 22 Prind- seu st. Horses, carrioles, &c., can be ordered at T. Bennett’s. ' Post and Telegraph Offices : corner of Nordre and Kongen st. Open all day. On Sun. Post-office open only from 8 to 9.30 A.M. Telephone Stat. : near i Market place, from 8 A.M. 1 to 10 P.M. Banks and Money Chan¬ gers : Norges Bank, corner of Kongen st. Nordenjjeldske Kredit Bank, Dron ningen st. Private Bank and Tron- dhjem's Handels Bank (both in Sbndre st.), R. Kjelds- berg , Strand st., and T. Bennett (see below). Bennett's Tourist Agency, Dronningen st. (opposite Britannia H.) Business same as at Christiania and Bergen (which see). Highly recommended to British and American tourists for as¬ sistance, information, pho¬ tographs, antiquities, &c. Steamship Offices : Nor- denfjeldske and Bergenske, 52 Kjobmands st. Wilson Line, Fjord st. Anglican Church Service: held in the Hospital cl)., Kongen st. (see notices at hotels). Brit. Vice-Consulate: 15 Strand st. U.S. Cons. Agency: 26 Munke st. Baths: “ Trondhjems Bad,” 1 Dronningen st. Turkish : daily, except Mon. and Fri., when steam baths are pro¬ vided ; also at Harmonien, Munke st. Sea-bathing near the rly. stat. Hairdresser: M. Oyen, 11 Strand st.; Petersen, Nordre st. (speaks English). Shops (English spoken) : Booksellers : A. Brun, 1 U Kongen st. English books, maps, guides, photographs, &c.; H. Eriksen, 17 Strand st., and H. Moe, 44 Munke st. (see a'so above : Ben¬ nett’s Tourist Agency). Furs, Eiderdown, and Antiquities : J. N. Bruun (excellent assortments), Strand st. Furs also at F. Martenseu’s in same st., A. Evensen’s, Munke st., and C. Olsen’s, Kongen st. Chemists : “ Love ” and i “ Svane ,” near Market place, and “ Hjort "-Apothek, in Kongen st. Silversmiths: H. Mbller, Nordre st., Ole Aas and J. A. Mbller, Dronningen st. Saddlery, Trunks, Ac. : A. Andersen, Dronningen st., and L. Hansen, Strand st. Cutlery, Norwegian : Blik- stad, Munke st. Fishing-tackle, Cartridges, Ac.: O. Fornses, G. A. Hart¬ man, E. Gronning (all in Strand st.) ; and E. D. Mog- stad, Sbndre st. Wines, Preserved Provi¬ sions, Groceries, Ac. : It. Kjeldsberg, 15 Strand st. (highly recommended ;Eng- lish money, circular notes, &c., changed) ; M. H. Lund- green’s Enke, Munke st. TRONDHJEM FJORD, 151, 160, 162, 164 TRONDHJEM (Valders), 49 TRONDHJEMSLEDEN, 150 TRONDJEM PLATEAU [29] TRONFJELD [32], 86, 87 TRONCES, 163, 165 TRONSTAD, 135 TRUST ERVAND [ 7 i] TR UTENTIND, 176 TRYSIL R. [69, 70] TRYSIL, 85 TUFJORD, 182 TUNrES, 182 TUNE I VANG, 51 TUNGE, 102 TUNGEN.ES, 99, IOI TUNHOVD, 55 TUNSBERGDALS-BR.E, 130 TURTEGRO, 60, 70, 71, 131 TUSSENUT, 141 TUSTEN, 140 TUSTEREN ISLAND, 150 TVEDESTRAND, 90, 91 TVEIT, 121 TVEITAFOS, 117 TVEITE KVl, 115 TVEITE VAND, 39 TV EFT NUT, 119 TVEITO, 121, 122 TVE 1 TSDAA, 92 T VEITS UND, 92 T VERA A BR.E GL A CIER, 6 TVERBOTTENHORNENE, 7 o TV I LUNGER, i 7 o TVINDEFOS, 124 TYINDEHOUG, 62, 68, 69 TVINDE (Voss), 124 Hotel: new, good. TYDALEN, 160 TYHOLMEN, 62 TYIN LAKE, 51,52,58,61,62, 68, 69 Hotels : Jotunstolen and Framnaes at S. end of the lake; Tvindehaugen , and a new hotel at the N. end, at the terminus of the new rd. TYRHAUG LIGHT, 150 TYRIFJORD LAKE, 19, 47 TYSFJORD, 176 TYSLA, 86 TYSNiESO, 113 TVS .VESA A TA , 113 TYSNESOEN, 103 TYSSA, 118, 119 TYSSEDAL, 118, 119 TYSSEDALSNUT, 119 TYSSE STRENGENE, 119 TYSTIG, 134 TYVEN ISLAND, 180 TYVENUT, 117 TYVOLD, 88 IJ. TJBERG, 91 UDSTENS KLOSTER, 102 30 ] INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY TJF, 84 ULA, 54, 79 I ULA DA LSBA ND ET, 66 ULADALSMUND PASS, 66 ! ULADALSTINDER, 64, 65, 66, 67 ULA DALSTJON, 66 ULADAL VALLEY ,66,70, 80 ULADOLA R., 67, 70 ULEFOS, 36 Hotel: Aaheim (J hr.from pier) ; excellent; R. 2 kr.; B. 1 kr .; D. 2 kr .; S. 1.50 kr. ULEYAAGER, 40 U LEV AND, 40 ULLENHA UG, 101 ULLENSVANG, 117, 118 Hotel: Ringol/smes. No longer a convalescent home, I but a clean and comfortable hotel kept by two ladies. ULNiES CH., 50, 55 ULO ISLAND, 179 ULS FJORD, 178 ULSVAAG, 139 ULVAA R., 146 ULVAADAL, 146 TJLVEN, 85 ULVIK, 112,116, 117,120,132 Hotels : Vestrheim's and Brcekences ; both good; close ( 1 .) to pier and ch. R. from 1 kr. D. 1-2 kr. Usual charge for other meals. Willemsen's (Boarding¬ house) on a hill, opposite side of r. Beautiful view. Hotels often full. Best to telegraph from Eide. ULVIKFJORD, 112, 120 UL VIKEEN, 103 UNDAL, 97 UNDAL R. [67], 98 UNDALS MINES, 84 UNDERDAL, 132 URABOT, 1x5 URADAL, 68, 69, 70 URADALSBANDET, 68 URADALSVAND, 68, 69 URADOLA R., 68, 70 UR AN A ASTI ND, 62, 63, 68 URDVIK, 93 URNiES, 129 URTFJELD, 170 URTVAND, 170 USKEDALEN, 113 USSR ERG, 84, 87 UTFJORD, 134 UTIGAARD, 146 UTLA R., 61, 70 UTLADAL, 67, 69, 70, 131 UTNE, 116-118, 112 Inn : Excellent. Well re¬ puted for cleanliness, com¬ fort, and moderate charges. UTNE FJORD, 116 UTROVAND, 57 UTSIRE ISLAND, 102 UTVIKEN. SeeViERLO V. VAA, 44 VAAGE, 60, 66, 104, 144, 147 VAAGEKOLLEN [29], 175 VAAGE LAKE, 58, 60 VAAGERSTUEN, 60 VA A GLIS VAND, 40 VAA GSFJORD, 117 YAAGSO, 137, 139 VAA LA AS JO, 77 VAALANDSPIBE, 101 VAALE BRIDGE, 76 VA ALEFOS, 93 VAALER BRO, 76 VAA 11 STIAA, 83 VA AT ABA KEEN, 1 64 VAATEDAL, 133 VADHEIM (Sogne), 126, 132 Hotel: Vadlieim ; Posting- stat. Clean and comfort¬ able ; 40 beds. Moderate. Agency for Bennett’s con¬ veyances. VADHEIMSFJOIID, 126 VADSO, 181, 185, 186 Hotel : Krog's. Poor. Lodgings cheaper. Shop for Russian and Lappish curiosities. VJEBLTJNGSNiES, 78, 141, 142, 144-146 Hotels: Onsum's ; (ex cellent stat.) ; Romsdal, very comfortable, with sal- mon-fishing facilities in the Rauma. Guides, licensed by Tourist Association, M. Soygemoen and E. Nord- hngen. V iEGEN, 168 VR 3 NEBYGT, 76 VJERA R., 163 VR 3 RDAL, 163 VJERDAL R. [62, 63] V.ERDA LSFJORD, 162 VASRDALSOREN, 163, 165 A. Sneve's Boarding¬ house; good. V R 3 RHOLMEN, 126 ViERLG (Utviken), 133, 134, Hotels: Loen's or Bri¬ tannia. VJERMEFOS, 145, 146 ViERNES CH., 161, 164 ViERO, 137 ViERO ISLAND, 174 VJERRA NDSUND, 165 VAFOS, 39 VAGSVIK, 141 VAKSDAL, 123 VALBJERG, 101 VALDAL R. [67] VALDALEN, 41,142, 144,146 YALDERHAUG ISLAND, 139 VALDERSIIORN, 57 VALDERSSTROM, 57 VALDERSUND, 166 VALDRESFLYEN PLA¬ TEAU, 63 VALDRES-EOLDEDOLA A'., 68 VALIJOK [61] YALLE, 60, 93 VALLERO, 139 VALLO, 33 VANG CH., si YANGEN, 124 VANG SEN, 130 VANGSFJELD, 83 VA NGSMJOSEN, 51 VANGS NES, 127 VANGSVAND, 116, 123 VA NNEL VSFJORD, 137 VANNEL VSGA BET, 139 VANVIK, 165 YARALDSO, 114, 115 VARANGERFJORD, 185, i 36 VARDEHEI, 140 VARDO, 185 Hotel : Lund's. Lodgings cheaper. VARGEBAKEE, 63 VARGSUND, 180 YARHAUG, 99 VARJAG—NJARG PROM., 184,185 VASDALSEGGEN [32], 40 YASDELA S2ETER, 120 INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY VASENDEN (Nedje) (Jbl- I ster), i 33 Inn : Nielsen’s; very com¬ fortable. VASENDEN (Ovre) (Skei), | i33 Hotel : Skei, at pier; Stanley, at Fuglehaug; 1 kil. S. of Skei. VASET SrETER, 50 VASFJNEREN [31], 117, 120 VASFJ.FR FJORD, 120 VASFJELD, 151 VASSENDENFOS, 119 VASTUN, 119 VASVENDAL, 134 VA S VEND A LEG GEN, 134 VATNJES, 117 VATNE, 101, 136 VATNEDAL, io 5 VATNEVANI), 136 VEFOS, 122 VEFSEN ESTATE, 169 Very good accommoda¬ tion and food at “ Svenning- dal House” (17 R.), and “Fjeldbakmo House” (10 R.); three meals(fresh meat) per day; charge, 15 s. per diem, including trout-fishing in rivers and lakes, and ptarmigan shooting ; charge higher for a small party re¬ quiring whole of a farge house; apply to Secretary of North of Europe Land Co., 1 Walbrook, London, or to the manager at Halsoen (Mosjoen) ; good accommo¬ dation also at farm by ar¬ rangement. VEFSEN R. [62], 169 V EFSENB UND, 169 VEFSEN FJORD, 168 VEGSUND, x 4 1 VEISTEN, 59, 74 VE 1 TESTRAND LAKE , 128 VELFJORD , 168 VELO, 48 VELTVOLDEN, 59 VENG E TJNDERNE, 139, 145 VENNASS, 165 VENNESLA, 92 VEO R., 68 VEODALEN, 68 VEO GLACIER, 66, 68 VESHOLDO, 115 VESLE AADAL, 67 VESLEA A DO LA R., 69 VESLEFJELD, 64, 67 VESLEFOS, 50 VESLE HORN, 56 VESTBY, 27 VES TENFJELDSKE, NOR¬ WAY [27] VESTFJORD, 173, 175, x 7 6 VESTFOSSEN STAT., 42 VESTNASS (Molde), 141, 144 Hotel : Stanley; very com¬ fortable. VESTRAN, 164 VESTRE SLIDRE, 50. See VOLDEN Hotel : Olken ; Pension ; Einang. VESTRE TOTEN, 49 VESTVAAGO ISLAND, 173, 175 VETLEFASFJJEREN, 120 VETLEFJORD, 127 VETLE-UTLA, 70 VET LEV AND, 119 VETTI, 69, 70 VETTISFOS, 69, 125, 129 VETTISGALDER, 69 VETTISGJEL PASS, 61 VETTISMORK SASTER, 69, 129 VIA SASTER, 134 VIBBERODDEN LIGHT, 98 VICTORIA HAVEN, 176 VIDDAL, 141 VIDEDAL R., 134 VIE, 167 VIFOS, 42 VIGEL, 87 VIGELANDSFOS, 5, 92 V 1 GELFJELD [28J VIGRESTAD, 99 VIK (Hallingdal), 55 VIK (Hardanger), n6, 121, 122, 124 Hotel : Ncesheim's ; good, but charges relatively high. 76 beds. VIK (Indfjord), 144 VIK (Sogne), 126, 127 Comfortable quarters at Hopstock's, storekeeper. VIK FARM, 76 VIK STAT. (Ringerike), 20 VIK (Telemarken), 44 VIKEDAL, 129 VIKEN, 93, 161 VIKER, 57 VIKERSUND STAT., 47, 54 VIKHOLMEN, 170 [31 VIKIN GSNIES (Hardanger), Hotel : New, large, good. VIKNA ISLANDS, 167 VIKO (Rolfshus), 50, 55 VIKOR, n 5 VIKSOREN, 127 1 IKSVAND, 133, 137 VILLA LIGHT, 166 VILTJRE, 118 VINASS, 116 VINDAAEN R,, 61 VINDEFJORD, 104 VINDEFOS, 61 VINDIIELLE, 53 VINDOLA R., 148 VINGEOREN, j 5 o VINGER, 28 VINJE (Voss), 124, 127 Station good and comfort¬ able. Pension, 4 kr. per day if for a week. VINJE CH., 39 A good Pension at Jore. VINJE FJORD, 149, 150 VINJERSJOEN, 28 VINSTER VAND LAKES [69], 50, 62 1 INSl'RA R., 63, 83 VISA R., 65, 66, 70 VISBRxE, 70 VISDAL VALLEY, 65, 67, 68, 70 VISDALS SJETER, 65, 66 VISNASS. SeeSTRYN VORINGFOS, 45, 121 V OKSENKOLLEN, 19 VOLBUFJORDEN LAKE, 61 VOLD, 35, 144 VOLDEN (Sbndmbre), 136, 138,139 Hotels : Noes (posting- station). Good quarters also at Svendsens. Pension, 5 kr. per day. VOLLAKER. See SOLVORN VOLDEN (Valders), 50 Pension : Einang ; excel¬ lent. VOLDFJELD, 172 VORDALEN, 164 VORMA R., 148 VORMELI SrETER, 68 VORMEN R. [70], 72, 73, 85 VORMTIND, 17 6 VOSS. See VOSSEVANGEN 1 OSSE Ii. [64], 123, 124 32 ] INDEX AND DIRECTORY TO NORWAY YOSSE S.ETER, 116 VOSSESKA VLEN [31], 120 VOSSESTRAND, 124 Hotels : Opheim, Tvinde, and Vinje ; moderate. Good river fishing. VOSSEVANGEN, 116, 117, 123,124,132 Hotels: “ Fleischer's " ; fine, large ; excellent accom¬ modation and cuisine. R., from li kr.: B., 1.20 kr. ; D., 2kr."; S., l£kr. “ Mein- hardt's," almost alongside ; very good and moderate. “ Vossevangen ” and Mi - chelsen's, moderate ; also “ Kjeller's ” and “ Sor- heim's." Lodgings procur¬ able when hotels are full. Anglican Ch. service in schoolroom. VR.ENGEN SOUND , 33, 89 VRANFGFOS, 36 VRANGS R., 28 VULU R., 79 VULUVAND , 79 Y. YMESFJELDE GLACIERS, [31], 66, 67 YNNESTAD, 137 YTREDAL, 129, 142, 143 YTRE SULEN, 136 YTTERDAL, 142 YTTERDALS S.ETER, 67 YTTEROEN, 165 ■g poitisu'oode Co, Printers, NeU'-street Square, London. Murray’s Handbook ADVERTISER, 1899 - 1900 , CONTAINING USEFUL INFORMATION FOR TRAVELLERS, 4 RAILWAY AND STEAMBOAT COMPANIES, HOTELS , AND MISCELLANEOUS ADVERTISEMENTS. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, GOMPAGNIE desNIESSAGERIES IVlARITSiES FRENCH POSTAL STEAMERS. MAIN LINES. DEPARTURES FROM MARSEILLES. INDIA. CHINA. JAPAN. Bombay . Direct Port Said, Suez, Aden, Bombay, Colombo, Singapore, Saigon, Hong Kong, Shanghai, Nagasaki, Kobe, Yokohama ... Port Said, Suez, Djibouti, Colombo, Singapore, Saigon, Hong^ Kong, Shanghai, Nagasaki, Kobe, Yoko ll&HUI ••• ••• ••• ••• •• B Every 28 days Every 28 days Every 28 days BRANCH LINES. MAIN LINE. Connecting at Colombo with the China Main Line A. MAIN LINES. Colombo to Pondicherry, Madras, Calcutta ... ... ... Singapore to Batavia... Singapore to Samarang , Saigon to Tonquin Ports [ Saigon to Singapore ... Every 28 days Every Mail Every 28 days Every Week Every Mail AUSTRALIA & NEW CALEDONIA. Port Said, Suez, Colombo, King | , George’s Sound, Adelaide, Mel- >} Every 28 days bourne, Sydney, Noumea ... ... ) INDIAN OCEAN LINES. 'Port Said, Suez, Djibouti,' Zanzibar, Mutsamudu, Mayotte, Majunga, Nossi-Be', Diego-Suarez, Tamatave, Reunion, Mauritius. Port Said, Suez, Djibouti, Aden, Diego- Suarez, Sainte-Marie, Tamatave, Reunion, Mauritius... Nossi-Be' to Majunga, Ananalave, j Mainterano, Morundava, & Tullear J Diego-Suarez to Mozambique, Bei’ra, l Lourenqo-Marques, and Natal ... ) MEDITERRANEAN.— Weekly departures for Alexandria, Port Said, Bevrout Svrian Ports, Pirseus, Smyrna, Constantinople, Black Sea (Odessa, Novorossisk, Batoum, &c.). Fortnightly for Jaffa, Salomca, Syra, and Patras. J)EpAItrU j> ES FROM BORDEAUX. ( For Corunna, Lisbon, Dakar, Rio V , 1 Janeiro, Montevideo & Buenos Ayres J Every 2d days For Vigo, Lisbon, Dakar, Pernam- ' BRANCH LINES. 10th of each Month 25 th of each Month 10th of each Month 25 th of each Month BRAZIL and RIVER PLATE. buco, Bahia, Rio Janeiro, Monte¬ video and Buenos Ayres Every 28 days PABIS: 1, RUE VIGNON. MARSEILLES: 16, RUE CANNEBIERE. OFFICES ^ BORDEAUX: 20, ALLIES d’ORLEANS. LONDON: 97, CANNON STREET, E.C. 1899. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 3 (Norddeutscher Lloyd). 33 3EC, I2E3 EE DKT . FROM SOUTHAMPTON To NEW YORK. In addition to the Kaiser Wilhelm der Grosse, the Fastest Merchant Steamer in the World, the WEDNESDAY EXPRESS SERVICE will include the Kaiser Friedrich (Twin-Screw, 12,500 Tons, 25,000 ihp) Kaiserin Maria Theresia (Twin-Screw, 8,000 Tons, 17,000 i.h.p.), the Lahn and the Trave. The SUNDAY TWIN-SCREW SERVICE will be performed by the favourite Twin-Screw Steamers, all of 10,500 Tons, and unsurpassed for comfort and steadiness at sea, Barbarossa, Friedrich der Grosse, Konigin Luise and Bremen. Fares from £10 First Class. To AUSTRALIA,— Every 28 days, via Genoa, Naples, Port Said, Suez Canal and Colombo, Fremantle (for West Australia), Adelaide, Melbourne, and Sydney, by Imperial Mail Steamers, fitted with every modern improvement. To CHINA and JAPAN. —Every 28 days (this service will shortly become a fortnightly one), via Genoa, Naples, Port Said, Colombo, Singapore, Hong Kong, and Shanghai, by Imperial Mail Steamers specially built and equipped for this trade, and affording exceptional comfort. To THE RIVER PLATE.— Every 28 days, by Imperial Mail Steamers, specially built for the trade, with large State Rooms and perfect ventilation. For Bates of Passage and all Particulars apply to— KELLER, WALLIS & Co., 32, Cockspur St., S.W.; 2, King William St., E.C.; And at MANCHESTER and SOUTHAMPTON ; or THE PARIS AGENCY OF THE NORDDEUTSCHER LLOYD, 2 BIS, RUE SCRIBE. THE HIGHLAND RAILWAY. T'HE HIGHLAND RAILWAY passes through the most picturesque and -L romantic districts in the British Isles. Passengers when travelling over it from Perth to Inverness pass Dunkeld and Pitlochry, famed for grandeur of scenery and salubrity of climate, through the far-famed Pass of Killiecrankie and past the ducal estate of Blair Atholl. North of Blair Atholl it climbs the Grampians, with the famous Cairngorm Mountains on the east; passes the entrance to Strathspey and on to Grantown, the latter being renowned for its climate, which is peculiarly adapted for persons suffering from pulmonary complaints. The railway then stretches on to Forres, which place has by England’s greatest poet been immortalised as the scene of some of the occurrences connected with the tragedy of Macbeth. It then diverges at Forres to the east and to Keith on the one hand, and on the other to Nairn, Inverness and to Kyle of Lochalsh for the Isle of Skye. Nairn is a charming sea-side resort, and Inverness is the capital of the Highlands, from whence tours may be made to the West Coast of Scotland, the Isle of Skye, and the outer Hebrides. The railway skirts the North-East Coast for upwards of 160 miles north of Inverness, and terminates at Wick and Thurso, the latter being the port for the Orkney and Shetland Islands. □Uiiro-aa.fgti. Are run between Inverness, Edinburgh, Glasgow, and London. Sleeping With Special Attendants are run on the Night Trains between Inverness and Perth all the year round ; also between London and Inverness during the summer and autumn months. Cheap Tourist Tickets are issued to the principal places on the Highland Railway from the chief cities and towns in England. List of Furnished Lodgings in the district served by the Highland Railway will be posted to any address on application to the Superintendent of the Line, who will also be glad to answer any enquiry. Inverness, 1809. T. A. WILSON, General Manager. 4 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER, Mav, AIX-LES-BAINS. GRAND HOTEL DU PARC. F AMILY HOTEL with Garden and Terrace, in the finest and airiest situation. Near the Baths, the Casinos, the Station, and opposite the Public Garden. Cheapest Terms, with Service and Comfort of the first-class Hotels. Excellent Cuisine. OMNIBUS TO ALL TRAINS. LUTKAUD, Proprietor. • AJACCIO (CORSICA). THE CYRNOS PALACE HOTEL F IRST-CLASS ENGLISH FAMILY HOTEL. Most Elevated and Sheltered Position. In full view of the Gulf and surrounding Mountains. Large Orange Garden. Tension E. EXNEB, Proprietor. During Summer at Hotel Royal and de Saussure, Chamonix. terms from 10 Francs. ALGIERS. MUSTAPHA-SUPERIOR. HOTEL CONTINENTAL ET D’ORIENT. FIRST-CLASS HOTEL, Full South, Splendid View. Four Acres of Garden, Tennis Court. English Billiard Table, Calorif&re, Excellent Drainage, Hydraulic Lift, Ascenseur. Omnibus on Arrival of Steamers. Printed Tariffs sent on Application. J. HILDENBRAND, Proprietor and Manager. "am I ens. HOTEL DE FRANCE, D’ANCLETERRE, AND DE L’EUROPE. F IRST-CLASS HOTEL, close to the Cathedral, the Museum, and other Public Buildings. Having been recently newly furnished, it offers great comfort. Families and Single Gentlemen accommodated with convenient Suites of Apartments and Single Rooms. Omnibus at the Station. English spoken. AMSTERDAM. BRACK’S DOELEN HOTEL, FIRST-CLASS FAMILY HOTEL WITH EVERY COMFORT. H. F. HAHN, Proprietor. AMSTERDAM. AMSTEL HOTEL THE LARGEST HOTEL IN THE TOWN. Patronised by the highest class of English Travellers STRONGLY RECOMMENDED TO FAMILIES. Every Modern Comfort, combined with Moderate Prices. 1899. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 5 ANTWERP. HOTEL ST. ANTOINE. PLACE VERTE, OPPOSITE THE CATHEDRAL. THIS excellent First-Class Hotel, which enjoys the well- merited favour of Families and Tourists, has been Newly Furnished and Decorated. Great Comfort, Superior Apartments, and Moderate Charges. Elegant Sitting, Reading and Smoking Rooms; fine Salle a Manger , excellent Table d’Hote and choice Wines. English, American, and French Papers. ■□ras x*3Ei o kte. BATHS IN THE HOTEL. ARCACHON. HOTEL J)ES TINS ET CONTINENTAL. "Winter Station in the Forest. Best situated Hotel in the Pine Forest by the Sea. Full South and protected from the cold winds, between the Casino and the Place Oasis des Palmiers. The most recent built, with every modem comfort. Villas Bianca, Trianon, and Printemps Depend- ances of the Hotel. Telephone. Lift. GR.AN3D HOTEL.- Managed by the same Proprietor. Situated on the magnificent Plage du Bassin, facing the Casino. 150 Booms and Salons. The two Hotels are strictly First-class. Lift. Telephone. Complete Hydropathy. ARLES-SUR-RHONE (France). GRAND HOTEL DU FORUM. F IRST-CLASS, the largest in the town. Full South. Entirely renewed and considerably enlarged. Bath Room. Saloons. Smoking Room. Antique Annexe, with a tower giving a splendid view of the country (Rhone and Camargue). Table d’Hote. Moderate charges. English s poken. Omnibus at the Station. _ MICHEL, Proprietor. BADEN-BADEN. Best Position in Baden-Baden. Proprietor, Mr. FRANZ GROSHOLZ. T HIS is one of the finest-built and best-furnished First-Class Hotels, main front with Morning Sun, situated in the new Promenade opposite the new General Post Office, nearest the Kursaal and the famous Frederic Baths and Augusta Baths; it commands the most charming views, and is reputed to be one of the best Hotels in Germany. Principally fre¬ quented by English and American Travellers. Highly recommended in every respect, very moderate charges. Table d’Hote at 1 and 6 o’clock. English and other Journals. Beautiful airy Dining-Rooms, Ladies’ Drawing-Room, Reading & Smoking-Rooms. Pension in the early & latter part of the season. Electric Light. Hydraulic Lift. Bath Rooms. Sanitary Arrangements perfect. BADEN-BADEN. First-Class Hotel, nearest Conversation House and Bathing Establish¬ ments. Large Park. © Reoently enlarged, by 40 quiet and sunny rooms overlook Ing the Park, Central Staam Heating, Hydraulic Lifts, Electric Light throughout, Charges Strictly Moderate, Pension. A. ROSSLER, Proprietor. 6 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, BADEN-BADEN. THE MOST BEAUTIFUL AND MOST FASHIONABLE RESORT IN EUROPE. BADEN-BADEN is unrivalled for its Summer Climate, deriving its special charm from its picturesque and salubrious situation among the lower hills of the Black Forest. Lovely walks and drives. International Races and Lawn Tennis. Good Fishing, Shooting, and various other Sports. Splendid Conversation House, with Concert, Ball, Reading, Restaurant, and Society Rooms. Excellent Orchestra. THE ESTABLISHMENT IS OPEN THE WHOLE YEAR. Hot Mineral Springs, specially efficacious for the Cure of Gout, Rheu~ matism, and Disorders of the Stomach and Liver. NEW GRAND DUCAL BATHING ESTABLISHMENTS “THE FREDERIC BATHS” & “EMPRESS AUCUSTA BATHS.” Unique for its Perfection and Elegance. Mineral, Pine, Mud, and Medicinal Baths of every description. Perfect Sanitation. Magnificent Hotels and Villas. Excellent Educational Establishments. English Church. All information at the Bureau of the “ Cure Committee .” baden-badenT HOTEL AND BAOHAUS ZAHRINCER HOF. rjTHIS large FIRST-CLASS HOTEL is beautifully situated in the J- midst of a large Park, near the Promenades, Terraces, &c. Mineral Baths, Lift; Sanitary Arrangements perfect; Pension; Moderate Prices. H. BAYER, WM. and E. GROSHOLZ. BADEN-BADEN. HOTEL D’ANGLETERRE. TTIGHLY REPUTED and well patronised First Class FAMILY HOTEL, combining every modern comfort with moderate charges. Beautiful situation in the most elegant part of Baden, at the entrance of the Lichtenthal Allee, facing Promenade, Theatre, and Conversation House. Lift. Baths. Large Garden, covered Restaurant Terrace. Electric Light. Open all the year. Arrangements (Winter Pension). New Proprietor, Adolpll IllU'inger, formerly hurhaus, Kreuznach, and Mena House, Cairo. Brunch Houses—Hotel d' Angle! err e, Geneva; Hotel dee Ainbassadeurs, Mentone. BALE. HOTEL SCHWEIZERHOF. T HIS beautiful FIRST-CLASS ESTABLISHMENT is the most important and the best situated, opposite the Central Station. It has been entirely refurnished and fitted with the most recent improvements. Vast covered Restaurant Terrace. Highly recommended. Terms moderate. HY’URA.ULZC LIFT. _ Managed by the Proprietor, E. J. GOETZINGER. BASLE. THREE KINGS HOTEL. L ARGEST First-class Family Hotel in Basle, in a quiet, healthy, and magnificent situation on the River Rhine, and in the centre of the town. Hydraulic Lifts. Electric Light. Omnibus in attendance at the German and Swiss Railway Station. Proprietor, c. fluck. 1899. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 7 BALE. HOTEL NATIONAL. Opposite the Central ■Station . First-Class House with Moderate Charges. Lift. J. WEIDMANN, Proprietor. BASLE. HOTEL HOFER. Opposite the Central and Alsacian Station. COMFORTABLE HOUSE. Moderate Charges. Central Heating. G-. STOFFEL, Proprietor. BASLE. HOTEL SCHRIEDER ZUM DEUTSCHEN HOF. O PPOSITE the Baden Railway Station. Comfortable accommodation. Moderate Charges. ERNE, Proprietor. BASLE. HOTEL BERNElt-HOF. Finest and most convenient position, near the Central Station. Excellent Cookery. Choice Wines. Baths. Very moderate terms. A. Geilenkirchen, Proprietor. BAYEUX. HOTEL DU LUXEMBOURG. Reputed the best. Situated in the centre of the town, close to the Cathedral and public buildings. Breakfast, 2 fr. 50 ’c.; Dinner, 3 fr. Rooms from 2 fr. Table d’H6te. Restaurant a la Carte. Garden. Billiard-room. Recreation Ground. Carriages for Excursions. ENGLISH SPOKEN. BERLIN. GRAND HOTEL DE ROME, UNTER DEN LINDEN, 39 (opposite the Royal Palace). FIRST-CLASS HOTEL. MODERATE CHARGES. Proprietor : ADOLF M UHLING, Purveyor to the Imperial Court. _ BERNE. BERNERHOF HOTEL, This beautiful First-class Establishment is the most important and the best situated in the Town, at two minates’ walk from the Station, and close to the House ot Parliament. It is surrounded by a beautiful garden with a large terrace, and commands a full view of the Alps. Its superior interior arrangements, the comfort of its Private Apartments, Public Parlours, Beading Saloon, etc., make it the most desirable residence for English Families and single Travellers. Reduced Prices for protracted stays and in Winter season. Lift. Electric Light. Billiard Table. _ KRAFT & SONS, Proprietors. BIARRITZ. HOTEL VICTORIA. Imperial Grounds, Grande Plage. T HIS FIRST-CLASS HOTEL replete with r.U the latest improvements. Sanitary Arrangements by Doulton. Fine situation opposite the British Club, in the Centre of the Best Promenades, and near Coif Links. 150 Rooms and Saloons facing the Sea and Full South. Lift. Electric Light. Calon- fere. Lawn Tennis. Renowned Cuisine. Carriages of all kinds. Moderate Charge^ _ „ . _ r BIARRITZ. 9f FIRST CLASS. Unique situation facing the Sea. Large Garden. J Bath Rooms and Shower Baths. Billiard and Smoking Rooms. Lift. Electric Light. Centre of the i own and Promenades. The comfort of the rooms and the careful attention to the cuisine and service have given the establishment a wide world reputation. . marcel CAMPAG-NE, Proprietor. Central for the whole of North DevonT Westward Ho, Clovelly, Hartland, Bude, Ilfracombe, and Lynton. Adjoining the Railway ROYAI HOTE1_I Overlooking the River Torridge and Old Bridge. Station, with Private entrance. ROYAL HOTEL. HIGH CLASS. „ . ., Superbly furnished and lofty rooms. Ventilation and Sanitary ® 1111 " 6 “ TA1 Courtyard. Finest Stabling and Coach-honse in Devonshire. Delightful Winter P^ort A portion of the house built in 1688 by an old merchant prince retains its oak staircase and suite of rooms, in one of which Charles Kingsley wrote a portion of Westward Ho. 8 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, BIDEFORD. NEW INN FAMILY HOTEL. The Oldest, Largest, and Principal Hotel in the Town. Private Sitting Rooms, with excellent views. The House is pleasantly situated in the centre of the Town, overlooking the river Torridge, and other Hotels. Has recently undergone' extensive additions and improvements. It is well-known for its superior accommodation combined with moderate charges. Proprietor of and Booking Office for the Clovelly and Bude Coaches in connection with the L. £ S. W. Rjiilwnv. Hot and Cold Baths. Billiards, two tables. H. ASCOTT, Proprietor. BLAIR ATHOLL. ADJOINING THE STATION. FIRST-CLASS FAMILY HOTEL. BLAIR ATHOLL is much the nearest and most central point from which to visit Killiecrankie, the Queen’s View, Loch Tummel, Rannoch, Glen Tilt, Braemar, the Falls of Bruar, Garry Tum- mel, and Fender; the Grounds of Blair Castle, etc. ; and it is the most convenient resting place for breaking the long railway journey to and from the North of Scotland. t). MACDONALD & SONS, Proprietors. GRAND HOTEL DE BLOIS JET J&JE§ FAMILLEi. THIBATTDIEE <3- X G- ILT O ILT . Highly recommended to Strangers. VERY COMFORTABLE TABLE D'HOTE AND RESTAURANT. Apartments for Families. Close to the Castle of Blois. Comfortable Carriages for visiting Chambord and the Environs. Moderate Charges. Baths in the Hotel. BeautifuhDining-roomin Ulysse Pottery. OM VIBES AT THE STATION. ENGLISH SPOKEN. TELEPHONE. BOULOGNE-SUR-MER. GRAND HOTEL CHRISTOL HOTEL BRISTOL. First-Class Hotel and Restaurant. Highly Recommended. Situated near ‘the Baihcay Station and Steamers. Mme. Vve. SAGNIEB, Proprietress. BOULOGNE-SUR-MER. HOTEL 1>ES BAINS. Mr. L. WALLET, Proprietor. THIRST-CLASS HOTEL, situated on the Port, facing the Railway Station and Steamers. Near the Post Office and Casino. Bath Booms. Advantageous arrangements made for a stay. BOULOGNE-SUR-MER. FIRST CLASS. Recommended to Tourists. Select Company. Situated in the most Central part. Choice Cuisine and Wines. Arrangements made for a protracted stay. Electric Light. Telephone. Moderate Charges. J. BOUTON-DEPORT, Proprietor. 1899. LA BOURBOULE-LES-BAINS (France). GRAND HOTEL de PARIS The best in every respect. Lift. Electric Light. Telephone. Madame LEQUIME, Proprietress. LA BOURBOULE-LES-BAINS (France). HOTEL ET VILLA MEDICIS. Considerably enlarged, very comfortable. Electric Light, Telephone, Lift, Omnibus. Several Private Villas to Let. A. SENNEGY, Proprietor. BRUNIG. HOTEL KURHAUS BRUNIG, PENSION 3400 Feet above the Sea. Railway Station between Lucerne and Interlaken. MODERN SANITATION. SPLENDID HEALTH RESORT. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK TO ALGERIA AND TUNIS. By Col. Sir Lambert Playfair, K.C.M.G., H.B.M. Consul-Gen. for Algeria and Tunis. New Edition. Numerous Maps and Plans. 10s. 6 < 1 . Gordelingrerstr. BRUNSWICK. Gordelingerstr. SCHRADER’S HOTEL. OLD RENOWNED, EXCELLENT HOUSE. ENTIRELY AND ELEGANTLY RENEWED. Very Good Deds . Fine Cooking. ELECTRIC LIGHT. CENTRAL HEATING. IVIodLeiPsi'&G Charges. BRUNSWICK. HOTEL DEUTSCHES HAUS. “PROMINENT Central Location, opposite the Dome and the Castle Dankwarderode, near the Residential Palace and the Theatre. FIRST-CLASS HOUSE, NEWLY BUILT. Openly situated on three sides. Fireproof. EVERY MODERN COMFORT, MODERATE TERMS. ROBERT SCHRADER. BRUSSELS. GRAND HOTEL, GEBNAY. Close to the Railway Station for Ostend, Germany, Holland, Antwerp and Spa, form¬ ing the Corner of the Boulevards Botanique et du Nord. Moderate charges. Baths in the Hotel. Telephone. BRUSSELS. HOTEL DE L’UNIVERS & DE SUEDE Centre of Brussels. First Class. Moderate Prices. Electric Light. SCHOEFFTER-WIERTZ, Proprietor. BRUSSELS. PLACE ROYALE. In a fine, open, healthy situation for families and gentlemen, entirely renovated. Near the King's Palace, Park, Royal Museum, New Law Courts, and other places of interest. NOTED FOli ITS CUISINE. Good Wines, moderate Charges, and comfort. Hot and Cold Baths. Latest Sanitary Appliances. Electric Light. Otis Lift. L. MESSIAEN, Proprietor. 10 MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, BUXTON HYDROPATHIC BUXTON, DERBYSHIRE. Telegraphic Address, “Comfortable," Buxton. National Telephone, No. 5. Apply, Mr. H. LOMAS. S ITUATED over One Thousand Feet above the sea level, sheltered from the north and east, overlooking the Public Gardens, and close to the celebrated Mineral Wells and Baths. Magnificent Public Rooms, American Elevator, Electric Light, Hydropathic Baths of every description. Electric Baths, Massage, Electro-Massage, the Nauheim Treatment and the Greville Hot Air Treatment. TENNIS, GOLF, HUNTING, FISHING. CINDERELLA DAjNCE EVERY SATURDAY THROUGHOUT THE YEAR. CAEN. HOTEL D’ANGLETEKRE, Rue St. Jean, Nos. 77 , 79 , 81 . F IRST-CLASS. Situated in the Centre of the Town. Rendezvous of the best Society. 100 elegantly Furnished and comfortable Bed Rooms and Sitting Rooms. Breakfasts a la Carte. Table d’Hote Breakfasts at 3 francs; Dinner at Table d’Hote, 4 francs. Suites of Apartments for Families. Electric Light throughout. Baths. Telephone. CAEN. HOTEL D’BSPAGNE. ' LjTRST-CLASS. Very Comfortable. Recommended by Baedeker’s -L Guide. Moderate Charges. Breakfast, 2s. and 2s. M .; Dinner, 2s. 6 d. to 7s. 6d., wine, cyder, and soda water included ; Bedroom from 2s. The Pro¬ prietor speaks English and French ; he is a Member of the Cyclists’ Touring Club, London. ___ E. RENAUX, Proprietor. j BRISTOL HOTEL, CAIRO Strictly First-Class, situated full South, right opposite the famous Esbekiek Gardens. Perfect Sanitarj 7 Arrangements. Electric Light j throughout. Charges exceptionally moderate. Evening dress for i dinner optional. _ c. A Q TJILINA (late of Thos. Cook & Son), Proprietor. CANARY ISLANDS. SANTA CATALINA HOTEL, LAS PALMAS. Facing the Sea. Surrounded by its own beautiful gardens. Sanitary arrangementa perfect. Private Sitting Rooms and complete Suites of Apartments. Resident English Physician and Nurse. Near English Church, Golf Links, Tennis, &c. Address—THE CANARY ISLANDS COMPANY^, Limited, 1, Laurence Pountney Hill, London, E.C. __ CANNES. HOTEL ET PENSION DE HOLLANDE ET DE RUSSIE. High position, full south, in a magnificent Park, 15 minutes from the Sea, and close to St. Paul’s Church. Tram-Omnibus to and from the Town. Electric Light. Telephone. Moderate Charges. N.B.—Sanitary arrangements are perfect and with latest improvements. _E. ADAM, Proprietor. In Summer —Gd. HOTEL GOESCHENEN, at Goeschenen, St. Gotliard Line. COBLENTZ. GIANT HOTEL-HOTEL DU GEANT. rpilE best situated First-Class Hotel, just opposite the landing-place of tbe Steamboats and Fortress Ehrenbreitstein. Excellent Cuisine and Cellar. Moderate Charges. Reduction for a long residence. Lift. Electric Light, Ch. II. EISENMANN, Proprietor. CANNES. Hotel Pension and Villa de la Tour. Well situated. West end, Cannes. Highly recommended and considered as one of the most comfortable Family Houses. Arrange¬ ments for short or long stays. Telephone, Tennis. Electric Trams to and from the Town. E. BENZ, Proprietor. WmrMPER’S GUIDE TO CHAMONIX AND MONT BLANC Crown 8vo., 3 s. net. London : JOHN MURRAY, Albemarle St. 1899. MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 11 CARLSBAD. SAVOY WEST-END HOTEL Honoured by H.R.H. The Prince of Wales, H.I.H. Grand Duke of Russia, H.R.H. Princess of Saxe Coburg-Gotha, <&c. T HIS! HOTEL is constructed and fitted up on the most approved principles of modern high-class Hotels. It is situated on the Schloss- berg opposite the American Park, in the healthiest position of Carlsbad, and is central to all the different Springs. First-class Restaurant, Grill Room, Ladies’ Saloon, Reading and Smoking Rooms. Garden, Verandah, Terrace, Electric Light, Lift. The new Cleopatra Villa in connection i with the Hotel will be opened 1st May. A. AULICH & G. NUNGOVICH. Of the Continental Hotel and Angleterre, Cairo, Egypt. CARLSBAD (Bohemia). XX007X3X. KROH. FIRST CLASS HOUSE, With every comfort of modern times, IN THE BEST PART OF THE TOWN AND NEXT TO THE SPRINGS AND BATHS. EXCELLENT TABLE. LIFT. ELECTRIC LIGHT. TELEPHONE. Telegrams: KROH, CARLSBAD. CARLSBAD. ~~ HOTEL BRISTOL With Dependance, VILLA VICTORIA. FIRST-CLASS HOTEL, best location, close to Springs and Baths. Standing in its own grounds. MUCH FREQUENTED BY ENGLISH AND AMERICANS. Dining, Smoking and Reading Rooms. VERANDAH. LIFT. ELECTRIC LIGHT THROUGHOUT. BATHS. Telegrams “Bristol, Carlsbad.” CARLSBAD. ANGER’S HOTEL. (Branch, RHEIN HOTEL.) These two first-class Hotels offer special comfort to English and American Travellers, who will find them most desirable residences. Charges moderate. Deservedly recommended. English and American Newspapers. Baths, Carriages, Omnibus, Hydraulic Lift, Electric Light. FIRST-CLASS RESTAURANT. 12 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, CARLSBAD. GRAND HOTEL PUPP. JpiRST-CLASS HOTEL, recently built and splendidly furnished, situated in the best part of Carlsbad, opposite the new baths and close to the Springs. Much frequented by English and American visitors. Unrivalled Dining, Reading, Smoking and Music Rooms. Electric Lighting, Baths, Otis Lift. Telegraphic Address: PUPP, CARLSBAD. CARLSBAD. HOTEL KONIGSVILLA AND VILLA TERESA. FIRST-CLASS FAMILY HOTEL, prominent central location, close to the Springs and Baths, standing in its own grounds. DINING , SMOKING, AND READING ROOMS, VERANDAH. LIFT , ELECTRIC LIGHT THROUGHOUT, BATHS. April and May—August and September—Reduced Prices. Telegrams Konigsvilla, Carlsbad. COLOMBO, CEYLON. BRISTOL HOTEL, In proximity to the Landing Jetty, the Post and Telegraph Offices, Banks and Railway Stations. The only Hotel fitted throughout with Electric Light and Electric Bells. Renowned for its Cuisine, which is in charge of a French Chef. The Hotel combines the comfort of a Home with the luxury of a First-class Hotel in Europe. Hotel Peon meets all the Steamers and takes charge of Luggage. TERMS MODERATE. Telegrams: “ Bristol,” Ceylon. P. WERNER, Manager. 1899 MURRAY'S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 13 COMO. GRAND HOTEL VOLTA VERY FIRST-CLASS HOTEL. On the Border of the Lake. ROOM, LIGHT, & ATTENDANCE, From 3 francs. COPENHAGEN. HOTEL LINNEMANN. Peder Skramsgade, 1 . Close by the Steamers, the Royal Theatre, and King’s New Market, and to Tramways to all parts of Copenhagen and Suburbs. Rooms from 1.50 Kr. per day. F. LINNEMANN, Proprietor. CONSTANTINE (ALGERIA). THE GRAND HOTEL. First-Class. F INEST and most Central Position in the Town. Com¬ pletely Renovated. Magnificent Dining and Reception Rooms to seat 300 people. Baths and Telephone in the Hotel. Interpreter and Omnibus to every Train. Noted Cellars - C. LEGEY, Proprietor. CONSTANTINOPLE. GRAND HOTEL DE LONDRES. GRAND HOTEL D’ANGLETERRE 8t ROYAL (,/. MISSIJRIE). HOTEL BYZANCE, All these First-Class Hotels have a glorious view, and are replete with every modern comfort. Drainage and Sanitary Arrangements on English Principles. First-Class French and English Cuisine. COPENHAGEN. Vestre Boulevard. COPENHAGEN. F IRST-CLASS HOTEL. Opened in 1898 . 100 elegantly furnished Rooms and Salons from 2 Kr., Electric Light and Attendance included. Magnificent .situation, over¬ looking Park and Boulevard, and only three minutes from Railway Station and Tivoli. Finest Restaurant, Cafe, aud Reading Rooms. PIERRE ISTIEISER, Proprietor. N.B.—Only Hotel in Copenhagen with English Bath and Toilet Rooms on several floors. COUTANCES. GRAND HOTEL des TR01S ROIS T HE most comfortable and the best frequented. Tho only Hotel facing the Cathedral. First- class Cuisine. Very moderate Terms. Dark Room for Photographers. Cycle Room. Omnibus meets all Trains. Hr. GUINAUD, Ei-Chef de Cuisine, Proprietor. COUTANCES. HOTEL D’ANGLETERRE. Refurnished with every comfort. Re¬ commended to Families. Moderate Prices. Omnibus meets all Trains. Storage for Cycles. BRIENS, Proprietor. DINANT-STTR-METJSE. HOTEL DE LA TETE D’OR. ALEXIS DISIERE, Proprietor. FIRST-CLASS, upon the GRAND PLACE. Is to be recommended for its comfort. Pension from 8 or 9 francs per day. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK TO DENMARK AND ICELAND. New Edition. Numerous Maps and Plans. 7 s. 6 1 . 14 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, GRAND HOTEL, DELHI. UNDER EUROPEAN MANAGEMENT. First-Class Hotel for Travellers to India, closest to Railway Station (and all). COOK’S COUPONS ACCEPTED . DIEPPE. Facing the Beach , close to the Bathing Establishment and the Parade. TT IS THE MOST IMPORTANT ESTABLISHMENT AND ONE A OF THE MOST PLEASANTLY SITUATED HOTELS IN DIEPPE, commanding a beautiful and extensive View of the Sea. Families and Gentlemen visiting Dieppe will find at this Establishment elegant Large and Small Apartments, and the best of accom¬ modation, at very reasonable prices. Large Reading Room, with French and English Newspapers. The Refreshments, &c., are of the best quality. In fact, this Hotel fully bears out and deserves the favourable opinion expressed of it in Murray’s and other Guide Books. LARSONNEUX, Proprietor. Table d'lldte and Private Dinners. The only Hotel in Dieppe with a Lift, DIEPPE. OR A.W 13 HOTEL. On the Beach, fronting the Sea. FIRST-CLASS HOTEL. Salle a Manger on the Terrace overlooking the Sea. Most Comfortable, with Moderate Prices. Arrangements made with Families. Baths in the Hotel. Table d’Hote. Restaurant a la Carte. Telephone. Electric Light. G. DUCOUDERT, Proprietor. DINARD 10 Hours from Southampton © (via Saint-Malo). The Most Fashionable Summer and Winter Resort in the WEST OF FRANCE. Noted for its Mild Climate in Winter. GOLF, TENNIS, CRICKET, CYCLING, ETC. JOHN LE COCQ, Banker, House and Estate Agent. DINARD. IS“':DINAN-PARAME. 1899. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 15 DINARD. MAIOOH F. GILBERT SMITH, Banker, House Agent; Tea, Wine, and Spirit Merchant. Full particulars of Furnished Houses to Let sent free on application. Lift. DRESDEN. Electric Light. s D U BLIN. Charming' situation, overlooking Stephen's Green Park. Most Central Position. Moderate Charges. HOTEL, Electric Light. Hydraulic Passenger Elevator. ENGELBERG. THE VALLEY OF ENGELBERG (3200 ft. high), near Lucerne. Season 15 th May— 30 th September. HOTEL SONNENBERG. mHE property of Mr. H. HUG. Summer stay unrivalled by its grand Alpine scenery. Clear bracing air, equable temperature. Recommended by the highest medical authorities. The HOTEL SONNENBERG, in the finest and healthiest situation facing the Titlis and the Glaciers, is one of the most comfortable and best managed hotels in Switzerland. Lawn Tennis Ground. Excellent and central place for sketching, botan- islng, and the most varied and interesting excursions. The ascent of the Titlis is best made from here. Shady Woods. Vapour and Shower Baths. Waterspring 5 ° R.; 200 Rooms. Pension from £2 6s. a week upwards. Because of its so sheltered situation specially adapted for a stay in May and June. Resident English Physician. BISMARCKPLATZ, 7, near the central station. PLENDID^aituation in the English Quarter. Greatly patronised by English and American families. Every home oomfort. Rooms from 2 marks, everything included. Pension arrangements. G. WENTZEL, Proprietor. HOTEL CONTINENTAL. THIRST-CLASS HOUSE, newly opened, opposite Central Station. Finest part. Latest L improvements. Fine Garden. Electric Light and Steam Heating in every room. . Lift. Rooms from Ttvo Marks. Pension Terms. Highly recommended to American and English families. Managed by the Proprietor, MAX OTTO. 16 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, ENGELBERG, SWITZERLAND. KURHAUS HOTEL AND PENSION TITUS. F IRST-CLASS HOTEL, best situated in the valley, in the middle of an extensive garden. 240 Beds. Large sitting-rooms. Lift. Electric Light in all the rooms. English Chapel in the garden. Good attendance. Moderate charges. Cook tickets taken. Open from 1 st May until 1st October. TiAXi.T. This new first-class Hydropathic Establishment with 250 Beds, two Lifts, Electric Light in all the rooms, Central Heating, opposite to the Hotel Titlis, will be open on the 1st June. The building is fitted up to the most recent hygienic principles. The various medical appliances fulfil the utmost demands of modern science and furnish everything necessary for hydropathic, mechanical and electric treatment. For illustrated prospectus and tariff please apply to the Proprietor, Ed. CATTANI. ENGELBERG, SWITZERLAND. HOTEL AND PENSION NATIONAL FIRST-CLASS HOTEL. 150 BEDS. Electric Light. Bath Rooms on every Floor. Pension from Seven Francs a day and upwards. FRAU DR. MULLER, Proprietor. ENGELBERG, SWITZERLAND. I WELL KNOWN HOTEL WITH GOOD ACCOMMODATION, CONTAINING 100 BEDS. Conversation Saloon, Reading and Smoking Rooms. Electric Light. Baths. Pension : 6£ to 8 frs. a day, everything included. Reduced prices In June and September. Omnibus at Railway Station. Frz. WYRSCH-CATTANI, Manager. _ EXETER, DEVONSHIRE. | POPLE’S NEW LONDON HOTEL. Patkoxised by H.R.H. The Prince of Wales. A DJOINING Northemhay Park and near the Cathedral. Large covered Continental Courtyard. Cuisine and Wines a great feature. Table d’Hote. Night Porter. Hotel Omnibuses and Cabs. POSTING ESTABLISHMENT. FRANKFORT-ON-THE-MAIN. Opposite the Central Railway Station. FIRST-CLASS HOTEL. Lift. Electric Light. Caloriferes. K. FRANK, Proprietor. 1899. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 17 FRAN KFORT-ON-THE-MAIN. .This First-Class Hotel, with a beautiful large garden, is the nearest to the Station (on arriving Turn to the right) with every comfort and moderate charges. Electric Light. Central Steam HeatiL lift Telephone No. 2924. Hot and Cold Baths. neaun^. Lift. Rooms from 2 Marks upwards, Light and Attendance included. FRED. SCHMUTZ, Proprietor. (Formerly for many years Head W aiter at the Hotel de Paris, Strasbourg, Alsace ) FRANZENBAD. ‘ ~ 106-108, SALZQUELLSTRASSE. 'Yj'EWEST LARGE HOTEL and PENSION, with elegant Dining and Reading Rooms. _L\ O vvn Park, with Lawn Tennis Ground. Patronised by Members of Impeiial and Royal Families, and by the Aristocracy. Under personal Management of the Proprietor, T. F. KOPP. FREIBURG (in Breisgau, Baden). HOTEL VICTORIA. Near the Station, Post, and Telegraph Offices. Best Situation. Good Attendance. Moderate Charges. Pension. MURRAY’S HANDBOOKS. “The general quality of Murray, the scientific character of the information, the accuracy and interest of the historical par¬ ticulars, to say nothing of the lowness of the price, place his guides far ahead of any competitors.”— Saturday Review. FRETjBENSTAHT. {2,600 feet above sea.) RAILWAY-LINE STUTTGART.\ OFFENBURG , STRASBURG. THIRST-CLASS HOTEL, in most healthy position on a charming hill, in the middle of a dr beautiful Park. Electric Light. Lawn Tennis. Sanitary Arrangements Perfect Best centre for excursions. _ ERNEST LUZ, Junior, Proprietor. GENEVA. HOTEL PENSION FLEISCHMANN Rond Point de Plainpalais. Near the Bastion Park. Fine situation. MODERATE CHARGED Electric Light. Baths. GOSCHENEN (St. Gothard Line). HOTEL AND PENSION GOSCHENEN. (Opposite the Station). First-Class Hotel, 80 Rooms and Saloons Billiard, Smoking Room, Bath Rooms, splendid Garden’ Table d’hfite at 12.30 and 7 p.m. Meals h la carte at any time. Carriages at the Hotel tor excursions. Return carriages to the Rhone Glacier, Brigue Disentis, Coire, etc. Omnibus at the Station. Eng. ADAM, Proprietor. GENEVA. HOTEL PENSION VICTORIA (FORMERLY HOTEL FLAEGEL) Finest situation, near the English Garden. Splendid view of the Lake and the Alps. Moderate Charges. Electric Light. Omnibus at the Station. Lift. Baths. _CENTRAL HEATING -_ W^NTE SS, Proprietor . GENEVA. ” ‘ GRAND HOTEL DE LA PAIX. TpIRST-CLASS, 200 Rooms, central and finest situation in front of the -a- Lake and Mont Blanc. FRED WEBER, Proprietor and Manager. Telegraphic Address: “ Hotel Pais, Geneva.” GRINDELWALD (Switzerland). ~~ * Alpine Resort. THE BEAR AND BLACK EAGLE HOTELS. OEBUILT on a magnificent scale, specially arranged and furnished to J-L afford visitors every modern c.mfort. Summer and Winter Season. Under the experienced management of BOSS BROTHERS, Proprietors. 0 18 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER, May, HARROGATE. 66 THE GRANBY.” FIRST-CLASS FAMILY HOTEL, facing the Stray. Every, accommodation for visitors and Tourists. Carriages to Wells and Baths every morning free of charge. Good Stabling. Carriages on Hire. Tennis Court in the Grounds. ELECTRIC LIGHT. ELEVATOR TO ALL FLOORS. STANDING FOR CYCLES. W. H. MILNER, Director. HAVRE. HOTEL CONTINENTAL. First-Class Hotel in the finest sitnation in Havre, facing the Jetty. Large and small apartments. Table d’hfite. Restaurant it la carte. English Spoken. Telephone 226. Vve. BLiOTTET, Proprietor. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK TO IRELAND. Fifth Edition. With 19 Maps and Plans. 9s. HAVRE. HOTEL D’ANGLETERRE, r RUE DE PARIS, 124-126. E XCEEDINGLY well situated in the best quarter of the Town and recommended for its Comfort and Moderate Charges. Apart¬ ments for Families. Music and Conversation Saloons. Rooms from 2 to 5 francs. Restaurant a la Carte. Table d’hote. Breakfast, 2 fr. 50c. Dinners, 3 frs. r ENGLISH AND GERMAN SPOKEN. > ■■ , _ GRELLlS, Proprietor. HEIDELBERG. HOTEJL VICTORIA. First-Class Hotel in every respect. Exceedingly well situated. Beautiful Verandah and large Garden at the back of the House. Advantageous arrangements made with families intending a longer stay. Highly recommended. HEIDELBERG. HOTEL SCHRIEDER. I MRST-CLASS HOTEL, nearest to the Station. Large Garden with covered Verandah. All Visitors' Rooms face the Garden. Oldest Hotel in the town, entirely renovated. Rooms from 2*50 to 5 marks, including light and attendance. Arrangements made for prolonged stay. _ O. SUTTERLIN, new Proprietor. SWITZERLAND, Ct. Appenzell, 2700 feet above sea-level. HEIDEN Beautiful village, overlooking the lake of Constance. Exquisite health resort. Bracing Climate. FREIHOF & SCHWEIZERHOF FIRST- CLASS HOTELS. Extensive own grounds, shady park, wonderful view. Affords every home comfort. First rate cuisine. Sanitary arrangements. Lawns for tennis, croquet, bowls. Dances. Casino with dally concerts. English service. Goats’ Whey. Baths and Hydropathic Establishment, Electricity. Massage. Gymnastics. Milk from own farm. Terms moderate. Pension. Advantageous arrangements. Prospectus, illustrated. Season, May—October. Propr. ALTH ERR-S1 MOND. 1899. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 19 HILDESHEIM. HOTEL D’ANGLETERRE. First-Class House, situated in the centre of the Town, BATHS IN THE HOUSE. OMNIBUS AT THE STATION. CENTRAL SEATING APPARATUS. 50 Rooms and Saloons fitted up with, every comfort of modern times. English Newspapers. C. HEERDT. INTERLAKEN, ! GRAND HOTEL GRAND HOTEL Victoria. First-class. Unrivalled for its great comfort. 400 Beds. Electric Light throughout. Lawn Tennis Grounds. Concerts. Balls. First-class OvTT ■ • . A ■ •' . Restaurant. ED. RUCHTI, Administrafeur. Jungfrau. Firstx-lass. Electric Light throughout. 300 Beds. Rooms from Three Francs. First - class Restaurant. Grill-room. ED. SEILER, Manager. O 2 I 20 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, Thirty-one hours from London, via Arlberg, to Innsbruck. Through tickets and luggage registered through. Twenty-three hours from Paris. T he beautiful and sheltered situation of INNSBRUCK renders it a very agreeable place of resi¬ dence all the year round. In spring as well as in autumn it is especially to be recommended as a stopping place between the different watering places. It is also to be recommended after a sojourn at the sea-side. INNSBRUCK is the centre from which many splendid excursions can be made in every direction, and of any length. Attractive walks in the immediate neigh¬ bourhood of the town„and the different elevations. The climate in Winter , dry, strengthening, sunny, free from cold winds and fogs, has attracted many visitors of late years, and among those who have found the greatest relief are weak, convalescent, nervous, appetiteless, and sleepless persons. N.B.— University, Grammar, Music, and other schools. Private Lessons of every kind are available, so that studies can be continued and the education of children carried on. HOTEL TYROL. FIRST- CLASS HOTEL . (Opposite the Railway Station.) CARL LANDSEE, Proprietor. HOTEL DE L’EURQPE. First-Class Establishment. Affords every Modern Comfort. Electric Light in Every Room. STEAM AND OTHER BATHS. Anton Hanreich, Proprietor. HOTEL OQLDENE SONNE (Opposite the Station.) FIRST-CLASS HOTEL. RENOWNED FOR ITS SUPERIOR CUISINE AND WINE. “Restaurateur” of the South Railway Station. CARL BEER, Proprietor. HOTEL KRE1D. (Next the Station.) SECOND CLASS. The above Hotel offers Pension at the most moderate terms for the Winter Season, according to rooms, from fl.B upwards, rooms included. RICHLY ILLUSTRATED GUIDES of INNSBRUCK sent on application, by the Proprietors of above Hotels, free of charge. 1899. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 21 INTERLAKEN. RUGEN HOTEL, JUMGFRAUBLICK. T Not to be coyifounded with HOTEL JUNGFRAU Hignly respected and fashionable First-class Family Hotel. Situated in the highest and healthiest part of Interlaken. Beautiful views of the Glaciers and the Lakes. Very quiet position. Dustfree. Extensive walks in a large fir-tree forest. Lift. Electric Light in all the rooms. J. OESCH-MULLER, Proprietor and Manager. Branch House, Winter Season, Continental Cannes. INTERLAKEN. GRAND HOTEL DES ALPES. 200 BEDS. Opposite the Jungfrau, on the Principal Promenade (Hoheweg). First-class Family Boarding House. Moderate Terms. Personally conducted hy the Proprietor— T. MATTI. INTERLAKEN. Grand Hotel M6tropole. ISCHL (Austria). Hotel Goldenes %vmz. Facing the Imperial Villa. With Mountain View. Every Modern Comfort. Fred. EDLINGER, New Proprietor. AN IDEAL POSITION. A- C3 O 3&E IE5 ZE3 HOT THE PRINCIPAL AND ONLY-HOTEL ON THE SEA SHORE. CPHE Finest Private Marine Esplanade in the Kingdom. Unrivalled Sea Frontage and open Surroundings. Grotcndt, Five Acres. 250 Apartments. Lawn Tennis, Croquet Lawn. Elegant Salle k Manger. Drawing, Reading, Smoking and Billiard Rooms, and Sumptuous Lounge Hall on the Ground Floor. Passenger Lift. Moderate Tariff. There Is attached to the Hotel one of the Largest Swimming Baths in the United Kingdom (the temperature of which is regulated). Also well-appointed Private Hot and Cold Sea and Fresh Water Baths, Douche, Shower, Ac. H. R. GROVER, Manager, The Ilfraromhe Hotel Co., Ltd. To whom all communications should be addressed, * ILFRACOMBE. FIRST-CLASS BOARDING HOUSE WITH MAGNIFICENT SEA VIEWS. 42 BEDROOMS. BATHS. BALCONIES. BILLIARDS. Finest Drawing: Room in Town. DIJOU Guide Gratis. Special Sanitary Certificate. W. E. FOSTER, Proprietor. HOTEL GERMANIA Opposite the Railway Station and near Steamboat Landing. Post and Telegraph Office next to the House. Telephone No. 28. Table d’Hote at 1 o’clock. Separate Dinners and Meals a la Carte at all hours. Excellent Table. Kiel and Munich Beer. Dining Halls, Breakfast and Smoking Rooms on the Ground Floor. Restaurant Cafe' with Billiards belonging to the Hotel, and respectfully recommended. KISSINGEN SPA. C OMPLETELY Reconstructed and Renewed. English and American Residence. Only Hotel in Kissengen with Electric Light in every room. Electric Lift. Excellent Sanitary Arrangements. Baths. Large Garden. Fine Open Situation opposite the Springs and Cur Garden. 140 Rooms. 22 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, KONIGSWINTER (Petersberg), Rhine. HOTEL ok the PETERSBERG. One of the most beautiful mountains of the Siebengebirge. TdNTIRELY new building and every comfort. Airy lodgiug-rooms and Saloons with a iu fine view, large dimug and restaurant rooms. Large plateau with forest and parks, and beautiful shady promenades. Magnificent views in greater variety than from any other poiDt of the Seven Mountains. Every Wednesday, Military Free Concert. Table d’Hote at 1.15 o’clock ; Dinners aDd Suppers at any hour. Acknowledged good cuisine and choice wines. Post and Telegraph in the house. Wwe. PETER JOS. NELLES. Address for letters and telegrams: Nelles, Petersberg (Rhine). Communication with Konigswinter directly by a Cog-wheel Railway. Corresponds with all trains of the State Railway and Steamers. KOPENHAGEN. von DANEMARK. : FIRST-CLASS HOTEL, With 100 elegantly-furnished Rooms and SaloonB from 2 kr. upwards. Preferred by the travelling public because of its central and open location, overlooking the King's Square. In the Hotel large newly-furnished only VIENNA CAFE, with Restaurant and Con¬ fectioner’s Shop; in summer with tables and chairs in the open air. Large selection of German, French and English Newspapers. German Waiters. Moderate Prices. Electric Light. Lift. Table d’hote at 4 o’clock. Sample Rooms for travelling salesmen. Newly fitted water-closets. Hotel Omnibus at the Railroad Depot. Latest Sanitary Arrangements. R. SLUM, Proprietor. KREUZNACH. HOTEL ORAN IE N HOF (First Class). F INEST Situation in its own extensive grounds; a well known and extensively patronised | Establishment. Visited by Royalty. Every English comfort. Electric Light, Lift, Lawn Tennis. Conversation, Reading and Billiard Rooms. Mineral Baths. MODERATE CHARGES. _ H. D. ALTEN (formerly at Menrice’s, Paris). MURRAY’S HANDBOOK I TO THE MEDITERRANEAN, j Its Principal Islands, Cities, Seaports, j Harbours, and Border Lands. With nearly 50 Maps and Plans. Two Parts. Post 8vo. 21s. TERMINUS of the GOTHAED • RAILWAY on LAGO MAGGIORE. BEST STOPPING PLACE on the ITALIAN LAKES. 27 hrs. from London. 17 hrs. from T U C Paris. 4 hrs. from Milan. 7 hrs. I I 1 L from Genoa. 5 hrs. from Lucerne. OPEN the whole year. Most luxurious and comfortable home for all the seasons in Italy or Switzerland. Patronised by all the Royal Families. Unrivalled situation in the finest climate of Europe ; without snow, wind or fog, but with plenty of sunshine. Entirely adapted for winter residence. Pronounced by the body Physician of H.M. The King of Bavaria and University—Prof. Alois Martin —to be the healthiest and best All Seasons Resort. Beautiful walks and mountain excursions. English Church, Doctor, Society. Lift. Private Steamer and Carriages for visitors. Exquisite Cuisine. Moderate charges. Electric Light in every room. Golf. Messrs. BALLI, Proprietors. GBAUD HOTEL LISBON. HOTEL DURAND (English Hotel) LARGO DO QUINTELLA. FIRST CLASS ESTABLISHMENT. Situated in the most central part of the Town. Highly recommended for its comfort and moderate charges. Reading Room. Several languages spoken. KOPENHAGEN. HOTEL K0N1G 1899 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER 23 LUCERNE. HOTEL DU LAO. FIRST-CLASS HOTEL. Magnificent Establishment, recently enlarged by a New Wing of 100 Rooms. 300 Beds. Splendid situation on the Lake, where the River Reuss issues from it. Nest to the General Post Office. Close to the Railway Station and Steam¬ boat Pier. This Establishment has every modern comfort. Lift, Electric Light, Central Steam Heating. Baths de Luxe, open from 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. Beautiful Marble Vestibule and Staircase in the Italian Renaissance. . PENSION ARRANGEMENTS FOR A LONG STAY . OPEN ALL THE YEAR ROUND. Proprietors; SPILLMANN & SICKERT. LUCERNE. Hotels SchieizerM and Luzernerhof First-Class .Hotels. IN THE REST SITUATION on the LAKE and PROMENADE. 600 BEDS. LIFT AND ELECTKIC LIGHT IN BOTH HOTELS. ARRANGEMENT EN PENSION WITH PROTRACTED STAY (EXCLUSIVE OF JULY AND AUGUST). SCHWEIZERH0F OPEN ALL THE YEAR. WITH GOOD WARMING SYSTEM. Proprietors, HAUSER BROTHERS. 24 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, LUGANO-CT. TESSIN. (SWITZERLAND.) HOTEL METROPOLE •VILLA ENDERLIN. Lift. HOTEL LUGANO. A. BROCCA, Proprietor. LUGANO (Switzerland). HOTEL ST. GOTTHARD. Splendid View of the Town and Lake. Neap the Station. MODERATE TERMS. MIRALDI BROTHERS, Proprietors. LYNTON, NORTH DEVON. ROYAL CASTLE FAMILY HOTEL. Patronised by the English and Continental Poyal Families. ELRST-CLASS HOTEL, especially favourite and attrac¬ tive. Table d’Hote. Reading and Drawing Rooms. New Smoking and Billiard Pavilions, all Facing the Sea. Magnificent Views, and Ornamental Grounds of Twelve Acres. ELECTRIC LIGHTING. THOS. BAKER, Proprietor. JLm TK" OWS. BEST HOTEL IN FINEST SITUATION. THE GRAND HOTEL. THE MOST POPULAR AND FASHIONABLE. The Only Hotel at Lyons conducted on English Principles. MACOLIN (Lake of Bienne), Switzerland. P'VJ r Tj''pypHTi V trave ^i n 8 through BIENNE (Jura-Simplon Ry.) is entitled to I-iY lili I 5j\J Lf X break his journey and should not fail to take the Funiculaire (18T3 yds., up and down, 1 fr. 50 c.) to Macolin, 3,000 feet. Just the place to stay in Spring and Autumn. See Baedeker and Bradshaw. Grandest View. Sheltered position. Over 1,000 Acres of Woods. Numerous Excursions. Cheap Carriages. Taubenloch Gorges surpassing in loveliness those of Meirlngen. Island of St. Pierre. Passion Play Selzach. THE GRAND or KURHAUS. Entirely Fireproof. 90 Bedrooms, 40 with Balconies. Perfect Sanitary Arrangements. Superior Cooking. Late Dinner. Every Comfort. Post, Telegraph, Telephone, in the Hotel. English Chaplain and Resident Physician. Coupons taken. Tennis Court. Letters and Telegrams— “ Kurhaus Macolin (Switz).” Reduced Terms till July 15th and from September 1st. Proprietor and Manager, A. WAELLY. MACON. GRAND HOTEL DE L’EUROPE AND D’ANGLETERRE. F IRST-CLASS HOTEL. For Families and Tourists. Large and Comfortable. Sunny and Eastern aspect. This Magnificent Establishment is situated in the Valley of the River Saune with a splendid Panoramic Vietv, including that of Mont Blanc. Wines for sale. Omnibus meets all trains. Special Terms for Motor Cars. _ ROUSSET-FOREST, Proprietor. MALMO. Proprietor : I. F. H. HORN, from Hamburg. Renowned First class House in the most beautiful central location of the town, opposite the Railway Station and the port. Every comfort of modern times at moderate terms. Large Vienna Cafe with daily Orchestra Concerts. Hotel Restaurant. Baths. Carriages. Dinners kept ready for through-travellers to Stockholm and the interior of Sweden. 1899. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 25 -A. Jj 3E2 X JL~k .^5 l (Funchal). _ _ 3* DAYS’ VOY'AGE. BEID’S MOTELS. (Established 1850.) Telegraphic Address: “REID, FUNCHAL.*’ By appointment to H.R.H. the Duke of Edinburgh. . REID’S NEW HOTEL AND ANNEXES-—Situated on the Cliffs to the west of Funchal, on the New Road, overlooking the Sea. Grand view of the Mountains. Sea bathing and boating. SANTA CLARA HOTEL AND ANNEXES-—“ Admirably situated, overlooking Funchal:C fine view of the mountains and sea .”—Vide Bend ell's Guide to Madeira. I CARMO HOTEL-—In sheltered central position. i These FIRST CLASS HOTELS afford every comfort for families and travellers. Excellent Cuisine and choice wines. Electric Light throughout. Tennis Courts, large gardens, baths, reading and smoking rooms. English and German newspapers. Billiards. The SANITARY arrangements have been carried out by the Banner Sanitation Co., of London. All Steamers met. Pamphlet Free. Apply to F. PASSMORE, 124, Cheapside, London ; Messrs. J. & H. LINDSAY, 7, Waterloo Place, Edinburgh ; HOTEL TARIFF BUREAU, 96. Regent Street, London, W.: and at the STEAMSHIP COMPANY’S OFFICES, or WILLIAM REID, Madeira. Finest Situation in the Nyl A HET I D A One Hundred & Fifty Island. IVI r\ L/ Li i I lA. Feet above Sea-level. JONES’ BELLA VISTA HOTEL. Splendid View of Sea, Mountains, and Valley. The only Hotel with three acres of level garden ground attached. Tennis Court; Drawing and Billiard Rooms; Fifty Bed Rooms. Electric Light throughout Hotel and Grounds. Special Terms for Families. Telegraphic Address: “ Sans- pareil, Madeira.” Illustrated Pamphlet free from Hotel Tariff Bureau, 96, Regent Street, London; E. G. Wood, 74, Cheapside, London; Rogers i & Co., 6, Oldhall Street, Liverpool; H. F. Dilley, 3a, Newington Road, Edinburgh; and F. C. Hayward, 52, Union Passage, Birmingham. Terms on application.EUGENE E. JONES, Proprietor. MARI EN BAD. FIRST-CLASS HOUSE. Patronised by English. Elevated position nest the Principal Springs and Bath-Establishments. Numerous single and double bedrooms. Suites of large and any Private Apartments. Moderate charges. Arrangements for longer stay. Electric Light, Baths, Telephone, Lawn-Tennis. Comt-Omnibus meets all trains. t. HAMMERSCHMID, Proprietor. MARIENBAD. HOTEL KLINGER. I?IRST and Largest Hotel, with private houses, HALBMAYR’S HOUSE, L MAXHOF No. 100, and the newly-rebuilt HOTEL KLINGER. Most beautifully situated in this Health Resort. Corner house of the Promenade on the Kreuzbrunnen and the Park, commanding a charming view. Newly and elegantly furnished. 350 Rooms and Saloons. Conversation and Smoking Rooms. Electric Lighting. Three new Accumulator Lifts of the newest system. Table d’Hote and a la Carte. Meals sent out into private houses as per arrangement and a la carte. Carriages at the Hotel. Omnibus at the Station. __J. A. HALBMAYR, Proprietor. MENTONE. GRAND HOTEL DE VENISE. ASCENSEUR. LIFT. FIRST-CLASS ENGLISH HOUSE, situated In a large garden, full south, far from the sea. Restaurant, Smoking and Reading Rooms. South aspect. Luncheon and Dinner served at separate tables. J. SQ3IAZZI, Proprietor. 26 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, MERAN. GRAND HOTEL. M OST FASHIONABLE FAMILY HOTEL, opposite the Curhaus and the Promenades. Magnificent Park and Garden. Large Terraces. Grounds for Croquet and Lawn Tennis. English Church in the Garden. All modern sanitary arrangements. Large Hall with Steam Heating. Lift. Electric Light throughout. Drawing, Reading, Smoking and Billiard Rooms. Excellent Cooking. Pension, including Room and Light, from fl. 4.50. 200 Rooms and Saloons. Open the whole year. L. ARNSCHINK/Proprietor. _ MILAN. HOTEL DE ROME. Admirably situated, full South, on the Corso, a few steps from theDuomo. Furnished and fitted up with the greatest care, is warmly recommended for its comfort and moderate charges. LIFT. ELECTRIC LIGHT. Branch House—PIAZZA FONTANA, 8 and io. LIFT. ___ BORELLA BROTHERS, Proprietors. MILAN. CORSO VITTORIO EM. Central, with View of the Cathedral, with quiet rooms facing the Garden. Select Family Hotel. Every Modern Comfort. L. HEltTOLINI (formerly at San Remo). Valais. MARTIGNY. Switzerland. HOTEL du GRAND ST. BERNARD NEAR THE RAILWAY STATION. V. GAY CROSIER., Proprietor. Meals served at any hour. Moderate charges. Carriages for Chamonix and the Grand St. Bernard at a reduced tariff. Cook’s Coupons taken.. ST. BERNARD DOGS FOR SALE. MILAN. GRAND HOTEL DE MILAN. Modern Comfort. Hydraulic Lifts. Central Steam Heating. Railway Office. Price List in every rodm. J. SPATZ, Proprietor. MILAN. , MILAN. BELLINI’S HOTEL TERMINUS 1 Real English Hotel, near the Station. Heated throughout. Moderate Charges. Hotel Coupons accepted. Porter meets trains. Garden. Electric Light. F. BELLINI, Proprietor. HOTEL MANIN. 1 Perfectly quiet. Every Modern Comfort. Established 35 years. Patronised by English aud American Visitors. F. BAZZARO. MUNICH. HOTEL D’ANGLETERRE. I N the Centre of the City. Opposite the Theatres and Royal Palace. Electric Light, Central Heating, Lift, Telephony in Every Room. Pension. Omnibus at Station. Moderate Charges. Or. DANNHOFER, Manager. H. BRUNNER, Proprietor. MAXIMILIAN PLATZ. MUNICH. MAXIMILIAN PLATZ. GRAND HOTEL CONTINENTAL SPLENDID FIRST-CLASS HOTEL. Situated in the most quiet and fashionable quarter, and near all objects of interest. All modern comforts and improvements. Hydraulic Lift. Baths. Electric Light. Moderate Charges, M. DIENER, Proprietor. 1899. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 27 RUSSIA—MOSCOW. 3EX Q “X s JEi Xa 33 3E3 33, JLi X 3W". SUMMER GARDEN- 150 BEDS. WINTER GARDEN- rpHIS LARGE WELL-KNOWN HOTEL, situated in the best and healthiest part of the City, near the Kremlin and all other places of interest, established over half a century, lately entirely renewed and enlarged, affords 1'irst Class Accommodation for Families and Gentlemen. Excellent Kitchen, Table d’Hote, splendid Grill Room and Restaurant. Good Cellar. Billiard, Smoking, and Reading Rooms, \ with English, American, German, and French Newspapers. Good Bath Rooms. Hotel Carriages meet all Trains. CLAUSEN BROTHERS, Proprietors (Swiss). Telegraphic Address : “Hotel Berlin, Moscow,” MOSCOW. The Largest First-Glass Hotel in this Town. SPLENDID P(ESTftllF(MT, READING, AND BftTH-^OOJVlS. FOI&XSIG-Iff 2ST 3ES W SS E 33 3E» 2S - ALL LANGUAGES SPOKEN. ELECTRIC LIGHT. Omnibus. Interpreters to all Railway Stations. ant) ^-clegraph (Dfifoe# in th£ konst. 28 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER May, NANTES. HOTEL DES VOYAGEURS. THIRST-CLASS HOTEL, near the Theatre. Highly recommended for its general Comfort and Moderate Charges. Excellent Cuisine. Telephone. English spoken. __G-. CRETAUX, Proprietor. NAPLES. TTHT17T RRTQTfiT CORSO VITTORIO EMANUELE. One of the best Al'-'A lalu DHIOIUL, Hotels in Italy. The only first-class Hotel, in the healthiest part of the town, and in an elevated situation, enjoying a foil view of the unrivalled panorama. It is built of a compact Lava stone which does not absorb moisture, and fitted up with the best Sanitary Arrangements. Electric Light in every Room. Great Comfort. Excellent Cooking. Good Attendance. Lift. Moderate Prices, and Arrangements for Prolonged Stay. A. LANDRY, Proprietor. This Hotel is open all the year round, and Visitors are respectfully requested not to allow themselves to be imposed upon by interested parties and importunate Guides or Porters, as all necessary information is given at the Hotel Bristol for the excursions from Naples, and as to the best shops in the City. NAPLES. THE CONTINENTAL HOTEL. Open all the year round. Quai Parthenope (New Embankment). Splendid situation— full South. Close to the Public Garden and the centre of the town, with magnificent view of the Bay and Vesuvius. Hydraulic Lift, Electric Light, Telegraph and Post Office. Every kind of baths. Moderate charges. Pension 8 to 12 Francs. __R. WAEHLER) Proprietor. NAPLES. Healthiest and most beautiful situation ; close to railway stations for San Martino (funicular), and for Pozzuoli and Baiae; especially convenient for sightseeing. An English House. Recommended to English and American Visitors. Tariff and Electric Light in every room. Lift. Fixed charges, always including Baths in the Rooms, Light and attendance. NERVI. HOTEL VICTORIA. Near the Sea and Railway Station. 15 Minutes from Genoa. Stopping place for all express trains. Patronised by H.H. the Queen of Portugal, and ELExc. the Marschell von Moltke. HYDRAULIC LIFT. MODERN HEATING APPARATUS. NICE. GRAND HOTEL METROPOLE AND PARADIS. First-Class. Centre of the Town. T. CREPAUX, Proprietor. NEUCHATEL. GRAND HOTEL DE BELLE VUE. Mr. ALBERT ELSKES, Proprietor. First-Class Hotel . Magnificently situated on the Border of the Lake. Commanding splendid Views of the Panorama of the Alps. Lift. Electric Light in all the Rooms. Garden. PENSION PRICES ALL THE YEAR ROUND. N.B.—Besides the Evening Train (direct) a Day Train is running between Neuchatel and Paris, and vice versa 1 CENTRAL. HEATING THROUGHOUT. 1899. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 29 NEUHAUSEN, SWITZERLAND. FALLS OF THE RHINE. VIEW FROM THE HOTEL SCHWEIZERHOF. FIRST-CLASS HOTEL, replete with every convenience. 200 Rooms. Fire Escapes. Hydraulic Lift. FINE PARK and GARDENS. Lawn Tennis—Carriages—Storage for Bicycles—Dark Room. A Charming Summer Resort, noted for its healthy position, bracing air f and most beautiful landscape. BY MEANS OF ELECTRICITY AND BENGAL LIGHTS THE FALLS OF THE RHINE ARE BRILLIANTLY ILLUMINATED EVERY NIGHT DURING THE SEASON. English Divine Service in the Church located in the Grounds of the Schweizerhof. NICE. ' HOTEL WESTMINSTER. F IRST-CLASS FAMILY HOTEL. Delightfully situated on Promenade des Anglais. The finest position in Nice. Full south. Great comfort. Hydraulic Lift. Electric Light in every room. - Tariff moderate. Special rates en jxnsion for a long stay. F. BEBETEZ, Manager. NUREMBERG. GOLDEN EAGLE HOTEL. FIRST-CLASS FAMILY HOUSE. Newly rebuilt. 200 Beds. Most central and best position. Specially patronised by English and Americans. Arrangements made. Baths. Electric Light and central Heating in Corridors and every Room. Lift. Omnibus meets all trains. Under the personal management of the Proprietor, __ WILLY SCHLENK. *j NURNBERG (NUREMBERG). HOTEL BAYERISCHER-HOF. THIS First-rate and Superior Hotel, situated in the centre of the town, is highly spoken of by English and American Travellers for its general comfort and moderate charges. Has been greatly enlarged, and contains now 100 well-furnished rooms and saloons. Ladies’ and Beading Saloon, Smoking Boom, Ac., and a beautiful large Dining Boom. English and Foreign Newspapers. Carriages at the Hotel. Omnibuses to and from each train. English Church in the Hotel; Divine Service every Sunday. Electric Light J. AUINGER, Proprietor. 30 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER, May, OSTEND. GREAT OCEAN HOTEL, (Enlarged and Improved.) FIRST-CLASS & MOST FASHIONABLE HOTEL & RESTAURANT. Unrivalled for their Situation. Bath Room. Facing Sea and Baths. Highly Recommended. Lift. Electric Light. OSTEND. GRAND HOTEL DU LITTORAL Most fashionable part of the Digue, facing Sea. LIGHTED THROUGHOUT BY ELECTRICITY. LIFT, Etc. BOARD from IQs, per day. PARAME. Near St. Malo (France).— The best Sand Shore on the Coasts of Brittany, sur¬ rounded by charming panorama, picturesque sites, and splendid views; sweet and very salubrious climate. €3rTEZ,^.ISnE* (K&OUFIESXa J3E PARAMI3. S ITUATED on the very Shore, near the Casino and Bathing Establishment. First-class Hotel, much frequented by the liest English Families. Beautiful Dining Room. Restaurant. Saloon. Lawn Tennis. Hot Baths and Telegraph in the House. Very large Garden. G-reat Comfort and Moderate Charges. Very advantageous conditions in July and September. Omnibus of the Hotel to all trains and steamers. RIGUELLE and GRAJON, Proprietors. PARIS. 39, Avenue de l’Opera, 39. FINEST SITUATION IN THE FRENCH CAPITAL. First-rate Restaurant and Table d’Hote. Reading and Smoking Rooms. Hydraulic Lift. Batlis. The Entrance Hall, Staircases, and Corridors are heated. Arrangements for the Winter Season. Telephone. Electric Light throughout. In the Paris “ Baedeker ” the name of the Proprietor , Mr. L. HAUSER, is particularly mentioned. PAU. HOTEL D£ FRANCE. , rUHIS FIRST-CLASS HOTEL, situated on the Place Royale, com- -L mand8 the most splendid view of the whole chain of the Pyrenees, and is adjoining to the English Club. Improved Lift. Bath and Smoking Rooms. GARDERES FRERES, Proprietors. " " POITIERS. ■ - “ GRAND HOTEL DE FRANCE. First-Class and recommended to Families and Tourists for its comfort and good manage¬ ment. The most central of the Town, near the Hotel de Ville, Prefecture, Telegraph, Post Office, Museum, Historical Monuments, and Promenades. Speciality of Fowls and truffled Pates of all sorts. Carriages for Drives. Railway Omnibus calls at Hotel. ROBLIN-BOTJCHARDEATJ, Proprietor. PRAGUE. f^lRST-CLASS FAMILY HOTEL in the centre of the town. Patronised by English and OTTO WELZER, Proprietor. L Americans. First-rate attendance. Moderate Charges. English Church Service in the Hotel. 1899. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 31 PRAGUE. HOTEL ERZHERZOG STEPHAN. First-Class Hotel . On the “ Wenzelsplatz,” nearest to the Railway Stations and the Post and Telegraph Office. ELEGANTLY FURNISHED ROOMS AND APARTMENTS. Garden. Restaurant. Viennese Coffee-house. Splendid Cooking and good Wines. Baths. Telephone. Carriages. Station of the Tram Cars. W. HAUTTER, Proprietor. PRAGUE. FIRST-GLASS HOUSE, a Few Steps from the Central Station, IN THE CENTRE OF THE TOWN. AT THE CORNER OF THE CRABEN. Every Modern Comfort. Telephone. Baths. Carriages. ELECTRIC LIGHT. HYDRAULIC LIFT. MODERATE CHARGES. W. BENES, Proprietor. RAGATZ. Balls ana Bure Resort ot Regatz-Pfatters CANTON ST. CALLEN, 521 METRES ABOVE THE SEA, SWITZERLAND. HOT SPRINGS, 28° R. = 35° C. World-Renowned Resort, with the Wonderful GORGE OF PFAFFERS. Grand Hotel, j Grand Hotel, , oU RACATZ. QUELLENHOF. Electric Lift, Electric Light, Railway Ticket Office in the Hotel. Large Park and Gardens, Lawn Tennis and other athletic games. Splendid situation. Beautiful View of the Mountains. Comfortable Bathing Establishment in the Hotels. Best stopping place for visitors to and from the Engadine. Newly organised Institute for Swedish Gymnastics (Dr. Zander's Method). New Hydropathic Establishment, With hot and cold Shower and other Baths. Scientific Massage (System Metzger). Large Kursaal brilliantly illuminated by Electricity. Concert, Reading,, and Billiard Rooms, Cafe-Restaurant. Terrace with View of the Alps. Concerts three times a day. Dancing during Season. HOTEL PFAFFERS. OH At the Entrance of the celebrated Tamina Gorge, 3 kilometres from Ttagatz. Poet, Telegraph, and Telephone Offices. BATHS AND CUR COMMITTEE. 32 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, RHEINFELDEN BRINE SPA AND CLIMATIC STATION. GRAND HOTEL DES SALINES l^IRST-CLASS. Splendid Situation on tlie Rhine. Every Modern L Comfort. Perfect Sanitary Arrangements. Electric Light and Lift. Large Park. Lawn Tennis. Good Shooting. Trout Fishing. Special attention paid to English and American taste. Excursions from Rheinfelden to the Black Forest and to the Rhine Falls in half a day. Railway tickets and luggage booked direct between Rheinfelden and Paris. Season from May to October. j, y DIETSCHY, Proprietor. RHEIMS. GRAND HOTEL DU LION D’OR. Firat-class. Only Hotel facing Cathedral. Comfortable Bed and Sitting Booms. Smoking Boom. Electric Light and all modern Sanitary arrangements. Private Apartments for Families. Large Court Yard? and beautiful Gardens. Table d’Hdte and Eestaurant k la Carte. Choice WineB. Cuisine recherch6e. Hot and Cold Baths. English and German spoken. Telegraphic Address BADLE, Bheims. J RADLE, Proprietor- MURRAY’S HANDBOOK TO ROME AND THE CAMPAGNA. New Edition. Ninety-four Maps and Plans. •. Crown 8vo., 10*. ROME. Highest Position in Home, SITUATED ON THE PINCIAN HILL. COMMANDING FINE VIEW OVER ROME AND CAMPAGNA. Electric Light in Every Room. Tariff and Plan on Application. EW€iLI§H HOTEL. SAME MANAGEMENT, EDEN HOUSE, LUCERNE. FIRST-CLASS FAMILY HOUSE, IN THE BEST SITUATION. ON THE ELECTRIC TRAM LINE. MODERN COMFORT. FRANZ NISTEIiWICK, Proprietor. ROME. HOTEL MOLARO. 56, VIA GREGORIANA {Near to the Pincio > FULL SOUTH. Healthiest Situation in Town, and very Central. Old Reputation for its Comfort and Moderate Charges. HYDRAULIC LIFT. Winter Garden. Elactric Light and Calorifere in all the Rooms. ROME. HOTEL VIGTORIA (enclish house), Via Ihie Marcelli (Piazza di Spaana). New Large Dining and Sitting Rooms. London “Times” and “Standard” taken in. Garden. Lift. Omnibus. Pension 6, 7, and 8 shillings per day. _EWALD THIELE, New Proprietor. ROME. HOTEL BELLEYUE (BELVEDERE), Via Nationals, corner of Via Quirinale. Best Position, near King’s Palace. South Rooms only. Pension. Moderate Charges. 1899. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 33 ROME. GRAND HOTEL MARINI. First-Class. Unrivalled for its healthy, quiet, and central situation. Full South. Lift. Electric Light in Every Room. (OPEN ALL THE YEAR.) E. MARIN! & Co. ROME. CONTINENTAL HOTEL. All Modern ComfortOpen all Year Round. P. LUGANI, Proprietor. rom, HOTEL GIANELLI bom, 15, Via Ludovisi. This well-known First-Class Family House, greatly improved by the new Proprietor, is situated in the healthiest and highest part of Rome near the Gardens. FULL SOUTH. Moderate Charges. Perfect Sanitary Arrangements. HYDRAULIC LIFT. ELECTRIC LICHT. CALORiFERE. Bath Booms, Draining Booms, Smoking Boom. Special Arrangements for Families. OMNIBUS MEETS ALL THE TRAINS. T. LENGYEL (New Proprietor and Manager). T> 34 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, ROME. HOTEL D'ANGLETERRE. Via BOCCA di LEONE. rrHIS Hotel is conveniently, healthily, and quietly situated in the centre X of the City, between the Corso and the Piazza di Spagna, in the most aristocratic quarter of Rome. It offers every possible advantage, and Visitors may rely upon every English comfort. Charges Moderate. Special Arrangements for a Long Term. Open the whole year. Most frequented by English. Particular attention is paid to the Cooking and Service Lift. Electric Light in all the Rooms. Latest English Sanitary Arrangements. Entirely refurnished. R SILENZI, Proprietor. ROTTERDAM. First-Class Hotel. Finest Situation on the River Maas. Electric Light. Hydraulic Lift. Fire Escapes. Omnibus at every train and steamer. G. A. JONKERS, Director. ROUEN. GRAND HOTEL D’ANGLETERRE On the Quay. Commanding the most beautiful view of the Seine. The Hotel has been entirely reconstructed and refurnished. Electric Lift, Telephone. Only Hotel in Rouen with a Lift. Moderate Terms. Table d'hote and Restaurant a la Carte. ROUEN. HOTEL DE LA POSTE. Rooms lighted by Electricity and heated by Calorifere. Situated opposite the Post Office in the finest Central part of the Town. Magnificent Garden in front of the Hotel, Reading, Music, and Writing Saloons. English Newspapers. English and German spoken. Rooms from 3 frs.; Breakfast, 1 fr. 50 c. ; Lunch, 2 frs. 50 c. ; Dinner, 3 frs. 50 c. Lift. ROUEN, GRAND HOTEL de PARIS FIRST-CLASS HOTEL situated on the Quaj 7 . The most beautiful situation in the Town. Close to the Post, and Telegraph Offices, and the Landing Stages of the Havre Steamers. This Hotel has been newlv furuisheu, and now offers equally as comfortable accommodation as the Largest Hotels, but with more moderate terms. Telephone 556. Electric Light. English and German Spoken. Member of the Touring Club. Dark Room for Photographers ROUEN. GRAND HOTEL DE FRANCE, Situated in the centre of the Town, and midst the principal monuments. 114 Rooms, all lighted by electricity, from 2 Francs. 2 Bath Rooms. Gardeu. Good Table d’Hdte. Dejeuner i,50fr., I'ejeuuera la fourchette 2 50 fr., Dinner 3 fr. Restaurant a la carte. Telephone. Enghsu spoken. A guide tu Rouen and Fuvirons presented to every visitor. ROYAT LES BAINS. FIRST-CLASS HOTEL. HYDRAULIC LILT. ELECTRIC LIGHT. LARGE GARDEN WITH TERRACE WALKS. OPEN FROM 15th MAY TO 15th OCTOBER. L. SERVANT. Pronrietoi*. 1899. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 35 After-Cure Resort: SALZBURG. Summer and Winter Station. GRAND HOTEL DE L’EUROPE ^ Splendid Park. Grand view of the Alps. Lift, Electric Light, Lawn Tennis, Evening Concerts in the Foyer, Anglo-American Bar. A FTEli-C UHE A EELICA T1ONS : Chalybeate and Electric Light Baths, Steam-boxes, Rooms for Medicinal Inhalations and Brine Spray, Water Applications and Massage, etc. Treatments aie performed by a certified staff of attendants in the presence of an experienced physician. Prospectus sent on application. GEORGE JCJNG, Proprietor. SAN REMO. FIRST-CLASS FAMILY HOTEL. Finest and Best Situation, Lift, Electric Light. Large Garden. M. BERTOLINI, Proprietor. (Also Proprietor of the Hotel Royal Courmayeur and Aosta.f SCHEVENINGEN. NORT H SEA. HOL LAND. KURHAUS. OEEX FROM JUNE 1st TILL OCTOBER. Magnificent newly-built Kursaal, capable of accommodating 3,000 persons. Terrace facing the sea to accommodate 5,000 persons. Refreshment, Drawing and Heading Booms, all most elegantly furnished. First-class Club. Two Concerts Daily by the Berlin Philharmonic Orchestra (the best iu Germany), consisting of 80 performers, under the conductorship of Court Band ^Master Josef Rebicek. A Grand Ball every week. Dances daily. Children's Dances, Fetes, Fireworks, Operettes. Variety Entertainments. Splendid Sea Bathing for Ladies and Gentlemen, separately or together. The Leading* First-Class Hotel in Seheveningen. (PROPERTY OF THE KURHAUS-COMPANY). 200 ROOMS AND SALONS. 3G0 BEDS. BATHS. Lift. Information and Railway Ticket Office. Dark chamber for Amateur Photo¬ graphers. Store-house for Cycles— all in t the hotel. Large aud commodious Restaurant. Excellent French cooking. Choice Wines. PENSION. Terms moderate. Tariff and Plan of the Rooms, together with the Season's Programme, sent on application. During June, and from September 10th to end of season, 30 per cent, reduction on the charge for rooms for a prolonged stay 0 All further particulars supplied on requeist by the Managing Director. English Divine Service in the Chapel opposite the Kurhaus. SEELlSBERG (Switzerland). LAKE OF LUCERNE. HOTEL AND PENSION SONNENBERC. I irst-Class Hotel, 300 Apartments. Splendid View over the Lake and of the Surrounding Mountains. Physician specially attached to the Hotel. Divine Service of the Catholic, Protestant, and Anglican Communions. Reduced Chargesjiu Spring aud Autumn. ** * M TRUTTMAN. Propr r ftor. D 2 36 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, GRAND HOTEL BRITANNIQUE Patronised by THE ROYAL FAMILY OF 1BELGIUM. THE BEST AND MOST DELIGHTFUL SITUATION ’OF SPA. LARGE GA MES & TENNIS GROUNDS. Adjoining the Boulevard des Anglais and the English Church. F. LEYH , Resident Proprietor. SPA. SPA-Oldsst, finest, and most efficacious Mineral ferruginous Waters— SPA Hole! He FianHie SURY, Senior, Proprietor. The Largest First-Class Hotel IN THE CENTRE AND MOST SALUBRIOUS PART OF THE TOWN. Beautiful Park, with furnished Villas and Cottages in the Private Grounds of the Hotel. BATHS. Drawing, Writing and Billiard Rooms. Electric Light throughout. SPA. HOTEL BELLE YUE. Magnificent Situation on the Promenade, near the Royal Palace and Bath Establishment. Large Garden, communicating with a First-class Park. Electric Light. ROUMA, Proprietor. GRAND HOTEL*bE L’EUROPE. First-class, close to the Mineral Springs, Casino, and Anglican Church. Omnibus to meet all Trains. FAMILY HOTEL EVERY MODERN COMFORT. HICHLY RECOMMENDED. ELECTRIC LIGHT. HENRARD-RICHARD, Proprietor. ■U'J'V-iV *- -H,: 1899. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 37 ST. PETERSBURG. i rt® RUE MICHEL a ST. PETERSBOURG. CORNER OF THE NEVSKI PROSPECT AND MICHEL STREET. VERY CENTRAL POSITION. FIRST-CLASS HOTEL, 300 Rooms, including 100 Apartments, WITH EVERY MODERN IMPROVEMENT AND COMFORT , Telegraphic Address: “ EUROPE, ST. PETERSBURG.” OMNIBUSES MEET ALL TRAINS AND BOATS. TWO LIFTS. ONLY HOTEL WITH ELECTRIC LIGHT. 38 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, ST. PETERSBURG. HOTEL DE FRANCE. Kept by E. RENAULT. EST situation in the Town, Great Morska'ia, right opposite the Winter Palace, Hermitage, Foreign Office and Nevski Prospect. Oldest Hotel. Tramways in all directions. Fashionably frequented, especially by English and Americans. Elegant Reading Room, with French, English, American, German, and Swedish Papers. Greatly to be recommended for its cleanliness, comfort, and superior cuisine. Dinners 1 r. 50 k. and 3 r. The charge for Apartments is from 1 to 20 roubles. All languages spoken. Warm and Cold Baths. Post and Telephone on the Premises. The English Guide, Bernard Franke, highly com¬ mended. _ The Hotel is recommended in Murray’s Handbook of Russia. The HOTEL BELLE VUE, opposite to HOTEL DE FRANCE, belongs to the same Proprietor. ST. PETERSBURG. nHHIS well-known HOTEL has the best situation in St. Petersburg. J- It has lately been entirely renovated and affords First-class Accommodation for Families and Gentlemen. Excellent Kitchen and Cellar. Reading Room with English and American Newspapers. French, German and English spoken. Omnibus meets all Trains and Steamers. Under English Management. Telegraphic Address: “ Angleterre, Petersburg.” TH. SCHOTTE, Manager. 1899. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 39 ST. BEATENBERG Near INTERLAKEN, SWITZERLAND. First-class Climatic Station. Hotel et Pension de la Poste. First-class House. New stone building. Every comfort. Situated in centre of beautiful Fvo- menade, with splendid View of the Alps. Post, Telegraph, and Telephone Office in the Hotel. Moderate Tariff. EGLI-BRUNNER, Proprietor. STRASBOURG. Hotel National. The only First-Class Hotel newly built. Opposite the Railw ay Station. Bath and Lift System improved. Large and Small Apart¬ ments for Families and Single Gentlemen. Moderate Charges. Electric Light throughout. Electric Trams from the Hotel to all parts of the town. HFIM, Proprietor. STRASBOURG. HOTEL DE LA VILLE DE PARIS. UNIVERSALLY REPUTED. HYDRAULIC LIFT. ELECTRIC LIGHT THROUGHOUT. UNDER NEW MANAGEMENT. The largest and most comfortable Hotel in Strasbourg, with all modern comfort. Situated in the finest part of the town, near the Palace, Cathedral, and Promenade. Patronised by Royalty and highly recommended to English and American Families and Gentlemen. C. MATHIS, Director Proprietor. STUTTGART. HOTEL 3VX .A. It Q. XT uSk. RUT Direct Entrance front the Raihcay Station. FINEST POSITION IN TOWN. SPLENDID NEW BUILDINC. FIRST CLASS. 300 ROOMS. ELECTRIC LIGHT. CENTRAL HEATING. ELEVATORS. Rooms from 2‘50 Marks upwards. H. & O. MARQUARDT. STUTTGART. HOTEL ROYAL. Opposite the station. 100 eletantly fur¬ nished rooms from M. 2 upwards. Elevator. Central Heating. Electric L’gbt. A. BANZHAF, Proprietor. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK TO SCOTLAND. New' Edition (7th). With 31 Maps and Plans. 9’. Switzerland. THUN. On Lake ot Thun. ELECTRIC LIGHT THROUGHOUT. QUIET. FINEST POSITION. BATHS, LIFT, 200 BOOMS. TENNIS COURTS. Entirely Renovated. Open-Air Restaurant in sheltered Ter¬ race, with marvellous view. Next to New Kursaal. HOTEL ET PENSION BELLEVUE. ENTIREL 7 R ENO VAT ED. Opposite the Steamboat Pier. “HOFSTETTEN-THUN." Electric Light throughout. Well-known First-Class Family Hotel, specially adapted for prolonged stay. Extensive Gardens. Pinewood Park. Advantageous arrangements for families madi during the whole season. Next to New Kursaal. _ TTT ^ P. SCHLENKEPv, Manager. 40 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, TAORMINA (Sicily), Italy. GRAND HOTEL SAN DOMENICO. ri'HE ONLY FIRST-CLASS ENGLISH FAMILY HOTEL. Situated Southward, with -L Garden. Terraces, Lawn Tennis, Winter Garden. Ancient Historical convent, enjoying a full unrivalled view of the Panorama. Situated in the finest and most select part of Taormina, Views tf Etna and the Ionian Sea. French Cooking. Most comfortable. Arrange¬ ment for prolonged stay. Quite near the Post-Office and Telegraph. TENERIFFE (port orotava). HOTEL MARTIANEZ (late Grand). F ACING the Sea, near the Martianez Springs. Beautiful Gardens, large Dining, Drawing, Reading and Billiard Rooms, Tennis Court. Open November till May. Revised Moderate Tariff. In connection with the Columba Hotel , Tarbert , Loch Fyne , N.B. TOULOUSE. GRAND HOTEL DE L’EUROPE AND DU MIDI REUNIS. BEAUTIFULLY SITUATED ON THE LAFAYETTE SQUARE. First Class Establishment. O FFERING the same comf< rts as the laigest hotels in France. Fashionably frequented, especially by English and American travellers. Elegant Reading Room and Con¬ versation Room. Restaurant and Table d’hote. English spoken. Electric Light in every Room and Saloon. _ DUPOUTS, Proprietor. TOURS. GRAND HOTEL DE LUNIVERS. ON THE BOULEVARD, NEAR THE STATION. EUROPEAN REPUTATION. Highly recommended in all the French and Foreign Guide Books. EUGENE GUILLAUME, Proprietor. TOURS. HOTEL DE BORDEAUX. Proprietor, CLOVIS DELIGNOU. Patronised by IJis Royal Highness the Prince of Wales, and the European Courts. IN FRONT OF THE STATION AND UPON THE BOULEVARD. SPLENDID APARTMENTS, 1899 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 41 TRENTO, SOUTH TYROL. IMPERIAL HOTEL TRENTO. First-class House, Great Comfort and Reasonable Prices, Central Steam Heating, Electric Light, Lawn Tennis Ground. Splendid position, Fronting the Town Park. Centre for Dolomites and Glaciers Excursions. Patronised by the Empress Frederick and all the Royal Families. Spring and Autumn Season. F. T. OESTERREICHER, Proprietor. Branch House— Grand Hotel des Alpes, Madonna di Campiglio, the Tyrolese St. Moritz, 1553 Metres above the Sea. Season, June-October. Prospectus on Application. • BLACK FOREST. T HI BERG, 715 Metres above the Sea. • P. WEHPLE , Proprietor . Best situation, near the Waterfalls, for a long time well known as HOTEL z. 66 OCHSEN.” Every English comfort. Baths. Park Garden. Electric Light. Milk Cure. Omni¬ bus at the Station. Carriages. Moderate charges. Pension. Telephone. Concerts in front of the Hotel. The proprietor gives best information for excursions in the Black Forest. The Hotel Wehrle, not very large, but very comfortable, is highly recom¬ mended by German and foreign Guide Books. • GOOD TROUT FISHING. • FIRST CLASS- S ITUATED on a charming Hill, at the most magnificent point of the Town, overlooking from all parts the highly celebrated Cascade ; it is the finest and most elegant Hotel at Triberg, fitted up with all the comforts of the present time. Surrounded with a large terrace, a very handsome park and pleasant promenades, and containing 80 very comfortable bedrooms and Saloons, 26 Balconies, splendid breakfast and dining rooms, smoking, reading, and conversation room ; it offers a very agreeable residence, at 10 minutes’ distance from the Railway Station. Two Elegant Stage Coaches and a Landau meet all Trains. Every Sunday, English Divine Service. Reduced prices during the Spring and Autumn. Electric Light throughout. L. BIERINGER, Proprietor. TURIN. Facing Central Railway Station, and in the Principal Street. Moderate Charges. First-Class Hotel in every respect. Railway Ticket Office in the Hotel. L. BAGLIONI ET FILS. Branch Houses : GRAND HurEL D’lTALIE, BOLOGNA. GRAND HOTEL, CERESOLE REALE ( Piedmont ). Altitude 4,800 feet. Renowned Ferruginous Springs. Splendid Alpine Excursions. 42 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, TURIN. Grand Hotel de 1’ Europe. This splendid Hotel is situated on the Piazza Castello, five minutes’ walk from the Station and Post and Telegraph Offices, and is furnished to afford Residents every possible convenience and comfort. LIGHTED BY ELECTRICITY. HEATED BY HOT-AIR STOVES. BATHS. HYDRAULIC LIFT. SANITARY ARRANGEMENTS PERFECT Single and Double Bedrooms and splendid Suites of Apart¬ ments at moderate charges. Rooms from 3 francs, Electric Light and Attendance included. PENSION FROM 9 FRANCS PER DAY. A. BORGO, Proprietor. VENICE. HOTEL DE L’EUROPE FIRST-GLASS HOUSE. Situated in the best position on tlie Grand Canal. Magnificent view on the Lido, S. Giorgio, S. Maria della Salute. GREATLY IMPROVED. ELECTRIC LIGHT THROUGHOUT THE HOUSE. LIFT. PERFECT SANITATION. Patronised by the most distinguished Families. MARSEILLE^ BROTHERS, Proprietors. GRAND HOTEL DU PARC and GRAND HOTEL. THE LARGEST AND MOST COMFORTABLE IN VICHY. A FIRST-CLASS HOTEL, situated in the Park, facing the Baths, Springs, and Casino. private PRVmioN pof? FAmmiES. Hydropathic Installation. Electric Light. Lift. GERMOT, Proprietor. 1899. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 43 VENICE. Hotel 4’ Italic Bauer. Near St. Mark’s Square. On the Grand Canal. Facing the Church of St. Maria Salute. 250 ROOMS. ELECTRIC LIGHT. Post Office in the Hotel. GRAND RESTAURANT BAUER CRUNWALD. Rendezvous of the Best Society. J. GRUNWALD, Sen., Proprietor. ON THE PARK OPPOSITE kiosque OF MUSIC ¥ OPEN THE WHOLE YEAR. post ; tele¬ graph AD¬ JOINING. telephone GRAND HOTEL DES AMBASSADEURS & CONTINENTAL. ROUBEAU & COLLET, Proprietors. Entirely Re-arranged and considerably Enlarged. Is the most elegant, comfortab e nd best situated in Vichy, and the only one frequented by the Royal Family of England. part of the Hotel is arranged and warmed specially for the winter season. It is the ,nly Hotel at Vichy having a general hygienic installation. Lift. _Pension from 12fr. per day. _ ON THE PARK FACING THE CASINO. 44 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, VIENNA. Grand Hotel, I. KAUNTHNERRING, 9. i FIRST-CLASS HOTEL. Situated in the finest and most fashionable part of the City, on the Ringstrasse, Corso side, near the Imperial Opera, the new Museums, j highly recommended for moderate charges combined with all modern comfort; specially patronized by English and American families. 300 elegantly furnished Bed and Sitting Rooms, Magnificent lofty and richly decorated Dining and Reading Rooms, Smoking and Ladies’ Drawing Rooms. The prices of the rooms are including electric light and attendance. Tariff in every Room. Excellent Cooking; Luncheons and Dinners at fixed prices or a la Carte. Lift until 12 p.m. Baths, Telephone, Railway Ticket-Office and Hairdressing Saloon in the Hotel. Arrangements made with Families Wintering in Vienna. VIENNA-HOTEL METROPOLE. First-Class and best situated Hotel. Especially frequented by English and Americans. Price for Bedroom, electric light and attendance included, from 2 florins. Hydraulic Lift. L. SPEISER, Manager. Vienna” HOTEL KRONPRINZ. FAMILY HOTEL. Good Position, Centre of the Town. Large Rooms with Good View. TERMS MODERATE. ELECTRIC LIGHT. L. SEILER, Proprietor. VIENNA. HOTEL HAMMERAND. RENDEZVOUS OF ENGLISH AND AMERICAN DOCTORS. Near the Hospitals . Electric Light. VIENNA. HOTEL BELLEVUE. (Facing Franz Josefs Railway Station). Family Hotel. Special Tariff for Commercial Travellers. 100 Elegant Rooms from one florin. Light and Service will not be charged. LEOPOLD GARAI, Proprietor. 1899. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 45 VAL D’HERENS, VALAIS. Grand Hotel de Sion. Open all the year. Built especially for Winter Residence. Grand Hotel d’Evolene. 1275 Metres High. Open from 1st June to 30th September. EYOLENE. A PH! I A Hotel du Mont Collon. Recently Enlarged with Large Glass Verandah. 2000 MIsULLiVa Metres High. Open from 1st June to 30th September. Omnibus at Sion Station. T ANZEVUI, Proprietor. Celebrated and Richest Saline Thermal Springs, 126° F, HESSEN NASSAU W IESI 3AI DEI 1 NEAR THE RHINE. The most fashionable, oldest and best known Resort in Europe. For Health or Pleasure. m- FAVOURED BY ENGLISH FAMILIES. SUMMER AND WINTER CURE. UNRIVALLED IN CASES OF: Gout, Rheumatism, Stiffness, Neuralgia, Isehias, Affections of the Breathing Organs, Indigestion, Nervous Derangements, etc. LARGE VARIETY of ENTERTAINMENTS & AMUSEMENTS AT THE CURHAUS DURING THE WHOLE YEAR. Agreeable Social Life. English Church. EXCELLENT EDUCATIONAL ESTABLISHMENTS. Moderate Teems. Prospectus on application to the — Stadt. Kurvet * waltints/. WIESBADEN. HOTEL ROSE and BATHS. T HIS FIRST-CLASS HOTEL, with every modern comfort, is newly enlarged by a splendid building, and situated in the finest and healthiest part of Wiesbaden, opposite the Pro¬ menade, close to the Curhouse and Royal Theatre. Private Suites of Apartments consisting of Saloon, Bedroom, Toilet and Bath Room. In the Hotel is a beautiful new Bath House, with Baths supplied from the principal Spring—the Rockbrunnen. Mbst elegant Public Rooms, Lift, Electric Light, Steam Heating. Arrangements made for a prolonged stay. H. HAEFFNER, Proprietor. HOTEL WIESBADEN. QU I SI SANA. Unrivalled position— PAR K STRASSE-a hundred steps from the Kurhouse. A BEAUTIFUL FIRST-CLASS ESTABLISHMENT. The Only One in WIESBADEN on Elevated"Ground. OFFERS HOME COMFORT TO ENGLISH & AMERICAN FAMILIES. LIFT. | ELECTRIC LIGHT. \ GARDENS. SPLENDID MINERAL WATER BATHS- PENSION AT REASONABLE TERMS. Apply for Prospectus to the Proprietor, F. ROSER. 46 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, WILDBAD (Black Forest). HOTEL KLUMPP HYDBAULIC LIFTS TO EVEBY FLOOB. THIS FIRST-CLASS HOTEL, with separate Breakfast, Reading, Lady’s and Conversation Rooms, as well as a Smoking Room. Large handsome Dining Saloon. An artificial garden over the river. Beautifully situated in connection with the Old and New Bath Buildings and Conversation House. Five minutes’ walk from the English Church, and in the imme¬ diate vicinity of the Park and Pump Room. Well known for its elegant and comfortable apartments. Good Cuisine and Wines, and deserves its wide-spread reputation as one of the best hotels on the Continent. Table d’hote. Restaurant. Correspondents of principal Banking Houses of London, New York, &c., for the payment of Circular Notes and Letters of Credit. OMNIBUS OF THE HOTEL MEETS EVERY TRAIN. FINE PRIVATE CARRIAGES. Capital Trout Fishing in the Hirer Enz. LAWN TENNIS AND CROQUET. Reduced Terms for Rooms in May and September. EXCELLENT ACCOMMODATION. WIESBADEN. WHITE SWAN HOTEL. Bath and Pension. Mineral Water direct from the principal spring, the Kochbrunnen. W. TSTETTENDORFF, Proprietor. ZURICH. Grand Hotel Bellevue au Sac. Open all the year. 5 minutes from the Station. Lift. Electric _ Light. Central Heating Apparatus. F. A. EOIIL, Manager. ZURICH-DOLBER SStel. Finest situated Hotel in Zurich. Newly opened with Latest Improvements of Comfort. Surrounded by Magnificent Woods and Parks. Pension on very Moderate Charges. Mail Coach. Tennis. Golf. ASK FOR TARIFF— E. DIELMANN, Manager. ZERMATT. GRAND HOTEL TERMINUS. LHRST-CLASS HOTEL with every modern comfort. Baths. Electric Light. Restaurant. Y Table d’hote. Billiards. Cafe. Reading and Drawing Rooms. Covered Verandah. Guides. Carriages and Mules at the Hotel. Coupons accepted. Open from 15th May to 30th October. DOL-LAUBER, Proprietor. 1899. MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. 4? ZERMATT. Yiege-Zermatt Railway. SWITZERLAND. ZERMATT. Seiler’s Grand Hotels. HOTEL MONT ROSA. HOTEL MONT CERVIN. HOTEL ZERMATT. HOTEL RIFFELALP. HOTEL RIFFEL. HOTEL SCHWARZ SEE. OPEN FROM 15th May TO 31st October. NARROW GAUGE, COG WHEEL RAILWA Y. This linejs one of the most interesting and picturesque in the world. The journey from Viege to Zermatt now only takes 2| hours, formerly it was a nine hours’ walk. Very comfortable Carriages. Special Saloon Carriages to enable one to see the Grand Scenery along the line.. For departure of the Trains see the Time Table. Matterhorn. Mont Rosa. Goerner Grat. Buffet at the Station. Doctor. Chemist. Baths. Moderate Brices. OPEN FROM 1st MAY TO 30th OCTOBER. 48 MURRAY’S HANDBOOK ADVERTISER. May, 1899. DINNEFORD’S MAGNESIA. The best Remedy for Acidity of the Stomach, Heartburn, Headache, Gout and Indigestion; the Safest Aperient for Delicate Constitutions, Ladies, Children, and Infants. SOLD THROUGHOUT THE WORLD. Opened CARLSBAD (BOHEMIA). Opened Ja SV’ RESIDENZ HOTEL. F IRST-CLASS HOTEL in the centre of the town, opposite the “ Sprudel ” and near the other Springs, in place of the old Hotel, “ 3 Fasanen.” Newly built, with all comfort. Electric Light, Steam Heating, Lift, Telephone, and Baths. Splendid Dining and Cafe Saloons, excellent Table, choice Wines. Open Summer and Winter. Omnibus at the Station. Managed by the Proprietor, ANTON WIESINGER. POCKET HANDBOOK |OF TRAYEL TALK. ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, and ITALIAN. (In Parallel Columns). EIGHTEENTH EDITION. With Special Section for Cyclists. 32mo. 3s. 6d. The Conversations supply every Modern Phrase likely to be used by Travellers at the Present Day. V W V V t/v/ VVV VVVVVv/V S/v/DOwV v W “ One of the most useful pocket companions.”— Vanity Fair. “ Shows the wanderer how to carry on conversation in all the essential arts of life in four tongues.”— Daily News. “ A cyclist who can ascertain whether the road is ‘ bumpy,’ or point out that his ‘nut’ is loose or his ‘tyre punctured,’ may surely regard himself as equipped for every linguistic emergency.”— Guardian. “ The best of its kind, judiciously modernized.”— Athenaeum. “ One of the most useful phrase books in existence.”— Queen. A Neat Convenient Book suitable for carrying in One's Pocket. Loxdon : JOHN MURRAY. Albemarle Street, W RARE BOOK COLLECTION THE LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA AT CHAPEL HILL Murray 1569 MURRAY’S ENGLISH HANDBOOKS. HANDBOOK —ENVIRONS OF LONDON—Including 20 miles round the Metropolis. Two Volumes. Post 8vo. 21s. HANDBOOK—ENGLAND AND WALES. Arranged alphabetically. Map. One Volume. Post 8vo. 12s. HANDBOOK — EASTERN COUNTIES — Chelmsford, Harwich, Col¬ chester, Maldon, Cambridge, Ely, Newmarket, Bury St. Edmunds, Ipswich, WOODBRIDGE, FELIXSTOWE, LOWESTOFT, NORWICH, YARMOUTH, CROMER, &C. Maps and Plans. Post 8vo. 12s. HANDBOOK — KENT — Canterbury, Dover, Ramsgate, Rochester, Chatham. Map and Plans. Post 8vo. 7s. Gd. HANDBOOK—SUSSEX —Brighton, Chichester, Worthing, Hastings, Lewes, Arundel. Map and Plan. Post 8vo. 6s. HANDBOOK—SURREY (Including Aldershot) — Kingston, Croydon, Reigate, Guildford, Dorking, Boxhill. Maps and Plans. Post 8vo. 6s. HANDBOOK—HANTS— Winchester, Southampton, New Forest, Ports¬ mouth. Maps. Post Svo. 6s. HANDBOOK — ISLE OF WIGHT —Ryde, Cowes, Yentnor, &c. Map. Post Svo. 2s. Gd. HANDBOOK —HERTS, BEDS, AND HUNTINGDON. Map and Plans. Post 8vo. 7s. Gd. HANDBOOK—OXFORDSHIRE— Oxford, Blenheim, Henley, and The Thames. Map and Plans. Post 8vo. 6s. HANDBOOK — WILTS AND DORSET. With Maps and Plans. Post Svo. 6s. HANDBOOK—SOMERSET. With Maps and Plans. Post 8v.o. 6s. HANDBOOK — DEVON — Exeter, Ilfracombe, Linton, Sidmouth, Dawlish, Teignmouth, Plymouth, Devonport, Torquay. Maps and Plans. Post 8vo. 7s. Gd. HANDBOOK — CORNWALL — Launceston, Penzance, Falmouth, The Lizard, Land’s End, Arc. Maps and Plans. Post 8vo. 6s. HANDBOOK — HEREFORD AND WORCESTER — Ross, The Wye, Malvern, Kidderminster, Dudley, Bromsgrove, Evesham. Map and Plans. Post Svo. 5s. HANDBOOK—GLOUCESTERSHIRE— Gloucester, Cheltenham, Ciren¬ cester, Bristol, Tewkesbury, Evesham, &c. Maps and Plans. Post Svo. 6s. HANDBOOK — NORTH WALES — Llangollen, Bangor, Carnarvon, Beaumaris, Snowdon, Llanberis, Dolgelly, Cader Idris, Bettws-y-Coed, Conway, •- Relatively to the use made of certain parts of Central and S. Europe, little advantage has yet been taken by cyclists of the fair roads and cheapness of travel which Norway offers them; but as attention in this direction is steadily on the increase, a few pages may specially be devoted to the subject. The routes have been arranged as a rule from Christiania. To those who arrive by str. or rail at the Norwegian capital the scenery will seem novel and fine, but will appear tame and uninteresting to those who come fresh from the grand picturesqueness of the W. and N. In most instances, where trains and strs. afford a means of transit advantage should be taken of them ; for, as a rule, where they form the ordinary and usual means of communication on portions of a route, the corresponding roads, where such exist, are rough and neglected. In such instances, the “ lift ” given by rail or steam is of great advantage in the saving both of time and trouble, while not detracting from the enjoyment of the scenery. These remarks, how¬ ever, do not apply to routes which are more interesting by road than by water or rail, or where road and rail lie in different directions—as for instance, from Christiania to Trondhjem, over the Dovretjeld, where the road via Lillehammer deviates from the rly. at Eidsvold or Hamar and, after proceeding for some way through Gudbrandsdalen and over the Dovrefjeld, touches the line again at Storen. No mention is made of the Christiania-Trondhjem route via the Osterdal, as that long valley is monotonous throughout and the road and rail run side by side ; neither have many local routes been given, as they will be found in other pages of the Handbook and require no special indication. The best tracks are the long main roads which intersect the country, but for shorter excursions and pleasant variety of scene, Telemarken offers advantages unequalled in any other district in the kingdom. The roads may be classed generally under the heads of “ fair ” and “ indifferent,” the average rise being 1 in 20. A very fair track may lie over hilly country and an indifferent one on the level, and vice, versa. As a rule, they are macadamised only in the neighbourhood of towns, the country roads being soft, at times heavy and furrowed where there is much traffic ; but their condition is often affected vari¬ ously by the weather, some parts being hard and good after rain, and. others the very opposite, according to the nature of the composition on the surface. Tricycles, in consequence, will not be found so suitable as two-wheelers, as bicycles will generally be able to run on smooth ground on either side of the way and avoid ruts or other disadvantages arising from the wear and tear of traffic. Tricycles and tandems should have a powerful band-brake on the axle, and not be geared beyond 52 in. Bicycles should be of the rear-driving safety tjqie, provided with a strong brake, and not geared above 54 in.' In the towns 2 i Cycling in Norway . and country rough repairs can generally be effected by the local smiths, and tiner work by the “Christiania Dorvrider Fabrik,” or Messrs! Heide and Gustavsen, Christiania. (For information respecting inns, food, &c., see Introduction and Travelling Boutes.) Clothing should be light and warm, as great varieties of temperature will be met with. It has not been considered advisable to parcel out the routes in days and hours, as the length of time required for covering the distances given depends entirely on the individual and on his ability to make his time subservient to that of the trains and strs. on the chosen route. In all cases, however, the traveller should allow himself a good margin over and above even a liberal estimate of time for the cycling portion of the tour. The trains keep their time fairly well, but strs. are often beforehand, as well as behindhand, on their routes, thereby caus- ingconsiderable inconvenience. Roughly speaking, an average rate of 11 kil. (7 m.) an hour will satisfy most people. The distances are given in kilometres, 1 and heights in English feet. There are now twelve clubs in Norway: the oldest, the “Christiania Yelociped Klub,” holds an international competition annually in August for the challenge cup a magnificent trophy—which, if won on three occasions, consecutively or otherwise, becomes the property of the winner. The first one offered was carried off by J. C. Fenlon, in 1887, after winning it three times in succession. The second has been held once byE. M. Mayes in 1888. and by Ingemann Pettersen, a young Dane, who easily defeated the English competitors in 1889. The track of the K. V. K. near Christi¬ ania is the best out of England, wdiile the “Kristiania Bicycle Klub” also owns a good one, and occasionally holds minor international com¬ petitions. The “Cyclists’ Touring Club ” has appointed Mr. Berild Gyldenskog, Christiania, chief “ consul ” for Norway. N.B.—No Customs duty is charged on bicycles, &c., in use. List of Cycle Clubs in Norway, 1892, Founded between 1882 and 1885. Name of Club Headquarters No. of Active Members Outlying quarters “Velociped” . Christiania 225 ^ f Sandviken ; Humledal “Bicycle” 125 J (_ Ringntes “ Velociped ” . Dram men 30 Holmestrand,Svelvik • Fredrikstad 40 — ft • Fredrikshald . 50 __ ft Skien 25 “ Bicycle ” Arendal . 15 “ Velociped ” Christiansand, S. 40 Boen, Lillesand »* • Lillehammer . 30 Gjovik, Finnefos “ Bicycle ” Bergen 80 — ) “ Velociped ” Aalesund . 10 Orskoug Trondhjem 70 Stenkjser, Levanger Table of Routes. V 5 Table of Routes. Fa ok 0 Cycle Route A. Christiania— -Trondhjem. Dovrefjeld Route '' y y B. Do. -Molde. Bomsdal Route 7 y y yy C. Do. -Merok, Aalesund. Vaage and Lorn Route ...... 7 v yy D. Do. -Laerdalsoren, Bergen. Randsfjord, and V alders Route 7 i ' v E. Do. -Lterdalsoren, Bergen. Kroderen and Hailing dal Route . 8 yy yy F. Do. Randsfjord, Heen. Ringer ike Route ...... 9 yy yy G. Do. Lterdalsoren, Bergen. Sjoirillen and Valders Route 9 y % yy H. Do. -Lterdalsoren, Bergen. Mjosen and Valders Route .... 9 yy yy I. Do. -Humledal, Drammen. Bcerurn Route ...... 9 y ' yy J. Do. — -Skien, Odde, Bergen. Telemarken and Hard anger Route . 10 yy yy K. Do. -Skien, Stavanger. Telemarken Route ...... 10 yy yy L. Do. -Skien, Siljord, Odda, Bergen. Tele¬ marken Route .... 11 v yy M. Do. -Skien, Siljord, Odda, Bergen, Sta¬ vanger. Telemarken and Har- dangcr Route .... 11 yy yy N. Stavanger — -Bergen. Hardanger Route . 11 M yy O. Yossevangen —Odda, Skien, Christiania. Har¬ danger and Telemarken Route 12 » 4 yy P. Do. -Bergen. 12 Q. Christiania— -Skien, Rjukanfos, Ivongsberg, Christiania. Telemarken and Kongsberg Route . 12 yy yy R. Do. — -Kongsberg, Bergen, Skien, Christi- auia. Telemarken Route 13 v yy S. Do. -Skien. Coast Route 13 yy yy T. Do. - -Christiansand, SS. Coast Route . 14 For those arriving at Stavanger, Bergen, or Trondliiem, reverse the Routes. For those arriving at Christiansand, S., reverse Routes T and S. The names of all towns and good quarters (stations) are printed in italics. The stations of which the names are printed in ordinary tj’pe should be avoided as stopping-places, if possible. Thus : Christiania to Ainot. G Cycle Routes CYCLE ROUTES. Con¬ veyance Stations ® -3 £ .« 3 3 ■B5 3 3 I ® Observations Rail & ' Steam f Ride Rail Route A. —Christiania, Lillehammek, Storen, Tbondhjem. | Christiania to Lillehammer 190 12 Lilleha miner to Fossegaarden 14 99 ! Fossegaarden to Holmen 17 9 7 ' Holmen to Kirkestuen 16 79 Kirkestuen to Skeggestad . 12 17 Skeggestad to List ad . 14 97 \ Listad to Moen 10 Moeu to Storklevstad . 11 19 Storklevstad to Bredevangen 16 77 Bredevangen to Mo en , 8 79 Moen to Laugaard 10 77 Laugaard to Brcendehaugen Brosndehaugen to Toftemoen 12 77 12 1 > Toftemoen to Dombaas 11 79 Dombaas to Fokstuen . 10 Fokstuen to Iljerkin 21 99 Hjerkin to Kongsv old . 13 97 Kongsvold to Drivstuen 15 Drivstuen to Rise. 12 yy Rise to Anne 10 19 Aune to Stuen 14 » Stuen to Austbjerg 11 97 Austbjerg to Bjerkaker. 12 Bjerkaker to Garlid . 12 77 Garlul to Praesthus 10 ” Prassthus to Engen, Storen 14 99 rig. star. 99 l Storen to Trondhjem 51 14 1 Stokkletstad, Dombaas, 558 kil. Road good and fairly’ level. Road good and fairly’ level. Nine Ml. after leaving Kirkestuen, the old stav ch. of Riugebo is passed, situated on a bill to the rt. of the road. RoaR good and fairly level. 79 n Road good and fairly level. Road from Storklevstad to Merok (Gei ranger) and Aalesund. See Cycle Route C. Soon after leaving the stat. Col. Sinclair’s grave will be seen on the 1. of the road, also the so- called “ Skotteladen ” or “ Scot’s barn.” Road good. Between these stats, lies Eringlen. Road good. 1040 ft. above sea. Road good. Ascents. Road good. Ascents. Road good. Ascents. Pass Bovre ch. (1550 ft.), and the large farm, Tofte. Road good. Ascents (2160 ft.) Road to V eblungsnaes and Molde branches off. See Cycle Route B. Road good. Steep ascent (3250 ft.) Road good. A road branches oil to Lille Elvedalen stat. on the Christiania-Trondbjem rly r . Road good and nearly level. (3050 ft.) Road good. 99 Road good and level. Road fair but hilly. Cycle Routes . 7 1 Con¬ veyance Stations Distance in kilometres Route in body of Handbook Observations Route B. — Christiania, Lillehammeb, Dombaas, Veblungsn.es, Molde. 467 kil. to Veblungsnaes. Christiania to Dombaas 353 12 See Cycle Route A. Ride Dombaas to Holaker 12 32 Road good. Uolaker to Holset 15 n Holset to Lesje Vaerk . 10 17 Read fair, in parts sandy and heavy. 1 „ Lesje Vaerk to Mb linen 12 19 Road fair. 1 Miflmen to Stweflaaten . 13 91 11 19 Stueflaaten to Ortneim . 10 11 11 Ormeim to Fladmark . 11 11 Fladmark to Uorgheim 12 11 11 Horgheim to Noes. 14 11 Road good. Noes to Veblungsnces 5 11 ii Steam . Veblungsmes to Molde . 2^ to |44 hrs. 11 Route C.—Christiania, Lillehammek, Storklevstad, Merok (Ueirangek), Aalesund, 472 kil. to Merok (Maraak). Christiania to Storklevstad . 284 12 See Cycle Route A. Ride 11 11 ■» Storklevstad to Bjolstad Bj&lstad to Snerle Snerle to Serum . 29 17 7 1 1 Fair road and comparatively level throughout. 11 So rum to Gar mo 20 | 11 c Garmo to Andvord 15 HH ) 11 Andvord to Aandstad . 11 a o Fair road. Aandstad to Lindheim 11 V o ) / ^ Steep ascents to 3425 ft. above j 11 * 11 Lindheim to Grjotli Grjotli to Merok . 36 42 C Q O p M •—< -m Route D.— continued. Ride . Xystuen to Maristuen . 17 8 Good road. Beautiful views of the Jotunfjeldeuefmn this road. “Suletind" may be ascended from this stat. in 5 to 6 hrs. Caution required on descents. Maristuen to Hieg 17 99 Good road. Descents. Seenery magnifleent. The ancient ch. of Borgund is passed onrt. of road. Great caution required until the bridge below Maristuen is passed. Hfvg to Husum 13 ,, Good rom 1. Descents. Husain to Blaaflaten . 15 Blaaflaten to LaetdaUoren . 11 f i ood roads, level. Leer dal soren to Bergen , by 26 str. direct. Steam . LcerdalsSven to Gudvangen . 55 26 Fair. Ride . Gudvangen to Yinje . 26 25 Fair road. Steep ascent at Stal- heim ; cannot be ridden up or down except at considerable risk. i Vinje to Tvinde 10 n Fair road. Tvinde to Vossevangen 12 „ ' Good road. Rail Vossevangen to Bergen . 10S 24 .Route E.—Christiania, Gulsvig, H.eg, L.erdalsoren, Gudvangen, Vossevangen, Bergen. 562 kil. Rail Christiania to Kroderen 122 1 9 1 Steam . Kroderen to Gulsvik 45 11 Ride . Gulsvik to Aavestrud . 14 Good road. 91 * Aavestrud to Bortnass . 17 99 19 ,, , Bortnaes to Xces . 11 99 i i« • Noes to Viko .... 20 99 Good road. Good quarters at Rolfshus. »i Viko to Eleven 16 Fair road, hilly. Eleven to Tuf ( Fauske ) 20 9 T Fair road. Ascents. Good quarters at Fauske. ii Tuf to Bjoberg 20 Fair road (3324 ft.) Good quar¬ ters. ii BjSberg to Breistolen . 15 >9 Fair road. About 7 kil. from Bjoberg the boundary-mark di¬ viding Christiania and Bergen dioceses is passed, and shortly afterwards the highest point (3790 ft.) of the road is reached. *9 • Breistolev to Hceg 12 99 Fair road. Descent most of the way. 1 ” Hceg, Lwrdalsdren Bergen . 250 99 See Cycle Route D. Cycle Routes Con- vevauce I Route F.—Christiania, Sandviken, Sundvolden, Honefos, Randsfjord or Heen. 72 kil. and 63 kil. (Ringerike Route.) Ride Christiania to Sandviken 14 1 ” Sandviken to Humledal 16 If 99 * Humledal to Sundvolden 8 99 99 Sundvolden to Honefos 19 99 99 * Honefos to Randsfjord. 15 7 >1 * UOnefos to Heen . 6 ii Fair road, mostly level. Fair road, level for some dis¬ tance, then long ascent: level and somewhat steep descent. Fair road. Descent most of the way. Good quarters. Fair road, level for a considerable distance. About halfway pass Nordrehov ch. Fair road. Rly stat. Strs. to Odntes 77 kil. See Cycle Route D. Fair road. Rly. stat. Strs. to Sorum 77 kil., on Lake Spirillen. Attractive scenery. Sorum to Frydenlund. See Cycle Route G. Route G.— Christiania, Heen, Sorum, Frydenlund, Lterdalsoren, Gudvangen, Vossevangen, Bergen. 638 kil. Rail Christiania to Heen 131 7 Steam . Heen to Sorum 77 10 Ride Sorum to Star Sveen 23 9) 99 Stor Sveen to Fjeldheim 12 99 91 Fjeldheim to Frydenlund . 16 99 ! Ride and Frydenlund, Lcerdalsbren, 379 8 steam Bergen. See also Cycle Route F. Pretty scenery on the Baegna r. and Spirillen lake. Fair road. Fair road. The road from Odrnes (Randsfjord) joins here. See Cycle Route D. See Cycle Route D. Route H. —Christiania, Gjovik, Odnais, La:rdals6ren, Gudvangen, Vossevangen, Bergen. 609 kil. (Mjosen, Valders, and Fillefjeld Route.) Rail Christiania to Hamar . 126 12 ' Steam . Hamar to Gjovik . 14 '9? Ride Gjovik to Mustad . 14 8 99 Mustad to Grc.nv.rr. , 99 Granum to Odnces 10 99 — . Odnces, Lcerdalsbren, Bergen 431 „ ) Fair road, mostly )' scending. Good road, mostly scending. See Cycle Route D. level or de¬ level or de i I Hide » 99 Route I. —Christiania, Humledal, Drammen. 65 kil. Christiania to Humledal Humledal to Enger Enger to Egengen Ecremren to Ihtuumen 30 1 13 » 14 4 8 See Cycle Route F. Good road, with nice view of Holsfjord. Good road. Rly. stat. Lier. Good level ron.il th< 10 Cycle Routes. Observations Route J. —Christiania, Skien, Getting (Roldal), Odda, and Bergen. Odda, Yossevangen, Bergen. Con¬ veyance Stations Rail Christiania to Skien . . \ 204 4 By coasting str. daily to Langes- Steam . 12 to 15 14 hrs. und; thence per local str. to Skien or by str. direct, 5 or 6 times per week. Ride . 172 See Cycle Route S. Steam . Skien to Ule/os 2 to 3 5 hrs. Ride Ulefos to Strengen 22 Road fair, comparatively level. Steam . Strengen to Trisert 1 * * 4 hrs. >> Ride . Trisoet to Mogen . 12 >> Road indifferent. Steep ascent about 4 kil. Mogen to Aarnot . 15 yy Road fair, hilly. Aarnot to Heggestol 14 yy Road fair. Heggestol to Nvlaend . 13 yy yy ,, Nykend to Botnen 26 yy Road fair. Gradual ascent most of the way ; 2440 ft. Botnen to Haukelisceter 18 yy Road fair. Constant ascent; 3020 ft. Haukelisaeter to Gryting 30 yy Ascent for some way through the (Roldal). gorge, 3580 ft., which may be impassable for wheels from snow. Thence open level road for 4 kil. Steep winding descent with sharp curves, 1380 ft. Gryting to Sejestad 28 yy Ascent on zigzag road for some way. Snow in gorge at top of the pass, 3292 ft., may prove troublesome. Descent to Seljes- tad 1957 ft. Sejestad to Odda . 26 ” Descent and level. Bair road. 1 Steam . Odda to Bergen . 12 to 23 Strs. direct several times a week 13 hrs. to Bergen. I Steam . Odda to Eide 56 23 ) Ride Eide to Yossevangen 30 yy [ See Cycle Route N. Rail Yossevangen to Bergen. 108 24 ) _ Yossevangen to Christiania . — — See Cycle Routes D, E, and G. Re- verse route. 1 The route may be continued in the str. to Dalen at the head of the Bandaksvand, proceeding on the following day along the new road past Mo ch. and the side of Lake Bortevand to Heggestol, a distance of about 34 kil.; thence to Nylamd aud Botnen, as above. The very hilly road from Trisset to Mogen and Heggestol will thus be avoided. Route K. —Christiania, Skien, Grtting, Sand, Stavanger. — Christiania, Skien, Gryting . — 4 See Cycle Route J. Ride Gryting to Botnen 11 5 The new and good road is open. Follow the Odde road to Haare, then turn to the 1. yy • Botnen to Nesflaten 11 21 Fair road. Fine scenery. Steam . Nesflaten to Osen . , 14 Fine scenery on every side. Ride . Osen to Sand 19 jj Fair road. Steam . Sand to Stavanger 5 to 10 hrs. yy 11 Cycle Routes. Con¬ veyance Stations Distance in kilometres Route in body of Handbook Observations | Route L.— Christiania, Skien, Notodden, Utboen (Siljord), Mogen, Gryting, Odda, Bergen, Sand, Stavanger. Christiania, Skien, Notodden _ 4 See Cycle Route Q. Ride Notodden to Landsvaerk 19 6 The greater part of this road is as in Cycle Route Q. At the branch roads the one to the rt. leads to Tinnoset. Road fair ; compara¬ tively level. Landsvoerk to Nordre Skei. 17 — Fair road, tolerably level. yy Nordre Skei to Utboen 25 Fair road after proceeding 10 kil. Steep ascent and descent of the hills (Aasebraekkerne). yy 4 Utboen to Berge . 24 — Fair road. Ascent to Bruukeberg ch. Take road to the rt. yy Berge to Mogen . 15 5 Fair road. Road from Trisaet (set Cycle Route J) joins here. j - Mogen, Gryting, Bergen — — See Cycle Route J. Mogen, Gryting, Stavanger . — — See Cycle Routes J aud KL. j Route M.— Christiania, Skien, Aslaksborg, Gvarv, Utboen, Mogen, Gryting, Odda, Bergen, Sand, Stavanger. - Christiania, Skien _ . See Cycle Routes J and S. Steam . Skien to Aslaksborg . — 5 At the head of Nordsjo lake. Row Aslaksborg to Gvarv . 3 ^- Row to Gvarv iu about 30 min yy yy * yy Gvarv to Faroen Faroen to Kleppen Kleppen to Ovrebomoeu Ovrebomoen to Utboen 2£ 7 14 20 INI ludiffereut road. Utboen, Mogen , Gryting — — See Cycle Route L. — Gryting, Odda, Bergen — — See Cycle Route J. — Gryting, Sand, Stavanger — — See Cycle Route K. Route N. —Stavanger, Sand, Gryting, Odde, Bergen. Odda, Eide, Yossevangen, Bergen, Christiania. Steam . Stavanger to Sand — 21 Str. from Stavanger in from 5 to 10 hrs. Ride Sand to Osen . 19 Steam . Osen to Nesflaten . 14 Ride Nesflaten to Botnen 11 Row Botnen to Gryting 11 Ride Gryting to Sejestad 28 See Cycle Route J. yy • Sejestad to Odda . 26 — yy yy Steam . Odda to Bergen . — 23 Strs. direct to Bergen in 12 to I 13 hrs. several times weekly. 4 A 12 Cycle Routes. Con¬ veyance Stations Distance in kilometres c M -+-> ! § o s 1 Observations Route N.— continued . Steam . Odda to Eide 56 | 23 Ritle Eide to Seim 8 ! Good foad. mostly level. ” Seim to Vossevangen . 92 A id »» Good road. One long serpentine ! road to ascend. Vossevangen to Bergen. - f — See Cycle Routes D and F. Vossevangen, Lcerdalsdren, Christiania. See Cycle Route D. Reverse route. Route 0. —Vossevangen, Eide, Odda, Gryting (Rolpal), Haukeli, Skien, Christiania. Ride . Vossevangen to Seim . 22 23 Fair road. Care is necessary in descending the zigzags. Seim to Eide 8 Fair Toad, level most of the way. ! Steam . Eide to Odda — Strs. several times weekly. See time-tables. Odda, Gryting, Haukeli, Skien, Christiania 5 See Cycle Route J. Reverse route. 1 • ! Route P.- Vossevangen, Bergen. 108 kil. and 106 kil. Rail Vossevangen to Bergen . 108 21 Ride Vossevangen to Ecanger 18 21 Fair road. Rly. stat. Row and ride. 1 Evanger to Bolstadbren 12 >? Row 7 kil. down Evanger Van- det (lake). Ride 5 kil. Fair road. Rly. stat. Row . Bolstaddren to False) det 8 Row down the Bolstadfjord. Ride Dalseidet to Dale 7 Fair road. Rlv. stat. Row Dale to Garages . 31 Row down tlxe Sorfjord. Scenery very fine. Rly. stat. Ride Garages to Store Midthun . 20 Fair road. Rly. stat., Nestun. 1. *» Store Midthun to Bergen . 10 >> Route Q.— Christiania, Skien, Notodden (Hitterdal), Tinnoset, Rjukanfos, Bolkesjo, Kongsberg, Christiania. | Christiania. Skien — — See Cycle Routes J and S. •Steam . Skien to Notodden — — Ride . i | Notodden to Tinnoset . 1 32 i 6 C’ose to Notodden is the fine Tinn- fos. Bitterdal’s old “Stav” ch. is passed at 7 kil. from Notod¬ den. After proceeding some 1') kil. farther the Tinnoset road branches off to rt. The road to one I. branenes oil to Siijord. See Cycle Route L. The road is fair and comparatively level for half the distance. At about three-quarters of the way the road to Bolkesjo and Kongsberg branches off to rt. See below. J Steam . i Tinnoset to Strand — A str. leaves Tinnoset daily' during the season. Ride . Strand to Yaa 22 yy | Road indifferent, last half hilly, and terminates at Yaa. Walk to Krokan (3 kil.) and view the magnificent Rjukanfos. i Walk . Y aa to Rjukanfos. Riulanfus to Yaa . *> o 3 yy 13 Cycle Routes. Con¬ veyance Stations Distance in kilometres Route in body of Handbook Observations Route Q. — continued . Ride Vaa to Strand 22 6 Steam . Strand to Tinnoset — Fair road to ch. at Gransherred, before coming to which the road to Hittei-dal and Notodden bran¬ ches off to rt. See above. Road from ch. to Bolkesjo indifferent and hilly. Ride Tinnoset to Bolkesjo 33 ” » BolkesjS to Kongsberg . 33 yy Steep asceut. Indifferent road for some wav. Scenei'y monotonous. Rail Kongsberg, Drammen, Chris¬ tiania, 98 yy Trains leave twice daily. ; Route R.—Christiania, Kongsberg, Notodden, Gryting, Opde, Bergen. Gryting, Sand, Stavanger, Skien, Christiania. Rail Christiania to Kongsberg 98 6 | Ride Kongsberg to Notodden 28 yy yy * Notodden to Gryting . — — Gryting, Odda, Bergen . — — — Gryting, Sand, Stavanger . — — — Notodden to Skien — — — Skien to Christiania — — Fair road. Long and steep ascents and descents. See Cycle Route L. See Cycle Route J. See Cycle Route K. Reverse Cycle Route Q. Reverse Cycle Route J. Route S.— Christiania, Drammen, Larvik, Eidanger, Porsgrund, Skien. 172 kil. Ride Christiania to Sandciken . j 14 i, Sandviken to Asker . . ! 10 Asker to Gjellebafic 9 1 Gjellebaek to Drammen 11 Drammen t-o Tuft 10 Tuft to Revaa 11 Revaa to Holmestrand 13 Holmestrand to Void 9 1 Yold to Fyldpaa 2 14 > 4 Fyldpaa to S'orby 3 9 / Sbrby to Haukerbd* 11 Haukerbd to Larvik . 16 Larvik to Yasbotten . 7 Yasbotten to Yaller . 17 Va’ler to Porsgrund . 3 Porsgrund to Skien « 1 1 / Fair level road. Rly. stat. Mr road. Rly. stat. Fair road, hilly in parts. Fair road. Fair level road. Rlv. stat.. Skouger Fair road. Fair road. Fair road. Fair road. Fair road. Fair road. Fair road. Fair road. Fair road. Rly. stat., Samle. Rly. stat. Rly. stat., Ny kirke. Rly. stat., Stokke. Rly. stat., Raastad. Rlv. stat. As- liilly in parts cend a tine zigzag road. Fair road. Fair road. For routes through Telemarken to Stavanger, Ber¬ gen, Rjukanfos, Bolkesjo, Kongs¬ berg, see Cycle Routes J, L. 11. and K. 1 Branch road, Void to Horten , 13 kil. 2 Branch road, Fyldpaa to Tonsberg, 5 kil. 3 Branch road, Sbrby to Tonsberg , 13 kil. * Branch road. Haukerbd to Saudefjord , 3 kil. 14 Cycle Routes Con- j veyance Stations Distance in kilometres Route in body of Handbook Observations Route T. —Christiania, Eidanger, Brevik, Kragero, Arendal, Christiansand. 388 kil. Ride Christiania , Taller in Ei¬ danger 161 — See Cycle Route S. Valler (Eidanger)to Brevik' 11 4 Fair road. Brevik to Fasset . 15 15 From Brevik ferry across to Sta- tlie'le. Indifferent road from Stathelle, and hilly. Fseset to Kragero 25 r> Fair road. Kroger6 to Stoen. 10 1 Stoen to Sunde . 10 1 » Sunde to Sauvigen 2 . 17 it Fair road. Ascent half, descent rest of the way. SaHvigen to Tvede 12 Fair road. Tvede to Tvedestrand . 4 16 Tvedestrand to Braekke 15 »» „ Braekke to Arendal 11 15 Arendal to Grimstad . 19 \ Grimstad to Lillesand . 19 \ Lillesand to Grbdum . 24 Fair road, hillv. »* * Grbdum to Christiansand . 26 1 Fair road, hilly. 1 Ferry across to Stathelle, whence branch road to Langesund, 7 kil. 2 Sau vigen to Risor, 11 kil. Fair road. NORWEGIAN ALPHABET, GRAMMAR, VOCABULARY AND SERVICEABLE SENTENCES THE DANO-NOR WEGI AN ALPHABET, GRAMMAR, VOCABULARY, ETC . 1 A. The Alphabet. Although the Roman character is rapidly gaining ground in Norway, the Gothic form is still much used. The Dano-Norwegian alphabet consists of 27 letters, viz. : Roman. Gothic. Appellation. A, a, 2f, a, Ah, B, b, S3, b, Bey C, c, G, c, Say, D, d 2\ b, Day, E, e, e, Ey, F, f, & f, Eff, G, g, ®,9. Gay, H,h, % Ho, I, i, 3, t, Ee, J, j, 3, j. Yod, K, k, t, Co, L, 1, b El, M, m, 9Ji, m, Em, N, n, Si, n, En, 0, o, 'O, o, Oo, P, p, 9>,P. Pey, Q, < h Sk , c|, Keu, R, r, SR, r, Air S, s, @,f, Es, T, t, 3, t, Tay, U, u, U, u, Eu, V, v, S3, v, Vay X, x, X, v, Ex, Y, y, Ue, 2, z, 3, j, Set, M, re, 0 , 6 , f 6 , 6 , Ey Eu Aa, aa SCa, aa 0 English sounds of a in father, b. s in say and as k in ken (only in foreign words). d. a in day. The final e is never mute, but pronounced like e in sister. f. g in go, except before j and y , when the sound is often that of y in you. h in hand (aspirated). ee in bee. y in youth , yea. k before i and y often pr. like he. 1 . m. n. oo in good , and like o in hole and occasionally as o in hot. q in quake, r in rare (distinct). s (hard). t, eu, in rheum, rhubarb, v in vein, x (hard). as u in the French utile, st. a in sale, ai in said. as the French etc in veuve, or ecu in occur, oa in boat. Ihe English-Danish Dictionary of Rosing, revised and republished in 18 Sketch of the Grammar. Pronunciation. In Dano-Norwegian most words are pronounced as they are written. One of the greatest difficulties is to. distinguish between the vowels u, y, and 6 ; and very long practice is necessary to give the right sound of these. A clearer sound than in English must be given to the vowels. B. Sketch of the Grammar. The Articles. The use made of the articles is a peculiarity of the language. The indefinite article has two forms—viz. en before a common, and et before a neuter noun. As in English, it has no plural. Common. Neuter. Sing, en Stol, a chair. et Land, a country. Flier. Stole, chairs. Lande, countries. The definite article is en for masc. or fern., ct for neuter nouns in the singular number, ne or ene for all plurals, and is added as an affix. Common. Neuter. Sing. Stolen, the chair. Landed, the country. Plur. Stolene, the chairs. Landenc, the countries. When used with an adjective, the definite article takes the form of den for the common, det for the neuter singular, and de for the plural of all genders, as— Common. Neuter . Sing, den gamle Stol, the old chair. det skjonne 1 Land, the fine country. Plur. de gamle Stole, the old chairs. de skjonne Lande, the fine countries. Declension of Nouns. The Plural is usually formed by adding r to most nouns ending in e, or er to others ; some, ending in a consonant, add e ; many neuter nouns, ending in a consonant, remain unchanged ; nouns of one syllable, 1887 at Copenhagen, is good ; Tauchnitz has another, published at Leipzig. The Dano-Norwegian and English Dictionary of A. Larsen, revised and repub¬ lished at Copenhagen in 1888, is serviceable. A good one by Brynildsen will soon appear. There is a tolerably good Dano-Norwegian and French Dictionary by Sundby and Baruel, published at Copenhagen, 1883. A Dano- Norwegian Grammar (by Otte) has been published by Triibner. A short Nor¬ wegian Grammar, with a glossary for tourists (by Smith and Horneman), was published in 1889 by Aschehoug, Christiania, and can be purchased also at Bergen, Ac. The best phrase-book, however, is that of T. Bennett and Prof. Storm, Christiania. 1 When followed by i sk is pronounced soft, as sh. like schon in German. In Denmark i or j is but seldom found following sk, but when occurring sk is hard. Numerals , &c. 19 ending in a consonant, double the consonant and add e or er, while some, as in English, modify the radical vowel. The Genitive, in both numbers, is formed by adding s to the noun, or, as in English, by prefixing the preposition af=oi. The other cases are like the Nominative. The Personal Pronouns are— Sing. Plur. jeg (pronounced yei) ...I vi ... du ban hun den j det J thou he she it I, de de .. we you they De (you), commonly pronounced Dee, is generally used in addressing a person—in which case it is written with a capital D ; and I (ye, you), pronounced Ee, when speaking to several people. Du (thou) is em¬ ployed as a term of familiarity, but is generally used in the country districts, the peasants usually addressing eve^body as Du. Conjugation of Verbs. The Infinitive generally ends in e. The root of the verb is found by dropping the e, and the Present indicative is formed by adding er (or, if the root ends in e, r) to the root. The Present participle is formed by adding ende to the root; the Imperfect tense , in weak verbs, by adding ede and te to the root; and the Past participle by adding et or t. The Imperative Mood is like the root of the verb, and the Subjunc¬ tive like the Infinitive. In strong verbs the Imperfect is formed by modifying the radical vowel, and the Past participle by a further modi¬ fication of the vowel, and addition of t or et. Persons and numbers are not varied by terminations. Auxiliary verbs are employed as in English. The Auxiliary Verbs are— Infinitive Present burde • • • ought Jeg bbr ... • • • I ought have • • • have ,, har ... ... „ have kunne ... • • • could ,, kan ... ... „ can maatte ... • • • must ,, maa ... „ must skulle • • • should „ skal ... „ shall turde • ■ • dare ,, tor ... ... „ dare ville . . • will „ vil ... „ will viere ... be „ er . • . „ am C. Numerals, &c. Cardinal. 1, en, et (neut) one. 2, to, two. 3, tre, three. The Numerals. Ordinal . det, den, forste, the first. ——-— anden, the second. «-tredie, the third. 20 Numerals, &c. Cardinal. 4, fir e, four. 5, fem, five. 6, sex, six. 7, syv, seven. 8, otte, eight. 9, ni, nine. 10, ti, ten. 11, elleve, eleven. 12, tolv, twelve. 13, tretten, thirteen. 14, fjorten, fourteen. 15, fem ten, fifteen. 16, sexten, sixteen. 17, sytten, seventeen. 18, atten, eighteen. 19, nitten, nineteen. 20, tyve, twenty. 21, en og tyve, twenty-one , Sc. 30, tredive, thirty. 40, fyrretyve, forti, firti, forty. 50, halvtredsindstyve,or halv- treds, or femti, fifty. 60, tredsindstyve, or treds, or sexti, sixty. 70, halvf jerdsindstyve, or halv- fjerds, or sytti, seventy. 80, firsindstyve, or firs, or otti, eighty. 90, halvfemsindstyve, or lialv- fems, or nitti, ninety. 100, hundrede, hundred. 101, hundrede og en, &c., one hundred and one. 1000, tusende, one thousand. Ordina l. det den, jerde, the fourth. -femte, the fifth. --sjette, the sixth. -syvende, the seventh. -ottende, the eighth. -niende, the ninth. -tiende, the tenth. - ellevte, the eleventh. -tolvte, the twelfth. - trettende, the thirteenth. -—-fjortende, the fourteenth. ■ -femtende, the fifteenth. - sextende, the sixteenth. -syttende, the seventeenth. -attende, the eighteenth. -nittende, the nineteenth. -tyvende, the twentieth. - -en og tyvende, twenty-first , Sc. -tredivte, the thirtieth. -fyrretyvende, or fortiende, or firtiende, the fortieth. ■ -halvtredsindstyvende, or fem- tiende, the fiftieth. -tredsindstyvende, or sextiende, the sixtieth. ■ -halvfjerdsindstyvende, or sytti - ende, the seventieth. - firsindstyvende, or ottiende, the eightieth. -halvfemsindstyvende, or nitti- ende, the ninetieth. -hundrede, the hundredth. -hundrede og forste, the hun¬ dred and first. -tusende, the one thousandth. Days of the Week. Sunday Monday Sondag. Mandag. Thursday f Tliorsdag. \ Torsdag. Tuesday Tirsdag. Friday Fredag. Wednesday Onsdag. Saturday | Lover dag. [ Lor dag. Months. January Januar. July Juli. February Fehruar. August August. March Marts. September September. April April. October October. May Mai. November November. June Juni. December December. Vocabulary 21 D. Vocabulary. About Omtrent About Omkring, (around) rundt Above (over¬ Ovenpaa, oven¬ head) dor Above (more Over, ovenfor. beyond) overgaa Accompany, Ledsage, folge to Address Ad r esse Address, to Adressere (direct) Address, to Hendvende,rette (apply to) til After F.fter A ft ernoon Eftermiddag Afterwards Sulen, ejter Again Jgjen Agreement Overenskomst (arrange¬ ment) Agreement Betingelse (condition) Aid Jljelp Ale Ol All Al, alle, alt, enhver Almost Austen Also Ogsaa Altogether Altsammen Always Alt id American Amerikaner (citizen) American Amerikansk And Og Another En anden, andet An other En til Answer Star Apple A'Me Apple fool Aiblegrtid Arm Ann Arrive, to Ankomme Ashore 1 land, paa land As Da As. . .as Saa. . . som Ascend Stige Ask, to So Urge Ask for Forlange, bede om As much as Saa meget som As well as Saavelsom At Til, ved At home Hjemrne Attendance Opvartning Autumn Hdsten, Efter- aar Awake, to Vcekke Away Bort Axe' Oxe, Okse Axletree Axel Back Ryg, Bag side Back (re¬ Tilbage, komme turn) igjen Back again Tilbage Bad Slem, ond Bag Seek Bait for fish- Agn ing Bait, to Bede Bake, to Bagc Baker Bager Banknote Bankseddel Barley Ryg Basin Bolle Basket K urv Bath Badekar Bathe, to Bade Bay Bugt Bear Bjorn Beautiful Yakker, skjbn Because Fordi Bed Seng Bedroom Sovevcerelse Beef Oxekjbd Beefsteak Bif, Bof Beer Ol Before For Behind Bagi bag efter, efter Behind time Forsinket Below Under, neden- under, neden- for Berth Koie Best Bedst Better Bed re Between Imellem Big Stor, svoer Bill, the Regningen,nota Bilberry Blaabcer Birch tree Birketrce, Birk Bird Fugl Biscuits Kjcex, Biskoiter Bitter Bitter Black Sort Blackcock Aarhane Blacksmith Smed Blanket, Uldtoeppe woollen Bine Blaa Board (food) host Board (plank) Planke, Bord, Brut Boat Baad Boatman Roer, Rorskarl Myr Bog (marsh) Boil, to Koge Book Bog,( pi.) Boger Booking-office Billet Udsalg, Billet Kontor Bootjack Stavleknoegt Boots Stovler Bottle Flaske Bow (ship or Boug, Bov boat) Box Kasse Box (small) sEske, Daase, Box Box (trunk) liuffert Boy Gut, Drceng Boy with •Skydsgut, Bkyds horses karl Brandy, Cognac French Brandy (na¬ Brcendeviin, tive corn) Aquavit Bread Brod Bread Fransk Brtid, (wheaten) I/vid Brod, If vede Brod Bread (rye, Brod, Hugh rod fine) Bread (rye, Grovbrod coarse) Bread with Smorrebrbd butter spread on it Bread and Smor og BrOd blitter separately Break, to Bryde, broekke, slaa itu, kneekke Break, a Brud Breakfast Frokost Bream Brasen Bridge Bro Bridle Bidsel Bridle path Ridevei, Sti Bring, to Bringe, hente Broken Brudt, brukket , kncekket, slaaet itu, itu Brook Book Broom Feiekost Broth Suppe, Kjbd suppe Brother Bvoder Brothers Brodre Brother - in - Svoger It* W Brush Biirste Bucket Sound Buckle Spcende Bugs Vieygelus, Vceggedyr Bullet Kugle Burn, to Breen de But Men, alligevel Butter Smdr Vowel Sounds.— A -ah, a in father ; e-ey, a in clay ; i-ee, eu in the French veuve, or oeu in cceur ; aa = o , oa in boat. H r»lo Holiday Holidays Home Home, at Home, from Hal Helligdag, Feat- dag, Fridag Eerier Bjem Hjemme Fra Hjemme, Bortreist, Hjemmefra Hjemme FErlig, redelig, hcederlig Krog Haabe Best Til he st Hed, varrn Hotel, Gjiest- Home, to Honest Hook Hope, to Horse Horseback Hot Hotel Hour Hour, half an House How Hungry Hunt, to Husband I Ice If Ill (unwell) Illness Immediately Important Iu In the evening Ink Inn gaard , Vcerts- huus Insect powder Jnsekt pulver lsteden for Fortolke Tolk O, Holm Let , den Foie, sammen- foie, forbinde >1 oin, to (meet) Mode, troeffe sammen med Forene, forene sigmed, folge, folgemed Led, Foining Reise Bedomme, domme Lommer r ocabulary. Jug J unction (railway) Keep, to Kettle Key Kidney Kill, to Kindle, to Kiss, to Kitchen Knife Knock, to Know, to Lady, or Mrs. Lady (un¬ married), Miss Kruus Forbindelses- station Holde Kjedel Fogle Fyre Lroebe Tiende Kysse Kjokken Kniv B mke Vide, kjende Fru 1 Froken givergaard Lake (large) Indsd Time Lake Vand En halv Time Lamp Larnpe Hus Land Land Hvorledes, Lantern Lygte, Larder tie hvordan Large Stor Sul ten Last Sidst Jage, at gaa Late Sent, sildig paajagt Later Senere Mand Laundress Vadskekone Jeg Lay, to Lergge, svelte Is Lead (metal) Bly Dersom, om Least Mindst Syg, upasselig, Leather Lender daarlig Leave, to Forlade Sygdom Leave Lov, tilladelse Strax, oieblik- Leeches Igler kelig Left (hand) Venstre Vigtig Leg Ben I Lemon Citron Omkvcelden Less Mindre Bluek Let (permit) Lade, tillade Gj cost giver- Let (hire) Leie, udleie, Lodging Long Long ago Long, to Look Looking-glass Lose, to Loss Lost Louse Low Lucifer matches Luggage Lungs Lynx Mackerel Man, men Many Map Marten Mattress Me Meadow Logi, Kvarter Lang Leenge siden Langes efter, onske meoet Se Speil Miste , tube Tab Tabt, borte Bus Lav Fyrstikker Tbi Lange Gaupe Makrel Hand, Maend Mange Veikart Maar Madrasse Mig 3 Eng, Ager, Mark Maal, Mad Maaltid Mel Mening Maal Kjod, Ferskl Mode, trceffe Jstandscette, re- parere Varer G rosserer Livlig, munter, glad Bud Bud, Sendebud, Forbud Middag Midnat Jordemoder ML Melk MSlle Min Slug Froken Savne, mangle, miste Feil Tage feil Blande Fugtig Oieblik Penge Manned 1 Fm (Mrs.) is used to wives of men of rank—namely, those who hold government appointments, such as ministers of state, clergy, field officers in the army, and of correspond¬ ing rank in the navy, professors, merchants, &c., and Froken to their daughters; Madame to wives of small tradesmen, &c. But in order to be sure of not giving offence, the stranger had better address all as Fru or Froken. 3 Pronounced nearly like the English my. Instead of Interpret, to Interpreter Island It Join, to (con¬ nect) Join, to (take part with) Joint, a Journey Judge, to Let be, to Let go 1 Letter Light, a Light, to Light (easy) Lie, to op- bortleie, for- pagte Ladevcere , give Lad gaal Brev Lys Taende, lyse Let Ligge Like (similar) Lig, lige J udge, a Like, to Linen Linen (stuff) Limbs Little Lobster Lock: Lock, to Like, gjerne Bleeder Laerred Lemrner Liden Hummer Laas Laase vilde- Meal Mealtime Meal (flour) Meaning Measure Meat, fresh Meet, to Mend, to Merchandise Merchant Merry Message Messenger Midday Midnight Midwife Mile Milk Mill Mine, my Minnow (artificial) Miss Miss, to Mistake Mistake, to Mix, to Moist Moment Money Month T owel Sounds. — A —ah, a in father ; e=ey, a in day ; i=ee, ee in bee ; o—o, o in bole ,00 in good, and 0 in hot; u—eu, eu in rheum, rhubarb ; v=vay, v in vein; ve—ey, a in sale ; O-eu, eu in the French veuve, or tew in coeur ; aa — o, oa in boat. Moon Maine More Mere, fere Morning Morgen Morning, in Om morgen the Most. Most, first Mother Moder, Mor , (pi.) Modre Mountain Fjeld, Bjerg Mouse Mas Mouth Mund, Mu tid¬ ing Much Mi get Mud Sole, Madder Mug lUege.r, Krus Mushroom Sop, Champig¬ non Must Mu a, mantle Mustard Sen nep Mutton Faarekjdd Is'ail, on body Fry/ Nail Spiger N ail, to Spigre N aked Fogen, bar Name, a Fuvn Name, to Fee. cue NameV what J/vad heder de t | is your Napkin Serviette N asty Native (sub.) Native (adj.) Natural Nature Near N early Necessary Feel, styg Indj iidt Medfodt, oprin- delig Faturlig Futur, art Aa r, ved Flisten Fodvendig, uundgaaelig Neck Hals, Falike Need, to Behove, treenge til N eedle Synaal Nephew B rode rson, Sbs- terson, Fevb Net (large Gam drawing) Net (smaller, Fet and usually fixe t) Net, landing 11ov Never Aid rig New Fy News Fyheel, efter- Newspaper retniug, nyt .It is Next Feeste Nice Fen, nydelig. Nice (taste) de.ilig Fin, delikat Night Fat, (pi.) Flut¬ ter Nightdress Night, at Night-lodging Fattbi Om mitten Fatte-qvarter, Fat te-logis hint Night, to, this Voca 'bulary. No Fei N obody Jngen Noise Steii, farm None Ingen, inlet Noon Middag North Aon/ Northern Fordlig, nor- Nose dre Fiese Not Hike, ei Nothing J ate/ Not \ et fkke end nil, Now endnuikke Fu Nurse, a Pleiemoder, Nurse, child’; Sygevogter, 1 ’aagekone j Barnepige N urse, wet Amine Nuts Fodder Oak Eg Oar .1 are Oatmeal Huvretn.-l Oats Havre Obtain, to Erholde , faa, O’clock opium Klokken Of Af Office (count - hontor iug house ) Often Ofte Oil Olie Old Gammed Omelet Omelet, . Egge, On kaeje Faa On, go Gaa videre, gaa Once frem Engung One more En til Only Kun, blot Open, to Aabne, lukke Open op Aaten Opinion Mating, Tanke Opposite L ye overfur Or (either) Eller Orange Appelsin Order, to Best ille Other Anden Our Vor Out Ud, tide Outside Edenfor Over Over 0 rereoat Yderfrakke Oysters ()s!ers Fail Bbtte, Spand Pain Smevrte, Fine Paii- Far Palace Slot Pan Paude Pancakes Pandekager Paper 1‘apir Paper, news A v is, Tide tide Parcel Pakke Pardon (re- Forladelse grec) 25 Pardon Tilgivelse, Benuadning Parish Sogn j Park Park I Parsonage Prwstegaard | Part Del Particularly Isier Partly Dels, tildels Partridge liuphbns Party Selskab Pass, a Pas (ticket) Pass, a Kloftvei, Fjeld- vei 1 Pass, to Passere, gaa over, gaa forbi Passage Gjennemgang, Gang, Vei Past Forbi Pasture, a Greesgang Patti Fodvei, Sti Patience Taahnodighed Pay, to Betale Peace Fred, Ro, Stilhed Peak Spids, Top, Pig 1 Pear Pare Peas Erter Peasant Bonde, Land- mand Fen Pen Pencil Bly ant Pepper Peber Perch (fish) Abor Pcrcli-pike Gjbs Percussion Knuldheetter caps Perhaps Maaske, katiske Permission Tilladelse, lov Permit, to Tillade Pest Plage, pest Petticoat Skjort Pin sic Medcin, Medi- kament, Leegemiddel Physician Liege, Doktor Pie Posies Piece Stykke Pier Brygge Pig Gris, Sviin Pigeon Due Pike, or jack Gjedde Pilot Lods Pillow Hocedpude Pin Knappenaal Pin-case Faalehus Pipe Pibe Pistol Pistol Place, a Sted, Plads Place, to Scette, leegge Plaid Pled Plaice Rodspetlc Plain, a Slette, Flad- land Plain (clear) Klar, tydelig Plan Plan, Hensigt * owei bounds. — A —ah, a in father ; e—ey, a m day ; i—ee, ee in bee ; 0 — 0 , 0 in iioie, 00 in good, and 0 in hot; u—eu, eu in rheum, rhubarb ; v— vay, v in vein ; ce—ey, a in sale ; U—eu, eu in the French veuve, or ceu in coeur ; aa—o, oa in boat. 26 Plank Planke Plant Plante Plate, a Tallerken Play, a Skuespil, Leg Play, to Spille, Lege Please, to Behage Pleasure Fornoielse Plenty Rigelighed Moengde Plum Blomme Pocket Lomme Pocket-book Lommebog, Notisbog Pockethand- Lommetorkkede kerchief Police Polili Policeman Politibetjent, Konstabel Police-officer Lensmand (rural) Poor Fat tig Pork Flesk, svinekjbd Pork, roast Ribbensteg Porridge Grbd Port Ham, Sohavn, Port Porter Baerer, Bud Porter (house) Fortner Portmanteau Vadscek, Kuf- fert Port-wine Portviin Postboy Skydsgut, Skydskarl Postcard B rev kort Post-office Post-kontor, Post-huset Post-station Skydsstation Postage- Friincerker stamps Potatoes Poteter Powder(gun) Krudt Pretty Pen, smuk Price Pris Priest, clergy¬ Priest man Proprietor Ejer Proprietor, Godsejer landed Proprietor, Vert hotel Provisions Proviant, for- raad Ptarmigan Rype Pudding Put, to Put to Budding, Grbcl Scette Speende paa (horses) Quarrel, to Treette, stride Quarter Kvart, Kvarter Quay Kaj, Brygge Queen Dronning Queer Underlig, for- Query ) Question / underlig, rar Sporgsmaal Quick Rask, hurtig. fort (J>uiet Rolig, Stille Vocabulary. Railway Jernbane Railway-sta¬ Jernbane sta¬ tion tion Rain Regn Raise Liifte, opreise, raise op Rapids Vandfatd, Fos Raspberry Bringeboer Rat Rotte Rate Pris, Taxt, Be¬ tiding Ravine Sneering, Kloft Raw Ran Read Liese Ready Fie r dig Reason Grand, Aar sag Reasonable Rimelig, billig Receipt Frittering Recent Nylig, ny, for- korttid siden Reckon Regne, tcelle Reckon (de¬ Stole paa, regne pend) paa Recollect Erindre Recover Gjenvinde, faa igjen Red Rod, Rbdt Red deer Hjort Reel Snelle Regard, to Betragte, laegge nuerka til, se paa Regular Regelmessig Rein Tomme Reindeer Rensdyr Relief Lettelse, Lind- ring, Hjoelp, Befrielse Remain Forblive, rente Repair Jstandseette, Re par ere Require Behove Rescue, to Redde, befri Reside Opholde sig, bo Residence Opholdssted, Bolig, Resi¬ de ns Rest, to LI vile, forblive Rest Hvile, rast, ro, pause Restaurant Restauration, Kaffe Retire Troekke sig til¬ lage, fjerne sig Return,to Vende tillage Reward Lon, belonning Rhubarb Rabarber Rhubarb fool Rabarbergrod Rice Ris Rich Rig Ride, to Ride Rifle Rifle Right (hand) Moire Right (cor- Rig tig, ret rect) Ring, a Ring, Kreds Ring, to Hinge,ringepaa Ripe Moden River Elv, Flod Roach Rudskalle Road Vei Roast Stege Rock Bjerg, Klippe Toug Rope Room Flails, Rum Room, or Vcerelse chamber Root Rod, (pi.) Rod¬ Rough der Ru, ujcevn. Rough, grov St o rmfu Idtveir, weather Haardtveir, Rough, sea Uveir, Stygtveir Hoi so, Megan so, Megan si) gang Round Rand, oink r ing Rouse Vpv(ekke,v aekke. Row op muni re Rad, raekke Row Spektakel, Stiri Row, to Ro Rower Roerkarl Rub Guide Run, to Lobe, springe Rye Rug Sack Seek, Pose Sad Bed rocet, sbr- Saddle, to gelig Sadie Saddle Sailel Safe Sikker Sail, a Sell Sail, to Seile Sailor Somand, Ma- Sale t r os Salg Salmon Laks Salmon, Rogetlaks smoked „ kippered Rogelaks Salmon trout Laks orret, So Salt orret Salt Same Samme Sandwich Smbrrebrod Sardine Sardelle Sauce Saus Saucepan Kasserolle, Sausage Gryde Polser Save (keep) Spare, gjemme Save Redde, frelse Saw Sag Say Sige , yttre Scene Skue, Skue- plads, Scene Udsigt, Billede, Scenery Scent Sign Lugt, Parfume School Slcole Science Videnskab Vowel Sounds.—A — ah, a in father ; e—ey, a in day ; i=ee, ee in bee ; o=o, oin hole, 00 in good, ando in hot; u—eu, eu in rheum, rhubarb ; v—vay , v in vein ; ce=ey, a in sale; U—eu, eu in the French veuve, or ceu in caeur ; aa—o, oa in boat. Scissors, pair Sax of Screw Skrue Screw (pro- Skrue peller) Sea, the Sb, Hav Sea, heavy Opriirt hav Sea, smooth Smult vand Seagull Mange Seaport Sohavn Sea-sickness Sbsyge Seal, a Sad, Soelhund Seal, signet Segl, Signet Seal, to Forsegle Seam So in Season Aarstid, Saison (period) Seat Stol, Boenk Seat (place) PI ads Seat (resi- Gods, Bolig dence) Secure Sikker See Se Seek Soge Seem Synes, lade til, forekomme Seine (net) Bundgarn Se.dom Sjelden Self Selv Sell, to Soelge Send Sende Sense Sands, Mening, For stand Separate Adskille, skille Servant Tjener (mail) Servant Tjenestepige (maid) Service Gudsljeneste , (church) Kirkebbn Service Tjeneste, Op- var tiling Sew, to Sy Sewing- Synaal needle Shade Skygge, Ly Shafts, the Skjceker, Vogn- stiengerne Shall Skal Shallow Grand Shame Sham Sharp Sharp, hvas , barsk She Hun Sheep Sheets, the Shelf Shelter Ship Shirt Shiver Shoe Shoe, horse Shoot, to Shop, a Short Shot, a Faar, Sau Lagnerne Hylde Ly Skib, Fartbi Skjorte Ryste, skjcelve, gyse Sko Heste-sko Skyde, affyre Butik Kort Skud Vocabulary . Shot Hagel Shoulder Skulder (man) Shoulder Bov (beast) Shout Raabehoit Shove Sky re, stbde Show, to Vise, udvise Shower Jiegnskyl, Byge Shrimps Reger Shut Lukke Sick Sy/ Side Side Side, on this Paa denne Side Side, on the Paa den andre other Side Sight Syn, Udsigt Sigte Silence Taushed, Stil- hed Silence ! Stille ! tistille ! Silk (thread) Silke traad Since Siden Sing Synge Singe Svide Sink Synke Single Ehke It Sip, a Nip Sir or Mr. Herr Sister Sbster Sister-in-law Svigerinde Sit, to Sidde, tage plads Situate 1 Situated f Beliggende Situation Beliggenhed, Tilstand, Stilling Size Stbrrelse Skirt (dress) Skirt (edge) Skjort Kant, Udkant, Graendse Skittles Skittle-alley Sky Sledge, sleigh Sleep, to Sleeve Slice Slide, to Slip, to Kegle Keglebane Himmel Slarde, Sluffe Sore FErme Stykke, skive Glide Glide, slippe, ladegaa Slippers Tifler Slope Skraa, Skraaning, Helding Slow Small Langsom, sagte Srnaa, liden, lille, ringe Smart (pain) Svie, gjore ondt Smart Rask, kvlk (quick) Smell, to Lugte Smoke, to Rbge Smooth Jctvn smult Snipe Sneppe, Bekka- sin Snow Sue 27 .Snowstorm Snestorm So (thus) Saa, saab des Soap Seebe Sober .Ed r a Sofa Sofa .Soft Blbd Some Nogle, noget Sometimes Under! iden. sommetider, st undo m Somewhile For en tid, i nogen tid Son Son Song Sang Soon Snort Sore Saar, sm-rte- futd Sorrow Sorg, Bedro relse Sort(kind) Slags, art Sound (noise) Lyd, Tone Sound Sund (strait) Soup Suppe South Syd Speak, to Tale Speech Sprog, Maal, Tale Speed Fart, hast veer k Sponge Sr amp Spoon Ske Sportsman Jaeger Spot Piet, Flak Spring Fjtder Spring car- Fjedervogn nage Spring (of Kilde, Brand water) Spring (run) Springe Spring (sea- Vaar, Foraar sou) Spruce Gran Square Firkantet Square Finds (place) Squeeze Klemme, trykke Stable Staid Stag (red Hjort deer) Stage (post- Station, Skifte iug) Stage Scene (theatre) Stair Trappe Stamp Fri nicer ke (postage) Stand Ifoldeplads, (place) Standplads Stand,to Staa Stand (en- Taule, udholde dure ) Stand (sup- Opsals, Stativ port) Star Stjerne Starch Stivelse Start, to Afgaa, afreise reise foiiade tage afsted Vowel Sounds. — A—ah, a in father ; e=ey, a in day ; i=ee, ee in bee ; o = o, oin hole, oo in good, and o in hot; u—eu, eu in rheum, rhubarb ; v — vay, v in vein ; 't Rbr ikke Lad gaa Jeg skal spadsere Er Defier dig? Vent lidt Er vore Vvrrelser is¬ land ? Er min Seng redet ? Bring mig et Vadskefad Bring mig et Haand- klvede Bring mig varmt Vand Kan de faa vadsket dette Toi Send det skidne Toi til Vaskekonen Veek mig tidlig imorgen Vcek mig imorgen Klok¬ ken . . . Skaf mig et Lys Hvor langt er det til Kirken? Hvad Tid begynder Gudstjenesten 1 Hvor langt er det til Prcestegaarden ? 1 otcel Sounds. — A=ah, a in father ; e = ey, a in day ; i=ee, ee in bee; o — o, o in hole, oo in good, and o in hot; u=eu, eu in rheum, rhubarb ; v=vay, v in vein; ce = ey, a in sale ; O—eu, eu in the French veuve, or oeu in cceur ; aa — o, oa in boat. Serviceable Sentences for Common OO •yL I should like to dine at . . o’clock—in a quarter of an hour —in half an hour —in three - quar¬ ters of an hour Where does the doctor live ? Dry my clothes Clean iny boots Bring me my shoes How much do we owe you ? What does this cost ? It is very dear Put the horse to Jeg vil gjerne spise til Middag Klokken—om et kvarteer—om en ha.lv Time —om tre kvarteer IIvor boer Lrr-gen t Tor mine Klreder Borst mine Stonier Bring mig mine Sko Hror meget skylder ft Bern ? Head koster den f Bet er meget dtjrf Speend for , or Veer to a snitd at sp'.t-nde for It is far too much G-ive me the bill What have we to pay ? The bill is reason¬ able Here is your money The bill is too much I wall not pay more than 2 kroners Ca n you ch an ge E n g- glish money ? Have you any change ? Can I see the land¬ lord ? use. Bet er alt for meget Giv mig Regningen Hvad liar vi at betale f Regningen er ganske billig (or rimelig) Her ere Pengeve Regningen er for lidi Jeg vil ikke betale mere end 2 kroner Kan de vtxle Engehke penge f liar de smaapenge f Kan jeg faa tale med verten ? Voxel Sounds.-A =ah, a in father ;e=ey,a in day ; i = ee, ee in bee; o = o,o in hole po in good, and o in hot; u=eu, ev in rheum, rhubarb : v=vay, v in vein ; a- = ey, a m sale , U = eu, eu in the French veuve, or ceu in ctevr ; «a=o, oa in boat. The orthography of many Norwegian proper names and of common words of the Norwegian dialect is so unsettled as to render lefeience to a dictionary or index sometimes very puzzling. Suppose a word begins Jo, and cannot be found, look for laa, lu, or lau ; if he , look also to, Jce, &c. Thus the river Logen is spelled Laugen, Laagen, and Logen, in different maps and books published in Norway ; in like mannei ue find Laerdal and Lierdal, Justedal and .Tostedal; Christiania am Ivristiania; carriole, kariol, caryol, and karjol. The Lofotens ir * several spellings, all on high authority ; and the ancient capita o Norway in a similar number. An attempt is being made to substitute vowels for diphthongs in geographical names. Existing dictionaries are vexatiously contradictory, even on the spelling of common w ore s. A glossary of the words used in the Norwegian railway and steam¬ ship time-tables need no longer he given, as time-tables in the Eng is 1 language are now published by Bennett and by Beyer, the lomibt Agents.